Draft Registration Statement
Table of Contents

As confidentially submitted to the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission on November 8, 2019.

This draft registration statement has not been publicly filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission and all information herein remains strictly confidential.

Registration No. 333-                

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

Eargo, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   5047   27-3879804

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

 

 

1600 Technology Drive, 6th Floor

San Jose, California 95110

(650) 351-7700

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Christian Gormsen

President and Chief Executive Officer

Eargo, Inc.

1600 Technology Drive, 6th Floor

San Jose, California 95110

(650) 351-7700

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Alan C. Mendelson

Kathleen M. Wells

Phillip S. Stoup

Latham & Watkins LLP

140 Scott Drive

Menlo Park, California 94025

(650) 328-4600

 

Alan F. Denenberg

Stephen Salmon

Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP

1600 El Camino Real

Menlo Park, California 94025
(650) 752-2000

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.  

If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer      Accelerated filer  
Non-accelerated filer      Smaller reporting company  
     Emerging growth company  

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act.  

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of each class of

securities to be registered

 

Proposed

maximum

aggregate

offering price(1)

  Amount of
registration fee(2)

Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share

  $               $            

 

 

(1)   Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the amount of the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Includes the aggregate offering price of additional shares of common stock that the underwriters have the option to purchase.

 

(2)   Calculated pursuant to Rule 457(o) based on an estimate of the proposed maximum aggregate offering price.

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

Explanatory note:

Pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Fixing America’s Surface Transportation Act, we are omitting our consolidated financial statements for each of the six months ended June 30, 2018 and 2019 because they relate to historical periods that we believe will not be required to be included in the prospectus at the time of the contemplated offering. We intend to amend this registration statement to include all financial information required by Regulation S-X at the date of such amendment before distributing a preliminary prospectus to investors.


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to completion, dated                    , 2020

Preliminary prospectus

            shares

 

 

LOGO

Common stock

This is the initial public offering of shares of common stock of Eargo, Inc.

We are offering                shares of our common stock. Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price per share will be between $                and $                .

We intend to apply to list our common stock on              under the trading symbol “EAR.”

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined under the federal securities laws and, as such, have elected to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements for this prospectus and may elect to do so in future filings.

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. See the section titled “Risk factors” beginning on page 15 to read about factors you should consider before buying shares of our common stock.

 

     
        Per share        Total  

Initial public offering price

     $                      $                

Underwriting discounts and commissions(1)

     $          $    

Proceeds to us before expenses

     $          $    

 

(1)   See the section titled “Underwriting” beginning on page 157 for additional information regarding compensation payable to the underwriters.

We have granted the underwriters an option for a period of 30 days to purchase up to                additional shares of common stock at the initial public offering price, less the underwriting discounts and commissions.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares against payment in New York, New York on                     , 2020.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities, or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

J.P. Morgan      BofA Securities  
Wells Fargo Securities      William Blair  

Prospectus dated                , 2020


Table of Contents

Table of contents

 

     Page  

Prospectus summary

     1  

The offering

     11  

Summary consolidated financial data

     13  

Risk factors

     15  

Special note regarding forward-looking statements

     61  

Market and industry data

     63  

Use of proceeds

     65  

Dividend policy

     66  

Capitalization

     67  

Dilution

     69  

Selected consolidated financial data

     72  

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

     74  

Business

     88  

Management

     114  

Executive and director compensation

     122  

Certain relationships and related party transactions

     135  

Principal stockholders

     139  

Description of capital stock

     143  

Shares eligible for future sale

     150  

Material U.S. federal income tax consequences to Non-U.S. Holders

     153  

Underwriting

     157  

Legal matters

     168  

Experts

     168  

Where you can find additional information

     168  

Index to consolidated financial statements

     F-1  

 

 

“Eargo,” the Eargo logo and other trademarks, trade names or service marks of Eargo, Inc. appearing in this prospectus are the property of Eargo, Inc. All other trademarks, trade names and service marks appearing in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners. Solely for convenience, the trademarks and trade names in this prospectus may be referred to without the ® and symbols, but such references should not be construed as any indicator that their respective owners will not assert their rights thereto.

Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectuses prepared by or on behalf of us or to which we have referred you. We take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus or in any applicable free writing prospectus is current only as of its date, regardless of its time of delivery or any sale of shares of our common stock. Our business, financial condition and results of operations may have changed since that date.

For investors outside the United States: Neither we nor the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus or any free writing prospectus we may provide to you in connection with this offering in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. You are required to inform yourselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to this offering and the distribution of this prospectus and any such free writing prospectus outside the United States.

 

i


Table of Contents

Prospectus summary

This summary highlights selected information contained in greater detail elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary is not complete and does not contain all of the information you should consider in making your investment decision. Before investing in our common stock, you should carefully read this entire prospectus. You should carefully consider, among other things, the sections titled “Risk factors,” “Special note regarding forward-looking statements” and “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Unless the context otherwise requires, the terms “Eargo,” the “company,” “we,” “us,” “our” and similar references in this prospectus refer to Eargo, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiary taken as a whole.

Overview

We are a medical device company dedicated to improving the quality of life of people with hearing loss. We developed the Eargo solution to create a hearing aid that consumers actually want to use. Our innovative product and go-to-market approach address the major challenges of traditional hearing aid adoption, including social stigma, accessibility and cost. Our Eargo hearing aids are the first and only virtually invisible, rechargeable, completely-in-canal, FDA regulated, exempt Class I device for the treatment of hearing loss. Our rapid pace of innovation is enabled by our deep industry and technical expertise across mechanical engineering, product design, audio processing, clinical and hearing science, consumer electronics and embedded software design, and is supported by our strategic intellectual property portfolio. Our differentiated, consumer-first approach empowers consumers to take control of their hearing by improving accessibility, with personalized, high-quality hearing support from licensed hearing professionals. We believe that our differentiated hearing aids, consumer-oriented approach and strong brand have fueled the rapid adoption of our products and high customer satisfaction, as evidenced by over 25,000 Eargo hearing aid systems sold as of September 30, 2019. We believe this represents the beginning of our penetration into a large, growing and underserved market of people with hearing loss, which we estimate included over 42 million adults in the United States and more than 460 million adults globally in 2018.

Hearing loss is a natural consequence of aging and has a significant impact on quality of life. Globally, hearing loss is one of the most prevalent health conditions, and it is the third most common medical condition in the United States—more prevalent than both diabetes and cancer. As demographic trends shift and people continue to live longer, we expect that the proportion of the population with hearing loss will continue to rise, further expanding this already large market.

We estimate that in 2018, 36 million individuals over the age of 50 in the United States had mild to moderate hearing loss. Of these 36 million, our initial marketing efforts are focused on individuals with annual incomes above the median household national average. We estimate that this group consisted of approximately 14 million people and represented an initial target market of approximately $30 billion in 2018. In addition, we believe our solution is also effective for individuals with severe high frequency hearing loss, which we believe represents an incremental opportunity in the United States.

Age-related hearing loss in the United States is predominantly addressed by the use of FDA-regulated hearing aids. Despite the significant individual and societal impact of hearing loss, we estimate only approximately 26% of the estimated 42 million individuals with hearing loss in the United States in 2018 owned a hearing aid. We believe the low adoption and underserved nature of this market is a direct result of the limitations of and stigma associated with traditional hearing aids and the cumbersome manner in which they are sold.

Hearing aids are traditionally distributed through a business-to-business model in which hearing aid manufacturers rely on a fragmented network of independent hearing clinics to sell their devices to consumers.

 

1


Table of Contents

Purchasing a hearing aid through a clinic can be a lengthy, inconvenient and disempowering process that generally requires a series of in-clinic appointments with a licensed hearing professional for assessment, fitting, programming, ongoing adjustments and maintenance. We believe the separation of the manufacturer from the consumer is not necessary, adds an incremental layer of cost and has contributed to the lack of consumer-centric innovation in this market, resulting in products that fail to meet consumer needs.

Designing hearing aids that offer high quality audio performance in a virtually invisible and comfortable form factor that address the needs of consumers presents significant engineering challenges. These challenges have historically been difficult to reconcile in a single device, resulting in the traditional landscape of products that reflect trade-offs between functionality, comfort, visibility and ease of use. Behind-the-ear devices represent approximately 85% of hearing aids dispensed in the United States in 2018 but have a highly visible form factor that contributes to the stigma of hearing loss and limits their adoption. The remaining approximately 15% of hearing aids dispensed in 2018 were in-the-ear devices that are less visible but can occlude or obstruct the ear canal, causing discomfort. Additionally, in-the-ear devices require customization and generally require batteries that need to be replaced, making them expensive and cumbersome to use.

We believe our hearing aids and consumer-centric approach, which we refer to collectively as our Eargo solution, address many of the drawbacks of the traditional hearing aid market. The primary benefits of our solution include the following:

 

 

Virtually invisible:     Our hearing aids fit completely in the ear canal and are virtually invisible, allowing our customers to avoid the stigma associated with visible hearing aids.

 

 

Comfort and performance:     Our proprietary and patented technology allows our hearing aids to be suspended in the ear canal, offering a comfortable “open fit” that does not fully block or occlude the ear canal while still providing high quality audio.

 

 

Rechargeable:     Our hearing aids are rechargeable, eliminating the need for battery replacement.

 

 

Ease of use:     Our hearing aids feature an intuitive design that allows for multiple sound profiles, easy “on the go” personalization and convenient storage.

 

 

Empowering consumer-centric experience:     We believe our personalized approach motivates consumers to take action and then guides them along their hearing journey.

 

 

Accessible:     We eliminate the need for cumbersome visits to the clinic by offering an easy-to-use purchasing interface and convenient access to a highly trained clinical support team consisting of licensed hearing professionals.

 

 

Affordable:     Our vertically integrated, consumer-first model allows us to eliminate a layer of cost and offer our high-quality products at prices that are approximately half the average cost of a pair of hearing aids purchased through traditional channels in the United States.

We designed the Eargo solution to provide significant advantages relative to traditional solutions for hearing loss and believe that the high level of consumer satisfaction that we have achieved endorses our strong value proposition.

We believe we are the first and only company to successfully address the technical challenges inherent in designing and commercializing a high quality, comfortable, rechargeable, in-the-canal hearing aid. We have also established a highly capable research and development organization with what we believe is a rare combination of expertise in mechanical engineering, product design, audio processing, clinical and hearing

 

2


Table of Contents

science, consumer electronics and embedded software design. In addition, we have strategic intellectual property protection in certain key areas. Our technical capabilities and commitment to innovation have allowed us to deliver significant product enhancements on a rapid development timeline, which in turn drives our compelling new product roadmap.

We market and sell our hearing aids directly to consumers with a personalized, consumer-centric approach. Our commercial organization consists of a talented marketing team with deep experience in consumer-focused brand and performance marketing, a team of inside sales consultants and a dedicated customer support team of licensed hearing professionals. Our commercial organization is focused on accelerating consumer adoption, improving sales team productivity and increasing brand awareness. Going forward, we also plan to selectively pursue omni-channel opportunities and international expansion initiatives that are accretive to our customer acquisition strategy and that provide consumers additional means to access our solution.

Our revenue, net was $6.6 million and $23.2 million for 2017 and 2018, respectively, representing an increase of 249.9%. We generated net losses of $24.6 million and $33.8 million for 2017 and 2018, respectively.

Our competitive strengths

We believe the following competitive strengths are essential to our mission of empowering consumers to take control of their hearing and will support our goal of penetrating the large population of individuals with untreated hearing loss:

 

 

Highly differentiated, first-of-its-kind product

 

 

Transformative consumer-centric business model

 

 

Personalized customer experience and support

 

 

Multi-faceted marketing expertise

 

 

Robust technical, engineering and design expertise, supported by our strategic IP portfolio

 

 

Proven management team with deep industry expertise

Our market overview

We estimate that annual spend on traditional hearing aids in 2018 in the United States was approximately $8 billion. Further, we estimate that only 26% of the over 42 million adults with hearing loss owned a hearing aid in 2018. We believe these figures result from a market that historically has been constrained by an inefficient distribution channel and lack of innovation.

We estimate that in 2018, 36 million individuals over the age of 50 in the United States had mild to moderate hearing loss. Our marketing efforts are focused on a subset of this group with annual income above the national median household average. We estimate that this group of consumers consisted of approximately 14 million people and represented an initial target market of approximately $30 billion in 2018. In addition, we believe our solution is also effective for individuals with severe high frequency hearing loss, which we believe represents an incremental opportunity in the United States.

In the future, we anticipate selectively expanding our commercial efforts to the large population of individuals with mild to severe high frequency hearing loss outside of the United States.

 

3


Table of Contents

Traditional alternatives for the treatment of hearing loss

Traditional product landscape

Hearing loss in the United States is typically addressed by the use of FDA regulated hearing aids. Despite the individual and societal impacts associated with hearing loss, hearing aids are significantly underutilized in the hearing-impaired population as traditional hearing aids generally require consumers to compromise between functionality, comfort, visibility and ease of use. In 2018, of the estimated over 42 million individuals with hearing loss in the United States, only approximately 26% owned a hearing aid.

FDA regulated hearing aids generally can be categorized either as behind-the-ear or in-the-ear hearing aids. Behind-the-ear hearing aids hook over the top and rest behind the outer ear. Behind-the-ear hearing aids are generally more comfortable and less occlusive than traditional in-the-ear hearing aids; however, they have the most visible form factor. In-the-ear hearing aids are custom-made with all of the electronics sitting in a shell that fits in the ear. Because in-the-ear hearing aids either sit in the opening of, or fully in, the ear canal, they are less visible than behind-the-ear hearing aids, but are much more occlusive and uncomfortable. Behind-the-ear hearing aids are often rechargeable, while in-the-canal hearing aids are not rechargeable and require batteries that can be difficult to replace. The average retail cost of a pair of hearing aids sold through traditional channels in the United States is estimated to be $4,600. Hearing aids that have custom features to reduce visibility or improve comfort retail for significantly more than this industry average.

Traditional sales and distribution channel

Hearing aids have traditionally been sold through a business-to-business model in which hearing aid manufacturers rely on a fragmented network of independent hearing clinics to sell their devices to consumers. Purchasing a hearing aid through a clinic generally requires a series of appointments with a licensed hearing professional for assessment, fitting, programming and ongoing adjustments.

We believe the separation of the manufacturer from the consumer is not necessary, adds an incremental layer of cost and has contributed to the historical lack of innovation in this market, resulting in products that fail to meet consumer needs.

Traditional consumer journey

Market research indicates that approximately six to seven years pass between the time that the average hearing aid user in the United States first acknowledges their hearing loss and when they first purchase a hearing aid. Once consumers decide to seek help for hearing loss, they are often referred to a licensed hearing care professional. The licensed hearing care professional performs a hearing test, recommends a hearing device and then performs fitting procedures which often require multiple visits.

Following purchase, traditional hearing aids typically require programming and adjustments by the licensed hearing care professional, resulting in additional in-person follow-up visits. Throughout this lengthy process, which can take weeks or even months, the consumer is reliant on the licensed hearing care professional for education and support. Despite the high touch nature of the selling process and extensive level of customization, hearing aids are often returned due to issues related to comfort, fit, functionality and aesthetics.

 

4


Table of Contents

Limitations of traditional alternatives for the treatment of hearing loss

We believe the limitations of traditional hearing aids and the manner in which they are sold today are the primary reasons that approximately 74% of the estimated 42 million people in the United States with hearing loss in 2018 did not own a hearing aid. These limitations include the following:

Product limitations

 

 

Visible, aesthetically unattractive devices

 

 

Occlusion causing discomfort for the wearer

 

 

Battery changing hassle

Channel limitations

 

 

Disempowering consumer experience

 

 

Inconvenient, cumbersome process

 

 

High cost

The Eargo solution

We are passionate about helping people hear better. Our mission is to change the way the world thinks about hearing loss.

Since our inception, our founding principle has been to dramatically improve the consumer experience at every step of the hearing care journey. Our products, customer support and marketing messaging are a direct result of that passion. We believe our model can shift the paradigm in the treatment of hearing loss for the ultimate benefit of consumers.

Our products

Our Eargo hearing aids combine proprietary technology, engineering know-how and design expertise to offer high-quality performance in an in-the-canal form factor that makes them virtually invisible. Our in-the-canal devices feature high quality audio, are designed to provide up to 16 hours of battery life and have proprietary Flexi Fibers or Flexi Palms, which are designed to enable the unit to comfortably “float” in the ear canal, allowing air and sound to pass freely around them. Eargo hearing aids are designed for ease of use and maintenance and to fit a majority of the population, and are rechargeable. In addition, Eargo hearing aids are highly customizable allowing our users to cycle through four different sound profiles, which include different features such as amplification and noise levels, while on-the-go to accommodate different ambient noise environments. We currently offer three versions of our hearing aids, the Eargo Plus, the Eargo Max and the Eargo Neo, at three different price points to provide customers with choices on cost and functionality.

 

5


Table of Contents
Eargo Neo Hearing Aids with Charging Case   Eargo Neo Hearing Aid in Ear
LOGO   LOGO

 

Close up of Eargo Neo Hearing Aid

 

 

LOGO

Deep technical expertise

In designing the Eargo hearing solution, we set out to offer a differentiated product with a compelling value proposition centered on the ability to offer a rechargeable device with high quality audio performance in a virtually invisible and comfortable form factor. This design poses significant engineering challenges.

To address these challenges, we have developed multiple technologies in the critical aspects of hearing aid design. For example, we developed a sophisticated in-the-ear high-fidelity multichannel compression system. Such a system is critical to hearing aid performance as it dynamically amplifies the distinct acoustics of everyday life in a differentiated manner based on the frequency of the incoming sound. This ensures that the hearing aid offers comfortable and appropriate hearing support for the full range of everyday activities and sounds. Maintaining high quality audio and reducing feedback in a hearing aid with a microphone and receiver in close proximity is a significant challenge. In order to address this, we have incorporated an adaptive feedback cancellation system. In addition, we developed our proprietary Flexi Fibers and Flexi Palms to allow

 

6


Table of Contents

our hearing aids to be suspended in the ear canal, which provides for an “open fit,” thus eliminating full occlusion and offering high quality sound and comfort while staying firmly in place.

We believe our distinct combination of engineering, design and manufacturing know-how, coupled with intellectual property protection in certain key areas, enables us to offer an attractive, virtually invisible hearing aid while maintaining high quality audio performance.

Our business model and consumer journey

We employ a differentiated, consumer-first business model to empower the consumer and improve the accessibility and affordability of high-quality hearing aids. We engage consumers through a mix of digital and traditional marketing that is designed to appeal to prospective customers on a personal level and build our brand. Once a potential customer has expressed interest in our Eargo solution, one of our sales consultants will contact them directly. Customers are able to complete their purchase over the phone with their sales consultant or directly on our website, without the need to navigate multiple visits to the hearing clinic for tests and fittings. Once a customer makes their purchase, they are assigned to one of our licensed hearing professionals, who provides complimentary convenient clinical support by phone, chat or email. The combination of these services allows us to deliver clinical support in an efficient and streamlined manner without the burden of in-clinic visits.

Key advantages of our solution

We believe the Eargo hearing solution offers the following advantages relative to traditional hearing aids:

Product advantages

 

 

Virtually invisible

 

 

Comfort and performance

 

 

Rechargeable

 

 

Ease of use

Channel advantages

 

 

Empowering consumer-centric experience

 

 

Accessibility

 

 

Affordability

We designed the Eargo solution to provide significant advantages relative to traditional solutions for hearing loss and believe that the high level of consumer satisfaction that we have achieved endorses our strong value proposition. From June 2018 to September 30, 2019, our average net promoter score, or NPS, which we view as a metric for understanding customer satisfaction and loyalty, was over 45. Similarly, our average rating across over 1,800 reviews posted by customers on our website was 4.5 out of 5 as of September 30, 2019.

Growth drivers

We believe we are transforming the hearing aid market and are working to establish the Eargo solution as the preferred approach to the treatment of hearing loss. We seek to achieve this goal by converting existing hearing aid users to the Eargo solution and attracting consumers who have historically chosen not to wear hearing aids.

 

7


Table of Contents

Our growth strategies include the following:

 

 

Accelerate consumer adoption:     We plan to grow our base of customers by efficiently targeting the approximately 14 million people in our initial market, driving these consumers to our website by optimizing our mix of digital and traditional media, and increasing our customer conversion.

 

 

Improve sales team productivity:     We intend to continue to leverage our data-driven insights to iterate our sales tactics with the goal of increasing inbound lead conversions. We also intend to nurture long-term relationships with our customers to drive repeat purchases and increase their lifetime value.

 

 

Introduce new, innovative products:     We are focused on continuing to launch new versions of the Eargo solution that further improve audio quality, amplification, fit, comfort and/or ease-of-use. We believe our new product roadmap will drive adoption by new customers and encourage repeat purchases by existing customers.

 

 

Increase brand awareness:     We intend to further increase our brand awareness by optimizing our media mix and data-driven insights. For example, we have only recently begun national and direct television advertising, which we believe over time will further elevate our national brand awareness, reduce lead generation costs and increase sales.

 

 

Selectively pursue omni-channel opportunities:     We intend to accelerate our customer acquisition growth and efficiency by selectively partnering with retailers, pharmacies, payors and other consumer-oriented healthcare companies with similar customer demographics.

 

 

Expand internationally:     We anticipate selectively expanding our commercial efforts to the large population of individuals with mild to severe high frequency hearing loss outside of the United States.

Risks associated with our business

Our business is subject to a number of risks of which you should be aware before making a decision to invest in our common stock. These risks are more fully described in the section titled “Risk factors” immediately following this prospectus summary. These risks include, among others, the following:

 

 

We have a limited operating history and have grown significantly in a short period of time. If we fail to manage our growth effectively, our business could be materially and adversely affected.

 

 

We have a history of net losses and we may not achieve or maintain profitability in the future.

 

 

We operate in a highly competitive industry, and competitive pressures could have a material adverse effect on our business.

 

 

We are deploying a new business model in an effort to disrupt a relatively mature industry. In order to successfully challenge incumbent business models and become profitable, we will need to continue to refine our product and strategy.

 

 

If we are unable to reduce our return rates or if our return rates increase, our net revenue may decrease or grow more slowly than we anticipate, and our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

 

 

We depend on sales of our hearing aids for our revenue. Demand for our hearing aids may not increase as rapidly as we anticipate due to a variety of factors, including a weakness in general economic conditions or competitive pressures.

 

8


Table of Contents
 

If we cannot innovate at the pace of our hearing aid manufacturing competitors, we may not be able to develop or exploit new technologies in time to remain competitive.

 

 

Changes in the regulatory landscape for hearing aid devices could render our consumer-first business model contrary to applicable regulatory requirements, and we may be required to seek additional clearance or approval for our products.

 

 

We rely on a single manufacturer for the assembly of our hearing aids. If we encounter manufacturing problems or delays, we may be unable to promptly transition to an alternative manufacturer and our ability to generate revenue will be limited.

 

 

We rely on the timely supply of components and parts and could suffer if suppliers fail to meet their delivery obligations, raise prices or cease to supply us with components or parts.

 

 

The size and expected growth of our addressable market has not been established with precision, and may be smaller than we estimate.

 

 

If the quality of our hearing solution does not meet consumer expectations, or if our products wear out more quickly than expected, then our brand and reputation or our business could be adversely affected.

 

 

Our success depends in part on our proprietary technology, and if we are unable to obtain, maintain or successfully enforce our intellectual property rights, the commercial value of our products and services will be adversely affected and our competitive position may be harmed.

Our corporate information

We were incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware on November 12, 2010 under the name “Aria Innovations, Inc.” and changed our name to “Eargo, Inc.” in November 2014. Our principal executive offices are located at 1600 Technology Drive, 6th Floor, San Jose, California 95110, and our telephone number is (650) 351-7700. Our corporate website address is www.eargo.com. Information contained on, or accessible through, our website shall not be deemed incorporated into and is not a part of this prospectus or the registration statement of which it forms a part. We have included our website in this prospectus solely as an inactive textual reference.

Implications of being an emerging growth company

We are an emerging growth company as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of (1) the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the consummation of this offering, (2) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.07 billion, (3) the last day of the fiscal year in which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, which would occur if the market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates exceeded $700.0 million as of the last business day of the second fiscal quarter of such year or (4) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities during the prior three-year period. An emerging growth company may take advantage of specified reduced reporting requirements and is relieved of certain other significant requirements that are otherwise generally applicable to public companies. As an emerging growth company:

 

 

We will present in this prospectus only two years of audited consolidated financial statements, plus unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements for any interim period, and related management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations;

 

9


Table of Contents
 

We will avail ourselves of the exemption from the requirement to obtain an attestation and report from our auditors on the assessment of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002;

 

 

We will provide less extensive disclosure about our executive compensation arrangements; and

 

 

We will not require stockholder non-binding advisory votes on executive compensation or golden parachute arrangements.

Accordingly, the information contained herein may be different than the information you receive from our competitors that are public companies or other public companies in which you hold stock.

In addition, the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. This provision allows an emerging growth company to delay the adoption of some accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected to avail ourselves of this exemption from new or revised accounting standards, and therefore we will not be subject to the same requirements to adopt new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

 

10


Table of Contents

The offering

 

Common stock offered by us

                shares.

 

Underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares

                shares.

 

Common stock to be outstanding after this offering

                shares (or                 shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares).

 

Use of proceeds

We estimate that the net proceeds from this offering will be approximately $             million (or approximately $             million if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase up to             additional shares of common stock), based on an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

  We currently expect to use the net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents, to invest in sales and marketing, launch new marketing channels and expand our brand efforts, and to fund research and development activities. The remaining funds will be used for general corporate purposes, including working capital, operating expenses and capital expenditures. We may also use a portion of the remaining net proceeds, if any, to acquire complementary businesses, products, services or technologies. However, we do not have agreements or commitments for any acquisitions at this time.

 

  See the section titled “Use of proceeds” for additional information.

 

Risk factors

You should read the section titled “Risk factors” for a discussion of factors to consider carefully, together with all the other information included in this prospectus, before deciding to invest in our common stock.

 

Proposed trading symbol

“EAR”

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on 41,632,660 shares of common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2018, and excludes:

 

 

176,762 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants, which includes our existing convertible preferred stock warrants that will convert into warrants exercisable for common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering, as of December 31, 2018 with a weighted-average exercise price of $3.58 per share;

 

 

44,998 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding convertible preferred stock warrants that will convert into warrants exercisable for common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering, issued after December 31, 2018 with a weighted average exercise price of $3.01 per share;

 

11


Table of Contents
 

6,545,220 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options as of December 31, 2018, with a weighted-average exercise price of $0.43 per share;

 

 

4,564,663 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options granted subsequent to December 31, 2018, with a weighted-average exercise price of $1.58 per share;

 

 

            additional shares of our common stock reserved for issuance pursuant to future awards under our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, which will become available for issuance under our 2020 Plan (defined below) after the consummation of this offering;

 

 

            shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2020 Incentive Award Plan, or the 2020 Plan, which will become effective on the day prior to the first public trading date of our common stock, as well as any future increases in the number of shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the 2020 Plan; and

 

 

            shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2020 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or the ESPP, which will become effective on the day prior to the first public trading date of our common stock, as well as any future increases in the number of shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the ESPP.

Unless otherwise indicated, all information contained in this prospectus, including the number of shares of common stock that will be outstanding after this offering, assumes or gives effect to:

 

 

the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation immediately prior to the completion of this offering;

 

 

the conversion of all the outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock as of December 31, 2018 into an aggregate of 40,937,097 shares of our common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering;

 

 

a                 -for-                reverse stock split of our common stock and convertible preferred stock effected on                , 2020;

 

 

no exercise of the outstanding warrants or options subsequent to December 31, 2018; and

 

 

no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase up to                additional shares of our common stock.

 

12


Table of Contents

Summary consolidated financial data

The following tables set forth our summary consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, which has been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for any period in the future. You should read the following summary consolidated financial data together with the section titled “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

   
     Year ended December 31,  
(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)    2017     2018  

Revenue, net

   $ 6,620     $ 23,163  

Cost of revenue

     4,467       11,423  
  

 

 

 

Gross profit

     2,153       11,740  

Operating expenses:

    

Research and development

     5,449       9,520  

Sales and marketing

     9,269       25,540  

General and administrative

     5,774       8,251  
  

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     20,492       43,311  
  

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (18,339     (31,571

Other income (expense), net:

    

Interest income

     35       164  

Interest expense

     (1,783     (424

Other income (expense), net

     (1,181     (1,403

Loss on extinguishment of debt

     (3,348     (559
  

 

 

 

Total other income (expense), net

     (6,277     (2,222
  

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (24,616     (33,793

Income tax provision

            
  

 

 

 

Net loss and comprehensive loss

   $ (24,616   $ (33,793
  

 

 

 

Net loss per share, basic and diluted(1)

   $ (37.17   $ (49.89
  

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used in computing net loss per share, basic and diluted(1)

     662,246       677,333  

 

 

 

(1)   See Notes 2 and 11 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the calculations of our basic and diluted net loss per share, basic and diluted pro forma net loss per share and the weighted-average number of shares used in the computation of the per share amounts.

The table below presents our consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2018 on:

 

 

an actual basis;

 

 

a pro forma basis, to reflect: (i) the conversion of all of the outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock as of December 31, 2018 into an aggregate of 40,937,097 shares of common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering; (ii) the conversion of all of our outstanding warrants exercisable for convertible preferred stock as of December 31, 2018 into warrants exercisable for 176,762 shares of common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering; and (iii) the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation immediately prior to the completion of this offering; and

 

13


Table of Contents
 

a pro forma as adjusted basis, giving effect to the pro forma adjustments discussed above, and giving further effect to the sale of                 shares of our common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $                per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

   
     As of December 31, 2018  
(in thousands)    Actual     Pro
forma
     Pro forma
as adjusted(1)
 
          

(unaudited)

        

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 51,051     $                        $                    

Working capital(2)

     43,029       

Total assets

     59,042       

Term loans, noncurrent portion

     6,990       

Convertible preferred stock warrant liability

     81       

Convertible preferred stock

     152,015       

Accumulated deficit

     (114,717     

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

     (112,999     

 

 

 

(1)   The pro forma as adjusted information discussed above is illustrative only and will depend on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $                per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, as applicable, each of our pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ (deficit) equity by approximately $                million, assuming the number of shares of common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase or decrease of 1.0 million shares of common stock offered by us would increase or decrease, as applicable, each of our pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ (deficit) equity by approximately $                million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price of $                per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

(2)   We define working capital as current assets less current liabilities. See our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus for further details regarding our current assets and current liabilities.

 

14


Table of Contents

Risk factors

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks described below, as well as the other information in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes and “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations,” before deciding whether to invest in our common stock. The occurrence of any of the events or developments described below could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In such an event, the market price of our common stock could decline and you may lose all or part of your investment. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial may also impair our business operations.

Risks relating to our industry and business

We have a limited operating history and have grown significantly in a short period of time. If we fail to manage our growth effectively, our business could be materially and adversely affected.

We were organized in 2010 and began selling hearing aids in 2015. Accordingly, we have a limited operating history, which makes an evaluation of our future prospects difficult. Our operating results have fluctuated in the past, and we expect our future quarterly and annual operating results to fluctuate as we focus on increasing the demand for our products. We may need to make business decisions that could adversely affect our operating results, such as modifications to our pricing strategy, business structure or operations.

In addition, we have experienced recent rapid growth and anticipate further growth. For example, our revenue increased from $6.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 to $23.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. The number of our full-time employees increased from 115 as of December 31, 2017 to 226 as of September 30, 2019.

This growth has placed significant demands on our management, financial, operational, technological and other resources, and we expect that our growth will continue to place significant demands on our management and other resources and will require us to continue developing and improving our operational, financial and other internal controls. In particular, continued growth increases the challenges involved in a number of areas, including recruiting and retaining sufficient skilled personnel, providing adequate training and supervision to maintain our high quality standards and preserving our culture and values. We may not be able to address these challenges in a cost-effective manner, or at all. If we do not effectively manage our growth, we may not be able to execute on our business plan, respond to competitive pressures, take advantage of market opportunities, satisfy customer requirements or maintain high-quality product offerings, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We have a history of net losses, and we may not achieve or maintain profitability in the future.

We have incurred net operating losses since inception. For the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, we incurred net losses of $24.6 million and $33.8 million, respectively. As a result of our ongoing losses, as of December 31, 2018, we had an accumulated deficit of $114.7 million. Since inception, we have spent significant funds on organizational and start-up activities, to recruit key managers and employees, to develop our hearing aids, to develop our manufacturing know-how and customer support resources and for research and development. The net losses we incur may fluctuate significantly from quarter to quarter. We will need to generate significant additional revenue to achieve profitability. It is possible that we will not achieve profitability or that, even if we do achieve profitability, we may not maintain or increase profitability in the future. Our failure to achieve or maintain profitability could negatively impact the value of our common stock.

 

15


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2018, we had cash and cash equivalents of $51.1 million. Our negative cash flows and lack of financial resources raise substantial doubt as to our ability to continue as a going concern. Without giving effect to the anticipated net proceeds from this offering, we do not believe that those cash and cash equivalents will be sufficient to enable us to fund our current operations for at least one year from the original issuance date of our audited annual consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2018 included in this prospectus. If we are unable to raise additional funding to meet our operational needs, we will be forced to limit or cease our operations. Our long-term success is dependent upon our ability to successfully develop, commercialize and market our products, earn revenue, obtain additional capital when needed and, ultimately, to achieve profitable operations. The perception of our ability to continue as a going concern may make it more difficult for us to obtain financing for the continuation of our operations and could result in the loss of confidence by investors, manufacturers, suppliers and employees.

We are deploying a new business model in an effort to disrupt a relatively mature industry. In order to successfully challenge incumbent business models and become profitable, we will need to continue to refine our product and strategy.

Our direct-to-consumer business model is new to the hearing aid industry. Our products are currently primarily available direct-to-consumer and are therefore generally not sold by channels which consumers would traditionally look to for the treatment of their hearing loss. Because audiologists and hearing clinics do not currently offer our products, they are unlikely to recommend our products as a solution to their patients. If we are unable to reach this population through our online or direct marketing, the estimated market size for our products may be lower than we anticipate.

Delivery of hearing aids via a direct-to-consumer model represents a change from the traditional channel, which requires in-person visits to one or more hearing care professionals, and consumers may be reluctant to accept this model or may not find it preferable to the traditional channel. In addition, consumers may not respond to our direct marketing campaigns, or we may be unsuccessful in reaching our target audience, particularly if we expand our sales efforts in foreign jurisdictions where our advertising and distribution model may be more heavily regulated. If consumers prove unwilling to adopt our model as rapidly or in the numbers that we anticipate, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially harmed.

We operate in a highly competitive industry, and competitive pressures could have a material adverse effect on our business.

The worldwide market for hearing aids is competitive in terms of pricing, product quality, product innovation and time-to-market. We face strong competitors, which have greater resources and stronger financial profiles that may enable them to better exploit changes in our industry on a cost-competitive basis and to be more effective and faster in capturing available market opportunities, which in turn may negatively impact our market share. There are five major traditional manufacturer competitors in the industry—GN Store Nord, Sonova, Starkey, William Demant and WS Audiology—who together control a significant majority of the hearing aid market.

In addition to these manufacturer competitors, Costco sells multiple brands of hearing aids, including those of the traditional manufacturers and Costco’s own white-label Kirkland Signature brand of hearing aid, at prices ranging from approximately $1,499 to $2,899 per pair. We estimate that during 2018, Costco dispensed approximately 12% of the hearing aids distributed in the United States, which percentage is expected to increase going forward. The United States Department of Veterans Affairs, or the VA, is also a significant provider of hearing aids and provides hearing aids at no charge to its patients. We estimate that, in 2018, the VA dispensed approximately 19% of the hearing aids distributed in the United States. Our products are not distributed by Costco, or on contract or currently eligible to be distributed by the VA.

 

16


Table of Contents

We also face competition from companies that introduce new technologies, including consumer electronics companies that sell direct to consumers. For example, in May 2018, the United States Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, granted marketing clearance to Bose Corporation for a “self-fitting air-conduction hearing aid.” The Bose self-fitting hearing aid was cleared under the FDA’s de novo premarket review pathway with the intended use to amplify sound for individuals 18 years of age or older with perceived mild to moderate hearing impairment, with no pre-programming or hearing test necessary. We view our consumer-first model as a competitive advantage, and competitors, including Bose or other consumer electronics companies, that sell hearing aids directly to consumers may erode that advantage. Please see the risk factor below titled, “Changes in the regulatory landscape for hearing aid devices could render our direct-to-consumer business model contrary to applicable regulatory requirements, and we may be required to seek additional clearance or approval for our products.”

We may be unable to compete with these or other competitors, and one or more of such competitors may render our technology obsolete or economically unattractive. To the extent we expand internationally, we will face additional competition in geographies outside the United States. If we are unable to compete effectively with existing products or respond effectively to any new products developed by competitors, our business could be materially harmed. Increased competition may result in price reductions, reduced gross margins and loss of market share. There can be no assurance that we will be able to compete successfully against our current or future competitors or that competitive pressures will not have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

There are a variety of hearing aid products and technologies, and consumer confusion about product features and technology could lead consumers to purchase competitive products instead of our products, or to conflate any adverse events or safety issues associated with third-party hearing aid products with our products, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We believe that many individuals do not have full information regarding the types of hearing aids and hearing aid features and technologies available in the market, in part due to the lack of consumer education in the traditional hearing industry sales model. Consumers may not have sufficient information about hearing aids generally or how hearing aid products and technologies compare to each other. This confusion may result in consumers purchasing hearing aids from our competitors instead of our products, even if our hearing aids would provide them with their desired product features. In addition, any adverse events or safety issues relating to competitive hearing aid products and related negative publicity, even if such events are not attributable to our products, could result in reduced purchases of hearing aids by consumers generally. Any of these occurrences could lead to reduced sales of our products and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If we are unable to reduce our return rates or if our return rates increase, our net revenue may decrease or grow more slowly than we anticipate, and our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

Customer return rates were approximately 44% in 2018 and have decreased to approximately 36% for the nine months ended September 30, 2019. Our return policy allows our customers to return hearing aids for any reason within the first 45 days of delivery for a full refund, subject to a handling fee in certain states. We report revenue net of expected returns, which is an estimate informed in part by historical return rates. As such, our return rate impacts our reported net revenue and profitability. If actual sales returns differ significantly from our estimates, an adjustment to revenue in the current or subsequent period is recorded. Furthermore, if we are unable to reduce our return rates or if they increase, our net revenue may decrease or grow more slowly than we anticipate, and our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

 

17


Table of Contents

We depend on sales of our hearing aids for our revenue. Demand for our hearing aids may not increase as rapidly as we anticipate due to a variety of factors, including a weakness in general economic conditions or competitive pressures.

We expect that revenue from sales of our hearing aids will continue to account for our revenue for the foreseeable future. Continued and widespread market acceptance of hearing aids by consumers is critical to our future success. Consumer spending habits are affected by, among other things, prevailing economic conditions, levels of employment, salaries and wage rates, consumer confidence and consumer perception of economic conditions. Hearing aids are primarily paid for directly by the consumer and, as result, demand can vary significantly depending on economic growth. A general slowdown in the U.S. economy and international economies into which we may expand or an uncertain economic outlook could adversely affect consumer spending habits, which may result in, among other things, a reduction in consumer spending on elective or higher value products, or a reduction in demand for hearing aids generally, each of which would have an adverse effect on our sales and operating results. Weakness in the global economy results in a challenging environment for selling hearing loss technologies. In such circumstances, consumers may opt to purchase less expensive hearing loss technologies. If there is a reduction in consumer demand for hearing aids generally, if consumers choose to use a competitive product rather than our hearing aids or if the average selling price of our hearing aids declines as a result of economic conditions, competitive pressures or any other reason, these factors could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. If we are not successful in adapting our production and cost structure to the market environment, we may experience further adverse effects that may be material to our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If we cannot innovate at the pace of our hearing aid manufacturing competitors, we may not be able to develop or exploit new technologies in time to remain competitive.

The hearing aid industry has in the past experienced rapid shifts to new key technologies, including for example the switch from analog to digital hearing aids in the 1990s, that disrupted existing market patterns and led to a large-scale market realignment among customers and hearing aid manufacturers. For us to remain competitive, it is essential to develop and bring to market new technologies or to find new applications for existing technologies at an increasing speed. If we are unable to meet customer demands for new technology, or if the technologies we introduce are viewed less favorably than our competitors’ products, our results of operations and future prospects may be negatively affected. To meet our customers’ needs in these areas, we must continuously design new products, update existing products and invest in and develop new technologies. Our operating results depend to a significant extent on our ability to anticipate and adapt to technological changes in the hearing aid market, maintain innovation, maintain a strong product pipeline and reduce the costs of producing high-quality new and existing hearing aids. Any inability to do so could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Changes in the regulatory landscape for hearing aid devices could render our direct-to-consumer business model contrary to applicable regulatory requirements, and we may be required to seek additional clearance or approval for our products.

Hearing aids are considered medical devices subject to regulation by the FDA. We currently market our products pursuant to the FDA regulatory framework for air-conduction hearing aids, which are classified as Class I devices exempt from premarket review procedures. In addition, while applicable FDA regulations establish certain “conditions for sale” of all hearing aids, including that prospective hearing aid users must have a medical evaluation by a licensed physician within the six months prior to hearing aid dispensation, the FDA has stated that it does not intend to enforce these medical evaluation requirements prior to the dispensing of Class I air-conduction and Class II wireless air-conduction hearing aids to individuals 18 years of age and older. Accordingly, while we are required to comply with other FDA requirements, including specific hearing aid

 

18


Table of Contents

labeling requirements and provision of a User Instructional Brochure, our products have not been reviewed by the FDA and are not dispensed by licensed physicians. If the FDA were to determine that our products do not properly satisfy the conditions for marketing Class I air-conduction hearing aid devices, we could be forced to cease distribution of our products until we obtain regulatory clearance or approval, and we could be subject to additional enforcement action by the FDA. In addition, many states have laws regarding the provision of hearing aid devices, and if we are found to be in violation of the laws of any state in which our devices are sold, we could be subject to further sanctions at the state level.

The regulatory landscape for hearing aid devices has been subject to recent changes that may alter or increase our requirements for regulatory compliance. The FDA Reauthorization Act of 2017, or FDARA, created a new category of over-the-counter, or OTC, hearing aids that are intended to be available through in-person transactions, by mail or online without the involvement of a licensed practitioner. Under the statute, the FDA is required to issue regulations to implement the new framework by August 2020. As part of its rulemaking process, the FDA is required to evaluate whether OTC hearing aids should be subject to premarket review and clearance under Section 510(k) of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, or FDCA, and it is unclear whether the FDA will subject OTC hearing aids to this requirement or other more onerous requirements. The language in FDARA is not self-implementing, which means that the OTC hearing aid category does not exist until the effective date of a published final regulation, and the FDA has not yet issued a notice of proposed rulemaking or given any other indication as to how it will implement the new OTC hearing aid pathway. However, in May 2018, the FDA granted a de novo classification request from Bose for a direct-to-consumer “self-fitting air-conduction hearing aid,” which is classified as Class II and subject to 510(k) premarket review. We do not consider our devices to be “self-fitting” hearing aids similar to the recently cleared Bose device, but the FDA could disagree. While we expect our products to continue to be regulated as Class I exempt devices, our products could in the future be deemed to fall under the definition of a “self-fitting air-conduction hearing aid” or an OTC hearing aid, in which case we could be required to seek 510(k) clearance for our products or otherwise comply with additional regulatory requirements associated with these new pathways. In such case, the FDA may require us to remove our devices from the market while we seek FDA clearance. In addition, even if our current products remain Class I exempt devices, it is possible that any future products we may develop could fail to meet the requisite criteria for similar regulation and could be subject to more stringent requirements and premarket review, increasing our costs for regulatory compliance.

We rely on a single manufacturer for the assembly of our hearing aids. If we encounter manufacturing problems or delays, we may be unable to promptly transition to an alternative manufacturer and our ability to generate revenue will be limited.

We have no manufacturing capabilities of our own. We rely on a single manufacturer located in Thailand, Hana Microelectronics, for the manufacture of all of our products currently available for sale. For us to be successful, our contract manufacturer must be able to provide us with products in substantial quantities, in compliance with regulatory requirements, in accordance with agreed upon specifications, at acceptable costs and on a timely basis. While our manufacturer has generally met our demand requirements on a timely basis in the past, its ability and willingness to continue to do so going forward may be limited for several reasons, including our relative importance as a customer of the manufacturer or its ability to provide assembly services to manufacture our products. An interruption in our commercial operations could occur if we encounter delays or difficulties in securing these manufactured products if we cannot obtain an acceptable substitute.

Any transition to a new contract manufacturer could be time-consuming and expensive, may result in interruptions in our operations and product delivery, could affect the performance specifications of our products or could require that we modify the design of our products. If we are required to change our contract manufacturer, we will be required to verify that the new manufacturer maintains facilities, procedures and operations that comply with our quality and applicable regulatory requirements, which could further impede

 

19


Table of Contents

our ability to manufacture our products in a timely manner. We cannot assure you that we will be able to identify and engage alternative contract manufacturers on similar terms or without delay. Furthermore, our contract manufacturer could require us to move to a different production facility. The occurrence of any of these events could harm our ability to meet the demand for our products in a timely and cost-effective manner, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The manufacture of our products is complex and requires the integration of a number of components from several sources of supply. Our contract manufacturer must manufacture and assemble these complex products in commercial quantities in compliance with regulatory requirements and at an acceptable cost. Our hearing aids require significant expertise to manufacture, and our contract manufacturer may encounter difficulties in scaling up production of the hearing aids, including problems with quality control and assurance, component supply shortages, increased costs, shortages of qualified personnel, the long lead time required to develop additional facilities for purposes of testing our products and/or difficulties associated with compliance with local, state, federal and foreign regulatory requirements. There can be no assurance that manufacturing or quality control problems will not arise in connection with the scale-up of the manufacture of our products. If we are unable to obtain a sufficient supply of product, maintain control over product quality and cost or otherwise adapt to anticipated growth, or if we underestimate growth, we may not have the capability to satisfy market demand, and our business and reputation in the marketplace will suffer. Conversely, if demand for our products decreases, we may have excess inventory, which could result in inventory write-offs that would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. We may also encounter defects in materials and/or workmanship, which could lead to a failure to adhere to regulatory requirements. Any defects could delay operations at our contract manufacturer’s facilities, lead to regulatory fines or halt or discontinue manufacturing indefinitely. Any of these outcomes could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We rely on the timely supply of components and parts and could suffer if suppliers fail to meet their delivery obligations, raise prices or cease to supply us with components or parts.

We rely on three critical suppliers for many of the components that are used in the manufacture of our products, including for batteries, integrated circuits, microphones and receivers. This reliance on third parties adds additional risks to the manufacturing process that are beyond our control. In addition, many of these suppliers also provide components and products to our competitors. The industry’s reliance on a limited number of key components and product suppliers subjects us to the risk that in the event of an increase in demand, our suppliers may fail to provide supplies to us in a timely manner while they continue to supply our competitors, many of which have greater purchasing power than us, or seek to supply components to us at a higher cost. The failure of our suppliers to deliver components or products in a timely fashion could have disruptive effects on our ability to produce our products in a timely manner, or we may be required to find new suppliers at an increased cost. Furthermore, we generally do not enter into long-term commitment contracts with our suppliers, but rather enter into framework agreements as a basis for individual orders. The terms of such framework agreements are typically up to two years and in most cases do not contain any firm purchase commitments. We can make no assurance that we will be able to renew such supply agreements. If we are unable to renew supply agreements, our access to key components could be reduced, which could harm our business. Additionally, our reputation and the quality of our products are in part dependent on the quality of the components that we source from third-party suppliers. If we are unable to control the quality of the components supplied to us or to address known quality problems in a timely manner, our reputation in the market may be damaged and sales of our products may suffer. As a result, we may experience a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

20


Table of Contents

Certain components needed to manufacture our hearing aids are only available from a limited number of suppliers.

Several of our suppliers provide products for our hearing aids and accessories for which they own the design and/or intellectual property rights. This includes integrated circuits, transducers, batteries and various electrical components. Although there may be several potential suppliers for our components, as our components are highly customized, there is a risk that these components may not be readily substituted by similar products of other suppliers or that any substitution may take a lengthy period of time to implement. Even if we do identify new suppliers, we may experience increased costs and product shortages as we transition to alternative suppliers. If any of these limited suppliers cease to supply us with their products, or any of the foregoing events occurs, we could experience a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If we are unable to successfully develop and effectively manage the introduction of new products, our business may be adversely affected.

We must successfully manage introductions of new or advanced hearing aid products. Introductions of new or advanced hearing aid products could also adversely impact the sales of our existing products to consumers. For instance, the introduction or announcement of new or advanced hearing aid products may shorten the life cycle of our existing devices or reduce demand, thereby reducing any benefits of successful hearing aid introductions and potentially lead to challenges in managing write-downs or write-offs of inventory of existing products. In addition, new hearing aid products may have higher manufacturing costs than legacy products, which could negatively impact our gross margins and operating results. Accordingly, if we fail to effectively manage introductions of new or advanced products, our business may be adversely affected.

We may face challenges managing the inventory of existing hearing aids, which could lead to excess inventory and discounting of our existing devices. Inventory levels in excess of consumer demand may result in inventory write-downs or write-offs and the sale of inventory at discounted prices, which may cause our gross margin to decline and could impair the strength of our brand. Reserves and write-downs for rebates, promotions and excess inventory are recorded based on our forecast of future demand. Actual future demand could be less than our forecast, which may result in additional reserves and write-downs in the future, or actual demand could be stronger than our forecast, which may result in a reduction to previously recorded reserves and write-downs in the future and increase the volatility of our operating results.

If the quality of our hearing solution does not meet consumer expectations, or if our products wear out more quickly than expected, then our brand and reputation or our business could be adversely affected.

Our products may not perform as well in day-to-day use as we or our customers expect. Although we designed our Eargo hearing aids to provide high quality audio, we have collected limited data comparing our products to competitive devices. Future studies, including our internal studies or those of our competitors or other third parties, may not yield the results that we expect to obtain and may not demonstrate that our products are superior to, or may demonstrate that our products are inferior to, existing or future products with regard to functional or economic measures. These study results may be published in medical journals or other publications, or by our competitors and result in adverse publicity for our products. The performance of our Eargo hearing aids may not live up to customer expectations, and our brand, reputation, customer satisfaction, return rates and sales may be adversely affected as a result.

Furthermore, because of our products’ limited time in the market, we cannot be certain about the usable life of our products. Due to the design constraints applicable to our rechargeable, in-the-canal form factor, our hearing aids may offer a shorter usable life compared to our competitors’ hearing aids. Thus, even though our products may be more affordable than competitive devices, they may need to be replaced more often. Although

 

21


Table of Contents

we believe the advantages of our design justify this tradeoff, customers may expect a longer useful life, and failure to live up to this expectation could result in reduced sales, decreased customer loyalty, higher than expected warranty claims and adverse publicity.

Certain components of our hearing aids may also offer reduced performance or wear out over time. For example, the rechargeable technology used in our hearing aids and charging cases has a limited lifespan, and recharging performance will degrade over time. We designed our Eargo Neo hearing aids to provide up to 20 hours of continuous use between charges when new and up to 16 hours after 1,000 charging cycles, but charging capacity may decrease more quickly than expected. Moreover, certain components of our hearing aids, including Flexi Fibers and Flexi Palms that can be purchased online, will require more frequent replacement than the device itself. If the quality, longevity and durability of our products does not meet the expectations of customers, then our brand and reputation and our business, financial condition and results of operations, could be adversely affected.

Customer or third-party complaints or negative reviews or publicity about our company or our hearing aids could harm our reputation and brand.

We are heavily dependent on customers who use our hearing aids to provide good reviews and word-of-mouth recommendations to contribute to our growth. Customers who are dissatisfied with their experiences with our products or services may post negative reviews. We may also be the subject of blog, forum or other media postings that include inaccurate statements and create negative publicity. In addition, traditional hearing aid supply chain participants may express and publish negative views regarding our direct-to-consumer model and products. Any negative reviews or publicity, whether real or perceived, disseminated by word-of-mouth, by the general media, by electronic or social networking means or by other methods, could harm our reputation and brand and could severely diminish consumer confidence in our products.

Repair or replacement costs due to guarantees we provide on our products could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We provide product guarantees to our customers, both as a result of contractual and legal provisions and for marketing purposes. We allow for the return of products from direct customers within 45 days after the original sale and record estimated sales returns as a reduction of sales in the same period revenue is recognized. We also generally allow customers to return defective or damaged products for credit, replacement or refund. The term of the warranty provided is generally one year, with an option for the customer to purchase warranty coverage for an additional year. Existing and future product guarantees place us at the risk of incurring future repair and/or replacement costs. As of December 31, 2018, we had provisions of $0.1 million relating to warranties. Substantial amounts of product guarantee claims could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

In addition, we reserve for the estimated cost of product warranties when revenue is recognized, and we evaluate our warranty reserves periodically by reviewing our warranty repair experience. While we engage in product quality programs and processes, including monitoring and evaluating the quality of our components sourced from our suppliers and instituting methods to remotely detect and correct defects, our warranty obligation is affected by actual product defect rates, parts and equipment costs and service labor costs incurred in correcting a product defect. Our warranty reserves may be inadequate due to undetected product defects, unanticipated component failures or changes in estimates for material, labor and other costs we may incur to replace projected product defects. As a result, if actual product defect rates, parts and equipment costs or service labor costs exceed our estimates, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

22


Table of Contents

Our failure to successfully anticipate product returns may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our net losses are affected by changes in reserves to account for product returns and product credits. The reserve for product returns accounts for customer returns of our products after purchase. We record a reserve for product returns based on historical return trends together with current product sales performance in each reporting period. If actual returns are greater than those projected and reserved for by management, additional sales returns may be recorded in the future. We do not currently have the ability to resell products that are returned. To the extent we are unable to successfully refurbish devices in the future, we will not be able to resell such devices. Further, the introduction of new products, changes in product mix, changes in consumer confidence or other competitive and general economic conditions may cause actual returns to differ from product return reserves. Any significant increase in product returns that exceeds our reserves could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Accelerated consolidation and formation of purchasing groups increases the pricing pressure on hearing aids.

Many purchasing groups, such as hearing aid clinics, retailers and hospital systems, are consolidating to create new entities with greater market power. Such groups, such as Costco and the VA, have used and may continue to use their increased purchasing power to negotiate price reductions or other concessions across our industry. This pricing leverage has resulted, and will likely continue to result, in downward pressure on the average selling prices of hearing aid products generally, including our own products. The forthcoming OTC regulations could further contribute to the pace of consolidation as well as the introduction of new entrants in the hearing aid market. Please see the risk factor titled, “Changes in the regulatory landscape for hearing aid devices could render our direct-to-consumer business model contrary to applicable regulatory requirements, and we may be required to seek additional clearance or approval for our products.” These factors could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The size and expected growth of our addressable market has not been established with precision, and may be smaller than we estimate.

Our estimates of the addressable market for our current products and future products are based on a number of internal and third-party estimates and assumptions, including the prevalence of hearing loss across income levels and demographic profiles. While we believe our assumptions and the data underlying our estimates are reasonable, these assumptions and estimates may not be correct. In addition, the statements in this prospectus relating to, among other things, the expected growth in the market for hearing aids are based on a number of internal and third-party estimates and assumptions and may prove to be inaccurate. For example, although we expect that the prevalence of hearing loss will increase as the U.S. population ages, demographic trends could shift and the prevalence of hearing loss could decrease. Furthermore, even if the prevalence of hearing loss increases as we expect, technological or medical advances could provide alternatives to address hearing loss and reduce demand for hearing aids. As a result, our estimates of the addressable market for our current or future products may prove to be incorrect. If the actual number of consumers who would benefit from our products, the price at which we can sell future products or the addressable market for our products is smaller than we estimate, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Changes in third-party coverage and reimbursement may impact our ability to grow and sell our products.

Our products are primarily purchased on a cash-pay basis and are not generally covered by third-party payors. Third-party coverage and reimbursement may increase for certain hearing aids but not our products, which could reduce our market share. The process for determining whether a third-party payor will provide coverage for a product may be separate from the process for establishing the reimbursement rate that such a payor will

 

23


Table of Contents

pay for the product. A payor’s decision to provide coverage for a product does not imply that an adequate reimbursement rate will be approved. Further, one payor’s determination to provide coverage for a product does not assure that other payors will also provide such coverage. Adequate third-party coverage and reimbursement may never become available to us.

To the extent we sell our products internationally, market acceptance may depend, in part, upon the availability of coverage and reimbursement within prevailing healthcare payment systems. Reimbursement and healthcare payment systems in international markets vary significantly by country and include both government-sponsored healthcare and private insurance. We may not obtain international coverage and reimbursement approvals in a timely manner, if at all. Our failure to receive such approvals would negatively impact market acceptance of our products in the international markets in which those approvals are sought.

We spend significant amounts on advertising and other marketing campaigns to acquire new customers, which may not be successful or cost effective.

We market our hearing aids through a mix of digital and traditional marketing channels. These include paid search, digital display advertising, email marketing, affiliate marketing, direct response television, national reach television and select print and radio advertising. We also leverage our database of prospects and customers to further drive customer acquisition and referrals. We spend significant amounts on advertising and other marketing campaigns to acquire new customers, and we expect our marketing expenses to increase in the future as we continue to spend significant amounts to acquire new customers and increase awareness of our products. While we seek to structure our marketing campaigns in the manner that we believe is most likely to encourage consumers to use our products, we may fail to identify marketing opportunities that satisfy our anticipated return on marketing spend as we scale our investments in marketing, accurately predict customer acquisition or fully understand or estimate the conditions and behaviors that drive consumer behavior. If any of our marketing campaigns prove less successful than anticipated in attracting new customers, we may not be able to recover our marketing spend, and our rate of customer acquisition may fail to meet market expectations, either of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. There can be no assurance that our marketing efforts will result in increased sales of our products.

In addition, we believe that building a strong brand and developing and achieving broad awareness of our brand is critical to achieving market success. If any of our brand-building activities prove less successful than anticipated in attracting new customers, we may not be able to recover our brand-building spend, and our rate of customer acquisition may fail to meet market expectations, either of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. There can be no assurance that our brand-building efforts will result in increased sales of our products.

We experience seasonality in our business, which may cause fluctuations in our financial results.

Historically, we have experienced and expect to continue to experience seasonality in our business, with higher sales volumes in the first and fourth calendar quarters, and lower sales volumes in the second calendar quarter. Our sales volumes in the first calendar quarter tend to be higher as a result of the timing of product launches. Our sales volumes in the fourth calendar quarter tend to be higher as a result of holiday promotional activity. These factors may contribute to substantial fluctuations in our quarterly operating results. Because of these fluctuations, among other factors, it is possible that in future periods our operating results will fall below the expectations of securities analysts or investors, in which case the market price of our stock would likely decrease. These fluctuations, among other factors, also mean that our operating results in any particular period may not be relied upon as an indication of future performance.

 

24


Table of Contents

Our products are complex to design and manufacture and could contain defects. The production and sale of defective products could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. If product liability lawsuits are brought against us, we may incur substantial liabilities and may be required to limit commercialization of our products.

We make hearing aids that include highly complex electronic components, which are sourced from external third parties, and there is an inherent risk that defects may occur in the production of any of our products. Although we rely on the supplier’s internal procedures designed to minimize risks that may arise from quality issues, there can be no assurance that we or our suppliers will be able to eliminate or mitigate occurrences of these issues and associated liabilities. Under consumer product legislation in many jurisdictions, we may be forced to recall or repurchase defective products, and more restrictive laws and regulations relating to these matters may be adopted in the future. We also face exposure to product liability claims in the event that any of our devices are alleged to have resulted in personal injury or damage to property, or otherwise to have caused harm. For example, we may be sued if any of our hearing aids allegedly causes injury or is found to be otherwise unsuitable during product testing, manufacturing, marketing or sale. Any such product liability claims may include allegations of defects in manufacturing, defects in design, a failure to warn of dangers inherent in the product, negligence, strict liability and a breach of warranty. Claims could also be asserted under state consumer protection acts. If we cannot successfully defend ourselves against product liability claims, we may incur substantial liabilities or be required to limit commercialization of our products. Even successful defense would require significant financial and management resources. Regardless of the merits or eventual outcome, liability claims may result in:

 

 

decreased demand for our current or future products;

 

 

injury to our reputation;

 

 

costs to defend the related litigation;

 

 

a diversion of management’s time and our resources;

 

 

substantial monetary awards to customers;

 

 

regulatory investigations, product recalls, withdrawals or labeling, marketing or promotional restrictions;

 

 

loss of revenue; and

 

 

the inability to sell our current or any future products.

Our inability to obtain and maintain sufficient product liability insurance at an acceptable cost and scope of coverage to protect against potential product liability claims could prevent or inhibit the sale of our current or any future products we develop. Although we currently carry product liability insurance, any claim that may be brought against us could result in a court judgment or settlement in an amount that is not covered, in whole or in part, by our insurance or that is in excess of the limits of our insurance coverage. Our insurance policies also have various exclusions and deductibles, and we may be subject to a product liability claim for which we have no coverage. We will have to pay any amounts awarded by a court or negotiated in a settlement that exceed our coverage limitations or that are not covered by our insurance, and we may not have, or be able to obtain, sufficient funds to pay such amounts. Moreover, in the future, we may not be able to maintain insurance coverage at a reasonable cost or in sufficient amounts to protect us against losses.

In addition, any product defects, recalls or claims that result in significant adverse publicity could have a negative effect on our reputation, result in loss of market share or failure to achieve market acceptance. For example, our first generation hearing aid, launched in 2015, had a high incidence of product returns and

 

25


Table of Contents

warranty claims. As a result, we voluntarily withdrew the product from the market. The production and sale of defective products in the future could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are subject to consumer protection laws that regulate our marketing practices and prohibit unfair or deceptive acts or practices. Our actual or perceived failure to comply with such obligations could harm our business, and changes in such regulations or laws could require us to modify our products or marketing or advertising efforts.

In connection with the marketing or advertisement of our products, we could be the target of claims relating to false, misleading, deceptive or otherwise noncompliant advertising or marketing practices, including under the auspices of the Federal Trade Commission and state consumer protection statutes. If we rely on third parties to provide any marketing and advertising of our products, we could be liable for, or face reputational harm as a result of, their marketing practices if, for example, they fail to comply with applicable statutory and regulatory requirements.

If we are found to have breached any consumer protection, advertising, unfair competition or other laws or regulations, we may be subject to enforcement actions that require us to change our marketing and business practices in a manner which may negatively impact us. This could also result in litigation, fines, penalties and adverse publicity that could cause reputational harm and loss of customer trust, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Alternative technologies or therapies that improve or cure hearing loss could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If medical research were to lead to the discovery of alternative therapies or technologies that improve or cure the various forms of hearing loss as an alternative to the hearing aid, such as by surgical techniques, the use of pharmaceuticals or breakthrough bio-technological innovations or therapies, our profitability could suffer through a reduction in sales. The discovery of a cure for the various forms of hearing loss and the development of other alternatives to hearing aids could result in decreased demand for our products and, accordingly, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Adapting our production capacities to evolving patterns of demand is expensive, time-consuming and subject to significant uncertainties. We may not be able to adequately predict consumer trends and may be unable to adjust our production in a timely manner.

We market our products directly to consumers in the United States, where we face the risk of significant changes in the demand for our products. If demand decreases, we will need to implement capacity and cost reduction measures involving restructuring costs. If demand increases, we will be required to make capital expenditures related to increased production and expenditures to hire and train production and sales and product support personnel. Adapting to changes in demand inherently lags behind the actual changes because it takes time to identify the change the market is undergoing and to implement any measures taken as a result. Finally, capacity adjustments are inherently risky because there is imperfect information, and market trends may rapidly intensify, ebb or even reverse. We have in the past not always been, and may in the future not be, able to accurately or timely predict trends in demand and consumer behavior or to take appropriate measures to mitigate risks and exploit opportunities resulting from such trends. Any inability in the future to identify or to adequately and effectively react to changes in demand could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

26


Table of Contents

International trade disputes could result in tariffs and other protectionist measures that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Tariffs could increase the cost of the our products and raw materials that go into making them. These increased costs could adversely impact the gross margin that we earn on our products. Tariffs could also make our products more expensive for customers, which could make our products less competitive and reduce consumer demand. Countries may also adopt other protectionist measures that could limit our ability to offer our products. Political uncertainty surrounding international trade disputes and protectionist measures could also have a negative effect on consumer confidence and spending, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are dependent on international manufacturers and suppliers, which exposes us to foreign operational and political risks that may harm our business.

We rely on a single manufacturer located in Thailand, Hana Microelectronics, for the manufacture of all of our products currently available for sale. In addition, we rely on some third-party suppliers in Europe, Southeast Asia, Japan, China and the United States, who supply, among other things, certain of the technology and raw materials used in the manufacturing of our products. Our reliance on international operations exposes us to risks and uncertainties, including:

 

 

controlling quality of supplies;

 

 

trade protection measures, tariffs and other duties, especially in light of trade disputes between the United States and several foreign countries, including China and countries in Europe;

 

 

political, social and economic instability;

 

 

laws and business practices that favor local companies;

 

 

interruptions and limitations in telecommunication services;

 

 

product or material delays or disruption;

 

 

import and export license requirements and restrictions;

 

 

difficulties in the protection of intellectual property;

 

 

exchange controls, currency restrictions and fluctuations in currency values; and

 

 

potential adverse tax consequences.

If any of these risks were to materialize, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If manufacturers and suppliers are unable to procure raw materials, semi-finished products and finished products on terms or within timeframes acceptable to us, our business may suffer.

We are dependent on the availability of raw materials necessary to manufacture the products we sell. We rely on third-party manufacturers and suppliers to identify and purchase quality raw materials, semi-finished goods and finished goods while seeking to preserve our quality standards. If our suppliers or third-party manufacturers experience shortages, limited access or increased costs of certain raw materials and other semi-finished or finished goods, it may result in production delays or delays in deliveries of our products to our customers. Production by one or more manufacturers or suppliers may be suspended or delayed, temporarily or permanently, due to economic or technical problems such as the insolvency of the manufacturer, the failure

 

27


Table of Contents

of the manufacturing facilities or disruption of the production process, all of which are beyond our control. Any shortage, delay or interruption in the availability of our products may negatively affect our ability to meet consumer demand. As a result, our business may be unable to offer a satisfactory experience to customers, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We or the third parties upon whom we depend may be adversely affected by disasters, and our business continuity and disaster recovery plans may not adequately protect us from a serious disaster. Any interruption in the operations of our or our suppliers’ manufacturing or other facilities may have a material adverse effect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our corporate headquarters are located in the San Francisco Bay Area, which has experienced both severe earthquakes and wildfires. We do not carry earthquake insurance. The sole manufacturer of our hearing aid finished products is located in Thailand, which has experienced landslides, flooding, tropical storms and tsunamis. Our customer support operations are based in Nashville, Tennessee, and our third party provider’s distribution facilities are based in Louisville, Kentucky, both of which have experienced flooding and tornadoes. Severe weather, natural disasters and other calamities, such as earthquakes, tsunamis and hurricanes, fires and explosions, accidents, mechanical failures, unscheduled downtimes, civil unrest, strikes, transportation interruptions, unpermitted discharges or releases of toxic or hazardous substances, other environmental risks, sabotage or terrorist attacks, could severely disrupt our operations, or our third-party manufacturers’ and suppliers’ operations, and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If a natural disaster, power outage or other event occurred that prevented us from using all or a significant portion of our headquarters or other facilities, or those of our third-party manufacturers or suppliers, that damaged critical infrastructure, such as our enterprise financial systems or manufacturing resource planning and enterprise quality systems, or that otherwise disrupted operations, it may be difficult or, in certain cases, impossible, for us to continue our business for a substantial period of time. A mechanical failure or disruption affecting any major operating line may result in a disruption to our ability to supply customers, and standby capacity may not be available. The disaster recovery and business continuity plans we have in place currently are limited and are unlikely to prove adequate in the event of a serious disaster or similar event. The potential impact of any disruption would depend on the nature and extent of the damage caused by a disaster. There can be no assurance that alternative production capacity will be available in the future in the event of a major disruption or, if it is available, that it could be obtained on favorable terms. We may incur substantial expenses as a result of the limited nature of our disaster recovery and business continuity plans, which, particularly when taken together with our lack of earthquake insurance, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Furthermore, integral parties in our supply chain are similarly vulnerable to natural disasters or other sudden, unforeseen and severe adverse events. If such an event were to affect our supply chain, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may be deemed to manufacture or contract to manufacture products that contain “conflict minerals.”

While we do not believe we manufacture or contract to manufacture products that contain conflict minerals, we may be deemed to manufacture or contract to manufacture products that contain certain minerals that have been designated as “conflict minerals” under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act. As a result, in future periods, we may be required to diligence the origin of such minerals and disclose and report whether or not such minerals originated in the Democratic Republic of the Congo or adjoining countries. The implementation of these new requirements could adversely affect the sourcing, availability and pricing of minerals used in the manufacture of our products. In addition, we may incur additional costs to comply with the

 

28


Table of Contents

disclosure requirements, including costs related to determining the source of any of the relevant minerals and metals used in our products.

Any future international expansion will subject us to additional costs and risks that may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Historically, all of our sales have been to customers in the United States. To the extent we enter into international markets in the future, there are significant costs and risks inherent in conducting business in international markets. If we expand, or attempt to expand, into foreign markets, we will be subject to new business risks, in addition to regulatory risks. In addition, expansion into foreign markets imposes additional burdens on our executive and administrative personnel, finance and legal teams, research and marketing teams and general managerial resources.

We have limited experience with regulatory environments and market practices internationally, and we may not be able to penetrate or successfully operate in new markets. We may also encounter difficulty expanding into international markets because of limited brand recognition in certain parts of the world, leading to delayed acceptance of our products by consumers in these international markets. If we are unable to expand internationally and manage the complexity of international operations successfully, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. If our efforts to introduce our products into foreign markets are not successful, we may have expended significant resources without realizing the expected benefit. Ultimately, the investment required for expansion into foreign markets could exceed the results of operations generated from this expansion.

Our Loan Agreement contains restrictions that limit our flexibility in operating our business.

In June 2018, we entered into a loan and security agreement, as amended in January 2019, with Silicon Valley Bank, or the 2018 Loan. The 2018 Loan provides for a $15.0 million term loan facility with a maturity date of June 1, 2022. As of September 30, 2019, $12.0 million was outstanding under the term loan facility. The 2018 Loan contains various covenants that limit our ability to engage in specified types of transactions without Silicon Valley Bank’s prior consent. These covenants limit our ability to, among other things:

 

 

encumber or license our intellectual property subject to certain exceptions;

 

 

sell, transfer, lease or dispose of our assets subject to certain exclusions;

 

 

create, incur or assume additional indebtedness;

 

 

encumber or permit liens on any of our assets other than certain permitted liens;

 

 

make restricted payments, including paying dividends on, repurchasing or making distributions with respect to any of our capital stock;

 

 

make specified investments (including loans and advances);

 

 

consolidate, merge with, or acquire any other entity, or sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets; and

 

 

enter into certain transactions with our affiliates.

The covenants in the 2018 Loan limit our ability to take certain actions and, in the event that we breach one or more covenants, Silicon Valley Bank may choose to declare an event of default and require that we immediately repay all amounts outstanding of the aggregate principal amount of $12.0 million, plus exit fees, prepayment premiums, penalties and interest, and foreclose on the collateral granted to it to secure such indebtedness. Such repayment could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

29


Table of Contents

We are subject to a number of risks related to the credit card and debit card payments we accept.

We accept payments through credit and debit card transactions. For credit and debit card payments, we pay interchange and other fees, which may increase over time. An increase in those fees may require us to increase the prices we charge and would increase our operating expenses, either of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If we or our processing vendors fail to maintain adequate systems for the authorization and processing of credit and debit card transactions, it could cause one or more of the major credit card companies to disallow our continued use of their payment products. In addition, if these systems fail to work properly and, as a result, we do not charge our customers’ credit or debit cards on a timely basis, or at all, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The payment methods that we offer also subject us to potential fraud and theft by criminals, who are becoming increasingly more sophisticated in exploiting weaknesses that may exist in the payment systems. If we fail to comply with applicable rules or requirements for the payment methods we accept, or if payment-related data is compromised due to a breach, we may be liable for significant costs incurred by payment card issuing banks and other third parties or subject to fines and higher transaction fees, or our ability to accept or facilitate certain types of payments may be impaired. In addition, our customers could lose confidence in certain payment types, which may result in a shift to other payment types or potential changes to our payment systems that may result in higher costs. If we fail to adequately control fraudulent credit card transactions, we may face civil liability, diminished public perception of our security measures and significantly higher card-related costs, each of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are also subject to payment card association operating rules, certification requirements and rules governing electronic funds transfers, which could change or be reinterpreted to make it more difficult for us to comply. We are required to comply with payment card industry security standards. Failing to comply with those standards may violate payment card association operating rules, federal and state laws and regulations and the terms of our contracts with payment processors. Any failure to comply fully also may subject us to fines, penalties, damages and civil liability, and may result in the loss of our ability to accept credit and debit card payments. Further, there is no guarantee that such compliance will prevent illegal or improper use of our payment systems or the theft, loss or misuse of data pertaining to credit and debit cards, card holders and transactions.

If we are unable to maintain our chargeback rate or refund rates at acceptable levels, our processing vendor may increase our transaction fees or terminate its relationship with us. Any increases in our credit and debit card fees could harm our results of operations, particularly if we elect not to raise our rates for our products to offset the increase. The termination of our ability to process payments on any major credit or debit card would significantly impair our ability to operate our business.

If we fail to attract and retain senior management and key technology personnel, our business may be materially and adversely affected.

Our success depends in part on our continued ability to attract, retain and motivate highly qualified management and clinical and scientific personnel. We are highly dependent upon our senior management, particularly our President and Chief Executive Officer, as well as our senior technology personnel and other members of our senior management team. The unplanned loss of the services of any of our members of senior management could adversely affect our business until a suitable replacement can be found.

Competition for qualified personnel in the medical device field in general and the audiology field specifically is intense due to the limited number of individuals who possess the training, skills and experience required by our

 

30


Table of Contents

industry. In addition, our future growth and success also depend on our ability to attract, recruit, develop and retain skilled managerial, sales, administration, operating and technical personnel. We will continue to review, and where necessary, strengthen our senior management as the needs of the business develop, including through internal promotion and external hires. However, there may be a limited number of persons with the requisite competencies to serve in these positions and we cannot assure you that we would be able to locate or employ such qualified personnel on terms acceptable to us, or at all. Therefore, the unplanned loss of one or more of our key personnel, or our failure to attract and retain additional key personnel, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, to the extent we hire personnel from competitors, we may be subject to allegations that they have been improperly solicited or that they have divulged proprietary or other confidential information, or that their former employers own their research output.

We rely on our own direct sales force, and if we are unable to maintain or expand our sales force, it could harm our business. Additionally, our reliance on our direct sales force may result in higher fixed costs than our competitors and may slow our ability to reduce costs in the face of a sudden decline in demand for our products.

We rely on our own direct sales force to market and sell our products. We do not have any long-term employment contracts with the members of our direct sales force. Our operating results are directly dependent upon the sales and marketing efforts of our sales and customer support team. If our employees fail to adequately promote, market and sell our products, our sales could significantly decrease. As we launch new products, expand our product offerings and increase our marketing efforts with respect to existing products, we will need to expand the reach of our marketing and sales networks. Our future success will depend largely on our ability to continue to hire, train, retain and motivate skilled employees with significant technical knowledge in various areas. New hires require training and take time to achieve full productivity.

Additionally, most of our competitors rely predominantly on third party distributors. A direct sales force may subject us to higher fixed costs than those of competitors that market their products through independent third parties, due to the costs that we will bear associated with employee benefits, training and managing sales personnel. As a result, we could be at a competitive disadvantage. Additionally, these fixed costs may slow our ability to reduce costs in the face of a sudden decline in demand for our products, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We will need to increase the size of our organization, and we may experience difficulties in managing growth. A deterioration in our relationships with our employees could have an adverse impact on our business.

As of September 30, 2019, we employed 226 full-time employees. We will need to continue to expand our managerial, operational, finance and other resources in order to manage our operations and continue our research and development activities. Our management and personnel, systems and facilities currently in place may not be adequate to support this future growth. Our need to effectively execute our growth strategy requires that we:

 

 

manage our commercial operations effectively;

 

 

identify, recruit, retain, incentivize and integrate additional employees;

 

 

manage our internal development and operational efforts effectively while carrying out our contractual obligations to third parties; and

 

 

continue to improve our operational, financial and management controls, reports systems and procedures.

 

31


Table of Contents

Maintaining good relationships with our employees is crucial to our operations. As a result, any deterioration of the relationships with our employees could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. See “Business—Employees.”

Additionally, material disruption to our business as a result of strikes, work stoppages or other labor disputes could disrupt our operations, result in a loss of reputation, increased wages and benefits or otherwise have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We rely on our relationship with a professional employer organization for our human relations function and as a co-employer of our personnel, and if that party failed to perform its responsibilities under that relationship, our relations with our employees could be damaged and we could incur liabilities that could have a material adverse effect on our business.

All of our personnel, including our executive officers, are co-employees of Eargo and a professional employer organization, Insperity. Under the terms of our arrangement, Insperity is the formal employer of all of our personnel and is responsible for administering all payroll, including tax withholding, and providing health insurance and other benefits for these individuals, and our employees are governed by the work policies created by Insperity. We reimburse Insperity for these costs, and pay Insperity an administrative fee for its services. If Insperity fails to comply with applicable laws or its obligations under this arrangement, or creates work policies that are viewed unfavorably by employees, our relationship with our employees could be damaged. We could, under certain circumstances, be held liable for a failure by Insperity to appropriately pay, or withhold and remit required taxes from payments to, our employees. In such a case, our potential liability could be significant and could have a material adverse effect on our business.

If we engage in future acquisitions or strategic partnerships, it may increase our capital requirements, dilute our stockholders, cause us to incur debt or assume contingent liabilities and subject us to other risks.

We may evaluate various acquisitions and strategic partnerships, including licensing or acquiring complementary products, intellectual property rights, technologies or businesses. Any potential acquisition or strategic partnership may entail numerous risks, including:

 

 

increased operating expenses and cash requirements;

 

 

the assumption of additional indebtedness or contingent liabilities;

 

 

assimilation of operations, intellectual property and products of an acquired company, including difficulties associated with integrating new personnel;

 

 

the diversion of our management’s attention from our existing product programs and initiatives in pursuing such a strategic merger or acquisition;

 

 

loss of key personnel, and uncertainties in our ability to maintain key business relationships;

 

 

uncertainties associated with the other party to such a transaction, including the prospects of that party and their existing products or product candidates and regulatory approvals; and

 

 

our inability to generate revenue from acquired technology and/or products sufficient to meet our objectives in undertaking the acquisition or even to offset the associated acquisition and maintenance costs.

In addition, if we undertake acquisitions or strategic partnerships, we may issue dilutive securities, assume or incur debt obligations, incur large one-time expenses and acquire intangible assets that could result in significant future amortization expense. Moreover, we may not be able to locate suitable acquisition or partnership opportunities, and even if we do locate such opportunities we may not be able to successfully bid

 

32


Table of Contents

for or obtain them due to competitive factors or lack of sufficient resources. This inability could impair our ability to grow or obtain access to technology or products that may be important to the development of our business.

Our ability to use our net operating loss carryforwards and certain other tax attributes may be limited.

We do not expect to become profitable in the near future, may never achieve profitability, and have incurred substantial net operating losses, or NOLs, during our history. Unused NOLs will carry forward to offset a portion of future taxable income, if any, until such unused NOLs expire, if ever. NOLs generated after December 31, 2017 are not subject to expiration, but the yearly utilization of such NOLs is limited to 80 percent of taxable income. In addition, in general, under Sections 382 and 383 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, a corporation that undergoes an “ownership change” is subject to limitations on its ability to utilize its pre-change NOLs or tax credits to offset future taxable income or taxes. For these purposes, an ownership change generally occurs where the aggregate stock ownership of one or more stockholders or groups of stockholders who owns at least 5% of a corporation’s stock increases its ownership by more than 50 percentage points over its lowest ownership percentage within a specified testing period. While we do not believe we have experienced ownership changes in the past, it is possible we have done so, and we may experience ownership changes in the future as a result of this offering and/or subsequent shifts in our stock ownership (some of which shifts are outside our control). As a result, even if we attain profitability, we may be unable to use a material portion of our NOLs and other tax attributes.

Recent U.S. tax legislation and future changes to applicable U.S. tax laws and regulations may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Changes in laws and policy relating to taxes may have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. For example, the U.S. government recently enacted significant tax reform legislation, and certain provisions of the new law may adversely affect us. Changes include, but are not limited to, a federal corporate income tax rate decrease to 21% for tax years beginning after December 31, 2017, a reduction to the maximum deduction allowed for net operating losses generated in tax years after December 31, 2017, eliminating carrybacks of net operating losses and providing for indefinite carryforwards for losses generated in tax years after December 31, 2017. The legislation is unclear in many respects and could be subject to potential amendments and technical corrections, and will be subject to interpretations and implementing regulations by the Treasury and Internal Revenue Service, any of which could mitigate or increase certain adverse effects of the legislation. In addition, it is unclear how these U.S. federal income tax changes will affect state and local taxation. Generally, future changes in applicable U.S. tax laws and regulations or their interpretation and application could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our effective tax rate may vary significantly from period to period.

Various internal and external factors may have favorable or unfavorable effects on our future effective tax rate. These factors include, but are not limited to, changes in tax laws both within and outside the United States, regulations and/or rates, structural changes in our business, new or changes to accounting pronouncements, non-deductible goodwill impairments, changing interpretations of existing tax laws or regulations, changes in the relative proportions of revenue and income before taxes in the various jurisdictions in which we operate that have differing statutory tax rates, the future levels of tax benefits of equity-based compensation, changes in overall levels of pretax earnings or changes in the valuation of our deferred tax assets and liabilities. Additionally, we could be challenged by state and local tax authorities as to the propriety of our sales tax compliance, and our results could be materially impacted by these compliance determinations.

 

33


Table of Contents

In addition, our effective tax rate may vary significantly depending on our stock price. The tax effects of the accounting for share-based compensation may significantly impact our effective tax rate from period to period. In periods in which our stock price is higher than the grant price of the share-based compensation vesting in that period, we will recognize excess tax benefits that will decrease our effective tax rate. In future periods in which our stock price is lower than the grant price of the share-based compensation vesting in that period, our effective tax rate may increase. The amount and value of share-based compensation issued relative to our earnings in a particular period will also affect the magnitude of the impact of share-based compensation on our effective tax rate. These tax effects are dependent on our stock price, which we do not control, and a decline in our stock price could significantly increase our effective tax rate and adversely affect our financial results.

Risks relating to intellectual property and legal and regulatory matters

Our success depends in part on our proprietary technology, and if we are unable to obtain, maintain or successfully enforce our intellectual property rights, the commercial value of our products and services will be adversely affected and our competitive position may be harmed.

Our success and ability to compete depend in part on our ability to maintain and enforce existing intellectual property and to obtain, maintain and enforce further intellectual property protection for our products and services, both in the United States and in other countries. We attempt to protect our intellectual property rights through a combination of patent, trademark, copyright and trade secret laws, as well as licensing agreements and third-party confidentiality and assignment agreements. Our inability to do so could harm our competitive position. As of September 30, 2019, we had 17 issued U.S. patents, 18 patents outside the United States, five pending U.S. patent applications and eight pending foreign patent applications.

We rely on our portfolio of issued and pending patent applications in the United States and other countries to protect our intellectual property and our competitive position. However, the patent positions of medical device companies, including our patent position, may involve complex legal and factual questions, and, therefore, the scope, validity and enforceability of any patent claims that we may obtain cannot be predicted with certainty. Accordingly, we cannot provide any assurances that any of our issued patents have, or that any of our currently pending or future patent applications that mature into issued patents will include, claims with a scope sufficient to protect our products and services. Our pending and future patent applications may not result in the issuance of patents or, if issued, may not issue in a form that will be advantageous to us. While we generally apply for patents in those countries where we intend to make, have made, use or sell patented products, we may not accurately predict all of the countries where patent protection will ultimately be desirable. If we fail to timely file for a patent, we may be precluded from doing so at a later date. Additionally, any patents issued to us may be challenged, narrowed, invalidated, held unenforceable or circumvented, or may not be sufficiently broad to prevent third parties from producing competing products similar in design to our products.

Changes in either patent laws or in interpretations of patent laws in the United States and other countries may diminish the value of our intellectual property or narrow the scope of our patent protection, which in turn could diminish the commercial value of our products and services. In addition, any protection afforded by foreign patents may be more limited than that provided under U.S. patent and intellectual property laws. There can be no assurance that any of our patents, any patents licensed to us or any patents which we may be issued in the future will provide us with a competitive advantage or afford us protection against infringement by others, or that the patents will not be successfully challenged or circumvented by third parties, including our competitors. Further, there can be no assurance that we will have adequate resources to enforce our patents. Any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our competitive position, business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

 

34


Table of Contents

If we fail to execute invention assignment agreements with our employees and contractors involved in the development of intellectual property or are unable to protect the confidentiality of our trade secrets, the value of our products and our business and competitive position could be harmed.

In addition to patent protection, we also rely on protection of copyright, trade secrets, know-how and confidential and proprietary information. We generally enter into confidentiality and invention assignment agreements with our employees, consultants and third parties upon their commencement of a relationship with us. However, we may not enter into such agreements with all employees, consultants and third parties who have been involved in the development of our intellectual property. In addition, these agreements may not provide meaningful protection against the unauthorized use or disclosure of our trade secrets or other confidential information, and adequate remedies may not exist if unauthorized use or disclosure were to occur. The exposure of our trade secrets and other proprietary information would impair our competitive advantages and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In particular, a failure to protect our proprietary rights may allow competitors to copy our technology, which could adversely affect our pricing and market share. Further, other parties may independently develop substantially equivalent know-how and technology.

In addition to contractual measures, we try to protect the confidential nature of our proprietary information using commonly accepted physical and technological security measures. Such measures may not, for example, in the case of misappropriation of a trade secret by an employee or third party with authorized access, provide adequate protection for our proprietary information. Our security measures may not prevent an employee or consultant from misappropriating our trade secrets and providing them to a competitor, and recourse we take against such misconduct may not provide an adequate remedy to protect our interests fully. Unauthorized parties may also attempt to copy or reverse engineer certain aspects of our products that we consider proprietary. Enforcing a claim that a party illegally disclosed or misappropriated a trade secret can be difficult, expensive and time-consuming, and the outcome is unpredictable. Even though we use commonly accepted security measures, trade secret violations are often a matter of state law, and the criteria for protection of trade secrets can vary among different jurisdictions. In addition, trade secrets may be independently developed by others in a manner that could prevent legal recourse by us. We also have agreements with our employees, consultants and third parties that obligate them to assign their inventions to us, however these agreements may not be self-executing, not all employees or consultants may enter into such agreements, or employees or consultants may breach or violate the terms of these agreements, and we may not have adequate remedies for any such breach or violation. If any of our intellectual property or confidential or proprietary information, such as our trade secrets, were to be disclosed or misappropriated, or if any such information was independently developed by a competitor, it could have a material adverse effect on our competitive position, business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

If our trademarks and trade names are not adequately protected, we may not be able to build name recognition in our markets of interest and our competitive position may be harmed.

We rely on our trademarks, trade names and brand names to distinguish our products from the products of our competitors, and have registered or applied to register many of these trademarks. There can be no assurance that our trademark applications will be approved. Third parties may also oppose our trademark applications or otherwise challenge our use of the trademarks. In the event that our trademarks are successfully challenged, we could be forced to rebrand our products, which could result in loss of brand recognition, and could require us to devote resources to advertising and marketing new brands. Further, there can be no assurance that competitors will not infringe our trademarks or that we will have adequate resources to enforce our trademarks. We also license third parties to use our trademarks. In an effort to preserve our trademark rights, we enter into license agreements with these third parties, which govern the use of our trademarks and require our licensees to abide by quality control standards with respect to the goods and services that they provide

 

35


Table of Contents

under our trademarks. Although we make efforts to monitor the use of our trademarks by our licensees, there can be no assurance that these efforts will be sufficient to ensure that our licensees abide by the terms of their licenses. In the event that our licensees fail to do so, our trademark rights could be diluted. Any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our competitive position, business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

We may become involved in lawsuits to protect or enforce our intellectual property, which could be expensive, time consuming and unsuccessful.

Third parties, including our competitors, could be infringing, misappropriating or otherwise violating our intellectual property rights. While we are not aware of any unauthorized use of our intellectual property, we do not regularly conduct monitoring for unauthorized use at this time. In the future, we may from time to time, seek to analyze our competitors’ products and services, or seek to enforce our rights against potential infringement, misappropriation or violation of our intellectual property. However, the steps we have taken to protect our proprietary rights may not be adequate to enforce our rights as against such infringement, misappropriation or violation of our intellectual property. We may not be able to detect unauthorized use of, or take appropriate steps to enforce, our intellectual property rights. Any inability to meaningfully enforce our intellectual property rights could harm our ability to compete and reduce demand for our products and services.

We are, and may in the future become, involved in lawsuits to protect or enforce our intellectual property rights. An adverse result in any litigation proceeding could harm our business. In any lawsuit we bring to enforce our intellectual property rights, a court may refuse to stop the other party from using the technology at issue on grounds that our intellectual property rights do not cover the technology in question. If we initiate legal proceedings against a third party to enforce a patent covering a product, the defendant could counterclaim that such patent is invalid or unenforceable. In patent litigation in the United States, defendant counterclaims alleging invalidity or unenforceability are commonplace. Grounds for a validity challenge could be an alleged failure to meet any of several statutory requirements, including lack of novelty, obviousness, or non-enablement. Grounds for an unenforceability assertion could be an allegation that someone connected with prosecution of the patent withheld relevant information from the United States Patent and Trademark Office, or USPTO, or made a misleading statement, during prosecution. Mechanisms for such challenges include re-examination, post-grant review, inter partes review, interference proceedings, derivation proceedings, and equivalent proceedings in foreign jurisdictions (e.g., opposition proceedings). Such proceedings could result in the revocation of, cancellation of, or amendment to our patents in such a way that they no longer cover our products, or any future products that we may develop.

The outcome following legal assertions of invalidity and unenforceability is unpredictable. With respect to the validity question, for example, we cannot be certain that there is no invalidating prior art, of which we and the patent examiner were unaware during prosecution. If a third party were to prevail on a legal assertion of invalidity or unenforceability, we would lose at least part, and perhaps all, of the patent protection on our products. Such a loss of patent protection would have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

Because of the substantial amount of discovery required in connection with intellectual property litigation, there is a risk that some of our confidential information could be compromised by disclosure during litigation. There could also be public announcements of the results of hearing, motions, or other interim developments. If securities analysts or investors perceive these results to be negative, it could have a material adverse effect on the price of shares of our common stock. Even if we ultimately prevail, a court may decide not to grant an injunction against further infringing activity and instead award only monetary damages, which may not be an adequate remedy. Furthermore, the monetary cost of such litigation and the diversion of the attention of our

 

36


Table of Contents

management could outweigh any benefit we receive as a result of the proceedings. Uncertainties resulting from the initiation and continuation of patent litigation or other proceedings could have a material adverse effect on our business.

If we infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate the intellectual property rights of third parties or are subject to an intellectual property infringement or misappropriation claim, our ability to grow our business may be severely limited and our business could be adversely affected.

We have in the past and may in the future be the subject of patent or other litigation. Our products and services may infringe, or third parties may claim that they infringe, intellectual property rights covered by patents or patent applications under which we do not hold licenses or other rights. Third parties may own or control these patents and patent applications in the United States and abroad. These third parties could bring claims against us that would cause us to incur substantial expenses and, if successfully asserted against us, could cause us to pay substantial damages. Further, if a patent infringement or other intellectual property-related lawsuit were brought against us, we could be forced to stop or delay production or sales of the product that is the subject of the suit. From time to time, we have received and may in the future receive letters from third parties drawing our attention to their patent rights. While we take steps to ensure that we do not infringe upon, misappropriate or otherwise violate the rights of others, there may be other more pertinent rights of which we are presently unaware. The defense and prosecution of intellectual property lawsuits could result in substantial expense to us and significant diversion of effort by our technical and management personnel. An adverse determination of any litigation or interference proceeding to which we may become a party could subject us to significant liabilities. As a result of patent infringement claims, or in order to avoid potential claims, we may choose or be required to seek a license from the third party and be required to pay significant license fees, royalties or both. Licenses may not be available on commercially reasonable terms, or at all, in which event our business would be materially and adversely affected. Even if we were able to obtain a license, the rights may be nonexclusive, which could result in our competitors gaining access to the same intellectual property. Ultimately, if we are unable to obtain such licenses, we could be forced to cease some aspect of our business operations, which could harm our business significantly.

Recent changes in U.S. patent laws may limit our ability to obtain, defend and/or enforce our patents.

Recent patent reform legislation could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of our patent applications and the enforcement or defense of our issued patents. The Leahy-Smith America Invents Act, or the Leahy-Smith Act, includes a number of significant changes to U.S. patent law. These include provisions that affect the way patent applications are prosecuted and also affect patent litigation. The USPTO recently developed new regulations and procedures to govern administration of the Leahy-Smith Act, and many of the substantive changes to patent law associated with the Leahy-Smith Act, and in particular, the first to file provisions, which became effective on March 16, 2013. The first to file provisions limit the rights of an inventor to patent an invention if not the first to file an application for patenting that invention, even if such invention was the first invention. Accordingly, it is not clear what, if any, impact the Leahy-Smith Act will have on the operation of our business.

However, the Leahy-Smith Act and its implementation could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the enforcement and defense of our issued patents. For example, the Leahy-Smith Act provides that an administrative tribunal known as the Patent Trial and Appeals Board, or PTAB, provides a venue for challenging the validity of patents at a cost that is much lower than district court litigation and on timelines that are much faster. Although it is not clear what, if any, long-term impact the PTAB proceedings will have on the operation of our business, the initial results of patent challenge proceedings before the PTAB since its inception in 2013 have resulted in the invalidation of many U.S. patent claims. The availability of the PTAB as a lower-cost, faster and potentially more potent tribunal for challenging patents could increase the likelihood that our own patents will be challenged, thereby increasing the uncertainties and costs of maintaining and enforcing them.

 

37


Table of Contents

We may be unable to enforce our intellectual property rights throughout the world.

The laws of some foreign countries do not protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States. Many companies have encountered significant problems in protecting and defending intellectual property rights in certain foreign jurisdictions. This could make it difficult for us to stop infringement of our foreign patents, if obtained, or the misappropriation of our other intellectual property rights. For example, some foreign countries have compulsory licensing laws under which a patent owner must grant licenses to third parties. In addition, some countries limit the enforceability of patents against third parties, including government agencies or government contractors. In these countries, patents may provide limited or no benefit. Patent protection must ultimately be sought on a country-by-country basis, which is an expensive and time-consuming process with uncertain outcomes. Accordingly, we may choose not to seek patent protection in certain countries, and we will not have the benefit of patent protection in such countries.

Proceedings to enforce our patent rights in foreign jurisdictions could result in substantial costs and divert our efforts and attention from other aspects of our business. Accordingly, our efforts to protect our intellectual property rights in such countries may be inadequate. In addition, changes in the law and legal decisions by courts in the United States and foreign countries may affect our ability to obtain adequate protection for our technology and the enforcement of our intellectual property.

We may be subject to claims that we or our employees have misappropriated the intellectual property of a third party, including trade secrets or know-how, or are in breach of non-competition or non-solicitation agreements with our competitors and third parties may claim an ownership interest in intellectual property we regard as our own.

Many of our employees and consultants were previously employed at or engaged by other medical device companies, including our competitors or potential competitors. Some of these employees, consultants and contractors may have executed proprietary rights, non-disclosure and non-competition agreements in connection with such previous employment. Although we try to ensure that our employees and consultants do not use the intellectual property, proprietary information, know-how or trade secrets of others in their work for us, we may be subject to claims that we or these individuals have, inadvertently or otherwise, misappropriated the intellectual property or disclosed the alleged trade secrets or other proprietary information, of these former employers, competitors or other third parties. Additionally, we may be subject to claims from third parties challenging our ownership interest in or inventorship of intellectual property we regard as our own, based on claims that our agreements with employees or consultants obligating them to assign intellectual property to us are ineffective or in conflict with prior or competing contractual obligations to assign inventions to another employer, to a former employer, or to another person or entity. Litigation may be necessary to defend against claims, and it may be necessary or we may desire to enter into a license to settle any such claim; however, there can be no assurance that we would be able to obtain a license on commercially reasonable terms, if at all. If our defense to those claims fails, in addition to paying monetary damages or a settlement payment, a court could prohibit us from using technologies, features or other intellectual property that are essential to our products, if such technologies or features are found to incorporate or be derived from the trade secrets or other proprietary information of the former employers. An inability to incorporate technologies, features or other intellectual property that are important or essential to our products could have a material adverse effect on our business and competitive position, and may prevent us from selling our products. In addition, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights or personnel. Even if we are successful in defending against these claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and could be a distraction to management. Any litigation or the threat thereof may adversely affect our ability to hire employees or contract with independent sales representatives. A loss of key personnel or their work product could hamper or prevent our ability to commercialize our products, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, operating results, cash flows and prospects.

 

38


Table of Contents

We are subject to risks from legal and arbitration proceedings and that may prevent us from pursuing our business activities or require us to incur additional costs in defending against claims or paying damages.

We may become subject to legal disputes and regulatory proceedings in connection with our business activities involving, among other things, product liability, product defects, intellectual property infringement and/or alleged violations of applicable laws in various jurisdictions. Although we maintain liability insurance in amounts we believe to be consistent with industry practice, we may not be fully insured against all potential damages that may arise out of any claims to which we may be party in the ordinary course of our business. A negative outcome of these proceedings may prevent us from pursuing certain activities and/or require us to incur additional costs in order to do so and pay damages.

The outcome of pending or potential future legal and arbitration proceedings is difficult to predict with certainty. In the event of a negative outcome of any material legal or arbitration proceeding, whether based on a judgment or a settlement agreement, we could be obligated to make substantial payments, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, the costs related to litigation and arbitration proceedings may be significant, and any legal or arbitration proceedings could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We operate in a regulated industry and changes in regulation or the implementation of existing regulation could affect our operations.

Our products and our business activities are subject to rigorous regulation in the jurisdictions in which we operate. In particular, these laws govern: (i) coverage and reimbursement by the national health services or by private health insurance services for the purchase of hearing aids; (ii) the supply of hearing aids to the public and, more specifically, the training and qualifications required to practice the profession of hearing aid fitting specialist; and (iii) the development, testing, manufacturing, labeling, premarket clearance or approval and marketing, advertising, promotion, export and import of our hearing aids. Accordingly, our business may be affected by changes in any such laws and regulations and, in particular, by changes to the conditions for coverage, the way in which reimbursement is calculated, the ability to obtain national health insurance coverage or the role of the ear, nose and throat specialists.

While the various agencies that enforce the European Union’s Medical Device Directive, the Japanese Ministry of Health, Labor and Welfare and the FDA are the regulatory bodies affecting us most prominently, there are numerous other regulatory schemes at the international, national and sub-national levels to which we are subject. These regulations can be burdensome and subject to change on short notice, exposing us to the risk of increased costs and business disruption, and regulatory premarket clearance or approval requirements may affect or delay our ability to market our new products. We cannot guarantee that we will be able to obtain marketing clearance or approval for our new products, or enhancements or modifications to existing products. If we do, such clearance or approval may take a significant amount of time and require the expenditure of substantial resources. Further, such clearance or approval may involve stringent testing procedures, modifications, repairs or replacements of our products and could result in limitations on the proposed uses of our products. Regulatory authorities and legislators have been recently increasing their scrutiny of the healthcare industry, and there are ongoing regulatory efforts to reduce healthcare costs that may intensify in the future. Our business is also sensitive to any changes in tort and product liability laws.

Regulations pertaining to our products have become increasingly stringent and more common, particularly in developing countries whose regulations approach standards previously attained only by some Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development countries, and we may become subject to more rigorous regulation by governmental authorities in the future. Conversely, however, the regulation of hearing aids as medical devices provides a barrier to entry for new competitors. For example, if certain of our products were made subject to

 

39


Table of Contents

less stringent regulation by the FDA in the United States, then products similar to ours may be marketed and sold more freely, and our products may become commoditized. If the markets in which we operate become less regulated, those barriers to entry may be eliminated or reduced, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Both before and after a product is commercially released, we have ongoing responsibilities under various laws and regulations. If a regulatory authority were to conclude that we are not in compliance with applicable laws or regulations, or that any of our hearing aids are ineffective or pose an unreasonable risk for the end-user, the authority may ban such hearing aids, detain or seize adulterated or misbranded hearing aids, order a recall, repair, replacement or refund of such instruments, and require us to notify health professionals and others that the devices present unreasonable risks of substantial harm to the public health. A regulatory authority may also impose operating restrictions, enjoin and restrain certain violations of applicable law pertaining to medical devices, and assess civil or criminal penalties against our officers, employees or us. The regulatory authority may also recommend prosecution by law enforcement agencies. Any governmental law or regulation, existing or imposed in the future, or enforcement action taken may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our hearing aids are subject to extensive government regulation at the federal and state level, and our failure to comply with applicable requirements could harm our business.

Our hearing aids are medical devices that are subject to extensive regulation in the United States, including by the FDA and state agencies. The FDA regulates, among other things, the design, development, research, manufacture, testing, labeling, marketing, promotion, advertising, sale, import and export of hearing aid devices, such as those we market. Applicable medical device regulations are complex and have tended to become more stringent over time. Regulatory changes could result in restrictions on our ability to carry out or expand our operations.

The FDA classifies medical devices into one of three classes (Class I, II, or III) based on the degree of risk associated with a device and the level of regulatory control deemed necessary to ensure its safety and effectiveness. Class I devices are those for which safety and effectiveness can be assured by adherence to the FDA’s general controls for medical devices, which include compliance with the FDA’s current good manufacturing practices for devices, as reflected in the Quality System Regulation, or QSR, establishment registration and device listing, reporting of adverse events, and truthful, non-misleading labeling, advertising, and promotional materials. Some Class I devices also require premarket clearance by the FDA through the premarket notification process set forth in Section 510(k) of the FDCA.

The FDA has classified air-conduction hearing aids as Class I devices exempt from premarket review procedures, and although we comply with applicable Class I medical device requirements, none of our devices have been reviewed by the FDA. Moreover, because the FDA has stated that it does not intend to enforce the medical evaluation requirements for dispensation of Class I air-conduction hearing aids to individuals 18 years of age and older, our devices are available directly to consumers without the medical evaluation of a licensed practitioner. If our current or future products become subject to the pending OTC hearing aid pathway, are deemed to be Class II “self-fitting air-conduction hearing aids,” or are otherwise required to undergo premarket review, we may be required to first receive clearance under Section 510(k) of the FDCA or approval of a premarket approval, or PMA, application from the FDA. If this were to occur for our currently marketed devices, the FDA could require us to remove our products from the market until we receive applicable regulatory clearance or approval, which would significantly impact our business.

In the 510(k) clearance process, before a device may be marketed, the FDA must determine that the proposed device is “substantially equivalent” to a legally-marketed “predicate” device, which includes a device that has

 

40


Table of Contents

been previously cleared through the 510(k) process, a device that was legally marketed prior to May 28, 1976 (a pre-amendments device), a device that was originally on the U.S. market pursuant to an approved PMA application and later down-classified, or a 510(k)-exempt device. To be “substantially equivalent,” the proposed device must have the same intended use as the predicate device, and either have the same technological characteristics as the predicate device or have different technological characteristics and not raise different questions of safety or effectiveness than the predicate device. Clinical data are sometimes required to support substantial equivalence. In the PMA process, the FDA must determine that a proposed device is safe and effective for its intended use based, in part, on extensive data, including, but not limited to, technical, pre-clinical, clinical trial, manufacturing and labeling data. The PMA process is typically required for devices that are deemed to pose the greatest risk, such as life-sustaining, life-supporting or implantable devices.

Modifications to products that are approved through a PMA application generally require FDA approval. Similarly, certain modifications made to products cleared through a 510(k) may require a new 510(k) clearance. Both the PMA approval and the 510(k) clearance process can be expensive, lengthy and uncertain. The FDA’s 510(k) clearance process usually takes from three to 12 months, but can last longer. The process of obtaining a PMA is much more costly and uncertain and generally takes from one to three years, or even longer, from the time the application is filed with the FDA. In addition, a PMA generally requires the performance of one or more clinical trials. Despite the time, effort and cost, we cannot assure you that any particular device will be approved or cleared by the FDA. Any delay or failure to obtain necessary regulatory clearances or approvals if required in the future could harm our business.

The FDA can delay, limit or deny clearance or approval of a device for many reasons, including:

 

 

inability to demonstrate to the FDA’s satisfaction that the product or modification is substantially equivalent to the proposed predicate device or safe and effective for its intended use;

 

 

the data from pre-clinical studies and clinical trials may be insufficient to support clearance or approval, where required; and

 

 

the manufacturing process or facilities do not meet applicable requirements.

In addition, the FDA may change its clearance and approval policies, adopt additional regulations or revise existing regulations, or take other actions, which may prevent or delay our ability to introduce new products or modify our current products on a timely basis. For example, in November 2018, FDA officials announced forthcoming steps that the agency intends to take to modernize the 510(k) premarket notification pathway, and in September 2019, the FDA finalized guidance to describe an optional “safety and performance based” premarket review pathway for manufacturers of certain “well-understood device types,” which would allow manufacturers to demonstrate substantial equivalence by meeting objective safety and performance criteria established by the FDA, obviating the need for manufacturers to compare the safety and performance of their medical devices to specific predicate devices in the clearance process. The FDA also solicited public feedback in May 2019 on its plans to develop proposals to drive manufacturers utilizing the 510(k) pathway toward the use of newer predicates, among other policy proposals. If we are required to seek premarket review of our devices in the future, these proposals and reforms could impose additional regulatory requirements on us and increase the costs of compliance.

Legislative or regulatory healthcare reforms may make it more difficult and costly to produce, market and distribute our products or to do so profitably.

Recent political, economic and regulatory influences are subjecting the healthcare industry to fundamental changes. Both the federal and state governments in the United States and foreign governments continue to propose and pass new legislation and regulations designed to contain or reduce the cost of healthcare, improve

 

41


Table of Contents

quality of care and expand access to healthcare, among other purposes. For example, the implementation of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Healthcare and Education Reconciliation Act, or the Affordable Care Act, has changed healthcare financing and delivery by both governmental and private insurers substantially and has affected medical device manufacturers significantly. The Affordable Care Act imposed, among other things, a new federal excise tax on the sale of certain medical devices, which is suspended but, absent further legislative action, will be reinstated starting January 1, 2020. If reinstated, we do not expect our hearing aids to be subject to such tax. Other legislative changes have also been proposed and adopted since the Affordable Care Act was enacted, which included, among other things, reductions to Medicare payments to providers of 2% per fiscal year. Future legislation and regulations may result in decreased coverage and reimbursement for medical devices, which may further exacerbate industry-wide pressure to reduce the prices charged and market demand for medical devices. This could harm our ability to market and generate sales from our products.

We may face risks related to any future international sales, including the need to obtain necessary foreign regulatory clearance or approvals.

Sales of our products outside the United States will subject us to foreign regulatory requirements that vary widely from country to country. The time required to obtain clearances or approvals required by other countries may be longer than that required for FDA clearance or approval, and requirements for such approvals may differ from FDA requirements. We may be unable to obtain regulatory approvals and may also incur significant costs in attempting to obtain foreign regulatory approvals. If we experience delays in receipt of approvals to market our products in new jurisdictions, or if we fail to receive these approvals, we may be unable to market our products in international markets in a timely manner, if at all, which could materially impact our international expansion and adversely affect our business as a whole. Some international regulations may also limit the availability of our hearing aids to customers in certain jurisdictions without our first obtaining a license or engaging a third party to provide such financing, or limit the financing options we can offer our customers. If any of these risks were to materialize, they could limit our expected international growth and profitability, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Regulations in certain foreign countries may challenge our direct-to-consumer sales model.

Our business may also be affected by actions of domestic and foreign governments to restrict the activities of direct-to-consumer companies for various reasons, including a limitation on the ability of direct-to-consumer companies to operate without the involvement of a traditional retail channel. To the extent that we begin to offer our products in international markets, foreign governments may also introduce other forms of protectionist legislation, such as limitations or requirements on where the products can or must be produced or requirements that non-domestic companies doing or seeking to do business place a certain percentage of ownership of legal entities in the hands of local nationals to protect the commercial interests of its citizens. Customs laws, tariffs, import duties, export and import quotas and restrictions on repatriation of foreign earnings and/or other methods of accessing cash generated internationally, may negatively affect our local or corporate operations. Additionally, the U.S. government may impose restrictions on our ability to engage in business in other countries in connection with the foreign policy of the United States. Any such restrictions on our direct-to-consumer sales model in international jurisdictions could limit our ability to grow internationally, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

42


Table of Contents

Our hearing aids may cause or contribute to adverse medical events that we are required to report to the FDA, and if we fail to do so, we would be subject to sanctions that could harm our reputation, business, financial condition and results of operations. The discovery of serious safety issues with our products, or a recall of our products either voluntarily or at the direction of the FDA or another governmental authority, could have a negative impact on us.

We are subject to the FDA’s medical device reporting regulations and similar foreign regulations, which require us to report to the FDA when we receive or become aware of information that reasonably suggests that one or more of our hearing aids may have caused or contributed to a death or serious injury or malfunctioned in a way that, if the malfunction were to recur, it could cause or contribute to a death or serious injury. The timing of our obligation to report is triggered by the date we become aware of the adverse event as well as the nature of the event. We may fail to report adverse events of which we become aware within the prescribed timeframe. We may also fail to recognize that we have become aware of a reportable adverse event, especially if it is not reported to us as an adverse event or if it is an adverse event that is unexpected or removed in time from the initial use of the hearing aid device. If we fail to comply with our reporting obligations, the FDA could take action, including warning letters, untitled letters, administrative actions, criminal prosecution, imposition of civil monetary penalties, seizure of our products or, if premarket review is required in the future, delay in clearance of future products.

The FDA and foreign regulatory bodies have the authority to require the recall of commercialized products in the event of material deficiencies or defects in design or manufacture of a product or in the event that a product poses an unacceptable risk to health. The FDA’s authority to require a recall must be based on a finding that there is reasonable probability that the device could cause serious injury or death. We may also choose to voluntarily recall a product if any material deficiency is found. A government-mandated or voluntary recall by us could occur as a result of an unacceptable risk to health, component failures, malfunctions, manufacturing defects, labeling or design deficiencies, packaging defects or other deficiencies or failures to comply with applicable regulations. We cannot assure you that product defects or other errors will not occur in the future. Recalls involving our hearing aids could have a material adverse effect on to our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Medical device manufacturers are required to maintain certain records of recalls and corrections, even if they are not reportable to the FDA. We may initiate voluntary withdrawals or corrections for our hearing aid devices in the future that we determine do not require notification of the FDA. If the FDA disagrees with our determinations, it could require us to report those actions as recalls and we may be subject to enforcement action. A future recall announcement could harm our reputation with customers, potentially lead to product liability claims against us and negatively affect our sales.

We must manufacture our products in accordance with federal and state regulations, and we could be forced to recall our products or terminate production if we fail to comply with these regulations.

The methods used in, and the facilities used for, the manufacture of our hearing aid devices must comply with the FDA’s Quality System Regulation, or QSR, which is a complex regulatory scheme that covers the procedures and documentation of the design, testing, production, process controls, quality assurance, labeling, packaging, handling, storage, distribution, servicing and shipping of medical devices. Furthermore, we are required to verify that our suppliers maintain facilities, procedures and operations that comply with our quality and applicable regulatory requirements. The FDA enforces the QSR through periodic announced or unannounced inspections of medical device manufacturing facilities, which may include the facilities of subcontractors, and, while the FDA has not issued any warning letters or untitled letters related to the manufacture of our products to date, such inspections may result in such letters and other adverse publicity. Our hearing aid devices are also subject to similar state regulations and various laws and regulations of foreign countries governing manufacturing.

 

43


Table of Contents

We cannot guarantee that we or any subcontractors will take the necessary steps to comply with applicable regulations, which could cause delays in the manufacture and delivery of our products. In addition, failure to comply with applicable FDA requirements or later discovery of previously unknown problems with our products or manufacturing processes could result in, among other things:

 

 

fines, injunctions or civil penalties;

 

 

suspension or withdrawal of future clearances or approvals;

 

 

refusal to clear or approve pending applications;

 

 

seizures or recalls of our products;

 

 

total or partial suspension of production or distribution;

 

 

administrative or judicially imposed sanctions;

 

 

refusal to permit the import or export of our products; and

 

 

criminal prosecution.

Any of these actions could significantly and negatively impact supply of our products. If any of these events occurs, our reputation could be harmed, we could be exposed to product liability claims and we could lose customers and suffer reduced revenue and increased costs.

If we fail to comply with U.S. or foreign federal and state healthcare regulatory laws, we could be subject to penalties, including, but not limited to, administrative, civil and criminal penalties, damages, fines, disgorgement, exclusion from participation in governmental healthcare programs and the curtailment of our operations, any of which could adversely impact our reputation and business operations.

To the extent our products are or become covered by any federal or state government healthcare program, our operations and business practices may expose us to broadly applicable fraud and abuse and other healthcare laws and regulations. These laws may constrain the business or financial arrangements and relationships through which we conduct our operations, including our sales and marketing practices, consumer incentive and other promotional programs and other business practices. Such laws include, without limitation:

 

 

the U.S. federal civil and criminal Anti-Kickback Statute, which prohibits, among other things, persons or entities from knowingly and willfully soliciting, offering, receiving or providing any remuneration, directly or indirectly, overtly or covertly, in cash or in kind, to induce or reward, or in return for, either the referral of an individual for, or the purchase, lease, order or recommendation of, any good, facility, item or service, for which payment may be made, in whole or in part, under U.S. federal and state healthcare programs such as Medicare, state Medicaid programs and TRICARE. A person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it in order to have committed a violation;

 

 

the U.S. federal false claims laws, including the False Claims Act, which can be enforced through whistleblower actions, and civil monetary penalties laws, which, among other things, impose criminal and civil penalties against individuals or entities for knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, to the U.S. federal government, claims for payment or approval that are false or fraudulent, knowingly making, using or causing to be made or used, a false record or statement material to a false or fraudulent claim, or from knowingly making a false statement to avoid, decrease or conceal an obligation to pay money to the U.S. federal government. In addition, the government may assert that a claim including items and services resulting from a violation of the U.S. federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the False Claims Act;

 

44


Table of Contents
 

Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, which imposes criminal and civil liability for, among other things, knowingly and willfully executing, or attempting to execute, a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program, or knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact or making any materially false statement, in connection with the delivery of, or payment for, healthcare benefits, items or services. Similar to the U.S. federal Anti-Kickback Statute, a person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it in order to have committed a violation;

 

 

HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Clinical Health Act of 2009, or HITECH, and its implementing regulations, which also imposes certain obligations, including mandatory contractual terms, with respect to safeguarding the privacy, security and transmission of individually identifiable health information without appropriate authorization by covered entities, such as health plans, healthcare clearinghouses and healthcare providers, as well as their business associates that perform certain services involving the use or disclosure of individually identifiable health information;

 

 

state law equivalents of each of the above federal laws, including state anti-kickback, self-referral and false claims laws that apply more broadly to healthcare items or services paid by all payors, including self-pay patients and private insurers, that govern our interactions with consumers or restrict payments that may be made to healthcare providers and other potential referral sources;

 

 

the Federal Trade Commission Act and federal and state consumer protection, advertisement and unfair competition laws, which broadly regulate marketplace activities and activities that potentially harm consumers;

 

 

the U.S. Physician Payments Sunshine Act and its implementing regulations, which require certain manufacturers of drugs, devices, biologics and medical supplies that are reimbursable under Medicare, Medicaid or the Children’s Health Insurance Program to report annually to the government information related to certain payments and other transfers of value to physicians and teaching hospitals, as well as ownership and investment interests held by the physicians described above and their immediate family members. Additionally, on October 25, 2018, President Trump signed into law the “Substance Use-Disorder Prevention that Promoted Opioid Recovery and Treatment for Patients and Communities Act” which in part (under a provision entitled “Fighting the Opioid Epidemic with Sunshine”) extends the reporting and transparency requirements for physicians in the U.S. Physician Payments Sunshine Act to physician assistants, nurse practitioners, and other mid-level practitioners (with reporting requirements going into effect in 2022 for payments made in 2021);

 

 

the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, which prohibits, among other things, U.S. companies and their employees and agents from authorizing, promising, offering or providing, directly or indirectly, corrupt or improper payments or anything else of value to foreign government officials, employees of public international organizations and foreign government owned or affiliated entities, candidates for foreign political office and foreign political parties or officials thereof;

 

 

foreign or U.S. analogous state laws and regulations, which may apply to our business practices, including but not limited to, state laws that require manufacturers to comply with the voluntary compliance guidelines and the relevant compliance guidance promulgated by the U.S. federal government; state laws and regulations that require manufacturers to file reports relating to pricing and marketing information or that require tracking gifts and other remuneration and items of value provided to healthcare professionals and entities; and state laws governing the privacy, security and disposal of personal information and health information in certain circumstances, many of which differ from each other in significant ways and often are not preempted by HIPAA, thus complicating compliance efforts; and

 

45


Table of Contents
 

similar data protection and healthcare laws and regulations in the EU and other jurisdictions in which we may conduct activities in the future, including reporting requirements detailing interactions with and payments to healthcare providers and laws governing the privacy and security of personal data, including the General Data Protection Regulation, or GDPR, which imposes obligations and restrictions on the collection and use of personal data relating to individuals located in the EU and European Economic Area, or EEA (including with regard to health data).

Foreign laws and regulations in this regard may vary greatly from country to country. For example, the advertising and promotion of our products in the EEA would be subject to EEA Directives concerning misleading and comparative advertising and unfair commercial practices, as well as other EEA Member State legislation governing the advertising and promotion of medical devices. These laws may limit or restrict the advertising and promotion of our products to the general public and may impose limitations on our promotional activities with healthcare professionals. We are also subject to healthcare fraud and abuse regulation and enforcement by the countries in which we conduct our business. These healthcare laws and regulations vary significantly from country to country.

Ensuring that our internal operations and future business arrangements with third parties comply with applicable healthcare laws and regulations will involve substantial costs. It is possible that governmental authorities will conclude that our business practices do not comply with current or future statutes, regulations, agency guidance or case law involving applicable fraud and abuse or other healthcare laws and regulations. If our operations are found to be in violation of any of the laws described above or any other governmental laws and regulations that may apply to us, we may be subject to significant penalties, including civil, criminal and administrative penalties, damages, fines, exclusion from government-funded healthcare programs, such as state Medicaid programs, TRICARE or similar programs in other countries or jurisdictions, disgorgement, imprisonment, contractual damages, reputational harm, diminished profits and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations. Further, defending against any such actions can be costly and time-consuming and may require significant personnel resources. Even if we are successful in defending against any such actions that may be brought against us, our business may be impaired.

We are subject to numerous state hearing aid and licensure laws and regulations, and non-compliance with these laws and regulations may expose us to significant costs or liabilities.

We are subject to numerous state and local hearing aid laws and regulations relating to, among other matters, licensure and registration of audiologists and other individuals we employ or contract with to provide services and dispense hearing aids. Some of these laws require us to maintain warranty and return policies for consumers allowing for the return of product and restrict advertising and marketing practices. These state and local laws and regulations are complex, change frequently and have tended to become more stringent over time. The FDCA preempts state laws relating to the safety and efficacy of medical devices and state laws that are different from or in addition to federal requirements. In Missouri Board of Examiners for Hearing Instrument Specialists v. Hearing Help Express, Inc. and METX, LLC v. Wal-Mart Stores Texas, LLC, the Eighth Circuit Court of Appeals and the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Texas, respectively, have held that certain state laws relating to the fitting and dispensing of hearing aids are preempted because they relate to the safety and efficacy of medical devices. Although we have structured our operations to comply with our understanding of applicable state regulatory requirements, interpretative legal precedent and regulatory guidance varies by jurisdiction and is often sparse and not fully developed, including which laws and regulations are preempted because they relate to the safety and efficacy of medical devices, complicating our compliance efforts. Accordingly, we cannot be certain that our interpretation of laws and regulations applicable to our operations is correct, and we could be subject to adverse judicial or administrative interpretations. Our ability to operate profitably will depend, in part, on our ability to obtain and maintain any necessary licenses and other approvals and operate in compliance with applicable state laws and regulations. A determination that we are in violation

 

46


Table of Contents

of applicable laws and regulations in any jurisdiction in which we operate could have a material adverse effect on us, particularly if we are unable to restructure our operations and arrangements to comply with the requirements of that jurisdiction, if we are required to restructure our operations and arrangements at a significant cost, or if we are subject to penalties or other adverse action. We cannot predict the impact on our business of new or amended laws or regulations or any changes in the way existing and future laws and regulations are interpreted or enforced, nor can we ensure we will be able to obtain or maintain any required licenses or permits.

If our arrangements with audiologists and other hearing care specialists are found to violate state laws prohibiting the corporate practice of medicine or fee splitting, our business, financial condition and our ability to operate in those states could be adversely impacted.

Many states have laws that prohibit us from engaging in the practice of audiology, exercising control, interfering with or influencing an audiologist or other hearing care specialist’s professional judgment and entering into certain financial arrangements, such as splitting professional fees with audiologists. These laws and their interpretations vary from state to state and are enforced by state courts and regulatory authorities, each with broad discretion. Although we believe our arrangements comply with applicable state prohibitions on the corporate practice of medicine and fee splitting, regulatory authorities or other third parties may challenge our existing organization and contractual arrangements. If such a claim were successful, we could be subject to adverse judicial or administrative interpretations, to civil or criminal penalties, our contracts could be found legally invalid and unenforceable or we could be required to restructure our contractual arrangements with our audiologists and other licensed professionals. A determination that these arrangements violate state laws and regulations or our inability to successfully restructure our relationships and business operations to comply with these laws would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Actual or perceived failures to comply with applicable data protection, privacy and security laws, information security laws, regulations, policies, standards, contractual obligations and other requirements related to data privacy and security and changes to such laws, regulations, standards, policies and contractual obligations could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The global data protection landscape is rapidly evolving, and there has been an increasing focus on privacy and data protection issues with the potential to affect our business. We are or may become subject to numerous state, federal and foreign laws, requirements and regulations governing the collection, transmission, use, disclosure, storage, retention and security of personal and personally-identifying information, such as information that we may collect in connection with conducting our business in the United States and abroad. Implementation standards and enforcement practices are likely to remain uncertain for the foreseeable future, and we cannot yet determine the impact future laws, regulations, standards or perception of their requirements may have on our business. This evolution may create uncertainty in our business, affect our ability to operate in certain jurisdictions or to collect, store, transfer use and share personal information, necessitate the acceptance of more onerous obligations in our contracts, result in liability or impose additional costs on us. The cost of compliance with these laws, regulations and standards is high and is likely to increase in the future. Any failure or perceived failure by us to comply with federal, state or foreign laws or regulation, our internal policies and procedures or our contracts governing our processing of personal information could result in negative publicity, government investigations and enforcement actions, fines, imprisonment of company officials and public censure, claims by third parties, damage to our reputation and loss of goodwill, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

In the ordinary course of our business, we collect and store sensitive data, including protected health information, or PHI, personally identifiable information, or PII, intellectual property and proprietary business information owned or controlled by ourselves or our customers, third-party payors and other parties. We also

 

47


Table of Contents

collect and store sensitive data of our employees and contractors. We manage and maintain our applications and data utilizing cloud-based data centers for PII. We utilize external security and infrastructure vendors to manage parts of our data centers.

As our operations and business grow, we are and may become subject to or affected by new or additional data protection laws and regulations and face increased scrutiny or attention from regulatory authorities. In the United States, HIPAA imposes, among other things, privacy and security standards that limit the use and disclosure of individually identifiable health information, or protected health information, and require the implementation of administrative, physical and technological safeguards to protect the privacy of protected health information and ensure the confidentiality, integrity and availability of electronic protected health information. Certain states have also adopted comparable privacy and security laws and regulations, some of which may be more stringent than HIPAA. Such laws and regulations will be subject to interpretation by various courts and other governmental authorities, thus creating potentially complex compliance issues for us and our future customers and strategic partners. Determining whether protected health information has been handled in compliance with applicable privacy standards and our contractual obligations can be complex and may be subject to changing interpretation. If we are unable to properly protect the privacy and security of protected health information, we could be found to have breached our contracts. Further, if we fail to comply with applicable privacy laws, including applicable HIPPA privacy and security standards, we could face civil and criminal penalties. The U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, or HHS, has the discretion to impose penalties without attempting to resolve violations through informal means. HHS enforcement activity can result in financial liability and reputational harm, and responses to such enforcement activity can consume significant internal resources, each of which could have a material adverse effect on our business financial condition, results of operations or prospects.

In addition, California enacted the California Consumer Privacy Act, or CCPA, on June 28, 2018, which takes effect on January 1, 2020. The CCPA creates individual privacy rights for California consumers and increases the privacy and security obligations of entities handling certain personal information. The CCPA provides for civil penalties for violations, as well as a private right of action for data breaches that is expected to increase data breach litigation. The CCPA may increase our compliance costs and potential liability, and many similar laws have been proposed at the federal level and in other states. In the event that we are subject to or affected by HIPAA, the CCPA or other domestic privacy and data protection laws, any liability from failure to comply with the requirements of these laws could adversely affect our financial condition.

In addition, state attorneys general are authorized to bring civil actions seeking either injunctions or damages in response to violations that threaten the privacy of state residents. We cannot be sure how these regulations will be interpreted, enforced or applied to our operations. In addition to the risks associated with enforcement activities and potential contractual liabilities, our ongoing efforts to comply with evolving laws and regulations at the federal and state level may be costly and require ongoing modifications to our policies, procedures and systems.

We may in the future become subject to the EU’s General Data Protection Regulation, or GDPR, which went into effect in May 2018 and which imposes new obligations on companies that operate in our industry with respect to the processing of personal data and the cross-border transfer of such data. The GDPR imposes onerous accountability obligations requiring data controllers and processors to maintain a record of their data processing and policies. If our or our partners’ or service providers’ privacy or data security measures fail to comply with the GDPR requirements, we may be subject to litigation, regulatory investigations, enforcement notices requiring us to change the way we use personal data and/or fines of up to 20 million Euros or up to 4% of the total worldwide annual turnover of the preceding financial year, whichever is higher, as well as compensation claims by affected individuals, negative publicity, reputational harm and a potential loss of business and goodwill. While we continue to address the implications of the recent changes to EU data privacy

 

48


Table of Contents

regulations, data privacy remains an evolving landscape at both the domestic and international level, with new regulations coming into effect and continued legal challenges, and our efforts to comply with the evolving data protection rules may be unsuccessful. It is possible that these laws may be interpreted and applied in a manner that is inconsistent with our practices. Accordingly, we must devote significant resources to understanding and complying with this changing landscape.

Although we work to comply with applicable laws, regulations and standards, our contractual obligations and other legal obligations, these requirements are evolving and may be modified, interpreted and applied in an inconsistent manner from one jurisdiction to another, and may conflict with one another or other legal obligations with which we must comply. Any failure or perceived failure by us or our employees, representatives, contractors, consultants or other third parties to comply with such requirements or adequately address privacy and security concerns, even if unfounded, could result in additional cost and liability to us, damage our reputation, negative publicity, loss of goodwill and materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations or prospects.

Failure to comply with the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, economic and trade sanctions regulations and similar laws could subject us to penalties and other adverse consequences.

We are subject to the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or the FCPA, and other laws in the United States and elsewhere that prohibit improper payments or offers of payments to foreign governments and their officials and political parties for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business. Certain suppliers of our product components are located in countries known to experience corruption. Business activities in these countries create the risk of unauthorized payments or offers of payments by one of our employees, contractors or agents that could be in violation of various laws, including the FCPA and anti-bribery laws in these countries, even though these parties are not always subject to our control. While we have implemented policies and procedures designed to discourage these practices by our employees, consultants and agents and to identify and address potentially impermissible transactions under such laws and regulations, we cannot assure you that all of our employees, consultants and agents will not take actions in violation of our policies, for which we may be ultimately responsible.

We are also subject to certain economic and trade sanctions programs that are administered by the Department of Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control which prohibit or restrict transactions to or from or dealings with specified countries, their governments and in certain circumstances, their nationals, and with individuals and entities that are specially-designated nationals of those countries, narcotics traffickers and terrorists or terrorist organizations.

Failure to comply with any of these laws and regulations or changes in this regulatory environment, including changing interpretations and the implementation of new or varying regulatory requirements by the government, may result in significant financial penalties or reputational harm, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our information technology systems, internal computer systems, or those used by our third-party service providers, vendors, strategic partners or other contractors or consultants, may fail or suffer security breaches and other disruptions, which could result in a material disruption of our products and services development programs, compromise sensitive information related to our business or prevent us from accessing critical information, potentially exposing us to liability or otherwise adversely affecting our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We collect and maintain information in digital form that is necessary to conduct our business, and we are increasingly dependent on information technology systems and infrastructure to operate our business, including our mobile and web-based applications, our e-commerce platform and our enterprise software. In the

 

49


Table of Contents

ordinary course of our business, we collect, store and transmit large amounts of confidential information, including intellectual property, proprietary business information and personal information of customers and our employees and contractors. It is critical that we do so in a secure manner to maintain the confidentiality and integrity of such confidential information. We have also outsourced elements of our information technology infrastructure, and as a result a number of third-party vendors may or could have access to our confidential information. We do not conduct audits or formal evaluations of our third-party vendors’ information technology systems and cannot be sure that our third-party vendors have sufficient measures in place to ensure the security and integrity of their information technology systems and our confidential and proprietary information. If our third-party vendors fail to protect their information technology systems and our confidential and proprietary information, we may be vulnerable to disruptions in service and unauthorized access to our confidential or proprietary information and we could incur liability and reputational damage. Our internal information technology systems and those of our third party service providers, vendors, strategic partners and other contractors or consultants are vulnerable to damage or interruption from computer viruses, natural disasters, terrorism, war, telecommunication and electrical failures, hacking, cyberattacks, phishing attacks and other social engineering schemes, malicious code, employee theft or misuse, denial or degradation of service attacks, sophisticated nation-state and nation-state-supported actors or unauthorized access or use by persons inside our organization, or persons with access to systems inside our organization. The risk of a security breach or disruption, particularly through cyberattacks or cyber intrusion, including by computer hackers, foreign governments and cyber terrorists, has generally increased as the number, intensity and sophistication of attempted attacks and intrusions from around the world have increased. The costs to us to investigate and mitigate network security problems, bugs, viruses, worms, malicious software programs and security vulnerabilities could be significant, and while we have implemented security measures to protect our data security and information technology systems from system failure, accident and security breach, our efforts to address these problems may not be successful, and these problems could result in unexpected interruptions, delays, disruption of our development programs and our business operations, cessation of service, negative publicity and other harm to our business and our competitive position, whether due to a loss of our trade secrets or other proprietary information or other disruptions. If we were to experience a significant cybersecurity breach of our information systems or data, the costs associated with the investigation, remediation and potential notification of the breach to counter-parties and data subjects could be material. In addition, our remediation efforts may not be successful. If we do not allocate and effectively manage the resources necessary to build and sustain the proper technology and cybersecurity infrastructure, we could suffer significant business disruption, including transaction errors, supply chain or manufacturing interruptions, processing inefficiencies, data loss or the loss of or damage to intellectual property or other proprietary information. If such an event were to occur and cause interruptions in our operations, it could result in a material disruption of our development programs and our business operations, whether due to a loss, corruption or unauthorized disclosure of our trade secrets, personal information or other proprietary or sensitive information or other similar disruptions. If such an event were to occur and cause interruptions in our operations, it could result in a material disruption of our development programs and our business operations, whether due to a loss, corruption or unauthorized disclosure of our trade secrets, personal information or other proprietary or sensitive information or other similar disruptions.

If a security breach or other incident were to result in the unauthorized access to or unauthorized use, disclosure, release or other processing of personal information, it may necessary to notify individuals, governmental authorities, supervisory bodies, the media and other parties pursuant to privacy and security laws. Any security compromise affecting us, our service providers, vendors, strategic partners, other contractors, consultants, or our industry, whether real or perceived, could harm our reputation, erode confidence in the effectiveness of our security measures and lead to regulatory scrutiny. To the extent that any disruption or security breach were to result in a loss of, or damage to, our data or systems, or inappropriate

 

50


Table of Contents

disclosure of confidential or proprietary or personal information, we could incur liability, including litigation exposure, penalties and fines, we could become the subject of regulatory action or investigation, our competitive position could be harmed and the further development and commercialization of our products and services could be delayed. If such an event were to occur and cause interruptions in our operations, it could result in a material disruption of our business. Furthermore, federal, state and international laws and regulations can expose us to enforcement actions and investigations by regulatory authorities, and potentially result in regulatory penalties, fines and significant legal liability, if our information technology security efforts fail. We would also be exposed to a risk of loss or litigation and potential liability, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations or prospects.

Disruptions in internet access could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

As an online business, we are dependent on the internet and maintaining connectivity between ourselves and consumers and sources of internet traffic, such as Google. As consumers increasingly turn to mobile devices, we also become dependent on consumers’ access to the internet through mobile carriers and their systems. Disruptions in internet access, whether generally, in a specific market or otherwise, especially if widespread or prolonged, could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. For example, the “denial-of-service” attack against Dyn in October 2016 resulted in a service outage for several major internet companies. It is possible that we could experience an interruption in our business, and we do not carry business interruption insurance sufficient to compensate us for all losses that may occur.

If we are unable to continue to drive consumers to our website, it could cause our revenue to decrease.

Many consumers find our website by searching for hearing aid information through internet search engines or from word-of-mouth and personal recommendations. A critical factor in attracting visitors to our website is how prominently we are displayed in response to search queries. Accordingly, we use search engine marketing as a means to provide a significant portion of our customer acquisition. Search engine marketing includes both paid website visitor acquisition on a cost-per-click basis and visitor acquisition on an unpaid basis, often referred to as organic or algorithmic search.

One method we employ to acquire visitors via organic search is commonly known as search engine optimization, or SEO. SEO involves developing our website in a way that enables the website to rank high for search queries for which our website’s content may be relevant. We also rely heavily on favorable recommendations from our existing customers to help drive traffic to our website. If our website is listed less prominently or fails to appear in search result listings for any reason, it is likely that we will attract fewer visitors to our website, which could adversely affect our revenue.

Changes in the regulation of the internet could adversely affect our business.

Laws, rules and regulations governing internet communications, advertising and e-commerce are dynamic, and the extent of future government regulation is uncertain. Federal and state regulations govern various aspects of our online business, including intellectual property ownership and infringement, trade secrets, the distribution of electronic communications, marketing and advertising, user privacy and data security, search engines and internet tracking technologies. Future taxation on the use of the internet or e-commerce transactions could also be imposed. Existing or future regulation or taxation could increase our operating expenses and expose us to significant liabilities. To the extent any such regulations require us to take actions that negatively impact us, they could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

51


Table of Contents

Risks relating to our common stock and this offering

There may not be an active trading market for our common stock, which may cause shares of our common stock to trade at a discount from the initial public offering price and make it difficult to sell the shares of common stock you purchase.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. It is possible that after this offering, an active trading market will not develop or, if developed, that any market will not be sustained, which would make it difficult for you to sell your shares of common stock at an attractive price or at all. The initial public offering price per share of common stock will be determined by agreement among us and the representatives of the underwriters, and may not be indicative of the price at which shares of our common stock will trade in the public market, if any, after this offering.

The market price of shares of our common stock may be volatile, which could cause the value of your investment to decline.

Even if an active trading market develops, the market price of our common stock may be highly volatile and could be subject to wide fluctuations. Securities markets worldwide experience significant price and volume fluctuations. This market volatility, as well as general economic, market or political conditions, could reduce the market price of shares of our common stock regardless of our operating performance. In addition, our operating results could be below the expectations of public market analysts and investors due to a number of potential factors, including variations in our quarterly operating results, additions or departures of key management personnel, failure to meet analysts’ earnings estimates, publication of research reports about our industry, litigation and government investigations, changes or proposed changes in laws or regulations or differing interpretations or enforcement thereof affecting our business, adverse market reaction to any indebtedness we may incur or securities we may issue in the future, changes in market valuations of similar companies or speculation in the press or investment community, announcements by our competitors, adverse publicity about the hearing aid industry or individual scandals, and, in response, the market price of our common stock could decrease significantly. You may be unable to resell your shares of common stock at or above the initial public offering price.

In the past few years, stock markets have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations. In the past, following periods of volatility in the overall market and the market price of a company’s securities, securities class action litigation has often been instituted against these companies. Such litigation, if instituted against us, could result in substantial costs and a diversion of our management’s attention and resources.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, or if they issue an adverse or misleading opinion regarding our stock, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts publish about us or our business. We do not currently have and may never obtain research coverage by securities and industry analysts. If no or few securities or industry analysts commence coverage of us, the trading price for our stock would be negatively impacted. In the event we obtain securities or industry analyst coverage, if any of the analysts who cover us issue an adverse or misleading opinion regarding us, our business model, our intellectual property or our stock performance, or if our operating results fail to meet the expectations of analysts, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of us or fail to publish reports on us regularly, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

 

52


Table of Contents

We are an “emerging growth company,” and the reduced public company reporting requirements applicable to emerging growth companies may make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We qualify as an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act. For so long as we remain an emerging growth company, we are permitted and plan to rely on exemptions from certain disclosure requirements that are applicable to public companies that are not emerging growth companies. These provisions include, but are not limited to: being permitted to have only two years of audited financial statements and only two years of related selected financial data and management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations disclosure; an exemption from compliance with the auditor attestation requirement in the assessment of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act; not being required to comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, or PCAOB, regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements; reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation arrangements in our periodic reports, registration statements and proxy statements; and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. In addition, the JOBS Act permits emerging growth companies to take advantage of an extended transition period to comply with new or revised accounting standards applicable to public companies. We intend to take advantage of the exemptions discussed above. As a result, the information we provide will be different than the information that is available with respect to other public companies. In this prospectus, we have not included all of the executive compensation-related information that would be required if we were not an emerging growth company. We cannot predict whether investors will find our common stock less attractive if we rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock, and the market price of our common stock may be more volatile.

We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of (i) the end of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering, (ii) the first fiscal year after our annual gross revenue exceed $1.07 billion, (iii) the date on which we have, during the immediately preceding three-year period, issued more than $1.00 billion in non-convertible debt securities, or (iv) the end of any fiscal year in which the market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the end of the second quarter of that fiscal year.

We will incur increased costs and become subject to additional regulations and requirements as a result of becoming a public company, which could lower our profits or make it more difficult to run our business.

As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we have not incurred as a private company, including costs associated with public company reporting requirements. We also have incurred and will continue to incur costs associated with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and related rules implemented by the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, and the exchange our securities are listed on. The expenses generally incurred by public companies for reporting and corporate governance purposes have been increasing. We expect these rules and regulations to increase our legal and financial compliance costs and to make some activities more time-consuming and costly, although we are currently unable to estimate these costs with any degree of certainty. These laws and regulations also could make it more difficult or costly for us to obtain certain types of insurance, including director and officer liability insurance, and we may be forced to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. These laws and regulations could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors, on our board committees or as our executive officers. Furthermore, if we are unable to satisfy our obligations as a public company, we could be subject to delisting of our common stock, fines, sanctions, other regulatory action and potentially civil litigation.

 

53


Table of Contents

If we are unable to implement and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting in the future, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports and the market price of our common stock may decline.

As a public company, we will be required to maintain internal control over financial reporting and to report any material weaknesses in such internal controls. In addition, beginning with our second annual report on Form 10-K, we will be required to furnish a report by management on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. The process of designing, implementing and testing the internal control over financial reporting required to comply with this obligation is time consuming, costly and complicated. If we identify material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, if we are unable to comply with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act in a timely manner, or if we are unable to assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports and the market price of our common stock could decline, and we could also become subject to investigations by the stock exchange on which our common stock is listed, the SEC or other regulatory authorities, which could require additional financial and management resources.

We have identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting. If our remediation of the material weakness is not effective, or if we experience additional material weaknesses in the future or otherwise fail to maintain an effective system of internal controls in the future, we may not be able to accurately or timely report our financial condition or results of operations, which may adversely affect investor confidence in us and, as a result, the value of our common stock.

Prior to the completion of this offering, we have been a private company with limited accounting personnel to adequately execute our accounting processes and other supervisory resources with which to address our internal control over financial reporting. In connection with the preparation of our financial statements, we identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting. A material weakness is a deficiency, or combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. The material weakness related to a lack of qualified supervisory accounting resources, including those necessary to account for and disclose certain complex transactions and for which we lacked the technical expertise to identify, analyze and appropriately record those transactions. We are implementing measures designed to improve our internal control over financial reporting to remediate this material weakness, including the hiring of qualified supervisory resources, the engagement of technical accounting consulting resources, plans to hire additional finance department employees and the implementation of more formal policies and procedures related to the accounting for our procurement and vendor payment process.

We cannot assure you that the measures we have taken to date, and are continuing to implement, will be sufficient to remediate the material weakness we have identified or avoid potential future material weaknesses. If the steps we take do not correct the material weakness in a timely manner, we will be unable to conclude that we maintain effective internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, there could continue to be a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our financial statements would not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.

If we fail to remediate our existing material weakness or identify new material weaknesses in our internal controls over financial reporting, if we are unable to comply with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act in a timely manner, if we are unable to conclude that our internal controls over financial reporting are effective, or if our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to express an opinion as to the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting when we are no longer an emerging growth company, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports and

 

54


Table of Contents

the market price of our common stock could be negatively affected. As a result of such failures, we could also become subject to investigations by the stock exchange on which our securities are listed, the SEC, or other regulatory authorities, and become subject to litigation from investors and stockholders, which could harm our reputation and financial condition or divert financial and management resources from our regular business activities.

We have no current plans to pay cash dividends on our common stock; as a result, you may not receive any return on investment unless you sell your common stock for a price greater than that which you paid for it.

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock, and we do not currently intend to pay any cash dividends on our capital stock in the foreseeable future. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings to fund the development and expansion of our business. Any future determination related to dividend policy will be made at the discretion of our board of directors, subject to applicable laws, and will depend upon, among other factors, our results of operations, financial condition, contractual restrictions and capital requirements. Also, unless waived, the terms of our 2018 Loan with Silicon Valley Bank generally prohibit us from declaring or paying any cash dividends and other distributions. Additionally, our ability to pay cash dividends on our capital stock may be limited by the terms of any future debt or preferred securities we issue or any future credit facilities we enter into. As a result, you may not receive any return on an investment in our common stock unless you sell your common stock for a price greater than that which you paid for it.

If our operating and financial performance in any given period does not meet any guidance that we provide to the public, the market price of our common stock may decline.

We may, but are not obligated to, provide public guidance on our expected operating and financial results for future periods. Any such guidance will be comprised of forward-looking statements subject to the risks and uncertainties described in this prospectus and in our other public filings and public statements. Our actual results may not always be in line with or exceed any guidance we have provided, especially in times of economic uncertainty. If, in the future, our operating or financial results for a particular period do not meet any guidance we provide or the expectations of investment analysts, or if we reduce our guidance for future periods, the market price of our common stock may decline. Even if we do issue public guidance, there can be no assurance that we will continue to do so in the future.

We have broad discretion to determine how to use the funds raised in this offering, and may use them in ways that may not enhance our operating results or the price of our common stock.

Our management will have broad discretion over the use of proceeds from this offering, and we could spend the proceeds from this offering in ways our stockholders may not agree with or that do not yield a favorable return, if at all. We currently expect to use the net proceeds of this offering, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents, to invest in sales and marketing, launch new marketing channels and expand our brand efforts, and to fund research and development activities. However, our use of these proceeds may differ substantially from our current plans. If we do not invest or apply the proceeds of this offering in ways that improve our operating results, we may fail to achieve expected financial results, which could cause our stock price to decline.

Investors in this offering will experience immediate and substantial dilution.

The initial public offering price of our common stock is substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock. Therefore, if you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you will pay a price per share that substantially exceeds our pro forma net tangible book value per share after this offering. Based on the initial public offering price of $                 per share, the midpoint of the

 

55


Table of Contents

price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, you will experience immediate dilution of $                 per share, representing the difference between our pro forma net tangible book value per share after giving effect to this offering and the initial public offering price. In addition, purchasers of common stock in this offering will have contributed         % of the aggregate price paid by all purchasers of our common stock but will own only approximately         % of our total equity outstanding after this offering. Furthermore, if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares, or outstanding options and warrants are exercised, you could experience further dilution. For a further description of the dilution that you will experience immediately after this offering, see the section titled “Dilution.”

We may be unable to raise additional capital, which could harm our ability to compete.

As of December 31, 2018, we had cash and cash equivalents of $51.1 million. Our expected future capital requirements may depend on many factors including expansion our product portfolio and the timing and extent of spend on the development of our technology to increase our product offerings. Even if this offering is successful, we may need additional funding to fund our operations, but additional funds may not be available to us on acceptable terms on a timely basis, if at all. We may seek funds through borrowings or through additional rounds of financing, including private or public equity or debt offerings.

Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including:

 

 

the timing, receipt and amount of sales from our current and future products;

 

 

the cost of manufacturing, either ourselves or through third party manufacturers, our products;

 

 

the cost and timing of expanding our sales, marketing and distribution capabilities;

 

 

the terms and timing of any other partnership, licensing and other arrangements that we may establish;

 

 

any product liability or other lawsuits related to our current or future products;

 

 

the expenses needed to attract, hire and retain skilled personnel;

 

 

the costs associated with being a public company;

 

 

the costs involved in preparing, filing, prosecuting, maintaining, defending and enforcing our intellectual property portfolio; and

 

 

the extent to which we acquire or invest in businesses, products or technologies, although we currently have no commitments or agreements relating to any of these types of transactions.

If we raise additional funds through further issuances of equity or convertible debt securities, our existing stockholders could suffer significant dilution, and any new equity securities we issue could have rights, preferences, and privileges superior to those of holders of our common stock. If we are unable to obtain adequate financing or financing on terms satisfactory to us, when we require it, our ability to continue to pursue our business objectives and to respond to business opportunities, challenges, or unforeseen circumstances could be significantly limited, and our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

Raising additional capital may cause dilution to our stockholders, restrict our operations or require us to relinquish rights to our technologies or products.

Since our inception, our operations have been financed primarily by net proceeds from the sale of our convertible preferred stock, indebtedness and, to a lesser extent, revenue from the sales of our products. We expect that we may be required to obtain additional funding in the future and may do so through partnerships,

 

56


Table of Contents

public or private equity offerings or debt financings, credit or loan facilities or a combination of one or more of these funding sources. Even if we are not required to obtain additional funding, we may do so due to favorable market conditions or to be able to pursue strategic or business expansion opportunities. If we raise additional funds by issuing equity securities, our stockholders may suffer dilution and the terms of any financing may adversely affect the rights of our stockholders. In addition, as a condition to providing additional funds to us, future investors may demand, and may be granted, rights superior to those of existing stockholders. Debt financing, if available, is likely to involve restrictive covenants limiting our flexibility in conducting future business activities, and, in the event of insolvency, debt holders would be repaid before holders of our equity securities receive any distribution of our corporate assets. We also could be required to seek funds through arrangements with partners or others that may require us to relinquish rights or jointly own some aspects of our technologies or products that we would otherwise pursue on our own.

Our principal stockholders and management own a significant percentage of our stock and will be able to exert significant control over matters subject to stockholder approval.

Prior to this offering, as of September 30, 2019, our executive officers, directors, holders of 5.0% or more of our capital stock and their respective affiliates held approximately         % of our outstanding voting stock and, upon the closing of this offering, that same group will hold approximately         % of our outstanding voting stock (assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares and no exercise of outstanding options or warrants). Therefore, even after this offering these stockholders will have the ability to influence us through this ownership position. These stockholders may be able to determine all matters requiring stockholder approval. For example, these stockholders may be able to control elections of directors, amendments of our organizational documents, or approval of any merger, sale of assets, or other major corporate transaction. This may prevent or discourage unsolicited acquisition proposals or offers for our common stock that you may feel are in your best interest as one of our stockholders.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market could cause our stock price to fall.

If our existing stockholders sell, or indicate an intention to sell, substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market after the lock-up and other legal restrictions on resale discussed in this prospectus lapse, the trading price of our common stock could decline. Based upon the number of shares outstanding as of September 30, 2019, upon the closing of this offering, we will have outstanding a total of          shares of common stock, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of common stock and no exercise of outstanding options or warrants. Of these shares, all of the shares of our common stock sold in this offering, plus any shares sold upon exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, will be freely tradable, without restriction, in the public market immediately following this offering.

The lock-up agreements pertaining to this offering will expire 180 days from the date of this prospectus. After the lock-up agreements expire, as of September 30, 2019, up to approximately                million additional shares of common stock will be eligible for sale in the public market, approximately                million of which shares are held by directors, executive officers and other affiliates and will be subject to Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act. J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and BofA Securities, Inc. may, however, in their sole discretion, permit our officers, directors and other stockholders who are subject to these lock-up agreements to sell shares prior to the expiration of the lock-up agreements.

In addition, as of September 30, 2019, approximately                million shares of common stock that are either subject to outstanding options, reserved for future issuance under our existing equity incentive plan, or subject to outstanding warrants will become eligible for sale in the public market to the extent permitted by the provisions of various vesting schedules, the lock-up agreements and Rule 144 and Rule 701 under the Securities

 

57


Table of Contents

Act. If these additional shares of common stock are sold, or if it is perceived that they will be sold, in the public market, the trading price of our common stock could decline.

After this offering, based upon the number of shares outstanding as of September 30, 2019, the holders of approximately                million shares of our common stock, or approximately         % of our total outstanding common stock, will be entitled to rights with respect to the registration of their shares under the Securities Act, subject to vesting schedules and to the lock-up agreements described above. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in the shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, except for shares purchased by affiliates. Any sales of securities by these stockholders could have a material adverse effect on the trading price of our common stock.

Provisions in our charter documents and under Delaware law could discourage a takeover that stockholders may consider favorable and may lead to entrenchment of management.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect immediately prior to the consummation of this offering will contain provisions that could delay or prevent changes in control or changes in our management without the consent of our board of directors. These provisions will include the following:

 

 

a classified board of directors with three-year staggered terms, which may delay the ability of stockholders to change the membership of a majority of our board of directors;

 

 

no cumulative voting in the election of directors, which limits the ability of minority stockholders to elect director candidates;

 

 

the exclusive right of our board of directors to elect a director to fill a vacancy created by the expansion of the board of directors or the resignation, death or removal of a director, which prevents stockholders from being able to fill vacancies on our board of directors;

 

 

the ability of our board of directors to authorize the issuance of shares of preferred stock and to determine the price and other terms of those shares, including preferences and voting rights, without stockholder approval, which could be used to significantly dilute the ownership of a hostile acquiror;

 

 

the ability of our board of directors to alter our amended and restated bylaws without obtaining stockholder approval;

 

 

the required approval of at least 66 2/3% of the shares entitled to vote at an election of directors to adopt, amend or repeal our amended and restated bylaws or to repeal certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation;

 

 

a prohibition on stockholder action by written consent, which forces stockholder action to be taken at an annual or special meeting of our stockholders;

 

 

the requirement that a special meeting of stockholders may be called only by our board of directors, which may delay the ability of our stockholders to force consideration of a proposal or to take action, including the removal of directors; and

 

 

advance notice procedures that stockholders must comply with in order to nominate candidates to our board of directors or to propose matters to be acted upon at a stockholders’ meeting, which may discourage or deter a potential acquiror from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquiror’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us.

We are also subject to the anti-takeover provisions contained in Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. Under Section 203, a corporation may not, in general, engage in a business combination with

 

58


Table of Contents

any holder of 15% or more of its capital stock unless the holder has held the stock for three years or, among other exceptions, the board of directors has approved the transaction. For a description of our capital stock, see the section titled “Description of capital stock.”

Claims for indemnification by our directors and officers may reduce our available funds to satisfy successful third-party claims against us and may reduce the amount of money available to us.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers, in each case to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law.

In addition, as permitted by Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, our amended and restated bylaws to be effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering and our indemnification agreements that we have entered into with our directors and officers will provide that:

 

 

We will indemnify our directors and officers for serving us in those capacities or for serving other business enterprises at our request, to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Delaware law provides that a corporation may indemnify such person if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the registrant and, with respect to any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful.

 

 

We may, in our discretion, indemnify employees and agents in those circumstances where indemnification is permitted by applicable law.

 

 

We are required to advance expenses, as incurred, to our directors and officers in connection with defending a proceeding, except that such directors or officers shall undertake to repay such advances if it is ultimately determined that such person is not entitled to indemnification.

 

 

We will not be obligated pursuant to our amended and restated bylaws to indemnify a person with respect to proceedings initiated by that person against us or our other indemnitees, except with respect to proceedings authorized by our board of directors or brought to enforce a right to indemnification.

 

 

The rights conferred in our amended and restated bylaws are not exclusive, and we are authorized to enter into indemnification agreements with our directors, officers, employees and agents and to obtain insurance to indemnify such persons.

 

 

We may not retroactively amend our amended and restated bylaw provisions to reduce our indemnification obligations to directors, officers, employees and agents.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for certain disputes between us and our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, in the event that the Court of Chancery does not have jurisdiction, the federal district court for the District of Delaware or other state courts of the State of Delaware) is the exclusive forum for any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, any action asserting a claim of breach of fiduciary duty, any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws, or any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine; provided that, the exclusive forum provision will not apply to suits brought to enforce any liability or duty created by the Securities Act or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, or any other claim for

 

59


Table of Contents

which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction; and provided further that, if and only if the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware dismisses any such action for lack of subject matter jurisdiction, such action may be brought in another state or federal court sitting in the State of Delaware. Nothing in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or amended and restated bylaws precludes stockholders that assert claims under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act from bringing such claims in state or federal court, subject to applicable law.

We believe these provisions may benefit us by providing increased consistency in the application of Delaware law and federal securities laws by chancellors and judges, as applicable, particularly experienced in resolving corporate disputes, efficient administration of cases on a more expedited schedule relative to other forums and protection against the burdens of multi-forum litigation. However, this choice of forum provision may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or any of our directors, officers, other employees or stockholders, which may discourage lawsuits with respect to such claims, although our stockholders will not be deemed to have waived our compliance with federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder. If a court were to find the choice of forum provision that will be contained in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, which could adversely affect our business and financial condition.

 

60


Table of Contents

Special note regarding forward-looking statements

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements about us and our industry that involve substantial risks and uncertainties. All statements other than statements of historical facts contained in this prospectus, including statements regarding our strategy, future financial condition, future operations, projected costs, prospects, plans, objectives of management and expected market growth, are forward-looking statements. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “aim,” “anticipate,” “assume,” “believe,” “contemplate,” “continue,” “could,” “design,” “due,” “estimate,” “expect,” “goal,” “intend,” “may,” “objective,” “plan,” “positioned,” “potential,” “predict,” “seek,” “should,” “target,” “will,” “would” and other similar expressions that are predictions of or indicate future events and future trends, or the negative of these terms or other comparable terminology. These forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements about:

 

 

our ability to attract and retain customers;

 

 

our expectations concerning additional orders by existing customers;

 

 

our expectations regarding the potential market size and size of the potential consumer populations for our products and any future products;

 

 

our ability to release new hearing aids and the anticipated features of any such hearing aids;

 

 

developments and projections relating to our competitors and our industry, including competing products;

 

 

our ability to maintain our competitive technological advantages against new entrants in our industry;

 

 

the pricing of our hearing aids;

 

 

our expectations regarding the ability to make certain claims related to the performance of our hearing aids relative to competitive products;

 

 

our expectations with regard to changes in the regulatory landscape for hearing aid devices, including the implementation of the pending over-the-counter hearing aid pathway regulatory framework;

 

 

our commercialization and marketing capabilities and expectations;

 

 

our relationships with, and the capabilities of, our component manufacturer, suppliers and freight carriers;

 

 

the implementation of our business model and strategic plans for our business and products and technology;

 

 

the scope of protection we are able to establish and maintain for intellectual property rights covering our products, including the projected terms of patent protection;

 

 

our ability to effectively manage our growth;

 

 

our anticipated use of proceeds from this offering;

 

 

our expectations regarding the time during which we will be an emerging growth company under the JOBS Act;

 

 

estimates of our expenses, future revenue, capital requirements, our needs for additional financing and our ability to obtain additional capital; and

 

 

our future financial performance.

 

61


Table of Contents

We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations, estimates, forecasts and projections about future events and financial trends that we believe may affect our financial condition, results of operations, business strategy and financial needs. In light of the significant uncertainties in these forward-looking statements, you should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. Although we believe that we have a reasonable basis for each forward-looking statement contained in this prospectus, we cannot guarantee that the future results, levels of activity, performance or events and circumstances reflected in the forward-looking statements will be achieved or occur at all. You should refer to the section titled “Risk factors” for a discussion of important factors that may cause our actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by our forward-looking statements. Furthermore, if our forward-looking statements prove to be inaccurate, the inaccuracy may be material. Except as required by law, we undertake no obligation to publicly update any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

You should read this prospectus and the documents that we reference in this prospectus and have filed as exhibits to the registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part, completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from what we expect. We qualify all of the forward-looking statements in this prospectus by these cautionary statements.

 

62


Table of Contents

Market and industry data

This prospectus contains estimates, projections and other information concerning our industry and our business, as well as data regarding market research, estimates and forecasts prepared by our management. Information that is based on estimates, forecasts, projections, market research or similar methodologies is inherently subject to uncertainties and actual events or circumstances may differ materially from events and circumstances that are assumed in this information. The industry in which we operate is subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in the section titled “Risk factors.” Unless otherwise expressly stated, we obtained this industry, business, market and other data from reports, research surveys, studies and similar data prepared by market research firms and other third parties, industry, medical and general publications, government data and similar sources. In some cases, we do not expressly refer to the sources from which this data is derived. In that regard, when we refer to one or more sources of this type of data in any paragraph, you should assume that other data of this type appearing in the same paragraph is derived from the same sources, unless otherwise expressly stated or the context otherwise requires.

Our estimates presented elsewhere in this prospectus of the number of adults in the United States with hearing loss, annual U.S. hearing aid sales and our addressable market are based on multiple assumptions and our analysis of multiple sources, including publicly available information, academic articles, data from governmental agencies and reports by industry organizations. Our estimates of U.S. hearing aid sales in 2018 are based on our internal estimates of average prices paid by the U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs and by consumers in multiple private distribution channels. To estimate our addressable market, we applied academic estimates of the prevalence of hearing loss to population and median household income data from the U.S. Census Bureau. These estimates involve certain assumptions, including, among other things, that (i) the prevalence of hearing loss among adults remains constant across income levels, (ii) the percentage of adults over 75 with above-median household incomes is the same as the percentage of adults over 80 with above-median household incomes and (iii) our addressable market includes adults who experience tinnitus or hearing loss in just one ear. Although we believe that our estimates and assumptions are reasonable, we cannot assure you of their accuracy, and actual market data may differ materially.

In addition, third party estimates of the average price of hearing aids in the United States typically exclude sales made by Costco. Accordingly, references elsewhere in this prospectus to the average price of pairs of hearing aids purchased through “traditional channels” exclude sales made by Costco. We believe that if sales made by Costco were included in these estimates, it would cause the average price to be reduced.

Certain other market and industry data included in this prospectus were obtained from market research, publicly available information, reports of governmental agencies and industry publications and surveys. Statements in this prospectus referring to the Northstar Survey refer to a market survey of 2,200 adults over the age of 45 in the United States conducted by NORTHSTAR Research Partners (USA) LLC in March and September 2019, which we commissioned. All of the market and industry data used in this prospectus involve a number of assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to such information. We have not independently verified any third-party information and cannot assure you of its accuracy or completeness. Although we are responsible for all of the disclosure contained in this prospectus and we believe the market position, market opportunity, market size and other information included in this prospectus is reliable, such information is inherently imprecise. In addition, projections, assumptions and estimates of our future performance and the future performance of the industry in which we operate is necessarily subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in the section titled “Risk factors.” These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in the estimates made by third parties and by us.

 

63


Table of Contents

The net promoter score, or NPS, metric referenced elsewhere in this prospectus is a measurement developed by Bain and Co. We utilize the NPS, which is a percentage, expressed as a numerical value up to a maximum value of 100, to gauge customer satisfaction. Our NPS reflects responses to the following question on a scale of zero to 10: “How likely are you to recommend Eargo to a friend?” Responses of nine or 10 are considered “promoters,” responses of seven or eight are considered neutral or “passives,” and responses of six or less are considered “detractors.” We then subtract the number of respondents who are detractors from the number of respondents who are promoters and divide that number by the total number of respondents. Our methodology of calculating our NPS reflects responses from customers who have used our platform and choose to respond to the survey question. Our NPS gives no weight to customers who decline to answer the survey question.

 

64


Table of Contents

Use of proceeds

We estimate that the net proceeds from this offering will be approximately $                million (or approximately $                million if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase up to                additional shares of common stock), based on an assumed initial public offering price of $                per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $                per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, as applicable, the net proceeds from this offering by approximately $                million, assuming that the number of shares of common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase or decrease of 1.0 million shares of common stock offered by us would increase or decrease, as applicable, the net proceeds to us by approximately $                million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price of $                per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

We currently expect to use the net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents, to invest in sales and marketing, launch new marketing channels and expand our brand efforts, and to fund research and development activities. The remaining funds will be used for general corporate purposes, including working capital, operating expenses and capital expenditures.

We may also use a portion of the remaining net proceeds, if any, to acquire complementary businesses, products, services or technologies. However, we do not have agreements or commitments for any acquisitions at this time.

This expected use of the net proceeds from this offering represents our intentions based on our current plans and business conditions, which could change in the future as our plans and business conditions evolve.

Our management will have broad discretion over the use of the net proceeds from this offering, and our investors will be relying on the judgment of our management regarding the application of the net proceeds of this offering. Due to the uncertainties inherent in the ongoing commercialization and development of our hearing aids, it is difficult to estimate with certainty the exact amounts of the net proceeds from this offering that may be used for the above purposes. The amounts and timing of our expenditures will depend upon numerous factors, including: (i) the success of our commercialization efforts for our hearing aids and (ii) the amount of revenue we are able to receive from our hearing aid sales.

Pending the use of the net proceeds from this offering as described above, we intend to invest the net proceeds in a variety of capital preservation instruments, including short-term, interest-bearing obligations, investment-grade instruments, certificates of deposit or direct or guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government.

 

65


Table of Contents

Dividend policy

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock, and we do not currently intend to pay any cash dividends on our capital stock in the foreseeable future. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings to fund the development and expansion of our business. Any future determination related to dividend policy will be made at the discretion of our board of directors, subject to applicable laws, and will depend upon, among other factors, our results of operations, financial condition, contractual restrictions and capital requirements. Also, unless waived, the terms of our loan and security agreement with Silicon Valley Bank generally prohibit us from declaring or paying any cash dividends. In addition, our ability to pay cash dividends on our capital stock may be limited by the terms of any future debt or preferred securities we issue or any future credit facilities we enter into.

 

66


Table of Contents

Capitalization

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and our capitalization as of December 31, 2018 on:

 

 

an actual basis;

 

 

a pro forma basis, to reflect: (i) the conversion of all of the outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock as of December 31, 2018 into an aggregate of 40,937,097 shares of common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering; (ii) the conversion of all of our outstanding warrants exercisable for convertible preferred stock as of December 31, 2018 into warrants exercisable for 176,762 shares of common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering; and (iii) the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation immediately prior to the completion of this offering; and

 

 

a pro forma as adjusted basis, giving effect to the pro forma adjustments discussed above, and giving further effect to the sale of                 shares of our common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

You should read this table together with the sections titled “Selected consolidated financial data,” “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The pro forma as adjusted information below is illustrative only and our capitalization following the closing of this offering will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

 

   
     As of December 31, 2018  
     (unaudited)  
(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)    Actual     Pro
forma
     Pro Forma
as adjusted(1)
 

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 51,051     $                    $                
  

 

 

 

Term loans, current and noncurrent

   $ 6,990       
  

 

 

 

Convertible preferred stock warrant liability

   $ 81       
  

 

 

 

Convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value per share; 36,269,166 shares authorized, 35,283,614 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

   $ 152,015       

Stockholders’ (deficit) equity:

       

Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value per share; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual;             shares authorized, no shares issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

       

Common stock, $0.0001 par value per share; 55,190,000 shares authorized, 695,563 shares issued and outstanding, actual;             shares authorized and             shares issued and outstanding, pro forma;             shares authorized and             shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

           

Additional paid-in capital

     1,718       

Accumulated deficit

     (114,717     
  

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

     (112,999     
  

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 39,016     $        $    

 

 

 

67


Table of Contents
(1)   Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, as applicable, each of pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity (deficit) and total capitalization by approximately $            million, assuming that the number of shares of common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase or decrease of 1.0 million shares of common stock offered by us would increase or decrease, as applicable, each of pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity (deficit) and total capitalization by approximately $            million, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering reflected in the table above is based on 41,632,660 shares of common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2018 and excludes:

 

 

176,762 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants, which includes our existing convertible preferred stock warrants that will convert into warrants exercisable for common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering, as of December 31, 2018 with a weighted-average exercise price of $3.58 per share;

 

 

44,998 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding convertible preferred stock warrants that will convert into warrants exercisable for common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering, issued after December 31, 2018 with a weighted average exercise price of $3.01 per share;

 

 

6,545,220 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options as of December 31, 2018, with a weighted-average exercise price of $0.43 per share;

 

 

4,564,663 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options granted subsequent to December 31, 2018, with a weighted-average exercise price of $1.58 per share;

 

 

            additional shares of our common stock reserved for issuance pursuant to future awards under our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, which will become available for issuance under our 2020 Plan (defined below) after the consummation of this offering;

 

 

            shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2020 Incentive Award Plan, or the 2020 Plan, which will become effective on the day prior to the first public trading date of our common stock, as well as any future increases in the number of shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the 2020 Plan; and

 

 

            shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2020 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or the ESPP, which will become effective on the day prior to the first public trading date of our common stock, as well as any future increases in the number of shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the ESPP.

 

68


Table of Contents

Dilution

If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your ownership interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our common stock and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock after this offering.

Our historical net tangible book value (deficit) as of December 31, 2018 was $(113.8) million, or $(163.63) per share of our common stock. Our historical net tangible book deficit represents our total tangible assets less total liabilities and convertible preferred stock. Historical net tangible book deficit per share is our historical net tangible book deficit divided by the number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2018.

Our pro forma net tangible book value as of December 31, 2018, before giving effect to this offering, was $            million, or $            per share. Pro forma net tangible book value, before the issuance and sale of shares in this offering, gives effect to:

 

 

the conversion of all of the outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock as of December 31, 2018 into an aggregate of 40,937,097 shares of common stock and the related reclassification of the carrying value of the convertible preferred stock to permanent equity in connection with the completion of this offering;

 

 

the conversion of all of our outstanding warrants exercisable for convertible preferred stock as of December 31, 2018 into warrants exercisable for 176,762 shares of common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering; and

 

 

the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering.

After giving effect to the sale of            shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $            per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of December 31, 2018 would have been $            million, or $            per share. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of $            per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $            per share to new investors participating in this offering. The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis:

 

     

Assumed initial public offering price per share

     $                

Historical net tangible book deficit per share as of December 31, 2018

   $ (163.63  

Pro forma increase in net tangible book value per share as of December 31, 2018 attributable to the pro forma transactions described above

    
  

 

 

   

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of December 31, 2018

    

Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors participating in this offering

    
  

 

 

   

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering

    
    

 

 

 

Dilution per share to new investors participating in this offering

     $    

 

 

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), would increase or decrease, as applicable, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by $            per share and the

 

69


Table of Contents

dilution per share to new investors participating in this offering by $            per share, assuming that the number of shares of common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, an increase of 1.0 million in the number of shares of common stock offered by us would increase the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value after this offering by $            per share and decrease the dilution per share to new investors participating in this offering by $            per share, and a decrease of 1.0 million shares of common stock offered by us would decrease the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value by $            per share, and increase the dilution per share to new investors in this offering by $            per share, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

If the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of common stock from us, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after giving effect to this offering would be $            per share, representing an immediate increase to existing stockholders of $            per share, and dilution to new investors participating in this offering of $            per share.

The following table summarizes on the pro forma as adjusted basis described above, the differences between the number of shares purchased from us, the total consideration paid and the average price per share paid to us by existing stockholders and by investors purchasing shares in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), before deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us:

 

       
     Shares purchased      Total consideration      Average
price per
share
 
      Number      Percent      Amount      Percent  

Existing stockholders

                    %      $                                  %      $                

New investors

              
  

 

 

 

Total

        100%      $          100%     

 

 

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, our existing stockholders would own    % and our new investors would own    % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding upon the completion of this offering.

The foregoing discussion and tables above (other than the historical net tangible book value calculation) are based on 41,632,660 shares of common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2018, which gives effect to the pro forma transactions described above and excludes:

 

 

176,762 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants, which includes our existing convertible preferred stock warrants that will convert into warrants exercisable for common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering, as of December 31, 2018 with a weighted-average exercise price of $3.58 per share;

 

 

44,998 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding convertible preferred stock warrants that will convert into warrants exercisable for common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering, issued after December 31, 2018 with a weighted average exercise price of $3.01 per share;

 

 

6,545,220 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options as of December 31, 2018, with a weighted-average exercise price of $0.43 per share;

 

 

4,564,663 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options granted subsequent to December 31, 2018, with a weighted-average exercise price of $1.58 per share;

 

70


Table of Contents
 

            additional shares of our common stock reserved for issuance pursuant to future awards under our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, which will become available for issuance under our 2020 Plan (defined below) after the consummation of this offering;

 

 

            shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2020 Incentive Award Plan, or the 2020 Plan, which will become effective on the day prior to the first public trading date of our common stock, as well as any future increases in the number of shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the 2020 Plan; and

 

 

            shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2020 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or the ESPP, which will become effective on the day prior to the first public trading date of our common stock, as well as any future increases in the number of shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the ESPP.

To the extent that any outstanding options are exercised, new options or other equity awards are issued under our equity incentive plans, or we issue additional shares in the future, there will be further dilution to new investors participating in this offering.

 

71


Table of Contents

Selected consolidated financial data

The following tables set forth our selected consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, and our selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2017 and 2018, which has been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for any period in the future. You should read the following selected consolidated financial data together with the section titled “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated financial data included in this section are not intended to replace the consolidated financial statements and are qualified in their entirety by the consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

   
     Year ended
December 31,
 
(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)    2017     2018  

Revenue, net

   $ 6,620     $ 23,163  

Cost of revenue

     4,467       11,423  
  

 

 

 

Gross profit

     2,153       11,740  

Operating expenses:

    

Research and development

     5,449       9,520  

Sales and marketing

     9,269       25,540  

General and administrative

     5,774       8,251  
  

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     20,492       43,311  
  

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (18,339     (31,571

Other income (expense), net:

    

Interest income

     35       164  

Interest expense

     (1,783     (424

Other income (expense), net

     (1,181     (1,403

Loss on extinguishment of debt

     (3,348     (559
  

 

 

 

Total other income (expense), net

     (6,277     (2,222
  

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (24,616     (33,793

Income tax provision

            
  

 

 

 

Net loss and comprehensive loss

   $ (24,616   $ (33,793
  

 

 

 

Net loss per share, basic and diluted

   $ (37.17   $ (49.89
  

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used in computing net loss per share, basic and diluted

     662,246       677,333  

 

 

 

(1)   See Notes 2 and 11 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the calculations of our basic and diluted net loss per share, basic and diluted pro forma net loss per share and the weighted-average number of shares used in the computation of the per share amounts.

 

72


Table of Contents
   
     As of December 31,  
(in thousands)    2017     2018  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 9,019     $ 51,051  

Working capital(1)

     3,359       43,029  

Total assets

     11,954       59,042  

Term loans, current and noncurrent

     7,031       6,990  

Convertible preferred stock warrant liability

     14       81  

Convertible preferred stock

     79,129       152,015  

Accumulated deficit

     (80,924     (114,717

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

     (79,665     (112,999

 

 

 

(1)   We define working capital as current assets less current liabilities. See our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus for further details regarding our current assets and current liabilities.

 

73


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with the section of this prospectus titled “Selected consolidated financial data” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Some of the information contained in this discussion and analysis or set forth elsewhere in this prospectus, including information with respect to our plans and strategy for our business, includes forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. As a result of many factors, including those factors set forth in the “Risk factors” section of this prospectus, our actual results could differ materially from the results described in or implied by these forward-looking statements. You should carefully read the “Risk factors” to gain an understanding of the important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from our forward-looking statements. Please also see the section of this prospectus titled “Special note regarding forward-looking statements.”

Overview

We are a medical device company dedicated to improving the quality of life of people with hearing loss. We developed the Eargo solution to create a hearing aid that consumers actually want to use. Our innovative product and go-to-market approach address the major challenges of traditional hearing aid adoption, including social stigma, accessibility and cost.

Our Eargo hearing aids are the first and only virtually invisible, rechargeable, completely-in-canal, FDA regulated, exempt Class I device for the treatment of hearing loss. Our rapid pace of innovation is enabled by our deep industry and technical expertise across mechanical engineering, product design, audio processing, clinical and hearing science, consumer electronics and embedded software design, and is supported by our strategic intellectual property portfolio.

We market and sell our hearing aids direct to consumers with a personalized, consumer-centric approach. Our commercial organization consists of a talented marketing team with deep experience in consumer-focused brand and performance marketing, a team of inside sales consultants, and a dedicated customer support team of licensed hearing professionals. We generate revenue from orders processed through our website and over the phone by our sales consultants.

We believe that our differentiated hearing aids, consumer-oriented approach and strong brand have fueled the rapid adoption of our hearing aids and high customer satisfaction, as evidenced by over 25,000 Eargo hearing aid systems sold as of September 30, 2019.

Our hearing aids are exclusively assembled by Hana, a contract manufacturer which is based in Thailand. We have no internal manufacturing or assembly capabilities. We have a manufacturing services agreement with Hana, which can be terminated by us with 120 days’ notice or by Hana with 12 months’ notice, for the assembly and supply of our hearing aids, pursuant to which we make purchases on a purchase order basis. We rely on several third-party suppliers for the components used in our hearing aids, including the batteries, integrated circuits, microphones and receivers.

In 2018, we generated revenue of $23.2 million, an increase of $16.5 million from 2017. In 2018, all of our revenue was generated from customers in the United States. In 2018, we incurred a net loss of $33.8 million, and as of December 31, 2018, we had an accumulated deficit of $114.7 million. We expect to continue to incur losses for the foreseeable future. Our primary sources of capital to date have been from private placements of our convertible preferred securities, indebtedness, and to a lesser extent, revenue from the sale of our products. As of December 31, 2018, we had cash and cash equivalents of $51.1 million.

 

74


Table of Contents

We expect to continue to make substantial investments in sales and marketing, and product development. Moreover, we expect to incur additional expenses as a result of operating as a public company, including expenses related to compliance with the rules and regulations of the SEC and those of any stock exchange on which our securities are traded, additional insurance expenses, investor relations activities and other administrative and professional services. As a result of these and other factors, we expect we will require additional financing to fund our operations and planned growth. We may seek to raise any necessary additional capital by entering into partnerships or through public or private equity offerings or debt financings, credit or loan facilities or a combination of one or more of these funding sources.

Factors affecting our business

We believe that our future performance will depend on many factors, including those described below and in the section titled “Risk factors” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Efficient acquisition of new customers

We have spent and expect to continue to spend significant amounts on sales and marketing designed to build a strong brand, achieve broad awareness of our Eargo solution, acquire new customers and convert sales leads. We have also invested and expect to continue to invest in growing our teams of sales consultants and licensed hearing professionals to keep pace with increased demand, convert leads into satisfied customers and potentially grow our revenue.

Return rate

Our return policy allows our customers to return hearing aids for any reason within the first 45 days of delivery for a full refund, subject to a handling fee in certain states. Because of our direct-to-consumer model and online distribution, nearly all of our customers order our product without trying it first. Customer return rates were approximately 44% in 2018 and have decreased to approximately 36% for the nine months ended September 30, 2019. We report revenue net of expected returns, which is an estimate informed in part by historical return rates. As such, our return rate impacts our reported net revenue and profitability. If actual sales returns differ significantly from our estimates, an adjustment to revenue in the current or subsequent period is recorded. Our development priorities are focused, in part, on adding a refurbishment capability for returned hearing aids, which would allow us to refurbish and re-sell returned devices, which we anticipate would benefit our gross margin, although there is no guarantee that these efforts will succeed.

New product introductions

Our technical capabilities and commitment to innovation have allowed us to deliver product enhancements on a rapid development timeline and support a compelling new product roadmap that we believe will continue to differentiate our competitive position over the next several years. Since 2017, we have launched three generations of our hearing aids, with each iteration having improved audio performance, physical fit and/or comfort. We are focused on continuing to launch new versions of the Eargo hearing solution that further improve audio quality, fit, comfort and/or ease-of-use. We believe that the continued introduction of new products is critical to maintaining existing customers and increasing adoption of our solution, and as such, we expect to continue to invest in research and development to support new product introductions. In connection with our product innovation and iteration, we also need to successfully manage our product transitions to avoid delays in customer purchases, excess or obsolete inventory and increased returns as customers wait for our new products to become available.

 

75


Table of Contents

Seasonality

We have experienced and expect to continue to experience seasonality in our business, with higher sales volumes in the first and fourth calendar quarters, and lower sales volumes in the second calendar quarter. Our sales volumes in the first calendar quarter tend to be higher as a result of the timing of product launches. Our sales volumes in the fourth calendar quarter tend to be higher as a result of holiday promotional activity. As a consequence of seasonality, our revenue for the second calendar quarter is generally the lowest of the year, with our revenue for the first and fourth calendar quarters generally being the highest.

Components of our results of operations

Revenue, net

We generate revenue from the sale of Eargo hearing aid systems, accessories and extended warranties, with the majority of our revenue coming from sales of our Eargo hearing aid systems. We currently offer three versions of our hearing aids, the Eargo Plus, the Eargo Max and the Eargo Neo, at three different price points, and we periodically offer discounts and promotions. We recognize revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, the price to the customer is fixed or determinable, and collectability is reasonably assured. Product revenue and accessories are recognized on shipment. We recognize revenue net of expected returns, which is informed in part by historical return rates.

Cost of revenue and gross margin

Cost of revenue consists of expenses associated with the cost of finished goods, freight, personnel costs, consumables, product warranty costs, transaction fees, reserves for excess and obsolete inventory, depreciation and amortization, and related overhead. We expect cost of revenue to increase in absolute terms as our revenue grows.

Our gross margin has been and will continue to be affected by a variety of factors, including sales volumes, product mix, pricing strategies, costs of finished goods and refurbishment strategies. We expect our gross margin percentage to increase over the long term to the extent we are successful in decreasing our rate of returns. Any increase in gross margin will likely fluctuate from quarter to quarter as we continue to introduce new products and adopt new technologies.

Research and development expenses

Research and development, or R&D, expenses, consist primarily of engineering and product development costs to develop and support our products, regulatory expenses, non-recurring engineering and other costs associated with products and technologies that are in development, as well as related overhead costs. These expenses include personnel-related costs including salaries and stock-based compensation, supplies, consulting, prototyping, testing, materials, travel expenses, depreciation and an allocation of facility overhead expenses. Additionally, R&D expenses include internal and external costs associated with our regulatory compliance and quality assurance functions, and related overhead costs. We expect R&D to increase in absolute dollars as we continue to develop new products and enhance existing products and technologies.

Sales and marketing expense

Our sales and marketing expenses are the largest component of our operating expenses and consist primarily of personnel-related costs including salaries and stock-based compensation, direct marketing, advertising and promotional expenses, consulting, public relations costs and allocated facility overhead costs. Sales and

 

76


Table of Contents

marketing personnel include our inside sales consultants, licensed hearing professionals, marketing professionals and related support personnel. We expect our sales and marketing expenses to increase in absolute dollars as we hire additional sales and marketing personnel, increase our sales support infrastructure and invest in our brand and product awareness to further penetrate the U.S. market and potentially expand into international markets.

General and administrative expenses

Our general and administrative expenses consist primarily of compensation for executive, finance, legal, information technology and administrative personnel, including stock-based compensation. Other significant expenses include professional fees for legal and accounting services, consulting fees, recruiting fees, information technology costs, general corporate expenses and allocated facility overhead costs.

We expect to incur additional general and administrative expenses as a result of operating as a public company, including expenses related to compliance with the rules and regulations of the SEC, and those of any stock exchange on which our securities are traded, additional insurance expenses, investor relations activities and other administrative and professional services. As a result, we expect general and administrative expenses to increase in absolute dollars in future periods.

Interest income

Interest income consists of interest earned on cash and cash equivalents.

Interest expense

Interest expense consists of interest related to borrowings under our debt obligations and interest expense related to convertible promissory notes.

Other income (expense), net

Other income (expense) consists primarily of adjustments to the fair value of embedded derivatives associated with certain redemption features of the convertible promissory notes until the convertible promissory notes were extinguished in October 2017, changes to the fair value of a convertible preferred stock tranche liability until the closing of the second tranche in March 2018 and adjustments to the fair value of our convertible preferred stock warrant liabilities.

Loss on extinguishment of debt

The loss on extinguishment of debt arose on the redemption of our convertible promissory notes into shares of our Series C-1 convertible preferred stock in October 2017 and on the early repayment of an outstanding loan in June 2018.

Income tax provision

We use the asset and liability method to account for income taxes. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates applied to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. A valuation allowance is established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized. Due to our historical operating performance and our recorded cumulative net losses in prior fiscal periods, our net deferred tax assets have been fully offset by a valuation allowance.

 

77


Table of Contents

Financial statement effects of uncertain tax positions are recognized when it is more-likely-than-not, based on the technical merits of the position, that it will be sustained upon examination. Interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits are included within the provision for income tax.

Results of operations

The following table summarizes our results of operations for the periods presented and as a percentage of total revenue:

 

     
     Year ended
December 31,
    Change  
(dollars in thousands)    2017     2018     Amount     %  

Revenue, net

   $ 6,620     $ 23,163     $ 16,543       249.9%  

Cost of revenue

     4,467       11,423       6,956       155.7  
  

 

 

 

Gross profit

     2,153       11,740       9,587       445.3  

Operating expenses:

        

Research and development

     5,449       9,520       4,071       74.7  

Sales and marketing

     9,269       25,540       16,271       175.5  

General and administrative

     5,774       8,251       2,477       42.9  
  

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     20,492       43,311       22,819       111.4  
  

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (18,339     (31,571     (13,232     72.2  

Other income (expense), net:

        

Interest income

     35       164       129       368.6  

Interest expense

     (1,783     (424     1,359       (76.2

Other income (expense)

     (1,181     (1,403     (222     18.8  

Loss on extinguishment of debt

     (3,348     (559     2,789       (83.3
  

 

 

 

Total other income (expense), net

     (6,277     (2,222     4,055       (64.6
  

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (24,616     (33,793     (9,177     37.3  

Income tax provision

                        
  

 

 

 

Net loss and comprehensive loss

   $ (24,616   $ (33,793   $ (9,177     37.3%  

 

 

Revenue, net

 

     
     Year ended
December 31,
     Change  
(dollars in thousands)    2017      2018      Amount      %  

Revenue, net

   $ 6,620      $ 23,163      $ 16,543        249.9%  

 

 

Revenue increased by $16.5 million, or 249.9%, from $6.6 million in 2017 to $23.2 million in 2018. The increase was primarily due to growth in Eargo hearing aid systems shipped as we increased our lead conversion and expanded our product offering by beginning to sell our Eargo Max hearing aids in January 2018.

 

78


Table of Contents

Cost of revenue, gross profit, and gross margin

 

     
     Year ended
December 31,
     Change  
(dollars in thousands)    2017      2018      Amount      %

Cost of revenue

   $ 4,467      $ 11,423      $ 6,956        155.7

Gross profit

     2,153        11,740        9,587        445.3  

Gross margin

     32.5%        50.7%        

 

 

Cost of revenue increased by $7.0 million, or 155.7%, from $4.5 million in 2017 to $11.4 million in 2018. The increase was primarily due to growth in Eargo hearing aid systems shipped. Gross margin increased to 50.7% in 2018, compared to 32.5% in 2017. The change in gross margin percentage was primarily due to decreased costs per unit compared to higher costs per unit associated with initial manufacturing.

Research and development (R&D)

 

     
     Year ended
December 31,
     Change  
(dollars in thousands)    2017      2018      Amount      %  

Research and development

   $ 5,449      $ 9,520      $ 4,071        74.7%  

 

 

R&D expenses increased by $4.1 million, or 74.7%, from $5.4 million in 2017 to $9.5 million in 2018. The increase was primarily due to greater investments in new product development of $2.1 million and increases in personnel and related costs of $1.8 million due to increased headcount.

Sales and marketing

 

     
     Year ended
December 31,
     Change  
(dollars in thousands)    2017      2018      Amount      %  

Sales and marketing

   $ 9,269      $ 25,540      $ 16,271        175.5%  

 

 

Sales and marketing expenses increased by $16.3 million, or 175.5%, from $9.3 million in 2017 to $25.5 million in 2018. The increase was primarily due to increases in direct marketing, advertising and promotional expenses of $10.1 million, as well as increases in personnel and personnel-related costs of $6.0 million due to increased head count.

General and administrative

 

     
     Year ended
December 31,
     Change  
(dollars in thousands)    2017      2018      Amount      %  

General and administrative

   $ 5,774      $ 8,251      $ 2,477        42.9%  

 

 

General and administrative expenses increased by $2.5 million, or 42.9%, from $5.8 million in 2017 to $8.3 million in 2018. The increase was primarily due to increases in personnel and personnel-related costs of $1.8 million due to increased headcount and increased general corporate costs of $0.7 million.

 

79


Table of Contents

Interest expense

 

     
     Year ended
December 31,
    Change  
(dollars in thousands)    2017     2018     Amount      %  

Interest expense

   $ (1,783   $ (424   $ 1,359        (76.2 )% 

 

 

Interest expense decreased by $1.4 million, or 76.2%, from $1.8 million in 2017 to $0.4 million in 2018. The decrease in interest expense was attributable to repayment of a prior higher interest loan in June 2018. Subsequently, we entered into a loan and security agreement with Silicon Valley Bank, or SVB, which was amended in January 2019, and which we refer to as the 2018 Loan. The 2018 Loan has a lower interest rate than the prior loan that was outstanding during 2017. In addition, the principal balance outstanding of the 2018 Loan with an aggregate amount of $7.0 million was only drawn in the fourth quarter of 2018.

Other income (expense), net

 

     
     Year ended
December 31,
    Change  
(dollars in thousands)    2017     2018     Amount     %  

Other income (expense), net

   $ (1,181   $ (1,403   $ (222     18.8%  

 

 

Other expense increased by $0.2 million, or 18.8%, from $1.2 million in 2017 to $1.4 million in 2018. The expense recorded in 2017 related to the change in fair value of our derivative liability, which was recorded through October 2017 when the convertible promissory notes were redeemed. The expense in 2018 related to the change in the fair value of our convertible preferred stock tranche liability, which was recognized until the second tranche closing of the Series C convertible preferred stock financings in March 2018, and an accrued amount for sales tax audit liability.

Loss on extinguishment of debt

 

     
     Year ended
December 31,
    Change  
(dollars in thousands)    2017     2018     Amount      %  

Loss on extinguishment of debt

   $ (3,348   $ (559   $ 2,789        (83.3 )% 

 

 

The loss on extinguishment of debt in 2017 was comprised of $3.3 million related to the redemption of our convertible promissory notes in October 2017 in exchange for shares of Series C-1 convertible preferred stock, which was accounted for as extinguishment of debt. In 2018, the loss on extinguishment of debt of $0.6 million related to an early repayment of an outstanding loan in June 2018.

Liquidity and capital resources

Sources of liquidity

Since our inception, we have funded our operations primarily from the net proceeds received from the sale of our convertible preferred securities, indebtedness and to a lesser extent revenue from the sale of our products. In 2017 and 2018, we raised an aggregate of $84.0 million from the sale of our convertible preferred securities. As of December 31, 2018, we had cash and cash equivalents of $51.1 million, our outstanding debt principal was $7.0 million and we had an accumulated deficit of $114.7 million.

 

80


Table of Contents

Debt obligations

2018 Loan

In June 2018, we entered into the 2018 Loan with SVB. Under the 2018 Loan, SVB agreed to provide us access to term loans in an aggregate principal amount of up to $12.5 million. In connection with the 2018 Loan, we issued SVB a warrant to purchase 90,518 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $3.0067 per share, with a term of ten years. The first term loan of $5.0 million was funded in October 2018. The second term loan of $2.0 million was funded in November and December 2018. As of December 31, 2018, total outstanding borrowings, including principal and accrued interest, were $7.0 million and remaining available principal borrowings under the 2018 Loan were $5.5 million.

In January 2019, we amended the 2018 Loan to increase the aggregate principal available to us to $15.0 million. In connection with this amendment, we granted SVB a warrant to purchase 26,931 shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $3.0067 per share, with a term of ten years. In June 2019, we borrowed an additional $5.0 million to increase the total outstanding principal balance to $12.0 million.

The term loans under the 2018 Loan mature in June 2022, with interest-only monthly payments until January 2020 or, if we achieve certain milestones, July 2020. Interest on the term loans accrues at a per annum rate equal to the Wall Street Journal prime rate minus 1.0%, which was 4.50% as of December 31, 2018, with a floor of 0.0%. We are permitted to prepay the outstanding principal balance advanced under the 2018 Loan in whole but not in part, subject to a prepayment fee of 2.0% of the amount prepaid if the prepayment occurs before June 7, 2020, and 1.0% of the amount prepaid if the prepayment occurs on or after June 7, 2020. We are also required to pay a final payment fee equal to 6.0% of the total term loans advanced, which was $0.4 million as of December 31, 2018, due upon the earliest of maturity, acceleration, prepayment or termination of the 2018 Loan.

Under the terms of the 2018 Loan, we granted SVB first priority liens and security interests in substantially all of our assets (excluding our intellectual property but including any proceeds and rights to payments associated with our intellectual property) as collateral. The 2018 Loan also contains certain representations and warranties, indemnification provisions in favor of SVB, affirmative and negative covenants (including, among other things, limitations on other indebtedness, liens, encumbrances on our intellectual property, acquisitions, investments and dividends and requirements relating to financial reporting, inventory management, returns, insurance and protection of our intellectual property rights) and events of default (including payment defaults, breaches of covenants following any applicable cure period, investor abandonment, a material impairment in the perfection or priority of the lender’s security interest or in the collateral, and events relating to bankruptcy or insolvency).

Funding requirements

Based on our planned operations, we expect our cash and cash equivalents, together with available borrowings under our revolving line of credit and the net proceeds from this offering, will be sufficient to fund our operating expenses for at least the 12 months following the date of this offering. To the extent that we need additional capital to continue to fund our operations, we intend to obtain such capital by entering into partnerships or through public or private equity offerings or debt financings, credit or loan facilities or a combination of one or more of these funding sources. We may be unable to raise additional funds on favorable terms, or at all. Our failure to raise additional capital if needed would have a negative impact on our financial condition and our ability to execute our business plan.

Our expected future capital requirements depend on many factors including expansion of our product portfolio and the timing and extent of spending on sales and marketing and the development of our technology. We may

 

81


Table of Contents

need additional funding to fund our operations, but additional funds may not be available to us on acceptable terms on a timely basis, if at all. We may seek funds through borrowings or financings, including private or public equity or debt offerings. If we raise additional funds by issuing equity securities, our stockholders will experience dilution. Any future debt financing into which we enter may impose upon us additional covenants that restrict our operations, including limitations on our ability to incur liens or additional debt, pay dividends, repurchase our common stock, make certain investments and engage in certain merger, consolidation or asset sale transactions. Any debt financing or additional equity that we raise may contain terms that are not favorable to us or our stockholders. If we are unable to raise additional capital or generate sufficient cash from operations to adequately fund our operations, we will need to curtail planned activities to reduce costs, which will likely harm our ability to execute on our business plan.

Cash flows

The following table summarizes our cash flows for the periods indicated:

 

   
     Year ended
December 31,
 
(in thousands)    2017     2018  

Net cash used in operating activities

   $ (14,292   $ (27,149

Net cash used in investing

     (369     (2,547

Net cash provided by financing

     13,531       71,728  
  

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash

   $ (1,130   $ 42,032  

 

 

Operating activities

In 2018, cash used in operating activities was $27.1 million, attributable to a net loss of $33.8 million, partially offset by a net change in our net operating assets and liabilities of $4.3 million, and by non-cash charges of $2.3 million. Non-cash charges primarily consisted of $0.7 million in depreciation and amortization, $0.6 million due to the loss on extinguishment of debt, $0.5 million in the change in the fair value of our convertible preferred stock tranche liability, $0.4 million in stock-based compensation, and $0.1 million in non-cash interest expense and debt discount. The change in our net operating assets and liabilities was primarily due to a $2.8 million increase in accrued expense related to allowance for sales returns due to increased sales, accrued payroll and benefits as a result of increased headcount and amounts due to customers for returned products, $2.5 million increase in accounts payable due to timing of vendor payments, $1.5 million increase in other current liabilities, $0.2 million increase in other long-term liabilities and $0.2 million increase in deferred revenue balance. These changes were partially offset by a $1.8 million increase in inventories to support the growth in our business operations, $0.5 million increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets, $0.3 million increase in accounts receivable due to increased sales at year end and $0.3 million increase in other assets primarily related to security deposit for the new office in 2018.

In 2017, cash used in operating activities was $14.3 million, attributable to a net loss of $24.6 million, partially offset by a net change in our net operating assets and liabilities of $3.6 million, and by non-cash charges of $6.7 million. Non-cash charges primarily consisted of $3.3 million in loss on extinguishment of debt, $1.3 million in non-cash interest expense and debt discount, $1.3 million in the change in fair value of our derivative liability, $0.5 million in stock-based compensation and $0.4 million in depreciation and amortization. The change in our net operating assets and liabilities was primarily due to a $2.2 million increase in accrued expense related to allowance for sales returns and accrued payroll and benefits as a result of increased headcount, $1.6 million increase in accounts payable due to timing of vendor payments, and $0.9 million decrease in inventories. These

 

82


Table of Contents

changes were partially offset by a $0.6 million increase in accounts receivable due to increased sales in 2017 and $0.4 million increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets.

Investing activities

In 2018, cash used in investing activities was $2.5 million, which consisted of $1.7 million related to the purchase of property and equipment and $0.8 million in capitalized costs related to the development of internal use software.

In 2017, cash used in investing activities was $0.4 million related to the purchase of property and equipment.

Financing activities

In 2018, cash provided by financing activities was $71.7 million. This was attributable to the net proceeds of $72.4 million from the issuance of our Series C and Series D convertible preferred stock and gross proceeds of $7.0 million from borrowings on our 2018 Loan, partially offset by $7.7 million in repayment of principal and related fees on a prior loan entered into in 2014.    

In 2017, cash provided by financing activities was $13.5 million, attributable to net proceeds of $11.5 million from the issuance of our Series C convertible preferred stock and gross proceeds of $2.0 million from borrowings related to our prior loan entered into in 2014.

Contractual obligations and commitments

The following table summarizes our contractual obligations and commitments as of December 31, 2018:

 

   
     Payments due by period  
(in thousands)    Total      Less than
1 year
     1-3 Years      3-5 Years      More than
5 years
 

Operating lease obligations

   $ 3,823      $ 1,214      $ 2,442      $ 167      $  

Debt, principal and interest(1)

   $ 8,089      $ 305      $ 5,947      $ 1,837      $  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 11,912      $ 1,519      $ 8,389      $ 2,004      $  

 

 

 

(1)   In 2018, we borrowed an aggregate of $7.0 million pursuant to a term loan under the 2018 Loan. The term loan matures in June 2022. Principal payments associated with the term loan are included in the above table. Interest expense incurred on the term loan is included in the above table based on obligations outstanding as of December 31, 2018, including a final one-time payment of $0.4 million in June 2022.

In addition, pursuant to a supply agreement with one of our suppliers, we have agreed to a minimum purchase commitment of $2.8 million through March 2020 for the purchase of amplifier assemblies. We intend to revisit the minimum purchase commitments with our supplier for the remainder of 2020 prior to March 31, 2020. These payments are not included in this table of contractual obligations.

Off-balance sheet arrangements

During the period presented, we did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements as defined in the rules and regulations of the SEC.

Critical accounting policies and estimates

Management’s discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based on our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted

 

83


Table of Contents

accounting principles, or GAAP. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions regarding the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, expenses and related disclosures. Our estimates are based on our historical experience and on various other factors that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions and any such differences may be material.

While our significant accounting policies are more fully described in Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, we believe the following discussion addresses our most critical accounting policies, which are those that are most important to our financial condition and results of operations and require our most difficult, subjective and complex judgments.

Revenue recognition

We generate revenue from sale of hearing aids, related accessories and extended warranty directly to consumers. Revenue is recognized when all four of the following criteria are met:

 

 

Persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists:    Evidence of an agreement with the customer that reflects the terms and conditions to deliver services must exist in order to recognize revenue.

 

 

Delivery has occurred:    Provided that all other revenue recognition criteria have been met, we typically recognize hearing aid and accessories revenue upon shipment, as title and risk of loss are transferred at that time, and there are no further obligations. Extended warranty revenue is recognized over time as the services are delivered.

 

 

The sales price is fixed or determinable:    We assess whether the price is fixed or determinable based on the payment terms associated with the transaction. If the terms are extended beyond our normal payment terms, we will recognize revenue as the payments become due.

 

 

Collection is reasonably assured:    We assess probability of collection on an individual basis based on a number of factors, including the credit-worthiness of the customer. Payment for most of our sales transactions is made by the customer prior to the product shipment.

Shipping and handling fees billed to customers are included in net sales and the related costs are included in cost of sales.

Appropriate reserves are established for anticipated sales returns informed by historical experience, recent sales and any notification of pending returns. We allow for the return of product from customers within 45 days after the original sale and record estimated sales returns as a reduction of sales in the same period revenue is recognized. Sales return provisions are calculated based upon historical experience with actual returns. Actual sales returns in any future period are inherently uncertain and thus may differ from the estimates. If actual sales returns differ significantly from our estimates, an adjustment to revenue in the current or subsequent period is recorded.

Deferred revenue pertains to billings or payments received in advance of revenue recognition and relates to sales of extended warranties. The current portion of deferred revenue represents the amounts that are expected to be recognized as revenue within one year of the consolidated balance sheet date.

 

84


Table of Contents

Stock-based compensation

We maintain a stock-based compensation plan as a long-term incentive for employees, consultants and members of our board of directors. The plan allows for the issuance of incentive stock options to employees and non-statutory options, or NSOs, to both employees and nonemployees.

Share-based awards are measured using fair-value-based measurements and recognized as compensation expense over the service period in which the awards are expected to vest. Our fair-value-based measurements of awards to employees and directors as of the grant date utilize the single-option award-valuation approach, and we use the straight-line method for expense attribution. The fair-value-based measurements of options granted to nonemployees are remeasured at each period end until the options vest and are amortized to expense as earned. The valuation model used for calculating the estimated fair value of stock awards is the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The Black-Scholes model requires us to make assumptions and judgments about the variables used in the calculations, including the expected term (weighted-average period of time that the options granted are expected to be outstanding), the expected volatility of our common stock, the related risk-free interest rate and the expected dividend. We have elected to recognize forfeitures of share-based payment awards as they occur.

For share-based awards issued to non-employees, we record expense related to stock options based on the fair value of the options calculated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model over the service performance period.

The Black-Scholes option-pricing model requires the use of highly subjective assumptions which determine the fair value of stock-based awards. These assumptions include:

 

 

Expected Term.    The expected term represents the period that share-based awards are expected to be outstanding. The expected term for option grants is determined using the simplified method. The simplified method deems the term to be the average of the time-to-vesting and the contractual life of the share-based awards.

 

 

Expected Volatility.    Since we have been privately held and do not have any trading history for our common stock, the expected volatility was estimated based on the average volatility for comparable publicly traded companies over a period equal to the expected term of the stock option grants. The comparable companies were chosen based on their similar size, stage in the life cycle or area of specialty.

 

 

Risk-Free Interest Rate.    The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury zero coupon issues in effect at the time of grant for periods corresponding with the expected term of option.

 

 

Expected Dividend.    We have never paid dividends on our common stock and have no plans to pay dividends on our common stock. Therefore, we used an expected dividend yield of zero.

Fair value of common stock

Historically, for all periods prior to this initial public offering, the fair values of the shares of common stock underlying our share-based awards were determined on each grant date by our board of directors. Given the absence of a public trading market for our common stock, our board of directors exercised reasonable judgment and considered a number of objective and subjective factors to determine the best estimate of the fair value of our common stock, including our stage of development; the rights, preferences and privileges of our convertible preferred stock relative to those of our common stock; our financial condition and operating results, including our levels of available capital resources; equity market conditions affecting comparable public companies; general U.S. market conditions; and the lack of marketability of our common stock. Valuations of

 

85


Table of Contents

our common stock were prepared by an unrelated third-party valuation firm in accordance with the guidance provided by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Guide, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation.

For our valuation performed on April 30, 2017, we used the option pricing method framework, or OPM, specifically the backsolve method, to estimate the fair value of our common stock based on our Series B-1 preferred stock financing. The backsolve method is used for inferring the equity value implied by a recent financing transaction and involves making assumptions for the expected time to liquidity, volatility and risk-free rate and then solving for the value of equity such that value for the most recent financing equals the amount paid. We applied a discount for lack of marketability to account for a lack of access to an active public market.

For our valuation performed on September 30, 2017, we used a hybrid method between the probability-weighted expected return method, or PWERM, and the backsolve method based on our Series C preferred stock financing to determine our estimated enterprise value. Under the hybrid method, we estimated the probability-weighted enterprise value across multiple scenarios, but used the OPM to estimate the allocation of value within those scenarios. Our approach included estimating the probability that our future financings would meet certain criteria.

For our valuation performed on September 30, 2018, we used the income and market methods to estimate our enterprise value under various financing scenarios based on the discounted cash flow approach and a market approach of comparable peer public companies. The estimated enterprise value under each method was then allocated to the common stock, discount for lack of marketability was applied, and the resulting value of common stock was probability-weighted across the various financing scenarios to determine the fair value of common stock.

For our valuation performed on January 31, 2019, we used a hybrid method between the PWERM and the backsolve method based on our recent Series D preferred stock financing to determine our estimated enterprise value. Under the hybrid method, we estimated the probability-weighted enterprise value across multiple scenarios, but used the OPM to estimate the allocation of value within those scenarios. Our approach included estimating the probability that our future financings would meet certain criteria.

After the completion of this offering, the fair value of each share of underlying common stock will be determined based on the closing price as reported on the date of grant on the primary stock exchange on which our common stock is traded.

The intrinsic value of all outstanding options as of December 31, 2018 was $         million based on the estimated fair value of our common stock of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

Convertible preferred stock warrant liability

We have accounted for our freestanding warrants to purchase shares of our convertible preferred stock as liabilities at fair value upon issuance primarily because the shares underlying the warrants contain contingent redemption features outside our control. The warrants are subject to re-measurement at each balance sheet date and any change in fair value is recognized as the change in fair value of warrant liability. We will continue to adjust the carrying value of the warrants until such time as these instruments are exercised, expire or convert into warrants to purchase shares of our common stock. At that time, the liabilities will be reclassified to additional paid-in capital, a component of stockholders’ equity (deficit). The consummation of this offering will result in this reclassification.

 

86


Table of Contents

Emerging growth company status

We are an emerging growth company, as defined in the JOBS Act. Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards issued subsequent to the enactment of the JOBS Act until such time as those standards apply to private companies. Other exemptions and reduced reporting requirements under the JOBS Act for emerging growth companies include presentation of only two years audited financial statements in a registration statement for an initial public offering, an exemption from the requirement to provide an auditor’s report on internal controls over financial reporting pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2012, an exemption from any requirement that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding mandatory audit firm rotation, and less extensive disclosure about our executive compensation arrangements. We have elected to use the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards that have different effective dates for public and private companies until the earlier of the date that (i) we are no longer an emerging growth company or (ii) we affirmatively and irrevocably opt out of the extended transition period provided in the JOBS Act. As a result, our consolidated financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with the new or revised accounting pronouncements as of public company effective dates.

As described in Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements, we early adopted certain accounting standards, as the JOBS Act does not preclude an emerging growth company from adopting a new or revised accounting standard earlier than the time that such standard applies to private companies. We expect to use the extended transition period for any other new or revised accounting standards during the period in which we remain an emerging growth company.

We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of (i) the last day of our first fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenue of $1.07 billion or more, (ii) the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of completion of this offering, (iii) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt instruments during the previous three fiscal years or (iv) the date on which we are deemed a “large accelerated filer” under the rules of the SEC with at least $700.0 million of outstanding equity securities held by non-affiliates.

Recent accounting pronouncements

See Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for more information.

Quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk

Interest rate risk

Our cash and cash equivalents as of December 31, 2018 consists of $51.1 million in bank deposits and money market funds. Such interest-earning instruments carry a degree of interest rate risk. The goals of our investment policy are liquidity and capital preservation; we do not enter into investments for trading or speculative purposes and have not used any derivative financial instruments to manage our interest rate exposure. We believe that we do not have any material exposure to changes in the fair value of these assets as a result of changes in interest rates due to the short-term nature of our cash and cash equivalents.

As of December 31, 2018, we had $7.0 million in variable rate debt outstanding. The 2018 Loan matures in June 2022, with interest-only payments through July 2019. The 2018 Loan accrues interest at a floating per annum rate equal to the Wall Street Journal prime rate minus 1.0% with a floor of 0.0% (4.5% as of December 31, 2018).

 

87


Table of Contents

Business

Overview

We are a medical device company dedicated to improving the quality of life of people with hearing loss. We developed the Eargo solution to create a hearing aid that consumers actually want to use. Our innovative product and go-to-market approach address the major challenges of traditional hearing aid adoption, including social stigma, accessibility and cost. Our Eargo hearing aids are the first and only virtually invisible, rechargeable, completely-in-canal, FDA regulated, exempt Class I device for the treatment of hearing loss. Our rapid pace of innovation is enabled by our deep industry and technical expertise across mechanical engineering, product design, audio processing, clinical and hearing science, consumer electronics and embedded software design, and is supported by our strategic intellectual property portfolio. Our differentiated, consumer-first approach empowers consumers to take control of their hearing by improving accessibility, with personalized, high-quality hearing support from licensed hearing professionals. We believe that our differentiated hearing aids, consumer-oriented approach and strong brand have fueled the rapid adoption of our products and high customer satisfaction, as evidenced by over 25,000 Eargo hearing aid systems sold as of September 30, 2019. We believe this represents the beginning of our penetration into a large, growing and underserved market of people with hearing loss, which we estimate included over 42 million adults in the United States and more than 460 million adults globally in 2018.

Hearing loss is a natural consequence of aging and has a significant impact on quality of life. Globally, hearing loss is one of the most prevalent health conditions, and it is the third most common medical condition in the United States—more prevalent than both diabetes and cancer. As demographic trends shift and people continue to live longer, we expect that the proportion of the population with hearing loss will continue to rise, further expanding this already large market.

We estimate that in 2018, 36 million individuals over the age of 50 in the United States had mild to moderate hearing loss. Of these 36 million, our initial marketing efforts are focused on individuals with annual incomes above the median household national average. We estimate that this group consisted of approximately 14 million people and represented an initial target market of approximately $30 billion in 2018. In addition, we believe our solution is also effective for individuals with severe high frequency hearing loss, which we believe represents an incremental opportunity in the United States.

Age-related hearing loss in the United States is predominantly addressed by the use of FDA-regulated hearing aids. Despite the significant individual and societal impact of hearing loss, we estimate only approximately 26% of the estimated 42 million individuals with hearing loss in the United States in 2018 owned a hearing aid. We believe the low adoption and underserved nature of this market is a direct result of the limitations of and stigma associated with traditional hearing aids and the cumbersome manner in which they are sold.

Hearing aids are traditionally distributed through a business-to-business model in which hearing aid manufacturers rely on a fragmented network of independent hearing clinics to sell their devices to consumers. Purchasing a hearing aid through a clinic can be a lengthy, inconvenient and disempowering process that generally requires a series of in-clinic appointments with a licensed hearing professional for assessment, fitting, programming, ongoing adjustments and maintenance. We believe the separation of the manufacturer from the consumer is not necessary, adds an incremental layer of cost and has contributed to the historical lack of innovation in this market, resulting in products that fail to meet consumer needs.

Designing hearing aids that offer high quality audio performance in a virtually invisible and comfortable form factor that address the needs of consumers presents significant engineering challenges. These challenges have historically been difficult to reconcile in a single device, resulting in the traditional landscape of products that reflect trade-offs between functionality, comfort, visibility and ease of use. Behind-the-ear devices represented

 

88


Table of Contents

approximately 85% of hearing aids dispensed in the United States in 2018 but have a highly visible form factor that contributes to the stigma of hearing loss and limits their adoption. The remaining approximately 15% of hearing aids dispensed in 2018 were in-the-ear devices that are less visible but can occlude or obstruct the ear canal causing discomfort. Additionally, in-the-ear devices require customization and generally require batteries that need to be replaced, making them expensive and cumbersome to use.

We believe our hearing aids and consumer-centric approach, which we refer to collectively as our Eargo solution, address many of the drawbacks of the traditional hearing aid market. The primary benefits of our solution include the following:

 

 

Virtually invisible:    Our hearing aids fit completely in the ear canal and are virtually invisible, allowing our customers to avoid the stigma associated with visible hearing aids.

 

 

Comfort and performance:    Our proprietary and patented technology allows our hearing aids to be suspended in the ear canal, offering a comfortable “open fit” that does not fully block or occlude the ear canal while still providing high quality audio.

 

 

Rechargeable:    Our hearing aids are rechargeable, eliminating the need for battery replacement.

 

 

Ease of use:    Our hearing aids feature an intuitive design that allows for multiple sound profiles, easy “on the go” personalization and convenient storage.

 

 

Empowering consumer-centric experience:    We believe our personalized approach motivates consumers to take action and then guides them along their hearing journey.

 

 

Accessible:    We eliminate the need for cumbersome visits to the clinic by offering an easy-to-use purchasing interface and convenient access to a highly trained clinical support team consisting of licensed hearing professionals.

 

 

Affordable:    Our vertically integrated, consumer-first model allows us to eliminate a layer of cost and offer our high-quality products at prices that are approximately half the average cost of a pair of hearing aids purchased through traditional channels in the United States.

We designed the Eargo solution to provide significant advantages relative to traditional solutions for hearing loss and believe that the high level of consumer satisfaction that we have achieved endorses our strong value proposition.

We believe we are the first and only company to successfully address the technical challenges inherent in designing and commercializing a high quality, comfortable, rechargeable, in-the-canal hearing aid. We have established a highly capable research and development organization with what we believe is a rare combination of expertise in mechanical engineering, product design, audio processing, clinical and hearing science, consumer electronics and embedded software design. In addition, we have strategic intellectual property protection in certain key areas. Our technical capabilities and commitment to innovation have allowed us to deliver significant product enhancements on a rapid development timeline, which in turn drives our compelling new product roadmap.

We market and sell our hearing aids directly to consumers with a personalized, consumer-centric approach. Our commercial organization consists of a talented marketing team with deep experience in consumer-focused brand and performance marketing, a team of inside sales consultants and a dedicated customer support team of licensed hearing professionals. Our commercial organization is focused on accelerating customer adoption, improving sales team productivity and increasing brand awareness. Going forward, we also plan to selectively pursue omni-channel opportunities and international expansion initiatives that are accretive to our customer acquisition strategy and that provide consumers additional means to access our solution.

Our revenue, net was $6.6 million and $23.2 million for 2017 and 2018, respectively, representing an increase of 249.9%. We generated net losses of $24.6 million and $33.8 million for 2017 and 2018, respectively.

 

89


Table of Contents

Our competitive strengths

We believe the following competitive strengths are essential to our mission of empowering consumers to take control of their hearing and will support our goal of penetrating the large population of individuals with untreated hearing loss:

 

 

Highly differentiated, first-of-its-kind product:    We developed the Eargo solution with the goal of creating a hearing aid that consumers want to use. Our hearing aids are the first and only rechargeable, completely-in-canal, FDA regulated, exempt Class I device for the treatment of hearing loss. In an industry that has historically seen minimal user-focused innovation, we put the consumer first and designed a hearing aid that addresses the major drawbacks associated with traditional hearing aids. Our hearing aids are virtually invisible, comfortable, rechargeable and affordable and provide high quality audio. The latest generation of our hearing aids, the Eargo Neo, also offers a companion mobile app which allows for easy customization.

 

 

Transformative consumer-centric business model:    We designed a differentiated, consumer-first business model to empower the consumer and improve the accessibility and affordability of high-quality hearing support. We currently market and sell our hearing aids directly to consumers with a personalized approach that we believe motivates them to take action and then guides them along their hearing journey. By delivering customer care similar to the traditional sales channel but more efficiently, we believe our business model addresses legacy industry challenges surrounding customer experience, convenience and cost. We also believe our consumer-first model enables us to scale our business and efficiently reach the large population of individuals with untreated hearing loss.

 

 

Personalized customer experience and support:    We prioritize the customer experience throughout every stage of the hearing journey. Prior to their purchase, we approach our prospective customers with empowering, supportive messaging and provide them with direct access to our highly trained sales consultants who collaborate with them on how to best to address their hearing challenges. Once a customer purchases our Eargo system, our licensed hearing professionals provide convenient clinical support for as long as they own their device. We believe that this premium support is highly differentiated and contributes to our strong customer ratings, including an average net promoter score, or NPS, over 45 from June 2018 through September 30, 2019, and an average customer rating of 4.5 out of 5 across over 1,800 reviews on our website as of September 30, 2019.

 

 

Multi-faceted marketing expertise:    Our marketing efforts are focused on generating brand awareness and demand for our Eargo solution. In a category that has historically been associated with limited brand awareness, we have developed a sophisticated brand-building strategy focused on consumer empowerment. We have also developed a robust technology and data-driven marketing platform that utilizes business intelligence, key performance metrics, machine learning and other marketing data to reinforce our growing brand recognition and to identify demographics, behaviors and marketing channels most relevant to our target audience. As our user base grows, we expect to further develop the capabilities of our marketing platform and continue to refine our brand building and customer targeting approach.

 

 

Robust technical, engineering and design expertise, supported by our strategic IP portfolio:    We believe we are the first and only company to successfully address the technical challenges inherent in designing and commercializing a high quality, comfortable, rechargeable, in-the-canal hearing aid. Development of our products requires a rare combination of expertise in mechanical engineering, product design, audio processing, clinical and hearing science, consumer electronics and embedded software design. Our technical capabilities and commitment to innovation have allowed us to deliver product enhancements on a rapid development timeline to support a compelling new product roadmap that we believe will continue to differentiate our position over the next several years. Since 2017, we have launched three generations of our hearing aids,

 

90


Table of Contents
 

with each iteration having improved audio performance, physical fit and/or comfort. As of September 30, 2019, we had 17 issued U.S. patents, 18 patents outside the United States, five pending U.S. patent applications and eight pending foreign patent applications that cover key aspects of our Eargo solution and future product concepts.

 

 

Proven management team with deep industry expertise:    Our senior management team consists of public company industry professionals with deep commercial experience and expertise across various disciplines, including audiology, medical technology, business building, consumer marketing, manufacturing, design and engineering. Since our founding, we have built a culture of innovation driven by deep passion for empowering consumers to take control of their hearing.

Overview of hearing loss

Globally, hearing loss impacted more than 460 million people in 2018. In the United States, we estimate there were over 42 million people with hearing loss in 2018, making it the third most common medical condition and more prevalent than both diabetes and cancer.

As demonstrated below, hearing loss increases with age and reflects the natural and gradual progression of hearing deterioration that occurs in most people as they age. In the United States, we estimate approximately 45% of people over the age of 60 and nearly two-thirds of people over the age of 70 experienced difficulty hearing in 2018. As demographic trends shift and people live longer, we expect that the proportion of the population with hearing loss will continue to rise.

42MILLION ADULTS WITH HEARING LOSS IN THE UNITED STATES

 

Hearing Loss Prevalence by Severity    Hearing Loss Prevalence by Severity and Age
LOGO   

LOGO

Hearing loss may be characterized as mild, moderate, severe or profound, depending on how loud sounds need to be for an individual to hear. In the United States, approximately 6% of the hearing impaired population is characterized as having severe or profound hearing loss, while the moderate and mild segments represent approximately 28% and 66% of this population, respectively.

Hearing loss can significantly impact quality of life. Hearing loss can make it more difficult to work or interact with family and friends, leading to feelings of isolation, depression and increased stress. According to a study published in the Journal of the American Medical Association, hearing loss has been linked to accelerated cognitive decline. The World Health Organization estimates that unaddressed hearing loss poses an annual global cost of approximately $750 billion. As global populations become older, we believe the burden of hearing loss will continue to rise.

 

91


Table of Contents

Industry overview

Our market overview

We estimate that annual spend on traditional hearing aids in 2018 in the United States was approximately $8 billion. Further, we estimate that only 26% of the over 42 million adults with hearing loss owned a hearing aid in 2018. We believe these figures result from a market that historically has been constrained by an inefficient distribution channel and lack of innovation.

We estimate that in 2018, 36 million individuals over the age of 50 in the United States had mild to moderate hearing loss. Our marketing efforts are focused on a subset of this group with annual income above the national median household average. As depicted below, we estimate that this group of consumers consisted of approximately 14 million people and represented an initial target market of approximately $30 billion in 2018. In addition, we believe our solution is also effective for individuals with severe high frequency hearing loss, which we believe represents an incremental opportunity in the United States.

 

 

LOGO

1   Includes estimated spend by consumers in private sales (including Costco) and purchases by the U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs, which then distributes devices at no cost to end users

In 2019, we conducted a survey of approximately 2,000 Eargo customers in which we asked if they had previously purchased a hearing aid. Approximately two thirds of respondents indicated that they had never purchased one. We believe the results of the survey suggest that the Eargo solution is attracting hearing impaired consumers who may not have otherwise purchased a hearing aid.

While our initial commercial focus is on targeting individuals in these demographic categories, our marketing efforts are designed to attract a broad spectrum of individuals who may be interested in the Eargo solution, and we remain focused on attracting and potentially converting all consumers who may benefit from our solution. In the future, we anticipate selectively expanding our commercial efforts to the large population of individuals with mild to severe high frequency hearing loss outside of the United States.

 

92


Table of Contents

Traditional alternatives for the treatment of hearing loss

Traditional product landscape

Hearing loss in the United States is typically addressed by the use of FDA-regulated hearing aids. To be functional for daily use, hearing aids must be engineered with a form factor that is portable, long-lasting, comfortable and discreet. These challenges have historically been difficult to reconcile in a single device, resulting in the traditional landscape of products that reflect trade-offs between functionality, comfort, visibility and ease of use. Behind-the-ear devices represent approximately 85% of hearing aids dispensed in the United States in 2018 but have a highly visible form factor that contributes to the stigma of hearing loss and limits their adoption. The remaining approximately 15% of hearing aids dispensed in 2018 are in-the-ear devices that are less visible but can occlude or obstruct the ear canal causing discomfort. Generally, in-the-ear devices are also not rechargeable and require batteries that need to be replaced, making them cumbersome to use. Due in part to these limitations, hearing aids are significantly underutilized in the hearing-impaired population. In 2018, of the estimated over 42 million individuals with hearing loss in the United States, only approximately 26% owned a hearing aid.

The table below illustrates the primary features of traditional hearing aids.

 

Category

   Behind-the-ear hearing aids    In-the-ear hearing aids
       
     BEHIND-THE-EAR    MINI BTE    IN-EAR    IN-CANAL
       
     LOGO    LOGO    LOGO    LOGO
     

Description

  

•  Hook over the top of the outer ear and rest behind the outer ear

 

•  Tubing connects the hearing aid to a custom-fit earpiece that plugs the ear canal and routes sounds into it

 

•  Receiver-in-the-canal version includes a speaker in the canal

  

•  Custom-made with all the electronics sitting in a shell that fits in the ear

 

•  Sit in the outer ear in the opening of the ear canal or fully in the ear canal and can occlude, or block, the ear canal causing discomfort and audio feedback

     

Applicability

  

•  Fit the widest range of hearing loss including severe and profound

  

•  Mild to severe hearing loss

     

Visibility

   Most visible    Less visible
     

Comfort / Occlusion

   Most comfortable / Least occlusive    Very occlusive
       

Rechargeable

   Some    Some   

None

   

Average Cost

   $4,600*

 

 

*   Represents estimated average retail costs per pair of hearing aids sold through traditional channels in the United States. Hearing aids with custom features that reduce device visibility or improve comfort can retail for significantly more than the industry average.

In addition to FDA-regulated hearing aids, consumers can purchase personal sound amplification products, or PSAPs. PSAPs are primarily sound amplification devices that lack the audio quality, noise reduction and feedback cancellation technology of FDA-regulated hearing aids. While PSAPs are broadly available in consumer

 

93


Table of Contents

electronics stores and online at relatively affordable price points, the FDA does not currently recognize them as a treatment for hearing loss, instead describing PSAPs as “devices that increase environmental sounds for non-hearing impaired consumers.” The FDA Reauthorization Act of 2017 created a new category of over-the-counter, or OTC, hearing aids that are intended to be available without the involvement of a licensed practitioner, and it is possible that some PSAPs could become OTC hearing aids under the new framework if they satisfy applicable requirements. The FDA is required to issue regulations to implement the OTC hearing aid pathway by August 2020.

Traditional sales and distribution channel

Hearing aids have traditionally been sold through a business-to-business model in which hearing aid manufacturers rely on a fragmented network of independent hearing clinics to sell their devices to consumers. Purchasing a hearing aid through a clinic generally requires a series of appointments with a licensed hearing professional for assessment, fitting, programming and ongoing adjustments. In 2018, there were approximately 18,800 licensed hearing professionals in the United States. We believe the separation of the manufacturer from the consumer is not necessary, adds an incremental layer of cost and has contributed to the historical lack of innovation in this market, resulting in products that fail to meet consumer needs.

Traditional consumer journey

Market research indicates that approximately six to seven years pass between the time that the average hearing aid user in the United States first acknowledges their hearing loss and when they first purchase a hearing aid. Once consumers decide to seek help, they are often referred by an ear-nose-throat physician or general practitioner to a licensed hearing care professional. The licensed hearing care professional performs a hearing test, recommends a hearing device and then performs fitting procedures which often require multiple visits.

Hearing aids are typically sold as a part of a bundled package that includes the device itself, the audiology exam and related services. Because both public and private insurance plans in the United States have historically not provided coverage for hearing aids, the consumer usually bears the full cost. Further, there is limited transparency at the consumer level, and the end-user price generally includes the overhead cost and profit margin for the hearing clinic in addition to the cost of the device and audiology services.

Following purchase, traditional hearing aids typically require programming and adjustments by the licensed hearing care professional, resulting in additional in-person follow-up visits. Throughout this lengthy process, which can take weeks or even months, the consumer is reliant on the licensed hearing care professional for education and support. Despite the high touch nature of the selling process and extensive level of customization, hearing aids are often returned due to issues related to comfort, fit, functionality and aesthetics.

Limitations of traditional alternatives for the treatment of hearing loss

We believe the limitations of traditional hearing aids and the manner in which they are sold today are the primary reasons that approximately 74% of the estimated over 42 million people in the United States in 2018 with hearing loss did not own a hearing aid. These limitations include the following:

Product limitations

 

 

Visible, aesthetically unattractive devices:    Because the behind the ear form factor generally enables the device to amplify sound without occluding the ear canal, approximately 85% of hearing aids dispensed in

 

94


Table of Contents
 

2018 were visible behind-the-ear devices. While in-the-ear and in-the-canal devices are designed to be less obvious, the device is still noticeable. We believe that a significant portion of individuals with hearing loss find the idea of wearing visible hearing aids stigmatizing. According to the Northstar Survey, which we commissioned and which is described under the heading “Market and industry data,” in September 2019 nearly 70% of U.S. adults over 45 viewed invisibility as extremely or very important.

 

 

Occlusion causing discomfort for the wearer:    Devices located in the ear canal can address the challenge of visibility; however, they either fully or partially block the ear canal. This occlusion causes physical discomfort and poor sound quality for the wearer. The Northstar Survey indicated that over 90% of existing and prospective hearing aid users view comfort and sound quality as extremely or very important. We believe that this helps explain why only approximately 15% of hearing aids dispensed in 2018 were in-the-ear or completely-in-canal devices.

 

 

Battery changing hassle:    The majority of commercial hearing aids, including all in-the-canal devices, require users to regularly replace batteries. Traditional hearing aids can be frustrating to use, with tiny batteries and battery doors, screws and buttons that are difficult to manipulate, especially for older individuals. According the Northstar Survey, over 80% of individuals who have recently experienced hearing difficulty cited the ability to recharge a hearing aid as extremely or very important.

Channel limitations

 

 

Disempowering consumer experience:    We believe the traditional industry business model does not lend itself to consumer awareness, and that consumers may feel like patients with limited autonomy in the process, as opposed to empowered consumers making a purchasing decision. Hearing clinics exercise a fair degree of influence over product availability, such that consumers may not be presented with a full range of product choices or be informed about the benefits and drawbacks of each product. In fact, most of hearing aid users do not know the brand name of their device.

 

 

Inconvenient, cumbersome process:    The traditional business-to-business channel has faced limited competition and disruption, and there has been little investment in the consumer experience. The entire process from obtaining a hearing aid through programming and adjustments is lengthy and can take multiple weeks and up to several months of in-person hearing clinic visits. This process is cumbersome and ultimately results in limited consumer satisfaction.

 

 

High cost:    The cost of traditional hearing aids reflects the multi-layer distribution channel through which they are sold. The consumer price includes the cost of the device itself and a profit margin for the manufacturer as well as the overhead cost and profit margin for the hearing clinic. The average retail cost of a pair of hearing aids sold through traditional channels in the United States is estimated to be $4,600, making them approximately twice the average price of our hearing aids. Further, hearing aids with custom features that reduce device visibility or improve comfort can retail for significantly more than the industry average. In addition, approximately 87% of the Northstar Survey respondents in September 2019 indicated that price was extremely or very important.

The Eargo solution

We are passionate about helping people hear better. Our mission is to change the way the world thinks about hearing loss.

Since our inception, our founding principle has been to dramatically improve the consumer experience at every step of the hearing care journey. Our products, customer support and marketing messaging are a direct result of that passion. We believe our model can shift the paradigm in the treatment of hearing loss for the ultimate benefit of consumers.

 

95


Table of Contents

Our products

Our Eargo hearing aids combine proprietary technology, engineering know-how and design expertise to offer high-quality performance in an in-the-canal form factor that makes them virtually invisible. Our in-the-canal devices feature high quality audio, are designed to provide up to 16 hours of battery life and have proprietary Flexi Fibers or Flexi Palms, which are designed to enable the unit to comfortably “float” in the ear canal allowing air and sound to pass freely around them. Eargo hearing aids are designed for ease of use and maintenance and to fit a majority of the population, and are rechargeable. In addition, Eargo hearing aids are highly customizable, allowing our users to cycle through four different sound profiles, which include different features such as amplification and noise levels while on-the-go to accommodate different ambient noise environments. We currently offer three versions of our hearing aids, the Eargo Plus, the Eargo Max and the Eargo Neo, at three different price points to provide customers with choices on cost and functionality. Our hearing aids also come with a portable charger case, and the Eargo Neo offers connectivity via the Eargo mobile app.

 

Eargo Neo Hearing Aids with Charging Case

 

LOGO

  

Eargo Neo Hearing Aid in Ear

 

LOGO

Close up of Eargo Neo Hearing Aid

 

 

LOGO

 

96


Table of Contents

Our business model and consumer journey

We employ a differentiated, consumer-first business model to empower the consumer and improve the accessibility and affordability of high-quality hearing aids. We currently market and sell our hearing aids directly to consumers with a personalized approach that we believe helps motivate them to take action and then guides them along their hearing journey.

We engage consumers through a mix of digital and traditional marketing that is designed to appeal to prospective customers on a personal level and build our brand. Our data-driven approach to reaching consumers has allowed us to identify and target key demographics and purchasing behaviors of our most relevant audience, and we constantly refine our approach to most efficiently reach this audience. Our empowering messaging and sophisticated marketing strategy have helped contribute to over 25,000 hearing aids sold as of September 30, 2019.

In addition to providing information about our products, we encourage prospective customers to learn about their hearing condition and provide free educational resources to help them make informed decisions. While a hearing test is not necessary to purchase an Eargo hearing aid, we offer an online, do-it-yourself hearing test for prospective customers who are interested in an assessment. We believe this is an empowering experiential journey for the consumer as they are able to learn at their own pace and comfort.

Once a potential customer has expressed interest in our Eargo solution, by completing a form or otherwise contacting us, one of our sales consultants will contact them directly. Our sales consultants are highly trained inside salespeople who collaborate with the consumer on how best to address their hearing loss challenges and determine whether the Eargo hearing solution is appropriate for them.

Customers are able to complete their purchase over the phone with their sales consultant or directly on our website, without the need to navigate multiple visits to the hearing clinic for tests and fittings. Importantly, potential customers are not required to have a hearing test to order the Eargo hearing solution, which simplifies the purchasing experience and improves the accessibility of hearing aids relative to the traditional hearing clinic channel. Further, we offer a 45-day trial period.

We offer three products, the Eargo Plus, the Eargo Max and Eargo Neo, which range in price from $1,650 to $2,750, and we provide consumers with the option to pay the full cost up-front or enroll in a convenient, third-party monthly financing program that makes our products even more accessible. The Eargo hearing solution is then shipped and arrives in less than three business days on average.

Once a customer makes their purchase they are assigned to one of our licensed hearing professionals, who provides complimentary, convenient clinical support by phone, chat or email. All of our hearing professionals are licensed by recognized third parties. Once a customer receives their Eargo hearing solution, their licensed hearing professional will schedule a welcome call to ensure the proper use of the Eargo solution. In the first half of 2019, more than 75% of our customers completed a welcome call with one of our licensed hearing professionals. Our licensed hearing professionals are also available to provide unlimited support for as long as the customer owns the device. We also provide short, online training videos and additional resources that customers can access online. The combination of these services allows us to deliver clinical support in an efficient and streamlined manner without the burden of in-clinic visits.

 

97


Table of Contents

 

LOGO

Key advantages of our solution

We believe the Eargo hearing solution offers the following advantages relative to traditional hearing aids:

Product advantages

 

 

Virtually invisible:    Unlike the majority of hearing aids which sit behind-the-ear, the Eargo hearing solution fits completely in-the-canal and is virtually invisible, allowing our customers to avoid the stigma that is associated with visible hearing aids.

 

 

Comfort and performance:    Our proprietary Flexi Fibers and Flexi Palms allow Eargo hearing aids to be suspended in the ear canal and provide a comfortable “open fit” that does not fully block or occlude the ear canal while still providing high quality audio.

 

 

Rechargeable:    Our hearing aids are rechargeable, offering up to 16 hours of battery life and eliminating the need for battery replacement. Our Eargo hearing solution comes with a discreet, portable charger case that provides up to seven days’ worth of charge and easily fits into a purse or pocket so customers can charge on-the-go. It takes approximately two hours to recharge the charger case. The charger case recharges the hearing aids to approximately two hours of use time in 30 minutes and fully recharges the hearing aids in approximately six hours.

 

 

Ease of use:    Our Eargo system features an intuitive design that is similar in quality to many high-end consumer electronics and allows users to cycle through four different sound profiles, which include different features such as amplification and noise reduction levels while on-the-go to accommodate different ambient noise environments. Our Eargo Neo also offers customers a companion mobile app that pairs with their device and helps them easily personalize their Eargo hearing aids to fit their needs.

 

98


Table of Contents

Channel advantages

 

 

Empowering consumer-centric experience:    We have developed an empowering consumer-centric experience that encourages consumers to take action and then guides them along their hearing journey. Additionally, we have built a data set and sophisticated marketing infrastructure to deliver our message in a highly targeted manner utilizing digital and traditional marketing channels. We empower consumers by offering free online education, convenient consultation, the ability to easily purchase the Eargo system and fast delivery.

 

 

Accessible:    With our innovative go-to-market model, we eliminate the need for cumbersome visits to the hearing clinic which inconvenience and may disempower the consumer. We offer all of our customers convenient access to a highly trained clinical support team consisting of licensed hearing professionals. With the Eargo Neo, our clinical support specialists are able to wirelessly personalize Eargo settings for our customers.

 

 

Affordable:    Our vertically integrated, consumer-first model allows us to eliminate a layer of cost and offer our high-quality products at prices that are approximately half the average cost of a pair of hearing aids purchased through traditional channels in the United States.

We designed the Eargo solution to provide significant advantages relative to traditional solutions for hearing loss and believe that the high level of consumer satisfaction that we have achieved endorses our strong value proposition. From June 2018 to September 30, 2019, our average NPS, which we view as a metric for understanding customer satisfaction and loyalty, was over 45. NPS subtracts the percentage of customers who are considered “detractors” from the percentage of customers who are considered “promoters.” NPS scores above 0 are considered to be good. Similarly, our average rating across over 1,800 reviews posted by customers on our website was 4.5 out of 5 as of September 30, 2019.

Growth drivers

We believe we are transforming the hearing aid market and are working to establish the Eargo solution as the preferred approach to the treatment of hearing loss. We seek to achieve this goal by converting existing hearing aid users to the Eargo solution and attracting consumers who have historically chosen not to wear hearing aids. Our growth strategies include:

 

 

Accelerate consumer adoption:    We operate in a large, underpenetrated market. We have sold over 25,000 Eargo hearing aids as of September 30, 2019, which reflects less than 1% penetration of our estimated addressable market opportunity in the United States. We plan to grow our base of customers by efficiently investing in marketing targeted at the approximately 14 million people in the United States over the age of 50 with mild to moderate hearing loss who have annual household income above the national median in 2018. Our commercial strategy is focused on driving customers to our website by optimizing our mix of digital and traditional media, and increasing our customer conversion.

 

 

Improve sales team productivity:    Our sales consultants leverage the powerful lead generation capabilities of our digital marketing platform, enabling them to be substantially more productive than traditional hearing care professionals working at hearing clinics. As demand accelerates, we believe we have an opportunity to further increase the productivity of our sales organization. To do so, we are leveraging data-driven insights to iterate our sales tactics and create incentive programs and promotional offers, each with the goal of increasing inbound lead conversions. We also see an opportunity to nurture long-term relationships with our customers to drive repeat purchases and increase their lifetime value.

 

 

Introduce new, innovative products:    Over the last three years, we have launched three generations of our hearing aids, each adding significant performance and technical enhancements. We are focused on

 

99


Table of Contents
 

continuing to launch new versions of the Eargo hearing solution that further improve audio quality, amplification, fit, comfort and ease-of-use. According to market data, a substantial portion of traditional hearing aid purchases are by repeat customers. We believe our product roadmap will drive adoption by new customers and encourage repeat purchases by existing customers.

 

 

Increase brand awareness:    The Northstar Survey indicated that our aided brand awareness among adults between the ages of 55 and 64 has grown to 10% as of September 2019. We see a significant opportunity to further increase awareness through our personalized and empowering messaging and by optimizing our media mix and data-driven insights. For example, we have only recently begun national and direct television advertising, which we believe over time will further elevate our national brand awareness and reduce lead generation and sales costs. We also believe our strong customer satisfaction will help accelerate organic referrals and drive continued growth.

 

 

Selectively pursue omni-channel opportunities:    We believe there are numerous omni-channel opportunities that could provide access to additional channels and accelerate our customer acquisition growth. Some of these include partnering with retailers, pharmacies, payors and other consumer oriented healthcare companies with similar customer demographics.

 

 

Expand internationally:    We believe the Eargo solution offers a compelling value proposition for consumers with hearing loss worldwide. In the future, we anticipate selectively expanding our commercial efforts to the large population of individuals with mild to severe high frequency hearing loss outside of the United States.

Our commercial strategy

We designed a differentiated, consumer-first business model to empower the consumer and improve the accessibility and affordability of high-quality hearing aids. We currently market and sell our hearing aids directly to consumers with a personalized approach that we believe motivates them to take action and then guides them along their hearing journey.

Brand awareness and demand generation

Our consumer-first marketing efforts are focused on generating brand awareness and demand for the Eargo solution. We are working to further establish Eargo as a recognizable brand name in an industry traditionally characterized by large manufacturers generally lacking brand recognition. We believe we can achieve this by running empowering advertisements that are designed to appeal to prospective customers on a personal level. We seek to raise interest levels in potential customers who have not been motivated by the uninspiring messaging in the traditional channel and attract interested consumers who have not yet purchased a hearing aid due to the limitations of the traditional channel. We then nurture these potential customer relationships with educational marketing campaigns that are intended to develop comfort and familiarity with our brand.

We also acquire customers that are interested in hearing aids through marketing channels such as paid search, social media and native advertising and draw them to our website with landing pages where they can learn more about us, submit their contact information for phone-based follow-up or purchase immediately.

Sales and customer service process and infrastructure

Our differentiated marketing and messaging is supported by a high touch, efficient team of professionals that guides the consumer through the journey of addressing their hearing loss with a personalized and consultative approach. We frequently review feedback and data our consumers provide to work to improve the customer experience.

 

100


Table of Contents

Consultative inside sales force

We have an efficient, effective, centralized, sales force consisting of 46 sales consultants as of September 30, 2019. Our sales consultants act as advisors and work with the customer to understand their needs. We sell our hearing solution directly through our online store and through phone conversations with our sales consultants, which enables them to work with substantially more customers than traditional hearing care professionals in a clinic setting.

Convenient professional support for as long as the customer owns the device

Once a customer makes their purchase, they are assigned to one of our licensed hearing professionals who provides convenient clinical support by phone, online chat or email for the life of the product. Our licensed hearing professionals include audiologists with degrees in audiology and speech-language science, professionals with board certifications in hearing aid science and other professionals licensed for the treatment of hearing loss. After a customer receives their Eargo hearing aids, their licensed hearing professional will initiate a welcome call to help ensure the proper use of the Eargo hearing aids. Our licensed hearing professionals are also available to provide unlimited support for as long as the customer owns the device. We also provide short, online training videos and additional online resources that customers can access.

We believe this consultative approach and ongoing support is key to developing strong customer relationships, increasing brand affinity and improving the lifetime value of customers. As of September 30, 2019, we employed 26 licensed hearing professionals.

Technical capabilities

In designing the Eargo hearing solution, we set out to offer a differentiated product with a compelling value proposition to the consumer centered on the ability to offer high quality audio performance in a virtually invisible and comfortable form factor, which poses significant engineering challenges.

To address these challenges, we have established proprietary capabilities in the critical aspects of hearing aid design. We believe our distinct combination of engineering and design know-how coupled with intellectual property protection in certain key areas, enables us to offer an attractive, virtually invisible hearing aid while maintaining high quality audio performance.

 

 

Multi-channel compression in miniaturized form factor:    High-fidelity multichannel compression is critical to hearing aid performance. A high-fidelity multichannel compression system dynamically amplifies the distinct acoustics of everyday life in a differentiated manner based on the frequency of the incoming sound. This ensures that the hearing aid offers comfortable and appropriate hearing support for the full range of everyday activities and sounds. While many hearing aid manufacturers have achieved this in behind-the-ear devices, to achieve this objective on a miniaturized platform that provides up to 16 hours of battery life requires ultra-low power integrated circuits and knowledge of assembly language programming on integrated circuits, which is becoming a rare skillset.

 

 

Acoustic feedback cancellation:    One of the primary challenges in audio signal processing for hearing aids that are located in the ear canal is acoustic feedback due to the close proximity of the microphone and the receiver. To address this, we have incorporated an adaptive feedback cancellation, or FBC, system. The most important figure to compare FBC systems is added stable gain, which reflects the increase in amplification gain that is afforded by the FBC system without added feedback or degraded sound quality. Our added stable gain of 24 dB compares to an added stable gain of approximately 20 decibels for an “open-fit” receiver-in-canal hearing aid.

 

101


Table of Contents
 

Open canal design eliminating full occlusion:    Our virtually invisible form factor requires the close collaboration of clinicians and engineers to achieve acoustic performance while limiting canal occlusion and maintaining ear health. Our proprietary and patented Flexi Fibers and Flexi Palms are a soft, medical-grade silicone web that allows our hearing aids to be suspended in the ear canal allowing for an “open fit” that offers high quality sound and comfort while staying firmly in place. Our engineers and clinicians play a critical role in improving the fit, migration, comfort and occlusion with each design iteration.

We believe that the combination of technical capabilities and our innovative data driven approach to consumer-first marketing are a distinct competitive advantage for us in penetrating our target market.

Our products

We developed the Eargo solution to create a hearing aid that consumers actually want to use. Our hearing aids are the first and only rechargeable, completely-in-canal, FDA regulated, exempt Class I device for the treatment of hearing loss. We currently offer three versions of our Eargo solution, the Eargo Plus, the Eargo Max and the Eargo Neo, at three different price points to provide customers with choices on cost and functionality.

Our Eargo products consist of the following: Eargo hearing aids, our proprietary Flexi Fibers or Flexi Palms depending on the hearing aid, our portable charger case and, with the Eargo Neo, tech-enabled through the Eargo mobile app.

 

 

Eargo hearing aids:    Our hearing aids combine advanced technology, engineering and design to offer high-quality performance in an in-the-canal form factor that makes them virtually invisible. We have ultra-low-power integrated circuity and advanced audio processing algorithms which enable high-quality audio, while preserving up to 16 hours of battery life. Our hearing aids are highly customizable allowing our users to cycle through four different sound profiles, low to high amplification, while on the go to accommodate different ambient noise environments.

 

 

Proprietary Flexi Fibers and Flexi Palms:    Our proprietary Flexi Fibers and Flexi Palms, which are included as part of our hearing aids and can also be purchased separately, allow our hearing aids to be suspended in the ear canal providing an “open fit” that offers high quality sound and comfort while staying firmly in place. Our Flexi Fibers and Flexi Palms are made of a soft, medical-grade silicone and are designed to flex for comfortable, full day wear. Flexi Fibers and Flexi Palms are removable, allowing for simple cleaning, and we offer several sizes with each shipment to accommodate individuals with different size ear canals.

 

 

Portable charger case:    Each set of Eargo hearing aids comes with a discreet, portable charger case that provides up to seven days’ worth of charge and easily fits into a purse or pocket. It takes approximately two hours to recharge the charger case and only approximately 30 minutes for the hearing aids to recharge within the case while on-the-go to provide up to two hours of additional use. Our charger case is designed to be discreet, while also protecting the hearing aids and maximizing airflow so that they dry while charging.

 

 

Eargo mobile app:    Our Eargo Neo offers a companion mobile app that allows customers to control their device and personalize their sound profiles. When paired with the charging case, customers can also wirelessly receive personalized sound settings based on their usage and preferences directly from our licensed hearing professionals.

Product roadmap

We are continuously innovating and have released three new generations of our Eargo solution over the last three years. Our next iteration of the Eargo hearing solution, Neo HiFi will provide improved Flexi Palms and improved capabilities across audio fidelity and bandwidth. We anticipate launching Neo HiFi in 2020 and our subsequent generation hearing aid in 2021.

 

102


Table of Contents

We anticipate that future generations of our solution will offer further improved fit and acoustic output with the capability for in-situ hearing assessment and adjustment through connected hearing aids. We expect that future generations of our solution will also include increased water resistance and have refurbishment capability. We believe this will advance the ability of our licensed hearing professionals to personalize our customers’ hearing solutions. Our development priorities are also focused on adding a refurbishment capability, which would benefit our gross margin.

 

 

LOGO

Research and development

We are committed to ongoing research and development. As of September 30, 2019, our research and development organization included 33 individuals with expertise in mechanical engineering, product design, audio processing, clinical and hearing science, consumer electronics and embedded software design. Our technical capabilities and commitment to innovation have allowed us to deliver significant product enhancements on a rapid development timeline, which we believe has helped us to support a compelling new product roadmap.

Our current research and development efforts are focused on developing future generations of our Eargo solution with increased functionality and audio output, improved in-ear fit, reduced cost of goods, better connectivity and enhanced machine learning.

Manufacturing

Our hearing aids are exclusively assembled by Hana, a contract manufacturer which is based in Thailand. We have a manufacturing services agreement with Hana for the assembly and supply of our hearing aids, pursuant to which we make purchases on a purchase order basis. The manufacturing services agreement was effective beginning on May 5, 2017 with an initial term of 12 months that automatically renews for additional 12 month periods. The automatic renewals are subject to our right to terminate the agreement without cause by providing 120 days’ advance written notice, or Hana’s right to terminate the agreement without cause by providing at least 12 months’ advance written notice.

 

103


Table of Contents

We rely on several third-party suppliers for the components used in our hearing aids, including the batteries, integrated circuits, microphones and receivers.

We believe that third-party facilities will be adequate to meet our current and anticipated manufacturing needs. We do not currently plan to manufacture our hearing aids or any related components ourselves.

Manufacturing facilities that produce medical devices or their component parts intended for distribution world-wide are subject to regulation and periodic unannounced inspection by the FDA and other domestic and international regulatory agencies. In the United States, any products we sell are required to be in manufactured in compliance with the FDA’s Quality System Regulation, which covers the methods used in, and the facilities used for, the design, testing, control, manufacturing, labeling, quality assurance, packaging, storage and shipping of our products. Our manufacturer has been inspected by the FDA, and no FDA Form 483 observations, which are issued when an FDA inspector believes that observed conditions or practices indicate the possibility that an FDA-regulated product may be in violation of the FDA’s requirements, have been made in connection with these inspections.

The distribution of our hearing aids is handled directly through DCL Logistics, a third party logistics provider. Our finished hearing aids are shipped from Hana in Thailand to DCL Logistics in Louisville, Kentucky and are distributed from there to customers.

Competition

We compete in the hearing aid market against manufacturers, clinics and retailers of hearing aids, and to a lesser extent, we compete against providers of PSAPs. We believe that the primary competitive factors in the market are:

 

 

product quality and performance, including but not limited to, the size, sound quality, comfort, whether the batteries are rechargeable, reliability and connectivity of the hearing aid;

 

 

customer purchasing experience;

 

 

visibility of hearing aid;

 

 

pricing;

 

 

product support and service;

 

 

effective marketing and education;

 

 

technological innovation, product enhancements and speed of innovation; and

 

 

sales and distribution capabilities.

After a period of industry consolidation, five manufacturers control a vast majority of the hearing aid industry today. These manufacturers include GN Store Nord, Sonova, Starkey, William Demant and WS Audiology, all of which have established products and substantially greater financial, sales and marketing, manufacturing and development resources than we possess. In addition to these manufacturers, we also compete against hearing clinics and retailers, such as Costco. Costco sells its Kirkland Signature label behind-the-ear hearing aids in store and also sells behind-the-ear, in-the-ear and in-the-canal hearing aids under the Philips, Phonak, ReSound and Rexton brands, each at various price points.

Our competitors may be able to respond more quickly and effectively than we can to new or changing opportunities, technologies, standards or customer requirements. Considering the resources and advantages

 

104


Table of Contents

that our competitors maintain, even if our technology and consumer-first distribution strategy is more effective than the technology and distribution strategy of our competitors, current or potential customers might accept competitor products in lieu of purchasing our products. We anticipate that we will face increased competition in the future as existing companies and competitors develop new or improved products and distribution strategies and as new companies enter the market with new technologies and distribution strategies. We may not be able to compete effectively against these organizations. Our ability to compete successfully and to increase our market share is dependent upon our approach to addressing unmet needs in the hearing aid industry. Increased competition in the future could adversely affect our revenue, revenue growth rate, if any, margins and market share.

Government regulation

Our products and operations are subject to extensive and rigorous regulation by the FDA and other federal, state and local authorities, as well as foreign regulatory authorities. The FDA regulates, among other things, the research, development, testing, design, manufacturing, approval, labeling, storage, recordkeeping, advertising, promotion and marketing, distribution, post approval monitoring and reporting and import and export of medical devices in the United States to assure the safety and effectiveness of medical products for their intended use. The Federal Trade Commission also regulates the advertising of our products in the United States. Further, we are subject to laws directed at preventing fraud and abuse, which subject our sales and marketing, training and other practices to government scrutiny.

Regulation by the FDA

The FDA classifies hearing aids, including in-the-canal hearing aids such as our products, as medical devices. In the United States, the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, or the FDCA, as well as FDA regulations and other federal and state statutes and regulations, govern, among other things, medical device design and development, preclinical and clinical testing, device safety, premarket clearance and approval, establishment registration and device listing, manufacturing, labeling, storage, record-keeping, advertising and promotion, sales and distribution, export and import, recalls and field safety corrective actions, and post-market surveillance, including complaint handling and medical device reporting of adverse events. Failure to comply with applicable requirements may subject a company to a variety of administrative or judicial sanctions, such as warning or untitled letters, product recalls, product seizures, total or partial suspension of production or distribution, injunctions, fines, civil penalties and criminal prosecution. The FDA can also refuse to approve or clear pending product applications.

The FDA classifies medical devices into three classes (Class I, II or III) based on the degree of risk associated with a device and the level of regulatory control deemed necessary to ensure its safety and effectiveness. Class I devices are those for which safety and effectiveness can be assured by adherence to the FDA’s general controls for medical devices, which include compliance with the FDA’s current good manufacturing practices for devices, as reflected in the Quality System Regulation, or QSR, establishment registration and device listing, reporting of adverse events, and truthful, non-misleading labeling, advertising and promotional materials. Some Class I devices also require premarket clearance by the FDA through the premarket notification process set forth in Section 510(k) of the FDCA. Class II devices are subject to the FDA’s general controls and any other special controls deemed necessary by the FDA to ensure the safety and effectiveness of the device, such as performance standards, product-specific guidance documents, special labeling requirements, patient registries and/or post-market surveillance. Most Class II devices must also comply with the FDA’s Section 510(k) premarket notification requirements. Class III devices are those that support or sustain human life, are of substantial importance in preventing impairment of human health, or which present a potential, unreasonable

 

105


Table of Contents

risk of illness or injury. Due to the level of risk associated with Class III devices, general and special controls alone are insufficient to assure their safety and effectiveness. Devices placed in Class III generally require the submission of a premarket approval, or PMA, application demonstrating the safety and effectiveness of the device, which must be approved by the FDA prior to marketing, or the receipt of a 510(k) de novo classification, which provides for the reclassification of the device into Class I or II. The PMA approval process is more stringent, time-consuming and expensive than the 510(k) clearance process; however, the 510(k) clearance process has also become increasingly stringent and expensive.

We currently market our products pursuant to the FDA regulatory framework for air-conduction hearing aids, which are classified as Class I devices exempt from premarket review procedures. While applicable FDA regulations establish certain “conditions for sale” of all hearing aids, including that prospective hearing aid users must have a medical evaluation by a licensed physician within the six months prior to the hearing aid dispensation, the FDA has stated that it does not intend to enforce these medical evaluation requirements prior to the dispensing of Class I air-conduction and Class II wireless air-conduction hearing aids to individuals 18 years of age and older. Accordingly, while we are required to comply with other FDA requirements, our products are currently not reviewed by the FDA.

The FDA Reauthorization Act of 2017, or FDARA, created a new category of over-the-counter, or OTC, hearing aids that are intended to be available through in-person transactions, by mail or online without the involvement of a licensed practitioner. Under the statute, the FDA must issue regulations to implement the new framework by August 2020. As part of its rulemaking process, the FDA is required to evaluate whether OTC hearing aids should be subject to Section 510(k) premarket review and clearance, and it is unclear whether the FDA will subject OTC hearing aids to this requirement or other more onerous requirements. In addition, in May 2018, the FDA granted a de novo classification request from Bose for a direct-to-consumer “self-fitting air-conduction hearing aid,” which is classified in Class II and subject to 510(k) premarket review. We do not consider our devices to be “self-fitting” hearing aids similar to the newly cleared Bose device, but the FDA could disagree.

While we expect our products to continue to be regulated as Class I exempt devices, our products could in the future be deemed to fall under the definition of a “self-fitting air-conduction hearing aid” or an OTC hearing aid, in which case we could be required to seek 510(k) clearance for our products or otherwise comply with additional regulatory requirements associated with these new pathways.

510(k) clearance

If not exempted from the FDA’s 510(k) notification requirement, to obtain 510(k) clearance for a medical device, an applicant must submit a premarket notification to the FDA demonstrating that the device is “substantially equivalent” to a legally marketed device, commonly known as the “predicate device.” A legally marketed predicate device may include a device that was legally marketed in the United States prior to May 28, 1976 for which a PMA is not required (commonly known as a “pre-amendments device” based on the date the Medical Device Amendments of 1976 were enacted), a device which the FDA has reclassified from Class III to Class II or I, or a device which has been found substantially equivalent to such a device through the 510(k) process. A device is considered to be substantially equivalent if, with respect to the predicate device, it has the same intended use and has either (i) the same technological characteristics, or (ii) different technological characteristics, but the information provided in the 510(k) submission demonstrates that the device does not raise new questions of safety and effectiveness and is at least as safe and effective as the predicate device. A showing of substantial equivalence may sometimes, but not always, require clinical data. Before the FDA will accept a 510(k) submission for substantive review, the FDA will first assess whether the submission satisfies a minimum threshold of acceptability. If the FDA determines that the 510(k) submission is incomplete, the FDA will issue a “Refuse to Accept” letter which generally outlines the information the FDA believes is necessary to permit a

 

106


Table of Contents

substantive review and to reach a determination regarding substantial equivalence. An applicant must submit the requested information before the FDA will proceed with additional review of the submission. Once a 510(k) submission is accepted for review, the FDA has 90 days to review and issue a determination. As a practical matter, clearance often takes longer. The FDA may request additional information, including clinical data, to make a determination regarding substantial equivalence, which may significantly prolong the review process. The review period is suspended during the time the additional information request is pending. Unless a specific exemption applies, 510(k) premarket notification submissions are subject to user fees.

Medical devices can be marketed only for the indications for which they are cleared or approved. After a device has received 510(k) clearance for a specific intended use, any change or modification that significantly affects its safety or effectiveness, such as a significant change in the design, materials or method of manufacture, or that would constitute a new or major change in intended use, may require a new 510(k) clearance or PMA approval and payment of an additional FDA user fee. The determination as to whether or not a modification constitutes such a change is initially left to the manufacturer using available FDA guidance; however, the FDA may review this determination to evaluate the regulatory status of the modified product at any time and may require the manufacturer to cease marketing and recall the modified device until new 510(k) clearance or PMA approval is obtained. The manufacturer may also be subject to significant regulatory fines or penalties.

Clinical trials

Clinical trials are sometimes required for 510(k) clearance. Such trials generally require submission of an investigational device exemption, or IDE, application to the FDA for a specified number of patients and study sites, unless the product is deemed to be a non-significant risk device which may be subject to more abbreviated IDE requirements. If an IDE is required, the FDA and the appropriate institutional review boards, or IRBs, at the clinical sites must approve the study before clinical trials may begin. Clinical trials are subject to extensive monitoring, record keeping and reporting requirements. Clinical trials must be conducted under the oversight of IRBs for the relevant clinical trial sites and must comply with FDA regulations, including but not limited to those relating to good clinical practices, or GCPs, which include the requirement that all research subjects provide their informed consent for participation in each clinical study. The clinical trial sponsor, the FDA or the IRB could suspend or terminate a clinical trial at any time for various reasons, including a belief that the subjects are being exposed to an unacceptable health risk. Even if a trial is completed, the results of clinical testing may not adequately demonstrate the safety and effectiveness of the device or may otherwise not be sufficient to obtain FDA clearance to market the product.

Labeling and sale

All hearing aids commercially distributed in the United States must comply with specific FDA labeling requirements. These requirements address the labeling of the device itself as well as the User Instructional Brochure that must be provided to all potential hearing aid recipients. Hearing aids must be clearly and permanently marked with, among other things, the name of the device manufacturer, the model name or number, and the year of manufacture. In addition, the User Instructional Brochure must contain, among other things, specific instructions for the use of, maintenance and care of, and replacement or recharging of the batteries of the hearing instrument, information regarding known side effects that may warrant a physician consultation, a warning statement specified in FDA regulations, and technical data useful in selecting and fitting a hearing instrument and checking its performance.

In addition, FDA regulations require that the marketing of hearing aids comply with certain “conditions for sale,” including, among other things, the requirement that prospective hearing aid users must undergo a medical evaluation (or provide a signed waiver) before a hearing aid may be dispensed, along with certain

 

107


Table of Contents

recordkeeping requirements. In 2016, the FDA issued a guidance document stating that it did not intend to enforce the medical evaluation or recordkeeping requirements prior to the dispensing of Class I air-conduction and Class II wireless air-conduction hearing aids to individuals 18 years of age and older. In addition, under FDARA, hearing aids that qualify for the future OTC pathway must be exempt from certain labeling requirements and condition of sale requirements otherwise applicable to hearing aids.

Quality System Regulation

The hearing aids that we commercially distribute in the United States are subject to pervasive and continuing regulation by the FDA and certain state agencies. This includes product listing and establishment registration requirements, which facilitate FDA inspections and other regulatory actions. We are required to adhere to applicable current good manufacturing practice, or cGMP, requirements, as set forth in the QSR, which require manufacturers, including third-party manufacturers, to follow stringent design, testing, control, documentation and other quality assurance procedures during all phases of the design and manufacturing process. We are also required to verify that our suppliers maintain facilities, procedures and operations that comply with applicable quality and regulatory requirements. The FDA enforces the QSR through periodic announced or unannounced inspections of medical device manufacturing facilities, which may include the facilities of contractors. FDA regulations also require investigation and correction of any deviations from the QSR and impose reporting and documentation requirements upon us and our third-party manufacturers. Noncompliance with these regulations can result in, among other things, fines, injunctions, civil penalties, recalls or seizures of products, total or partial suspension of production, FDA refusal to grant 510(k) clearance or PMA approval to new devices, withdrawal of existing clearances or approvals, and criminal prosecution.

Post-market surveillance

We must also comply with post-market surveillance regulations, including medical device reporting, or MDR, requirements which require that we review and report to the FDA any incident in which our products may have caused or contributed to a death or serious injury, and any incident in which our product has malfunctioned if that malfunction would likely cause or contribute to a death or serious injury if it were to recur. Wee have had no serious adverse events that were required to be reported in an MDR. We must also comply with medical device correction and removal reporting regulations, which require manufacturers to report to the FDA corrections and removals if undertaken to reduce a risk to health posed by the device or to remedy a violation of the FDCA that may present a risk to health. Although we may undertake recall actions voluntarily, we must submit detailed information on any recall action to the FDA, and the FDA can order a medical device recall in certain circumstances.

In addition to post-market quality and safety actions, labeling and promotional activities are subject to scrutiny by the FDA and, in certain circumstances, by the U.S. Federal Trade Commission, or FTC. Medical devices approved or cleared by the FDA may not be promoted for unapproved or uncleared uses, otherwise known as “off-label” promotion. The FDA and other agencies actively enforce the laws and regulations prohibiting the promotion of off-label uses, and a company that is found to have improperly promoted off-label uses may be subject to significant liability, including substantial monetary penalties and criminal prosecution.

Failure to comply with applicable regulatory requirements, including delays in or failures to report incidents to the FDA as required under the MDR regulations, can result in enforcement action by the FDA which can include any of the following sanctions:

 

 

warning letters, untitled letters, fines, injunctions, consent decrees and civil penalties;

 

 

customer notifications or repair, replacement, refund, recall, administrative detention or seizure of our products;

 

108


Table of Contents
 

operating restrictions or partial suspension or total shutdown of production;

 

 

FDA refusals or delays on requests for 510(k) clearance or PMA approval of new or modified products;

 

 

withdrawal of 510(k) clearances or PMA approvals that have already been granted;

 

 

refusal to grant export approval for products; or

 

 

civil penalties or criminal prosecution.

Other healthcare laws and regulations

The healthcare industry is also subject to federal and state fraud and abuse laws, including anti-kickback, self-referral, false claims and physician payment transparency laws, as well as patient data privacy and security and consumer protection and unfair competition laws and regulations. Our operations are also subject to certain state and local hearing care laws, including those applicable to the licensure and registration of audiologists and other individuals that dispense hearing aids, sales and marketing practices, interactions with consumers, consumer incentive and other promotional programs, and state corporate practice and fee-splitting prohibitions.

Fraud and abuse laws

In addition to the FDA, other federal and state healthcare laws and regulations could restrict our business practices and operations, including our direct-to-consumer activities. To the extent our products are or become covered by any federal or state government healthcare program, regulatory and enforcement authorities may nonetheless interpret that we are subject to numerous federal healthcare anti-fraud laws, which include the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, the Physician Self-Referral Law and the False Claims Act that are intended to reduce waste, fraud and abuse in the healthcare industry and analogous state laws that may apply to healthcare items and services paid by all payors, including self-pay patients and private insurers. These laws are broad and subject to evolving interpretations. They prohibit many arrangements and practices that are lawful in industries, other than healthcare, including pricing, sales and marketing activities, sales commissions, customer incentive and other promotional programs, and the provision of gifts and business courtesies. To the extent that any of our products are sold in a foreign country, we may be subject to similar foreign laws, which may include, for instance, applicable post-marketing requirements, including safety surveillance, anti-fraud and abuse laws and implementation of corporate compliance programs and reporting of payments or transfers of value to healthcare professionals. We must operate our business within the requirements of these laws. Violations of any of these health regulatory laws may result in potentially significant penalties, including criminal and civil and administrative penalties, damages, fines, disgorgement, imprisonment, exclusion from participation in government healthcare programs, contractual damages, reputational harm, administrative burdens, diminished profits and future earnings, and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations.

In addition, the U.S. Physician Payments Sunshine Act requires manufacturers to report to the Department of Health and Human Services detailed information about financial arrangements with physicians and teaching hospitals and, with reporting requirements going into effect in 2022 for payments made in 2021, financial arrangements with physician assistants, nurse practitioners, and other mid-level practitioners. These reporting provisions preempt state laws that require reporting of the same information, but not those that require reports of different or additional information. Although none of our products are currently covered by any government healthcare program, we may still be subject to certain state reporting requirements that apply regardless of payor. Failure to comply subjects manufacturers to significant civil monetary penalties.

 

109


Table of Contents

State licensing, corporate practice and fee-splitting prohibitions

Regulation of the hearing aid industry exists in every state. These laws and regulations are primarily concerned with the licensure and registration of audiologists and other individuals and companies that dispense hearing aids, including procedures involving the fitting and dispensing of hearing aids. In addition, most states require warranty and return policies for consumers allowing for the return of product, and restrict hearing aid advertising and marketing practices. These state laws are subject to change, and states may impose more stringent requirements for dispensers of hearing aids. The FDCA preempts state laws relating to the safety and efficacy of medical devices and state laws that are different from or in addition to federal requirements. In Missouri Board of Examiners for Hearing Instrument Specialists v. Hearing Help Express, Inc. and METX, LLC v. Wal-Mart Stores Texas, LLC, the Eighth Circuit Court of Appeals and the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Texas, respectively, have held that certain state laws relating to the fitting and dispensing of hearing aids are preempted because they relate to the safety and efficacy of medical devices. Although we have structured our operations to comply with our understanding of applicable state regulatory requirements, interpretative legal precedent and regulatory guidance varies by jurisdiction and is often sparse and not fully developed, including which laws and regulations are subject to the federal preemption relating to safety and efficacy of medical devices, complicating our compliance efforts. Other courts could conclude that similar or identical state laws are not preempted. A determination that we are in violation of applicable laws and regulations in any jurisdiction in which we operate could have a material adverse effect on us, particularly if we are unable to restructure our operations and arrangements to comply with the requirements of that jurisdiction, if we are required to restructure our operations and arrangements at a significant cost, or if we are subject to penalties or other adverse action.

We employ licensed hearing professionals to deliver services to our customers. These activities are subject to various state laws that prohibit the practice of certain professions, including audiology, by lay entities or persons and are intended to prevent unlicensed persons from interfering with or influencing the audiologist’s or other hearing care specialist’s professional judgment. In the event that regulatory authorities or other third parties were to challenge these arrangements, we could be subject to adverse judicial or administrative interpretations, to civil or criminal penalties, our contracts could be found legally invalid and unenforceable or we could be required to restructure our arrangements with our audiologists and other licensed professionals. In addition, various state laws also generally prohibit the sharing or splitting professional fees with lay entities or persons. Audiologists and certain other hearing care specialists are required to maintain valid state licenses to practice and must comply with numerous state and local licensing laws and regulations, and each state defines the scope of practice for audiologists and other hearing care specialists through legislation and their respective state regulatory agencies and boards. Activities that qualify as professional misconduct under state law may subject our personnel to sanctions or may even result in loss of their licensure and could, possibly, subject us to sanctions as well.

Coverage and reimbursement; healthcare reform

Our products are primarily purchased on a cash-pay basis and are not generally covered by government healthcare programs and other third-party payors. In addition, there have been, and we expect there will continue to be, a number of legislative and regulatory changes to the healthcare system seeking, among other things, to reduce healthcare costs that could affect our results of operations. For example, the implementation of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Healthcare and Education Reconciliation Act, or the Affordable Care Act, has changed healthcare financing and delivery by both governmental and private insurers substantially and has affected medical device manufacturers significantly. The Affordable Care Act imposed, among other things, a new federal excise tax on the sale of certain medical devices, which is suspended but, absent further legislative action, will be reinstated starting January 1, 2020. In addition, the

 

110


Table of Contents

Affordable Care Act provided incentives to programs that increase the federal government’s comparative effectiveness research and implemented payment system reforms including a national pilot program on payment bundling to encourage hospitals, physicians and other providers to improve the coordination, quality and efficiency of certain healthcare services through bundled payment models. Since its enactment, there have been judicial and Congressional challenges to certain aspects of the Affordable Care Act, and we expect there will be additional challenges and amendments to the Affordable Care Act in the future. The current Presidential Administration and U.S. Congress will likely continue to seek to modify, repeal, or otherwise invalidate all, or certain provisions of, the Affordable Care Act. It is uncertain the extent to which any such changes may impact our business or financial condition. We expect additional state and federal healthcare reform measures to be adopted in the future, any of which could result in reduced demand for our products or additional pricing pressure.

Privacy and security

The Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act, or HITECH, and their implementing regulations, imposes privacy, security and breach reporting obligations with respect to individually identifiable health information upon “covered entities” (health care providers, health plans and health care clearinghouses), and their respective business associates, individuals or entities that create, received, maintain or transmit protected health information in connection with providing a service for or on behalf of a covered entity. HITECH also increased the civil and criminal penalties that may be imposed against covered entities and business associates, and gave state attorneys general new authority to file civil actions for damages or injunctions in federal courts to enforce the federal HIPAA laws and seek attorney’s fees and costs associated with pursuing federal civil actions. Additionally, HITECH mandates the reporting of certain breaches of health information to the Department of Health and Human Services, affected individuals and if the breach is large enough, the media.

Even when HIPAA does not apply, according to the FTC, failing to take appropriate steps to keep consumers’ personal information secure constitutes unfair acts or practices in or affecting commerce in violation of Section 5(a) of the Federal Trade Commission Act, or the FTCA, 15 U.S.C § 45(a). The FTC expects a company’s data security measures to be reasonable and appropriate in light of the sensitivity and volume of consumer information it holds, the size and complexity of its business, and the cost of available tools to improve security and reduce vulnerabilities. Individually identifiable health information is considered sensitive data that merits stronger safeguards. The FTC’s guidance for appropriately securing consumers’ personal information is similar to what is required by the HIPAA Security Rule.

In addition, certain state laws govern the privacy and security of health information in certain circumstances, some of which are more stringent than HIPAA and many of which differ from each other in significant ways and may not have the same effect, thus complicating compliance efforts. Failure to comply with these laws, where applicable, can result in the imposition of significant civil and/or criminal penalties and private litigation. For example, California recently enacted legislation – the California Consumer Privacy Act, or CCPA, which goes into effect January 1, 2020. The CCPA, among other things, creates new data privacy obligations for covered companies and provides new privacy rights to California residents, including the right to opt out of certain disclosures of their information. The CCPA also creates a private right of action with statutory damages for certain data breaches, thereby potentially increasing risks associated with a data breach. Although the law includes limited exceptions, including for “protected health information” maintained by a covered entity or business associate, it may regulate or impact our processing of personal information depending on the context. It remains unclear what, if any, modifications will be made to this legislation or how it will be interpreted.

 

111


Table of Contents

Foreign Corrupt Practices Act

The Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or FCPA, prohibits U.S. businesses and their representatives from offering to pay, paying, promising to pay or authorizing the payment of money or anything of value to a foreign official in order to influence any act or decision of the foreign official in his or her official capacity or to secure any other improper advantage in order to obtain or retain business. The FCPA also obligates companies whose securities are listed in the United States to comply with accounting provisions requiring us to maintain books and records, which in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the corporation, including international subsidiaries, if any, and to devise and maintain a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurances regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements. The scope of the FCPA includes interactions with certain healthcare professionals in many countries.

International laws

Globally, other countries have enacted anti-bribery laws and/or regulations similar to the FCPA. Violations of any of these anti-bribery laws, or allegations of such violations, could have a negative impact on our business, results of operations and reputation.

There are also international privacy laws that impose restrictions on the access, use, and disclosure of health information. All of these laws may impact our business. Our failure to comply with these privacy laws or significant changes in the laws restricting our ability to obtain required patient information could significantly impact our business and our future business plans.

Intellectual property

We rely on a combination of patent, copyright, trademark and trade secret laws and confidentiality and invention assignment agreements to protect our intellectual property rights. As of September 30, 2019, we had 17 issued U.S. patents, 18 patents outside the United States, five pending U.S. patent applications and eight pending foreign patent applications. The earliest of our patents is expected to expire in 2025.

Our pending patent applications may not result in issued patents, and we cannot assure you that any current or subsequently issued patents will protect our intellectual property rights. Third parties may challenge certain patents issued to us as invalid, may independently develop similar or competing technologies or may design around any of our patents. We cannot be certain that any of the steps we have taken will prevent the misappropriation of our intellectual property, particularly in foreign countries where the laws may not protect our proprietary rights in these countries as fully as in the United States.

There is no active patent litigation involving us and we have not received any notices of patent infringement.

As of September 30, 2019, we had 31 trademark registrations and eight pending trademark applications worldwide.

Environmental matters

Our operations, properties and products are subject to a variety of U.S. and foreign environmental laws and regulations governing, among other things, air emissions, wastewater discharges, management and disposal of hazardous and non-hazardous materials and waste and remediation of releases of hazardous materials. We believe, based on current information that we are in material compliance with environmental laws and

 

112


Table of Contents

regulations applicable to us. However, our failure to comply with present and future requirements under these laws and regulations, or environmental contamination or releases of hazardous materials on our leased premises, as well as through disposal of our products, could cause us to incur substantial costs, including clean-up costs, personal injury and property damage claims, fines and penalties, costs to redesign our products or upgrade our facilities and legal costs, or require us to curtail our operations, any of which could seriously harm our business.

Facilities

Our corporate headquarters are located in San Jose, California, where we lease approximately 30,434 square feet of office, research and development, engineering and laboratory space pursuant to a lease agreement which was effective as of July 30, 2018 and expires on February 28, 2022. We also lease approximately 14,965 square feet of office space, which is primarily used for our customer support operations, in Nashville, Tennessee, pursuant to a lease that commenced on March 15, 2019 and expires on March 31, 2021. We believe that our existing facilities are adequate to meet our business requirements for the near-term, and that additional space will be available on commercially reasonable terms, if required.

Employees

As of September 30, 2019, we had 226 full-time employees. None of our employees is represented by a labor union, and we consider our employee relations to be good.

Legal proceedings

We are not currently a party to any material legal proceedings. We may, however, in the ordinary course of business face various claims brought by third parties, and we may, from time to time, make claims or take legal actions to assert our rights, including intellectual property rights as well as claims relating to employment matters and the safety or efficacy of our products. Any of these claims could subject us to costly litigation, and, while we generally believe that we have adequate insurance to cover many different types of liabilities, our insurance carriers may deny coverage, may be inadequately capitalized to pay on valid claims, or our policy limits may be inadequate to fully satisfy any damage awards or settlements. If this were to happen, the payment of any such awards could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Additionally, any such claims, whether or not successful, could damage our reputation and business

 

113


Table of Contents

Management

The following table sets forth information regarding our executive officers and directors, including their ages as of September 30, 2019:

 

     
Name    Age        Position(s)

Executive Officers

       

Christian Gormsen

     43        President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

Adam Laponis

     43        Chief Financial Officer

William Brownie

     52        Chief Operating Officer

Non-Employee Directors

       

Josh Makower, M.D.

     56        Director

David Wu

     51        Director

Peter Tuxen Bisgaard

     46        Director

Tak Cheung, M.D.

     41        Director

Raphael Michel

     41        Director

 

 

(1)   Member of our audit committee.

 

(2)   Member of our compensation committee.

 

(3)   Member of our nominating and corporate governance committee.

Executive officers

Christian Gormsen has served as a member of our board of directors since November 2014 and as our President and Chief Executive Officer since June 2016. From June 2014 to June 2016, Mr. Gormsen served as Commercial Director, EMEA, of ISS A/S, a global facility services company. Prior to that, he spent a decade at GN Group, a global leader in intelligent audio solutions including hearing aids, in roles of increasing responsibility until he became the Senior Vice President of Operations, Europe and Strategic Accounts. Mr. Gormsen started his career in investment banking before transitioning to McKinsey & Company, a management consulting firm. Mr. Gormsen received a B.S. in economics and his M.S. in economics and business administration from the Copenhagen Business School.

We believe that Mr. Gormsen is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to the valuable expertise and perspective he brings in his capacity as our President and Chief Executive Officer and because of his extensive experience and knowledge of our industry.

Adam Laponis has served as our Chief Financial Officer since June 2019. From November 2018 to March 2019, Mr. Laponis served as Vice President of Financial Planning and Analysis for Tesla, an automotive and energy company, where he previously served as Senior Director of Finance from April 2017 to November 2018. Prior to that, he served as the Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Cardiovascular Care of Cardinal Health, a healthcare services and products company, from October 2015 to April 2017. Prior to that, he served in various financial roles at Johnson & Johnson, a healthcare company, from August 2004 to October 2015. Mr. Laponis received a B.S. in chemical engineering from the University of California, Berkeley and his M.B.A. from the University of Southern California.

 

114


Table of Contents

William Brownie has served as our Chief Operating Officer since April 2019. From August 2016 through March 2019, Mr. Brownie served as our Chief Customer Operations Officer. In addition, from January 2017 to June 2019 he served as our Chief Financial Officer. From June 2015 to August 2016, Mr. Brownie served as an independent consultant to various companies. From January 2012 to June 2015, Mr. Brownie served as the Managing Director at Sonova e-Hearing Care a group company of Sonova AG. Prior to that, from August 2001 to December 2011, Mr. Brownie served as Chief Financial Officer and then President and Chief Executive Officer of HearingPlanet Inc., which was purchased by Sonova AG. Mr. Brownie received a B.S. in business administration from San Diego State University-California State University.

Non-employee directors

Josh Makower, M.D. has served as member of our board of directors since November 2015. Since 2015, Dr. Makower has been a General Partner at New Enterprise Associates, a venture capital firm. In addition to his role at New Enterprise Associates, Josh serves as an Adjunct Professor of Medicine at Stanford University Medical School and is Co-Founder of Stanford University’s Biodesign Innovation Program. Dr. Makower is also the Founder and Executive Chairman of ExploraMed, a medical device incubator. He received a B.S. in mechanical engineering from Massachusetts Institute of Technology, his M.D. from New York University School of Medicine and his M.B.A. from Columbia University.

We believe that Dr. Makower is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to the valuable expertise and perspective he brings with his medical and financial backgrounds and his extensive investment experience in the technology and healthcare industries.

David Wu has served as member of our board of directors since July 2014. Since 2012, Mr. Wu has been a Partner at Maveron LLC, a venture capital firm. Mr. Wu received a B.S. and A.B. in electrical engineering and quantitative economics from Stanford University.

We believe that Mr. Wu is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to the valuable expertise and perspective he brings with his experience investing in consumer-facing companies.

Peter Tuxen Bisgaard has served as member of our board of directors since October 2017. Since September 2017, Mr. Bisgaard has been Managing Director of Nan Fung Life Sciences, a global life sciences investment platform and a Managing Partner at Pivotal Bioventure Partners LLC, a healthcare venture capital fund. Prior to this, he was a Senior Partner at Novo Ventures, a healthcare focused venture investment firm, from 2009 to September 2017. Prior to Novo Ventures he was with McKinsey and Co. He has previously served on the board of directors of the following publicly-held companies: Ra Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a clinical stage biopharmaceutical company; Nevro Corp, a commercial stage medical device company; HTG Molecular Diagnostics, Inc., a commercial stage RNA-platform based life sciences tools company; Otonomy, Inc., a biopharmaceutical company developing therapeutics for treating hearing disorders; and Alder Biopharmaceuticals, Inc., a late stage drug development company focusing on migraine therapeutics. In addition Mr. Bisgaard is serving, and has served, on numerous boards of privately held biotechnology and medical technology companies. Mr. Bisgaard received an M.Sc. in engineering from Technical University of Denmark and a post graduate degree in mathematical modeling in economics by the European Consortium for Mathematics in the Industry.

We believe that Mr. Bisgaard is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to the valuable expertise and perspective he brings with his investment experience.

Tak Cheung, M.D. has served as member of our board of directors since September 2018. Since February 2018, Dr. Cheung has been a Principal at New Enterprise Associates, a venture capital firm. Prior to this, he served as a Venture Partner at Merieux Development Venture Fund, a venture fund, from May 2016 to January 2018.

 

115


Table of Contents

Dr. Cheung also co-founded Lexington Medical, a commercial-stage medical device startup in the gastrointestinal surgery space, in December 2018. Prior to Lexington Medical, he was Vice President of Business Development for the Global Surgical Division of Bausch + Lomb, an eye health products company, from February 2013 to November 2013, and a Director of Business Development for Edwards Lifesciences, a medical equipment company, from May 2008 to January 2013. Dr. Cheung received a B.S. with honors in engineering and applied science from the California Institute of Technology, his M.D. from the University of California, Irvine and his M.B.A. from Harvard Business School.

We believe that Dr. Cheung is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to the valuable expertise and perspective he brings with his medical and financial backgrounds and his experience investing in healthcare companies.

Raphael Michel is our co-founder and has served as member of our board of directors since our inception in 2010. Mr. Michel previously served as our Chief Strategy Officer from September 2012 to September 2018 and as our Chief Executive Officer from February 2011 until June 2016. Since December 2018, Mr. Michel has served as the Co-Founder and Chief Executive Officer of Onera Health, a sleep diagnostics company. He received his postgraduate degree in applied mathematics and economics from École Polytechnique, his M.S. in mechanical engineering from Stanford University, and his M.B.A. from the Haas School of Business at the University of California, Berkeley

We believe that Mr. Michel is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to the valuable expertise and perspective he brings in his capacity as one of our founders and because of his extensive experience and knowledge of our industry.

Board composition

Director independence

Our board of directors currently consists of six members. Our board of directors has determined that all of our directors, other than Mr. Gormsen and Mr. Michel, qualify as “independent” directors in accordance with the listing rules of                 , or the Listing Rules. Mr. Gormsen is not considered independent by virtue of his position as our President and Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Michel is not considered independent because he previously served as an officer within the past three years. Under the Listing Rules, the definition of independence includes a series of objective tests, such as that the director is not, and has not been for at least three years, one of our employees and that neither the director nor any of his or her family members has engaged in various types of business dealings with us. In addition, as required by the Listing Rules, our board of directors has made a subjective determination as to each independent director that no relationship exists that, in the opinion of our board of directors, would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director. In making these determinations, our board of directors reviewed and discussed information provided by the directors and us with regard to each director’s business and personal activities and relationships as they may relate to us and our management. There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.

 

116


Table of Contents

Classified board of directors

In accordance with our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will be effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. At each annual general meeting of stockholders, the successors to directors whose terms then expire will be elected to serve from the time of election and qualification until the third annual meeting following election. Our directors will be divided among the three classes as follows:

 

 

The Class I directors will be                  and                 , and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2021;

 

 

The Class II directors will be                  and                 , and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2022; and

 

 

The Class III directors will be                 ,                  and                 , and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2023.

We expect that any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors. The division of our board of directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms may delay or prevent a change of our management or a change in control.

Voting arrangements

The election of the members of our board of directors is governed by the amended and restated voting agreement that we entered into with certain holders of our common stock and certain holders of our convertible preferred stock and the related provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. Pursuant to our amended and restated voting agreement, the following directors were designated as directors to our board of directors:

 

 

David Wu was designated by Maveron Equity Partners V, L.P. and its affiliates and elected by the holders of a majority of the shares of our Series A convertible preferred stock;

 

 

Josh Makower and Tak Cheung were designated by New Enterprise Associates 15, Limited and its affiliates and elected by the holders of a majority of the shares of our Series B-1 convertible preferred stock;

 

 

Peter Tuxen Bisgaard was designated by Pivotal Alpha Limited and its affiliates and elected by the holders of a majority of the shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock; and

 

 

Christian Gormsen and Raphael Michel were designated by the holders of a majority of the shares of our common stock held by the holders of our common stock who are parties to the voting agreement and elected by the holders of a majority of the shares of our common stock.

The holders of our common stock and convertible preferred stock who are parties to our voting agreement are obligated to vote for such designees indicated above. The provisions of this voting agreement will terminate upon the consummation of this offering and our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will be amended and restated, after which there will be no further contractual obligations or charter provisions regarding the election of our directors. Our directors hold office until their successors have been elected and qualified or appointed, or the earlier of their death, resignation, or removal.

Leadership structure of the board

Our amended and restated bylaws and corporate governance guidelines to be in place immediately prior to the consummation of this offering will provide our board of directors with flexibility to combine or separate the

 

117


Table of Contents

positions of Chairman of the board of directors and Chief Executive Officer and to implement a lead director in accordance with its determination regarding which structure would be in the best interests of our company.

Our board of directors has concluded that our current leadership structure is appropriate at this time. However, our board of directors will continue to periodically review our leadership structure and may make such changes in the future as it deems appropriate.

Role of board in risk oversight process

Risk assessment and oversight are an integral part of our governance and management processes. Our board of directors encourages management to promote a culture that incorporates risk management into our corporate strategy and day-to-day business operations. Management discusses strategic and operational risks at regular management meetings, and conducts specific strategic planning and review sessions during the year that include a focused discussion and analysis of the risks facing us. Throughout the year, senior management reviews these risks with the board of directors at regular board meetings as part of management presentations that focus on particular business functions, operations or strategies, and presents the steps taken by management to mitigate or eliminate such risks.

Our board of directors does not have a standing risk management committee, but rather administers this oversight function directly through our board of directors as a whole, as well as through various standing committees of our board of directors that address risks inherent in their respective areas of oversight. While our board of directors is responsible for monitoring and assessing strategic risk exposure, our audit committee is responsible for overseeing our major financial risk exposures and the steps our management has taken to monitor and control these exposures. The audit committee also approves or disapproves any related person transactions. Our nominating and corporate governance committee monitors the effectiveness of our corporate governance guidelines. Our compensation committee assesses and monitors whether any of our compensation policies and programs has the potential to encourage excessive risk-taking.

Board committees

Our board of directors has established an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee. Our board of directors may establish other committees to facilitate the management of our business. The composition and functions of each committee are described below. Members serve on these committees until their resignation or until otherwise determined by our board of directors. Each committee intends to adopt a written charter that satisfies the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and Listing Rules, which we will post on our website at www.eargo.com upon the completion of this offering.

Audit committee

Our audit committee oversees our corporate accounting and financial reporting process. Among other matters, the audit committee:

 

 

appoints our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

 

evaluates the independent registered public accounting firm’s qualifications, independence and performance;

 

 

determines the engagement of the independent registered public accounting firm;

 

 

reviews and approves the scope of the annual audit and pre-approves the audit and non-audit fees and services;

 

118


Table of Contents
 

reviews and approves all related party transactions on an ongoing basis;

 

 

establishes procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of any complaints received by the Company regarding accounting, internal accounting controls or auditing matters;

 

 

discusses with management and the independent registered public accounting firm the results of the annual audit and the review of our quarterly financial statements;

 

 

approves the retention of the independent registered public accounting firm to perform any proposed permissible non-audit services;

 

 

discusses on a periodic basis, or as appropriate, with management the Company’s policies and procedures with respect to risk assessment and risk management;

 

 

is responsible for reviewing our financial statements and our management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations to be included in our annual and quarterly reports to be filed with the SEC;

 

 

investigates any reports received through the ethics helpline and reports to the Board periodically with respect to any information received through the ethics helpline and any related investigations; and

 

 

reviews the audit committee charter and the audit committee’s performance on an annual basis.

Our audit committee consists of                 ,                  and                . Our board of directors has determined that all members are independent under the Listing Rules and Rule 10A-3(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act. The chair of our audit committee is                 . Our board of directors has determined that                  and                  are each an “audit committee financial expert” as such term is currently defined in Item 407(d)(5) of Regulation S-K. Our board of directors has also determined that each member of our audit committee can read and understand fundamental consolidated financial statements, in accordance with applicable requirements.

Compensation committee

Our compensation committee oversees policies relating to compensation and benefits of our officers and employees. The compensation committee reviews and approves or recommends corporate goals and objectives relevant to compensation of our executive officers (other than our Chief Executive Officer), evaluates the performance of these officers in light of those goals and objectives and approves the compensation of these officers based on such evaluations. The compensation committee also reviews and approves or makes recommendations to our board of directors regarding the issuance of stock options and other awards under our stock plans to our executive officers (other than our Chief Executive Officer). The compensation committee reviews the performance of our Chief Executive Officer and makes recommendations to our board of directors with respect to his compensation, and our board of directors retains the authority to make compensation decisions relative to our Chief Executive Officer. The compensation committee will review and evaluate, on an annual basis, the compensation committee charter and the compensation committee’s performance. Our compensation committee consists of                 ,                  and                 . Our board of directors has determined that all members are independent under the Listing Rules and are “non-employee directors” as defined in Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act. The chair of our compensation committee is                 .

Nominating and corporate governance committee

The nominating and corporate governance committee is responsible for making recommendations to our board of directors regarding candidates for directorships and the size and composition of our board of directors. In

 

119


Table of Contents

addition, the nominating and corporate governance committee is responsible for overseeing our corporate governance policies and making recommendations to our board of directors concerning governance matters. Our nominating and corporate governance committee consists of                 ,                  and                 . Our board of directors has determined that all members are independent under the Listing Rules. The chair of our nominating and corporate governance committee is                 .

Compensation committee interlocks and insider participation

None of the members of our compensation committee is currently, or has been at any time, one of our executive officers or employees. None of our executive officers currently serves, or has served during the last year, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving as a member of our board of directors or on our compensation committee.

Code of business conduct and ethics

In connection with this offering, our board of directors intends to adopt a written code of business conduct and ethics that applies to all of our directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions, and agents and representatives. The full text of our code of business conduct and ethics will be posted on our website at www.eargo.com upon the completion of this offering. The nominating and corporate governance committee of our board of directors will be responsible for overseeing our code of business conduct and ethics and any waivers applicable to any director, executive officer or employee. We intend to disclose any future amendments to certain provisions of our code of business conduct and ethics, or waivers of such provisions applicable to our directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions, and agents and representatives, on our website identified above or in public filings.

Limitation on liability and indemnification matters

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws, both of which will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, limit our directors’ liability, and provide that we may indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware General Corporation Law, or the DGCL. The DGCL provides that directors of a corporation will not be personally liable for monetary damages for breach of their fiduciary duties as directors, except for liability for any:

 

 

transaction from which the director derives an improper personal benefit;

 

 

act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

 

unlawful payment of dividends or redemption of shares; or

 

 

breach of a director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders.

These limitations of liability do not apply to liabilities arising under federal securities laws and do not affect the availability of equitable remedies such as injunctive relief or recession.

The DGCL and our amended and restated bylaws provide that we will, in certain situations, indemnify our directors and officers and may indemnify other employees and other agents, to the fullest extent permitted by law. Any indemnified person is also entitled, subject to certain limitations, to advancement, direct payment or reimbursement of reasonable expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements) in advance of the final disposition of the proceeding.

 

120


Table of Contents

In addition, we have entered, and intend to continue to enter, into separate indemnification agreements with our directors and officers. These indemnification agreements, among other things, require us to indemnify our directors and officers for certain expenses, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by a director or officer in any action or proceeding arising out of their services as a director or officer, or any other company or enterprise to which the person provides services at our request.

We maintain a directors’ and officers’ insurance policy pursuant to which our directors and officers are insured against liability for actions taken in their capacities as directors and officers. We believe that these provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws and these indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, may be permitted to directors, officers or control persons, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy, as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

 

121


Table of Contents

Executive and director compensation

Our named executive officers for the year ended December 31, 2018, which consist of our principal executive officer and our two most highly compensated executive officers, are:

 

 

Christian Gormsen, our President and Chief Executive Officer; and

 

 

William Brownie, our Chief Operating Officer.

Summary compensation table

The following table provides information regarding the compensation earned by our named executive officers for the year ended December 31, 2018.

 

               
Name and principal position    Year      Salary
($)
   

Bonus

($)

    

Option
awards

($)(1)

     Non-equity
incentive plan
compensation
($)
     All other
compensation
($)
     Total
($)
 

Christian Gormsen

     2018      $ 494,488 (2)                                $ 494,488  

President and Chief

Executive Officer

                   

William Brownie

     2018      $ 270,844                                 $ 270,844  

Chief Operating

Officer

                   

 

 

 

(1)   In accordance with SEC rules, this column reflects the aggregate grant date fair value of the option awards granted during fiscal year 2018 computed in accordance with ASC 718 for stock-based compensation transactions, adjusted to reflect the probable outcome of performance conditions. Messrs. Gormsen and Brownie were granted options on November 3, 2018 that are subject to performance conditions that were determined not to be probable as of the grant date and therefore have been reported with a value of zero. If the performance conditions were to have been determined to be probable on the grant date, the value of the November 3, 2018 options would be $18,268 for Mr. Gormsen and $7,729 for Mr. Brownie, based on achievement of the performance conditions at the maximum level. See note 9 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for a discussion of the assumptions used in the calculation of these amounts.

 

(2)   The amount reported for Mr. Gormsen includes a housing allowance of $150,000 that does not require substantiation and is indistinguishable from base salary.

Narrative to the summary compensation table

Prior to the completion of this offering, our board of directors reviewed compensation annually for all employees, including our named executive officers. In setting executive base salaries and bonuses and granting equity incentive awards, our board of directors considered compensation for comparable positions in the market, the historical compensation levels of our executives, individual performance as compared to our expectations and objectives, our desire to motivate our employees to achieve short- and long-term results in the best interests of our stockholders and long-term commitment to our company.

Our board of directors has historically determined our executive officers’ compensation and has typically reviewed and discussed management’s proposed compensation with our chief executive officer for all executives other than our chief executive officer. Based on those discussions and its discretion, our board of directors then determined the compensation of each executive officer. Upon the completion of this offering, the compensation committee of our board of directors will determine our executive officers’ (other than our Chief Executive Officer’s) compensation and follow this process, but generally the compensation committee itself, rather than our board of directors, will approve the compensation of each executive officer (other than our Chief Executive Officer). The compensation committee will review the performance of our Chief Executive

 

122


Table of Contents

Officer and make recommendations to our board of directors with respect to his compensation, and our board of directors will retain the authority to make compensation decisions relative to our Chief Executive Officer.

Annual base salary

Base salaries for our executive officers are initially established through arm’s-length negotiations at the time of the executive officer’s hiring, taking into account such executive officer’s qualifications, experience, the scope of his or her responsibilities and competitive market compensation paid by other companies for similar positions within the industry and geography. Base salaries are reviewed periodically, typically in connection with our annual performance review process, and adjusted from time to time to realign salaries with market levels after taking into account individual responsibilities, performance and experience. In making decisions regarding salary increases, we may also draw upon the experience of members of our board of directors with executives at other companies. The 2018 base salaries for our named executive officers were as follows: (a) $500,000 for Mr. Gormsen, inclusive of a monthly housing allowance, and (b) $280,000 for the period of January 1, 2018 through June 30, 2018 and $300,000 thereafter for Mr. Brownie.

Bonuses and non-equity incentive plan compensation

Our named executive officers are each eligible to receive a discretionary annual bonus based on individual and company performance. However, no cash bonuses were awarded based on services provided during 2018.

Equity-based incentive awards

Our equity-based incentive awards are designed to align our interests and those of our stockholders with those of our employees and consultants, including our named executive officers.

We have historically used stock options as the principal equity incentive award for long-term compensation to our named executive officers because the return on the options is tied to an increase in the stock price. We may grant equity awards at such times as our board of directors or compensation committee determines appropriate. Additional grants may occur periodically in order to specifically incentivize executives with respect to achieving certain corporate goals or to reward executives for exceptional performance.

Prior to this offering, all of the equity incentive awards we granted were made pursuant to our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended, or the 2010 Plan. Following this offering, we will grant equity incentive awards under the terms of our 2020 Incentive Award Plan, or the 2020 Plan. The terms of our equity plans are described below under “—Equity incentive plans.”

All options are granted with an exercise price per share that is no less than the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant of such award. Our stock option grants generally vest over a four-year period, and may be subject to acceleration of vesting and exercisability under certain termination and change in control events.

 

123


Table of Contents

Outstanding equity awards at fiscal year-end

The following table provides information regarding the outstanding equity awards held by our named executive officers as of December 31, 2018. All awards were granted pursuant to the 2010 Plan. See “—Equity incentive plans–2010 Equity Incentive Plan” below for additional information.

 

       
                 Option awards  

Name and principal

position

  Grant
date(1)
     Vesting
commencement
date
    Number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
options (#)
(exercisable)
   

Number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
options (#)

(unexercisable)

   

Equity
incentive
plan
awards:

number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
unearned
options (#)

    Option
exercise
price
($)
    Option
expiration
date
 

Christian Gormsen

President and Chief

Executive Officer

    4/22/2014          3,300       0       $ 0.43       4/22/2024  
    11/20/2014          33,000       0       $ 0.43       11/20/2024  
    9/1/2016        2/15/2016 (2)      111,446       0       $ 0.43       9/1/2026  
    10/11/2016        7/12/2017 (3)      78,946       32,500       $ 0.43       10/11/2026  
    7/12/2017        7/12/2017 (4)      55,723       0       $ 0.43       7/11/2027  
    11/29/2017        11/29/2017 (2)      1,513,722       0       $ 0.43       11/28/2027  
    11/3/2018        11/3/2018 (5)          130,000     $ 0.47       11/3/2028  

William Brownie

    9/1/2016        2/15/2016 (2)      55,723       0       $ 0.43       9/1/2026  

Chief Operating

Officer

    2/14/2017        2/14/2017 (2)      6,966       0       $ 0.43       2/13/2027  
    7/12/2017        9/1/2016 (4)      20,897       0       $ 0.43       7/11/2027  
    7/12/2017        7/12/2017 (4)      27,862       0       $ 0.43       7/11/2027  
    11/29/2017        11/29/2017 (4)      535,704       0       $ 0.43       11/28/2027  
    11/3/2018        11/3/2018 (5)          55,000     $ 0.47       11/2/2028  

 

 

(1)   The exercise price of each option granted prior to November 29, 2017 was repriced to $0.43 per share on November 29, 2017.

 

(2)   This option is exercisable in full as of the date of grant, with any unvested shares underlying the option subject to repurchase by us at the original exercise price in the event of a termination of service. The option vests as to 25% of the total number of shares subject to the option on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date and as to 1/48th of the total number of shares subject to the option on each monthly anniversary thereafter, in each case, subject to continued service. Vesting accelerates in full in the event the holder is terminated by us without cause or the holder resigns for good reason, in each case, within the 12 month period commencing on a change in control.

 

(3)   This option vests and becomes exercisable as to 25% of the total number of shares subject to the option on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date and as to 1/48th of the total number of shares subject to the option on each monthly anniversary thereafter, in each case, subject to continued service. Vesting accelerates in full in the event the holder is terminated by us without cause or the holder resigns for good reason, in each case, within the 12 month period commencing on a change in control.

 

(4)   This option is exercisable in full as of the date of grant, with any unvested shares underlying the option subject to repurchase by us at the original exercise price in the event of a termination of service. The option vests as to 1/48th of the total number of shares subject to the option on each monthly anniversary of the vesting commencement date, subject to continued service. Vesting accelerates in full in the event the holder is terminated by us without cause or the holder resigns for good reason, in each case, within the 12 month period commencing on a change in control.

 

(5)   This option vests and becomes exercisable based on the achievement of certain performance goals, subject to continued service through the date of achievement. Vesting accelerates in full in the event the holder is terminated by us without cause or the holder resigns for good reason, in each case, within the 12 month period commencing on a change in control.

Employment arrangements

Below are descriptions of our offer letters with Mr. Gormsen and Mr. Brownie. The letters generally provide for at-will employment without any specific term and set forth the named executive officer’s initial base salary and eligibility for employee benefits. Each of our named executive officers has executed a form of our standard confidential information and inventions assignment agreement. We intend to amend and restate the offer letters with our named executive officers prior to the completion of this offering.

 

124


Table of Contents

Additionally, our named executive officers are entitled to certain severance benefits pursuant to their employment offer letters, the terms of which are described under “—Potential payments and benefits upon termination or change in control” below.

Christian Gormsen

On February 16, 2016, we entered into an offer letter with Mr. Gormsen setting forth the terms and conditions of his employment. The offer letter provides for a base salary of $350,000 per year and a housing allowance of $12,500 per month, for an effective annual base salary of $500,000. The offer letter provided for the grant of options to purchase an aggregate number of shares of common stock representing approximately 4% of our outstanding common stock as of Mr. Gormsen’s employment start date with half of the shares underlying the options vesting based solely on continued service and half of the shares underlying the options vesting based on continued service and the achievement of performance goals. The offer letter provides that if within 12 months after a change in control (as defined in the offer letter) Mr. Gormsen’s employment is terminated by us without cause (as defined in the offer letter), then any unvested shares underlying the stock option granted in connection with the offer letter that vests based on continued service will vest in full. The offer letter also provides that if, at any time, Mr. Gormsen is terminated by us without cause or if he resigns for good reason (as defined in the offer letter), then, subject to the execution of an effective release, Mr. Gormsen will receive 3 months of base salary payable as severance. Mr. Gormsen has also executed our standard confidential information, invention assignment and arbitration agreement.

William Brownie

On August 18, 2016, we entered into an offer letter with Mr. Brownie setting forth the terms and conditions of his employment. The offer letter provides for a base salary of $240,000 per year and a temporary housing allowance of $4,000 per month. His current annual base salary is $300,000. The offer letter provided for the grant of options to purchase an aggregate number of shares of common stock representing approximately 1.5% of our outstanding common stock as of Mr. Brownie’s employment start date with two-thirds of the shares underlying the options vesting based solely on continued service and one third of the shares underlying the options vesting based on continued service and the achievement of performance goals. The offer letter provides that if within 12 months after a change in control (as defined in the offer letter) Mr. Brownie’s employment is terminated by us without cause (as defined in the offer letter), then any unvested shares underlying the stock option granted in connection with the offer letter that vests based on continued service will vest in full.    Mr. Brownie has also executed our standard confidential information, invention assignment and arbitration agreement.

Health and welfare and retirement benefits; perquisites

Messrs. Gormsen and Brownie are eligible to participate in the benefit plans made generally available to our employees on the same terms and conditions as our employees, including comprehensive medical, dental and vision insurance, life and disability insurance, commuter benefit program and 401(k) plan. We have not made any matching contributions under our 401(k) plan. Other than eligibility for the commuter benefit program, the temporary housing allowance provided to Mr. Brownie in connection with his commencement of employment with us and the continuing housing allowance provided to Mr. Gormsen, which forms a part of his base salary, Messrs. Gormsen and Brownie are not provided any perquisites.

 

125


Table of Contents

Equity incentive plans

2020 Incentive Award Plan

We intend to adopt the 2020 Plan, which we expect will become effective on the day prior to the first public trading date of our common stock. The principal purpose of the 2020 Plan is to attract, retain and motivate selected employees, consultants and directors through the granting of stock-based compensation awards and cash-based performance bonus awards. The material terms of the 2020 Plan, as it is currently contemplated, are summarized below.

Share reserve.    Under the 2020 Plan,             shares of our common stock will be initially reserved for issuance pursuant to a variety of stock-based compensation awards, including stock options, stock appreciation rights, or SARs, restricted stock awards, restricted stock unit awards and other stock-based awards, plus the number of shares remaining available for future awards under the 2010 Plan, as of the effective date of the 2020 Plan. The number of shares initially reserved for issuance or transfer pursuant to awards under the 2020 Plan will be increased by (i) the number of shares represented by awards outstanding under our 2010 Plan that are forfeited or lapse unexercised and which following the effective date are not issued under our 2010 Plan and (ii) an annual increase on the first day of each fiscal year beginning in 2020 and ending in 2029, equal to the lesser of (A)     % of the shares of stock outstanding (on an as converted basis) on the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year and (B) such smaller number of shares of stock as determined by our board of directors; provided, however, that no more than             shares of stock may be issued upon the exercise of incentive stock options.

The following counting provisions will be in effect for the share reserve under the 2020 Plan:

 

 

to the extent that an award terminates, expires or lapses for any reason or an award is settled in cash without the delivery of shares, any shares subject to the award at such time will be available for future grants under the 2020 Plan;

 

 

to the extent shares are tendered or withheld to satisfy the grant, exercise price or tax withholding obligation with respect to any award under the 2020 Plan, such tendered or withheld shares will be available for future grants under the 2020 Plan;

 

 

to the extent shares subject to SARs are not issued in connection with the stock settlement of SARs on exercise thereof, such shares will be available for future grants under the 2020 Plan;

 

 

to the extent that shares of our common stock are repurchased by us prior to vesting so that shares are returned to us, such shares will be available for future grants under the 2020 Plan;

 

 

the payment of dividend equivalents in cash in conjunction with any outstanding awards will not be counted against the shares available for issuance under the 2020 Plan; and

 

 

to the extent permitted by applicable law or any exchange rule, shares issued in assumption of, or in substitution for, any outstanding awards of any entity acquired in any form of combination by us or any of our subsidiaries will not be counted against the shares available for issuance under the 2020 Plan.

Administration.     The compensation committee of our board of directors is expected to administer the 2020 Plan unless our board of directors assumes authority for administration. The compensation committee must consist of at least three members of our board of directors, each of whom is intended to qualify as a “non-employee director” for purposes of Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act and an “independent director” within the meaning of the rules of the applicable stock exchange, or other principal securities market on which shares of our common stock are traded. The 2020 Plan provides that the board or compensation committee

 

126


Table of Contents

may delegate its authority to grant awards to employees other than executive officers and certain senior executives of the company to a committee consisting of one or more members of our board of directors or one or more of our officers, other than awards made to our non-employee directors, which must be approved by our full board of directors.

Subject to the terms and conditions of the 2020 Plan, the administrator has the authority to select the persons to whom awards are to be made, to determine the number of shares to be subject to awards and the terms and conditions of awards, and to make all other determinations and to take all other actions necessary or advisable for the administration of the 2020 Plan. The administrator is also authorized to adopt, amend or rescind rules relating to administration of the 2020 Plan. Our board of directors may at any time remove the compensation committee as the administrator and revest in itself the authority to administer the 2020 Plan. The full board of directors will administer the 2020 Plan with respect to awards to non-employee directors.

Eligibility.    Options, SARs, restricted stock and all other stock-based and cash-based awards under the 2020 Plan may be granted to individuals who are then our officers, employees or consultants or are the officers, employees or consultants of certain of our subsidiaries. Such awards also may be granted to our directors. Only employees of our company or certain of our subsidiaries may be granted incentive stock options, or ISOs.

Awards.     The 2020 Plan provides that the administrator may grant or issue stock options, SARs, restricted stock, restricted stock units, other stock- or cash-based awards and dividend equivalents, or any combination thereof. Each award will be set forth in a separate agreement with the person receiving the award and will indicate the type, terms and conditions of the award.

 

 

Nonstatutory stock options.     Nonstatutory Stock Options, or NSOs, will provide for the right to purchase shares of our common stock at a specified price which may not be less than fair market value on the date of grant, and usually will become exercisable (at the discretion of the administrator) in one or more installments after the grant date, subject to the participant’s continued employment or service with us and/ or subject to the satisfaction of corporate performance targets and individual performance targets established by the administrator. NSOs may be granted for any term specified by the administrator that does not exceed ten years.

 

 

Incentive stock options.    ISOs will be designed in a manner intended to comply with the provisions of Section 422 of the Code and will be subject to specified restrictions contained in the Code. Among such restrictions, ISOs must have an exercise price of not less than the fair market value of a share of common stock on the date of grant, may only be granted to employees, and must not be exercisable after a period of ten years measured from the date of grant. In the case of an ISO granted to an individual who owns (or is deemed to own) at least 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of our capital stock, the 2020 Plan provides that the exercise price must be at least 110% of the fair market value of a share of common stock on the date of grant and the ISO must not be exercisable after a period of five years measured from the date of grant.

 

 

Restricted stock.     Restricted stock may be granted to any eligible individual and made subject to such restrictions as may be determined by the administrator. Restricted stock, typically, may be forfeited for no consideration or repurchased by us at the original purchase price if the conditions or restrictions on vesting are not met. In general, restricted stock may not be sold or otherwise transferred until restrictions are removed or expire. Purchasers of restricted stock, unlike recipients of options, will have voting rights and will have the right to receive dividends, if any, prior to the time when the restrictions lapse, however, extraordinary dividends will generally be placed in escrow, and will not be released until restrictions are removed or expire.

 

127


Table of Contents
 

Restricted stock units.     Restricted stock units may be awarded to any eligible individual, typically without payment of consideration, but subject to vesting conditions based on continued employment or service or on performance criteria established by the administrator. Like restricted stock, restricted stock units may not be sold, or otherwise transferred or hypothecated, until vesting conditions are removed or expire. Unlike restricted stock, stock underlying restricted stock units will not be issued until the restricted stock units have vested, and recipients of restricted stock units generally will have no voting or dividend rights prior to the time when vesting conditions are satisfied.

 

 

Stock appreciation rights.     SARs may be granted in connection with stock options or other awards, or separately. SARs granted in connection with stock options or other awards typically will provide for payments to the holder based upon increases in the price of our common stock over a set exercise price. The exercise price of any SAR granted under the 2020 Plan must be at least 100% of the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date of grant. SARs under the 2020 Plan will be settled in cash or shares of our common stock, or in a combination of both, at the election of the administrator.

 

 

Other stock or cash based awards.     Other stock or cash based awards are awards of cash, fully vested shares of our common stock and other awards valued wholly or partially by referring to, or otherwise based on, shares of our common stock. Other stock or cash based awards may be granted to participants and may also be available as a payment form in the settlement of other awards, as standalone payments and as payment in lieu of base salary, bonus, fees or other cash compensation otherwise payable to any individual who is eligible to receive awards. The plan administrator will determine the terms and conditions of other stock or cash based awards, which may include vesting conditions based on continued service, performance and/or other conditions.

 

 

Dividend equivalents.     Dividend equivalents represent the right to receive the equivalent value of dividends paid on shares of our common stock and may be granted alone or in tandem with awards other than stock options or SARs. Dividend equivalents are credited as of dividend payments dates during the period between a specified date and the date such award terminates or expires, as determined by the plan administrator. In addition, dividend equivalents with respect to shares covered by a performance award will only be paid to the participant at the same time or times and to the same extent that the vesting conditions, if any, are subsequently satisfied and the performance award vests with respect to such shares.

Any award may be granted as a performance award, meaning that the award will be subject to vesting and/or payment based on the attainment of specified performance goals.

Change in control.     In the event of a change in control, unless the plan administrator elects to terminate an award in exchange for cash, rights or other property, or cause an award to accelerate in full prior to the change in control, such award will continue in effect or be assumed or substituted by the acquirer, provided that any performance-based portion of the award will be subject to the terms and conditions of the applicable award agreement. In the event the acquirer refuses to assume or replace awards granted, prior to the consummation of such transaction, awards issued under the 2020 Plan will be subject to accelerated vesting such that 100% of such awards will become vested and exercisable or payable, as applicable. The administrator may also make appropriate adjustments to awards under the 2020 Plan and is authorized to provide for the acceleration, cash-out, termination, assumption, substitution or conversion of such awards in the event of a change in control or certain other unusual or nonrecurring events or transactions.

Adjustments of awards.     In the event of any stock dividend or other distribution, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, combination or exchange of shares, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, recapitalization, repurchase or any other corporate event affecting the number of outstanding shares of our common stock or the share price of our common stock that would require adjustments to the 2020 Plan or any

 

128


Table of Contents

awards under the 2020 Plan in order to prevent the dilution or enlargement of the potential benefits intended to be made available thereunder, the administrator will make appropriate, proportionate adjustments to: (i) the aggregate number and type of shares subject to the 2020 Plan; (ii) the number and kind of shares subject to outstanding awards and terms and conditions of outstanding awards (including, without limitation, any applicable performance targets or criteria with respect to such awards); and (iii) the grant or exercise price per share of any outstanding awards under the 2020 Plan.

Amendment and termination.     The administrator may terminate, amend or modify the 2020 Plan at any time and from time to time. However, we must generally obtain stockholder approval to the extent required by applicable law, rule or regulation (including any applicable stock exchange rule). Notwithstanding the foregoing, an option may be amended to reduce the per share exercise price below the per share exercise price of such option on the grant date and options may be granted in exchange for, or in connection with, the cancellation or surrender of options having a higher per share exercise price without receiving additional stockholder approval.

No incentive stock options may be granted pursuant to the 2020 Plan after the tenth anniversary of the effective date of the 2020 Plan, and no additional annual share increases to the 2020 Plan’s aggregate share limit will occur from and after such anniversary. Any award that is outstanding on the termination date of the 2020 Plan will remain in force according to the terms of the 2020 Plan and the applicable award agreement.

2010 Equity Incentive Plan

Our board of directors adopted the 2010 Plan in 2010 and our stockholders approved the 2010 Plan in 2010. The 2010 Plan was amended most recently on December 19, 2018 and such amendment was approved by our stockholders on December 19, 2018. The 2010 Plan provides for the discretionary grant of incentive stock options, nonstatutory stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards and RSUs to our employees and consultants, or employees and consultants of our subsidiaries, and our directors. Incentive stock options may be granted only to our employees or employees of our subsidiaries. We have only granted options under the 2010 Plan and we do not expect to grant any other types of awards under the 2010 Plan prior to its termination.

Authorized shares.     The 2010 Plan will be terminated in connection with this offering, and no awards will be granted under the 2010 Plan after the 2010 Plan is terminated. The 2010 Plan will continue to govern outstanding awards granted thereunder. As of December 31, 2018, options to purchase an aggregate of 6,545,220 shares of our common stock remained outstanding under the 2010 Plan.

Plan administration.     Our board of directors or a duly authorized committee of our board of directors administers our 2010 Plan and the awards granted under it. Subject to the terms of the 2010 Plan, the administrator has the authority to determine and amend the terms of awards, including recipients, type of award, the exercise, purchase or strike price of awards, if any, the number of shares subject to each award, the fair market value of a share of our common stock, the vesting schedule applicable to the awards, together with any vesting acceleration, and the form of consideration, if any, payable upon exercise or settlement of the award. The administrator also may construe and interpret the 2010 Plan and awards granted under it, establish, amend, and revoke rules and regulations for the administration of the 2010 Plan, settle all controversies regarding the 2010 Plan and any awards granted under it, approve forms of award agreement for use under the 2010 Plan, adopt procedures and sub-plans for non-U.S. participants, and exercise powers and perform acts as the administrator deems necessary or expedient to promote our interests that are not in conflict with the terms of the 2010 Plan or awards granted under it. The administrator’s determinations, interpretations and constructions made by the administrator in good faith will be final, binding and conclusive on all persons to the maximum extent permitted by law.

 

129


Table of Contents

The administrator has the power to modify outstanding awards under the 2010 Plan. The plan administrator has the authority, with the consent of any adversely affected option holder, to reduce the exercise price of any outstanding options granted under the 2010 Plan or cancel any outstanding option in exchange for new awards, cash or other consideration, or take any other action that is treated as a repricing under generally accepted accounting principles, with the consent of any adversely affected participant.

Awards.     The administrator, in its sole discretion, establishes the terms of all awards granted under the 2010 Plan, consistent with the terms of the 2010 Plan. All awards are subject to the terms and conditions provided in the award agreement and the 2010 Plan.

 

 

Stock options.     Stock options may be granted under the 2010 Plan. Options granted under the 2010 Plan generally must have an exercise price per share at least equal to the fair market value of a share of our common stock as of the date of grant. The term of an incentive stock option may not exceed 10 years, except that with respect to any participant who owns more than 10% of the combined voting power of all classes of our outstanding stock or any subsidiary, the term must not exceed five years and the exercise price per share must equal at least 110% of the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the grant date. The administrator will determine the methods of payment of the exercise price of an option. After termination of service of an employee, director, or consultant, he or she may exercise his or her option for the period of time as specified in the applicable option agreement. Unless otherwise provided in the applicable award agreement, options generally will remain exercisable (to the extent vested) for thirty days following service termination or six months following service termination due to disability or death. However, in no event may an option be exercised later than its maximum term.

 

 

Stock appreciation rights.     Stock appreciation rights are granted pursuant to stock appreciation right agreements adopted by the administrator. The administrator determines the per share purchase price or strike price for a stock appreciation right, which generally cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date of grant. A stock appreciation right granted under the 2010 Plan vests at the rate specified in the stock appreciation right agreement and shall be paid in the form of consideration determined by the administrator.

 

 

Restricted stock awards.     Restricted stock awards are granted pursuant to restricted stock award agreements adopted by the administrator. The administrator determines the terms and conditions of restricted stock awards, including vesting and forfeiture terms. If a participant’s service relationship with us ceases for any reason, we may receive through a forfeiture condition or a repurchase right any or all of the shares of our common stock held by the participant that have not vested as of the date the participant terminates service with us.

 

 

RSUs.     RSUs are granted pursuant to RSU award agreements adopted by the administrator. Upon vesting, which may be tied to achievement of a performance condition or other requirements, an RSU may be settled by cash, shares, or in some combination of both as deemed appropriate by the administrator or in any other form of consideration set forth in the RSU award agreement. Additionally, dividend equivalents may be credited in respect of shares covered by a RSU award. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable award agreement, RSUs that have not vested will be forfeited upon the participant’s cessation of continuous service for any reason.

Non-transferability of awards.     Unless determined otherwise by the administrator, awards granted under the 2010 Plan may not be transferred other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution or as otherwise provided under the 2010 Plan and, are exercisable during the option holder’s lifetime only by the option holder. A restricted stock award may only be transferred as permitted in the restricted stock award agreement.

 

130


Table of Contents

Certain adjustments.     In the event of any change made in, or other events that occur with respect to the stock subject to the 2010 Plan or subject to an award granted under the 2010 Plan without the receipt of consideration by us, through a merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or exchange of share or other of our securities, o other change in corporate structure affecting our shares, the administrator will make appropriate adjustments to the class and maximum number of shares reserved for issuance under the 2010 Plan, the class and maximum number of shares that may be issued upon the exercise of incentive stock options and the class and number of shares and exercise price, strike price, or purchase price, if applicable, of all outstanding stock awards.

Dissolution or liquidation.     Unless provided otherwise in an award agreement, in the event of our dissolution or liquidation, all outstanding awards (other than awards consisting of vested and outstanding shares of our common stock not subject to our right of repurchase) will terminate immediately before the completion of the dissolution or liquidation, and shares of our common stock subject to our repurchase option may be repurchased by us without regard to whether the holder of the award is providing continuing services. The administrator may permit awards to become vested, exercisable, or no longer subject to repurchase or forfeiture before the completion of the dissolution or liquidation but subject to the completion of such transaction.

Corporate transactions.     The 2010 Plan provides that in the event of certain specified significant corporate transactions including: (i) the sale or disposition of at least 50% of the total voting power of our stock, (ii) a change in the effective control of the Company which occurs on the date that a majority of the members of our board of directors are replaced within any twelve-month period by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of our board of directors prior to the date of the appointment or election and (iii) a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of our assets that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than 50% of the total gross fair market value of all of our assets immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisition, each outstanding award will be treated as the administrator determines unless otherwise provided in an award agreement or other written agreement between us and the award holder. For example, the administrator may arrange for the assumption, continuation, or substitution of an award by a successor corporation and arrange for the assignment of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by us to a successor corporation. As another example, if awards held by participants whose service to us has not terminated prior to the effective date of such transaction are not assumed, continued, or substituted, then the awards held by such participants will terminate if not exercised at or prior to the effective time of the corporate transaction, but any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by us with respect to such awards will lapse, contingent on the effectiveness of such transaction. As a further example, if awards held by participants who no longer provide services to us as of immediately prior to a corporate transaction are not assumed, continued, or substituted, such awards will not accelerate and will be terminated if not exercised prior to the effective date of the transaction, provided that any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by us will not terminate. Notwithstanding the above, if an award will terminate if not exercised prior to the effective date of a corporate transaction, the administrator may provide that the participant may not exercise the award, but will receive a payment equal to the excess, if any, of the value of the property the participant would have received upon exercise of the award prior to the transaction over any exercise price payable by the participant in connection with the exercise.

Amendment; termination.     Subject to the terms of the 2010 Plan, our board of directors may terminate, amend or modify the 2010 Plan or any portion thereof at any time, although certain amendments require stockholder approval. As noted above, no further awards will be granted under the 2010 Plan after it is terminated in connection with this offering. However, all awards outstanding under the 2010 Plan will continue to be governed by their existing terms following termination of the 2010 Plan.

 

131


Table of Contents

2020 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

We intend to adopt and ask our stockholders to approve the 2020 employee stock purchase plan, or ESPP, which will be effective upon the day prior to the first public trading date of our common stock. The ESPP is designed to allow our eligible employees to purchase shares of our common stock, at semi-annual intervals, with their accumulated payroll deductions. The ESPP is intended to qualify under Section 423 of the Code. The material terms of the ESPP, as it is currently contemplated, are summarized below.

Administration.     Subject to the terms and conditions of the ESPP, our compensation committee will administer the ESPP. Our compensation committee can delegate administrative tasks under the ESPP to the services of an agent and/or employees to assist in the administration of the ESPP. The administrator will have the discretionary authority to administer and interpret the ESPP. Interpretations and constructions of the administrator of any provision of the ESPP or of any rights thereunder will be conclusive and binding on all persons. We will bear all expenses and liabilities incurred by the ESPP administrator.

Share reserve.     The maximum number of shares of our common stock which will be authorized for sale under the ESPP is equal to the sum of (a) shares of common stock and (b) an annual increase on the first day of each year beginning in 2020 and ending in 2029, equal to the lesser of (i) 1% of the shares of common stock outstanding (on an as converted basis) on the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year and (ii) such number of shares of common stock as determined by our board of directors; provided, however, no more than shares of our common stock may be issued under the ESPP. The shares reserved for issuance under the ESPP may be authorized but unissued shares or reacquired shares.

Eligibility.    Employees eligible to participate in the ESPP for a given offering period generally include employees who are employed by us or one of our subsidiaries on the first day of the offering period, or the enrollment date. Our employees (and, if applicable, any employees of our subsidiaries) who customarily work less than five months in a calendar year or are customarily scheduled to work less than 20 hours per week will not be eligible to participate in the ESPP. Finally, an employee who owns (or is deemed to own through attribution) 5% or more of the combined voting power or value of all our classes of stock or of one of our subsidiaries will not be allowed to participate in the ESPP.

Participation.     Employees will enroll under the ESPP by completing a payroll deduction form permitting the deduction from their compensation of at least 1% of their compensation but not more than 15% of their compensation. Such payroll deductions may be expressed as either a whole number percentage or a fixed dollar amount, and the accumulated deductions will be applied to the purchase of shares on each purchase date.

However, a participant may not purchase more than 30,000 shares in each offering period and may not subscribe for more than $25,000 in fair market value of shares of our common stock (determined at the time the option is granted) during any calendar year. The ESPP administrator has the authority to change these limitations for any subsequent offering period.

Offering.     Under the ESPP, participants are offered the option to purchase shares of our common stock at a discount during a series of successive offering periods, the duration and timing of which will be determined by the ESPP administrator. However, in no event may an offering period be longer than 27 months in length.

The option purchase price will be the lower of 85% of the closing trading price per share of our common stock on the first trading date of an offering period in which a participant is enrolled or 85% of the closing trading price per share on the purchase date, which will occur on the last trading day of each offering period.

Unless a participant has previously canceled his or her participation in the ESPP before the purchase date, the participant will be deemed to have exercised his or her option in full as of each purchase date. Upon exercise,

 

132


Table of Contents

the participant will purchase the number of whole shares that his or her accumulated payroll deductions will buy at the option purchase price, subject to the participation limitations listed above.

A participant may cancel his or her payroll deduction authorization at any time prior to the end of the offering period. Upon cancellation, the participant will have the option to either (i) receive a refund of the participant’s account balance in cash without interest or (ii) exercise the participant’s option for the current offering period for the maximum number of shares of common stock on the applicable purchase date, with the remaining account balance refunded in cash without interest. Following at least one payroll deduction, a participant may also decrease (but not increase) his or her payroll deduction authorization once during any offering period. If a participant wants to increase or decrease the rate of payroll withholding, he or she may do so effective for the next offering period by submitting a new form before the offering period for which such change is to be effective.

A participant may not assign, transfer, pledge or otherwise dispose of (other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution) payroll deductions credited to a participant’s account or any rights to exercise an option or to receive shares of our common stock under the ESPP, and during a participant’s lifetime, options in the ESPP shall be exercisable only by such participant. Any such attempt at assignment, transfer, pledge or other disposition will not be given effect.

Adjustments upon changes in recapitalization, dissolution, liquidation, merger or asset sale.     In the event of any increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of our common stock resulting from a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, combination or reclassification of the common stock, or any other increase or decrease in the number of shares of common stock effected without receipt of consideration by us, we will proportionately adjust the aggregate number of shares of our common stock offered under the ESPP, the number and price of shares which any participant has elected to purchase under the ESPP and the maximum number of shares which a participant may elect to purchase in any single offering period. If there is a proposal to dissolve or liquidate us, then the ESPP will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed dissolution or liquidation, and any offering period then in progress will be shortened by setting a new purchase date to take place before the date of our dissolution or liquidation. We will notify each participant of such change in writing at least ten business days prior to the new exercise date. If we undergo a merger with or into another corporation or sell all or substantially all of our assets, each outstanding option will be assumed or an equivalent option substituted by the successor corporation or the parent or subsidiary of the successor corporation. If the successor corporation refuses to assume the outstanding options or substitute equivalent options, then any offering period then in progress will be shortened by setting a new purchase date to take place before the date of our proposed sale or merger. We will notify each participant of such change in writing at least ten business days prior to the new exercise date.

Amendment and termination.     Our board of directors may amend, suspend or terminate the ESPP at any time. However, the board of directors may not amend the ESPP without obtaining stockholder approval within 12 months before or after such amendment to the extent required by applicable laws.

Director compensation

We did not compensate any members of our board of directors during 2018, other than Messrs. Gormsen and Michel, who served as employees during 2018, and none of our directors, other than Messrs. Gormsen and Michel, held outstanding stock options or other equity awards as of December 31, 2018. Mr. Michel was employed by us through September 2018.

 

133


Table of Contents

2018 director compensation table

The following table sets forth information regarding the compensation earned for service on our board of directors by Mr. Michel during the year ended December 31, 2018. The compensation for Mr. Gormsen is set forth above under “—Summary compensation table.”

 

         
Name   

Fees earned
or paid in
cash

($)

     Option
awards(1)
($)
    

All other
compensation

($)(2)

     Total
($)
 

Raphael Michel(1)

         $ 276,722      $ 276,722  

 

 

 

(1)   As of December 31, 2018, Mr. Michel held options to purchase 447,502 shares of our common stock.

 

(2)   Constitutes base salary paid to Mr. Michel as an employee. Mr. Michel was not paid additional compensation in connection with his service on our board of directors.

Rule 10b5-1 sales plans

Our directors and executive officers may adopt written plans, known as Rule 10b5-1 plans, in which they will contract with a broker to buy or sell our common stock on a periodic basis. Under a Rule 10b5-1 plan, a broker executes trades pursuant to parameters established by the director or officer when entering into the plan, without further direction from them. The director or officer may amend or terminate a Rule 10b5-1 plan subject to compliance with our insider trading policy. Our directors and executive officers also may buy or sell additional shares outside of a Rule 10b5-1 plan when they are not in possession of material nonpublic information subject to compliance with our insider trading policy. Prior to 180 days after the date of this offering, subject to early termination, the sale of any shares under such plan would be prohibited by the lock-up agreement that the director or officer has entered into with the underwriters.

 

134


Table of Contents

Certain relationships and related party transactions

The following includes a summary of transactions since January 1, 2016 and any currently proposed transactions to which we were or are expected to be a participant in which (1) the amount involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000, and (2) any of our directors, executive officers or holders of more than 5% of our capital stock, or any affiliate or member of the immediate family of the foregoing persons, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, other than compensation and other arrangements that are described under the section titled “Executive and director compensation.”

Convertible preferred stock and convertible note financings

Convertible promissory note financing

Between July 2016 and December 2016, we entered into convertible note purchase agreements pursuant to which we issued $20.1 million in aggregate principal amount of convertible promissory notes, which we refer to as the Series C-1 Convertible Promissory Notes. The Series C-1 Convertible Promissory Notes accrued interest at a rate of 5% per year. The aggregate principal amount and accrued interest on the Series C Convertible Promissory Notes converted into shares of our Series C-1 convertible preferred stock at a conversion price of $2.4054 per share upon the initial closing of the initial tranche of our Series C convertible preferred stock financing in October 2017.

The following table summarizes the Series C-1 Convertible Promissory Notes purchased by our executive officers, directors and holders of more than 5% of our capital stock and their affiliated entities or immediate family members, and the shares of Series C-1 convertible preferred stock issued upon the conversion of the Series C-1 Convertible Promissory Notes.

 

     
Name    Series C-1
convertible
promissory
note principal
and interest ($)
     Shares of
Series C-1
convertible
preferred
stock (#)
 

Entities affiliated with New Enterprise Associates(1)

   $ 5,505,667.81        2,288,877  

Entities affiliated with Maveron Equity Partners V, L.P.(2)

   $ 3,211,547.26        1,335,139  

The Charles and Helen Schwab Living Trust

   $ 5,243,493.16        2,179,884  

 

 

 

(1)   Consists of $5,250,000 in principal plus accrued interest held by New Enterprise Associates 15, L.P., or NEA 15. Dr. Cheung and Dr. Makower were designated to serve as members of our board of directors by New Enterprise Associates, Inc., or NEA, which is affiliated with NEA 15. Dr. Cheung is a principal at NEA, and Dr. Makower is a general partner at NEA.

 

(2)   Consists of (i) $2,096,832 in principal plus accrued interest held by Maveron Equity Partners V, L.P., (ii) $705,274 in principal plus accrued interest held by MEP Associates V, L.P. and (iii) $260,306 in principal plus accrued interest held by Maveron V Entrepreneurs’ Fund, L.P. Mr. Wu was designated to serve as a member of our board of directors by Maveron. Mr. Wu is a partner at Maveron LLC, an affiliate of Maveron Equity Partners V, L.P., MEP Associates V, L.P. and Maveron V Entrepreneurs’ Fund, L.P.

Series C convertible preferred stock financing

In October 2017, we entered into a Series C and Series C-1 convertible preferred stock purchase agreement with various investors, pursuant to which we issued an aggregate of 11,176,095 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock at $3.0067 per share for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $33.6 million in multiple closings and an aggregate of 8,740,486 shares of Series C-1 convertible preferred stock at $2.4054 per share through the conversion of outstanding Series C-1 Convertible Promissory Notes. The first tranche consisted of three closings. The first closing occurred in October 2017, at which time we issued 3,787,010 shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock for gross cash proceeds of $11.4 million and 8,740,486 shares of our Series C-1 convertible preferred stock in exchange for cancellation of Series C-1 Convertible Promissory Notes in

 

135


Table of Contents

the aggregate amount of $21.0 million. The second closing occurred in October 2017, at which time we issued an additional 37,698 shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock for gross cash proceeds of $0.1 million. The third closing occurred in December 2017, at which time we issued an additional 207,371 shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock for gross cash proceeds of $0.6 million. The second tranche consisted of one closing and occurred in March 2018, at which time we issued an additional 3,865,785 shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock for gross cash proceeds of $11.6 million. The third tranche consisted of one closing and occurred in April 2018, at which time we issued an additional 3,278,231 shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock for gross cash proceeds of $9.7 million.

The table below sets forth the number of shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock purchased by our executive officers, directors, holders of more than 5% of our capital stock and their affiliated entities or immediate family members. Each share of Series C convertible preferred stock in the table below will convert into one share of our common stock upon the completion of this offering.

 

     
Name    Series C
convertible
preferred
stock (#)
     Aggregate cash
purchase price ($)
 

Entities affiliated with New Enterprise Associates(1)

     3,824,790      $ 11,499,996.10  

Entities affiliated with Maveron Equity Partners V, L.P.(2)

     166,294      $ 499,996.00  

The Charles and Helen Schwab Living Trust

     1,912,394      $ 5,749,995.04  

Pivotal Alpha Limited(3)

     3,991,085      $ 11,999,995.27  

Peter Tuxen Bisgaard

     33,259      $ 99,999.84  

Christian Gormsen

     39,909      $ 119,994.41  

William Brownie

     16,628      $ 49,995.42  

 

 

 

(1)   Consists of 3,824,790 shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock held by NEA 15. Drs. Cheung and Makower were designated to serve as members of our board of directors by NEA, which is affiliated with NEA 15. Dr. Cheung is a principal at NEA, and Dr. Makower is a general partner at NEA.

 

(2)   Consists of (i) 135,862 shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock held by Maveron Equity Partners V, L.P., (ii) 13,636 shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock held by MEP Associates V, L.P. and (iii) 16,796 shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock held by Maveron V Entrepreneurs’ Fund, L.P. Mr. Wu was designated to serve as a member of our board of directors by Maveron LLC, an affiliate of Maveron Equity Partners V, L.P., MEP Associates V, L.P. and Maveron V Entrepreneurs’ Fund, L.P. Mr. Wu is a partner at Maveron LLC.

 

(3)   Mr. Bisgaard was designated to serve as a member of our board of directors by Pivotal Alpha Limited. Mr. Bisgaard is a managing director of Pivotal Alpha Limited.

Series D convertible preferred stock financing

In December 2018, we entered into a Series D convertible preferred stock purchase agreement with various investors, pursuant to which we issued in December 2018 and February 2019 an aggregate of 11,690,151 shares of Series D convertible preferred stock at $4.4580 per share for gross proceeds of $52.1 million.

 

136


Table of Contents

The table below sets forth the number of shares of our Series D convertible preferred stock purchased by our executive officers, directors, holders of more than 5% of our capital stock and their affiliated entities or immediate family members. Each share of Series D convertible preferred stock in the table below will convert into one share of our common stock upon the completion of this offering.

 

     
Name    Series D
convertible
preferred
stock (#)
     Aggregate cash
purchase price ($)
 

Entities affiliated with New Enterprise Associates(1)

     1,682,368      $ 7,499,996.55  

Entities affiliated with Maveron Equity Partners V, L.P.(2)

     56,078      $ 249,995.74  

Future Fund Investment Company No. 4 Pty Ltd

     7,851,054      $ 34,999,998.74  

The Charles and Helen Schwab Living Trust

     1,121,579      $ 4,999,999.19  

Pivotal Alpha Limited(3)

     785,105      $ 3,499,998.09  

Peter Tuxen Bisgaard

     11,215      $ 49,996.47  

 

 

 

(1)   Consists of 1,682,368 shares of our Series D convertible preferred stock held by NEA15 Dr. Cheung and Dr. Makower were designated to serve as members of our board of directors by NEA, which is affiliated with NEA 15. Dr. Cheung is a principal at NEA, and Dr. Makower is a general partner at NEA.

 

(2)   Consists of (i) 40,906 shares of our Series D convertible preferred stock held by Maveron Equity Partners V, L.P., (ii) 10,094 shares of our Series D convertible preferred stock held by MEP Associates V, L.P. and (iii) 5,078 shares of our Series D convertible preferred stock held by Maveron V Entrepreneurs’ Fund, L.P. Mr. Wu was designated to serve as a member of our board of directors by Maveron LLC, an affiliate of Maveron Equity Partners V, L.P., MEP Associates V, L.P. and Maveron V Entrepreneurs’ Fund, L.P. Mr. Wu is a partner at Maveron LLC.

 

(3)   Mr. Bisgaard was designated to serve as a member of our board of directors by Pivotal Alpha Limited. Mr. Bisgaard is a managing director of Pivotal Alpha Limited.

Investors’ rights agreement

We are party to an amended and restated investors’ rights agreement with the purchasers of our outstanding convertible preferred stock, including certain of our directors and executive officers, holders of more than 5% of our capital stock and entities with which certain of our directors are affiliated. Following the consummation of this offering, the holders of approximately                  million shares of our common stock, including the shares of common stock issuable upon the automatic conversion of our Series A, Series B, Series B-1, Series C, Series C-1 and Series D convertible preferred stock, are entitled to rights with respect to the registration of their shares under the Securities Act. For a more detailed description of these registration rights, see “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.” The investors’ rights agreement also provides for a right of first refusal in favor of certain holders of preferred stock with regard to certain issuances of our capital stock. The rights of first refusal will not apply to, and will terminate upon the consummation of, this offering.

Voting agreement

We are party to an amended and restated voting agreement with certain holders of our common stock and convertible preferred stock, including certain of our directors and executive officers, holders of more than 5% of our capital stock and entities with which certain of our directors are affiliated. Upon the consummation of this offering, the amended and restated voting agreement will terminate. For a description of the amended and restated voting agreement, see “Management—Board composition—Voting arrangements.”

Right of first refusal and co-sale agreement

We are party to an amended and restated right of first refusal and co-sale agreement with certain holders of our common stock and convertible preferred stock, including certain of our directors and executive officers, holders of more than 5% of our capital stock and entities with which certain of our directors are affiliated. This

 

137


Table of Contents

agreement provides for rights of first refusal and co-sale relating to the shares of our common stock held by the parties to the agreement. Upon the consummation of this offering, the amended and restated right of first refusal and co-sale agreement will terminate.

Executive officer and director compensation

Please see “Executive and director compensation” for information regarding the compensation of our directors and executive officers.

Employment agreements

We have entered into offer letter agreements with our executive officers that, among other things, provide for certain compensatory and change in control benefits, as well as severance benefits. For a description of these agreements with our named executive officers, see the section titled “Executive and director compensation—executive employment agreements.”

Indemnification agreements

We have entered into indemnification agreements with certain of our current directors and executive officers, and intend to enter into new indemnification agreements with each of our current directors and executive officers before the completion of this offering. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws will provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law. See the section titled “Management—Limitations on liability and indemnification matters.”

Other than as described above under this section “Certain relationships and related party transactions,” since January 1, 2016, we have not entered into any transactions, nor are there any currently proposed transactions, between us and a related person where the amount involved exceeds, or would exceed, $120,000, and in which any related person had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

Policies and procedures for related party transactions

Prior to the consummation of this offering, our board of directors will adopt a written related person transaction policy, to be effective upon the consummation of this offering, setting forth the policies and procedures for the review and approval or ratification of related person transactions. This policy will cover, with certain exceptions set forth in Item 404 of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act, any transaction, arrangement or relationship, or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships in which we were or are to be a participant, where the amount involved exceeds $120,000 and a related person had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, including without limitation purchases of goods or services by or from the related person or entities in which the related person has a material interest, indebtedness, guarantees of indebtedness and employment by us of a related person. In reviewing and approving any such transactions, our audit committee is tasked to consider all relevant facts and circumstances, including but not limited to whether the transaction is on terms comparable to those that could be obtained in an arm’s length transaction with an unrelated third party and the extent of the related person’s interest in the transaction. All of the transactions described in this section occurred prior to the adoption of this policy.

 

138


Table of Contents

Principal stockholders

The following table sets forth, as of October 25, 2019, information regarding beneficial ownership of our capital stock by:

 

 

each person, or group of affiliated persons, known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our common stock;

 

 

each of our named executive officers;

 

 

each of our directors; and

 

 

all of our executive officers and directors as a group.

The percentage ownership information under the column titled “Beneficial ownership prior to this offering” is based on                  shares of common stock outstanding as of October 25, 2019 assuming the conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of                  shares of common stock upon the completion of this offering. The percentage ownership information under the column titled “After Offering” is based on the sale of                  shares of common stock in this offering (assuming an initial public offering price of $                 per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus). The percentage ownership information assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.

Beneficial ownership is determined according to the rules of the SEC and generally means that a person has beneficial ownership of a security if he, she or it possesses sole or shared voting or investment power of that security. In addition, shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options or warrants that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of October 25, 2019 are included in the following table. These shares are deemed to be outstanding and beneficially owned by the person holding those options or warrants for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of that person, but they are not treated as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. The information contained in the following table does not necessarily indicate beneficial ownership for any other purpose. Unless otherwise indicated, the persons or entities identified in this table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares shown as beneficially owned by them, subject to applicable community property laws.

 

139


Table of Contents

Unless otherwise noted below, the address for each beneficial owner listed in the table below is c/o Eargo, Inc., 1600 Technology Drive, 6th Floor, San Jose, California 95110.

 

     
    Beneficial ownership prior to this offering     Beneficial ownership after
this offering
 
Name of Beneficial Owner   Number of
outstanding
shares
beneficially
owned
    Number of
shares
exercisable
within 60
days
    Number of
shares
beneficially
owned
    Percentage of
beneficial
ownership
    Number of
shares
beneficially
owned
    Percentage of
beneficial
ownership
 

5% and Greater Stockholders:

           

Entities affiliated with New Enterprise Associates(1)

    12,782,714             12,782,714       30.49%       12,782,714           %  

Entities affiliated with Maveron Equity Partners V, L.P.(2)

    3,794,076             3,794,076       9.05%       3,794,076           %  

Future Fund Investment Company No.4 Pty Ltd(3)

    7,851,054             7,851,054       18.73%       7,851,054           %  

The Charles and Helen Schwab Living Trust U/A DTD 11/22/1985

    5,213,857             5,213,857       12.44%       5,213,857           %  

Pivotal Alpha Limited(4)

    4,776,190             4,776,190       11.39%       4,776,190           %  

Named Executive Officers and Directors:

                  %  

Christian Gormsen(5)

    39,909       2,916,278       2,956,187       6.59%       2,956,187           %  

William Brownie(6)

    16,628       887,152       903,780       2.11%       903,780           %  

Josh Makower, M.D.(7)

    12,782,714             12,782,714       30.49%       12,782,714           %  

David Wu(8)

    3,794,076             3,794,076       9.05%       3,794,076    

Peter Tuxen Bisgaard(9)

    4,820,664             4,820,664       11.50%       4,820,664           %  

Tak Cheung, M.D.(10)

    12,782,714             12,782,714       30.49%       12,782,714           %  

Raphael Michel(11)

    163,750       447,502       611,252       1.44%       611,252           %  

All current directors and executive officers as a group (8 persons)

    21,617,741       4,250,932       25,868,673       61.2%       25,868,673           %  

 

 

 

(1)   Consists of (a) 4,984,184 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series B-1 preferred stock, 3,824,790 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series C preferred stock, 2,288,877 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series C-1 preferred stock and 1,682,368 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series D preferred stock beneficially owned by New Enterprise Associates 15, L.P., or NEA 15, and (b) 2,495 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series B-1 preferred stock beneficially owned by NEA Ventures 2015, L.P., or NEA Ventures. The shares directly held by NEA 15 are indirectly held by NEA Partners 15, L.P., or NEA Partners 15, the sole general partner of NEA 15, NEA 15 GP, LLC, or NEA 15 LLC, the sole general partner of NEA Partners 15 and each of the individual managers of NEA 15 LLC. The individual managers, or collectively, the managers, of NEA 15 LLC are Peter J. Barris, Forest Baskett, Anthony A Florence, Jr., Mohamad Makhzoumi, Joshua Makower, David M. Mott, Scott D. Sandell and Peter Sonsini. The managers share voting and dispositive power with regard to the shares held by NEA 15. Karen P. Welsh, the general partner of NEA Ventures, shares voting and dispositive power with regard to the shares held by NEA Ventures. Dr. Cheung a member of our board of directors, has no dispositive power with regard to any shares held by NEA 15 and NEA Ventures. Dr. Makower, a member of our board of directors, has no dispositive power with regard to any shares held by NEA Ventures. All indirect owners of the above referenced shares, disclaim beneficial ownership of all applicable shares except to the extent of their actual pecuniary interest in such shares. The principal address for NEA 15 and NEA Ventures is c/o New Enterprise Associates, Inc., 1954 Greenspring Drive, Suite 600, Timonium, Maryland 21093.

 

(2)  

Maveron General Partner IV LLC, or Maveron IV GP, serves as general partner of MEP IV L.P., Entrepreneurs Fund IV and Associates Fund IV, and possess shared power to vote and dispose of shares directly owned by MEP IV L.P., Entrepreneurs Fund IV and Associates Fund IV. Maveron General Partner V LLC or Maveron V GP serves as general partner of MEP V L.P., Entrepreneurs Fund V and Associates Fund V, and possess shared power to vote and dispose of shares directly owned by MEP V L.P., Entrepreneurs Fund V and Associates Fund V. Dan Levitan, Pete McCormick and Clayton Lewis are managing members of Maveron IV GP. Dan Levitan, Pete McCormick, Clayton Lewis, Jason Stoffer, and David Wu are managing members of Maveron V GP. Maveron IV GP (with respect to the shares held directly by MEP IV L.P., Entrepreneurs Fund IV and Associates Fund IV) and Maveron V GP (with respect to the shares held directly by MEP V L.P., Entrepreneurs Fund V and Associates Fund V)

 

140


Table of Contents
 

disclaim beneficial ownership of shares held directly by MEP IV L.P., Entrepreneurs Fund IV and Associates Fund IV, MEP V L.P., Entrepreneurs Fund V and Associates Fund V, except to the extent of its pecuniary interest therein.

 

    Consists of (a) 19,130 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series A preferred stock owned by Maveron Equity Partners IV, L.P., or MEP IV L.P., (b) 6,153 shares of our common stock, 368,517 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series A preferred stock, 1,142,085 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series B-1 preferred stock, 135,862 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series C preferred stock, 914,169 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series C-1 preferred stock and 40,906 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series D preferred stock beneficially owned by Maveron Equity Partners V, L.P., or MEP V L.P., (c) 620 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of Series A preferred stock owned by Maveron IV Entrepreneurs’ Fund, L.P., or Entrepreneurs Fund IV, (d) 764 shares of our common stock, 45,749 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series A preferred stock, 141,780 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series B-1 preferred stock, 16,796 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series C preferred stock, 113,487 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series C-1 preferred stock and 5,078 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series D preferred stock beneficially owned by Maveron V Entrepreneurs’ Fund, L.P., or Entrepreneurs Fund V, (e) 1,602 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series A preferred stock owned by MEP Associates IV, L.P., or Associates Fund IV, and (f) 2,070 shares of our common stock, 123,951 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of Series A preferred stock, 384,144 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series B-1 preferred stock, 13,636 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series C preferred stock, 307,483 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series C-1 preferred stock and 10,094 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series D preferred stock beneficially owned by MEP Associates V, L.P., or Associates Fund V.

 

    The address of such persons is c/o Maveron LLC, 505 Fifth Avenue South, Suite 600, Seattle, WA 98104.

 

(3)   Consists of 7,851,054 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series D Preferred Stock held by The Northern Trust Company in its capacity as custodian for Future Fund Investment Company No. 4 Pty Ltd (ACN 134 338 908), or the Future Fund. The Future Fund is a wholly owned subsidiary of the Future Fund Board of Guardians. The principal business address of the Future Fund is Level 42, 120 Collins Street, Melbourne VIC 3000.

 

(4)   Consists of 3,991,085 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series C preferred stock and 785,105 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series D preferred stock.

 

(5)   Consists of 39,909 shares of our common stock issuable upon the conversion of our Series C preferred stock and 2,916,278 shares of our common stock that may be acquired pursuant to the exercise of stock options issuable upon conversion within 60 days from October 25, 2019.

 

(6)   Consists of 16,628 shares of our common stock issuable upon the conversion of our Series C preferred stock and 887,152 shares of our common stock that may be acquired pursuant to the exercise of stock options issuable upon conversion within 60 days from October 25, 2019.

 

(7)   Consists of (a) 4,984,184 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series B-1 preferred stock, 3,824,790 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series C preferred stock, 2,288,877 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series C-1 preferred stock and 1,682,368 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series D preferred stock beneficially owned by NEA 15, and (b) 2,495 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series B-1 preferred stock beneficially owned by NEA Ventures. The shares directly held by NEA 15 are indirectly held by NEA Partners 15, the sole general partner of NEA 15, NEA 15 GP, LLC, or NEA 15 LLC, the sole general partner of NEA Partners 15 and each of the individual managers of NEA 15 LLC. Dr. Makower is a General Partner of New Enterprise Associates which is affiliated with NEA 15, NEA Ventures and NEA 15 GP and disclaims beneficial ownership of all applicable shares except to the extent of his actual pecuniary interest in such shares.

 

(8)   Consists of (a) 19,130 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series A preferred stock owned by MEP IV L.P., (b) 6,153 shares of our common stock, 368,517 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series A preferred stock, 1,142,085 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series B-1 preferred stock, 135,862 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series C preferred stock, 914,169 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series C-1 preferred stock and 40,906 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series D preferred stock beneficially owned by MEP V L.P., (c) 620 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of Series A preferred stock owned by Entrepreneurs Fund IV, (d) 764 shares of our common stock, 45,749 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series A preferred stock, 141,780 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series B-1 preferred stock, 16,796 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series C preferred stock, 113,487 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series C-1 preferred stock and 5,078 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series D preferred stock beneficially owned by Entrepreneurs Fund V, (e) 1,602 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series A preferred stock owned by Associates Fund IV, and (f) 2,070 shares of our common stock, 123,951 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of Series A preferred stock, 384,144 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series B-1 preferred stock, 13,636 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series C preferred stock, 307,483 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series C-1 preferred stock and 10,094 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series D preferred stock beneficially owned by Associates Fund V. Mr Wu is a Partner at Maveron LLC which is affiliated MEP IV L.P., MEP V, L.P., Entrepreneurs Fund IV, Entrepreneurs Fund V, Associates Fund IV and Associates Fund V and disclaims beneficial ownership of all applicable shares except to the extent of his actual pecuniary interest in such shares.

 

(9)   Consists of (a) 33,259 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series C preferred stock, (b) 11,215 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series D preferred stock, (c) 3,991,085 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series C preferred stock owned by Pivotal Alpha Limited and (d) 785,105 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series D preferred stock owned by Pivotal Alpha Limited. Mr. Bisgaard is a Managing Partner of Pivotal Bioventure Partners LLC which is affiliated with Pivotal Alpha Limited and disclaims beneficial ownership of all applicable shares except to the extent of his actual pecuniary interest in such shares.

 

(10)  

Consists of (a) 4,984,184 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series B-1 preferred stock, 3,824,790 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series C preferred stock, 2,288,877 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series C-1 preferred stock and 1,682,368 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series D preferred stock beneficially owned by NEA 15, and (b) 2,495 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series B-1 preferred stock beneficially owned by

 

141


Table of Contents
 

NEA Ventures. The shares directly held by NEA 15 are indirectly held by NEA Partners 15, the sole general partner of NEA 15, NEA 15 GP, LLC, or NEA 15 LLC, the sole general partner of NEA Partners 15 and each of the individual managers of NEA 15 LLC. Dr. Cheung is a Principal at New Enterprise Associates which is affiliated with NEA 15, NEA Ventures and NEA 15 GP and disclaims beneficial ownership of all applicable shares except to the extent of his actual pecuniary interest in such shares.

 

(11)   Consists of 163,750 shares of our common stock and 447,502 shares of our common stock that may be acquired pursuant to the exercise of stock options issuable upon conversion within 60 days from October 25, 2019.

 

142


Table of Contents

Description of capital stock

The following description of our capital stock and provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws are summaries. You should also refer to the amended and restated certificate of incorporation, the amended and restated bylaws and the amended and restated investors’ rights agreement, which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

General

Upon the completion of this offering and the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our authorized capital stock will consist of                  shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, and                  shares of preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share.

Common stock

Outstanding shares

As of December 31, 2018, we had                  shares of common stock outstanding, held of record by                  stockholders, assuming the conversion of all of our outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into                  shares of common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering.

Voting rights

Each holder of common stock is entitled to one vote for each share on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders, including the election of directors. Our stockholders do not have cumulative voting rights in the election of directors. Accordingly, holders of a majority of the voting shares are able to elect all of the directors.

Dividends

Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any then outstanding preferred stock, holders of our common stock are entitled to receive ratably any dividends that our board of directors may declare out of funds legally available.

Liquidation

In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, holders of our common stock will be entitled to share ratably in the net assets legally available for distribution to stockholders after the payment of all of our debts and other liabilities, subject to the satisfaction of any liquidation preference granted to the holders of any then outstanding shares of preferred stock.

Rights and preferences

Holders of our common stock have no preemptive, conversion or subscription rights, and there are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to our common stock. The rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of our common stock are subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of shares of any series of our preferred stock that we may designate and issue in the future.

Preferred stock

Upon the completion of this offering, all of our currently outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock will convert into common stock and we will not have any preferred shares outstanding. Immediately prior to the

 

143


Table of Contents

completion of this offering, our certificate of incorporation will be amended and restated to delete all references to such shares of convertible preferred stock. Under the amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our board of directors will have the authority, without further action by the stockholders, to issue up to                  shares of preferred stock in one or more series, to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each such series, to fix the rights, preferences and privileges of the shares of each wholly unissued series and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereon and to increase or decrease the number of shares of any such series, but not below the number of shares of such series then outstanding.

Our board of directors may authorize the issuance of preferred stock with voting or conversion rights that could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the holders of common stock. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could, among other things, have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of our company that may otherwise benefit holders of our common stock and may adversely affect the market price of the common stock and the voting and other rights of the holders of common stock. We have no current plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Stock options

As of September 30, 2019,                  shares of common stock were issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options, at a weighted-average exercise price of $                 per share. For additional information regarding terms of our equity incentive plans, see the section titled “Executive and director compensation—Equity incentive plans.”

Warrants

The following table sets forth information about outstanding warrants to purchase shares of our stock as of September 30, 2019. Immediately prior to the completion of this offering, the warrants to purchase shares of our Series A convertible preferred stock, warrants to purchase shares of our Series B-1 convertible preferred stock and warrants to purchase shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock will convert into warrants to purchase shares of our common stock based on the conversion ratio of the Series A convertible preferred stock, Series B-1 convertible preferred stock or Series C convertible preferred stock, as applicable.

 

           
Class of stock underlying
warrants
  Issue Date     Number of
shares of
preferred stock
exercisable
prior to this
offering
    Number of
shares of
common stock
underlying
warrants on
as-converted
basis
    Exercise
price per
share
    Expiration date  

Series A convertible preferred stock

    December 16, 2014       11,719       16,147     $ 12.80       December 16, 2022  

Series B-1 convertible preferred stock

    August 8, 2016       3,555       10,807     $ 9.14       August 8, 2026  

Series B-1 convertible preferred stock

    December 22, 2016       19,504       59,290     $ 9.14       December 22, 2026  

Series C convertible preferred stock

    June 6, 2018       90,518       90,518     $ 3.0067       June 6, 2028  

Series C convertible preferred stock

    June 26, 2019       44,998       44,998     $ 3.0067      
June 6, 2028 and
January 31, 2029
 
 

 

 

 

144


Table of Contents

Registration rights

Upon the completion of this offering and subject to the lock-up agreements entered into in connection with this offering and federal securities laws, certain holders of shares of our common stock, including those shares of our common stock that will be issued upon the conversion of our convertible preferred stock in connection with this offering, will initially be entitled to certain rights with respect to registration of such shares under the Securities Act. These shares are referred to as registrable securities. The holders of these registrable securities possess registration rights pursuant to the terms of our amended and restated investors’ rights agreement and are described in additional detail below. The registration of shares of our common stock pursuant to the exercise of the registration rights described below would enable the holders to trade these shares without restriction under the Securities Act when the applicable registration statement is declared effective. We will pay the registration expenses, other than underwriting discounts, selling commissions and stock transfer taxes, of the shares registered pursuant to the demand, piggyback and Form S-3 registrations described below.

Generally, in an underwritten offering, the managing underwriter, if any, has the right, subject to specified conditions and limitations, to limit the number of shares the holders may include. The demand, piggyback and Form S-3 registration rights described below will terminate upon the earliest of (1) with respect to each stockholder, such date, on or after the closing of this offering, on which all registrable shares held by such stockholder may immediately be sold during a 90 day period pursuant to Rule 144 of the Securities Act, or Rule 144, and (2) five years after the closing of our qualified initial public offering, as defined in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, as currently in effect.

Demand registration rights

Upon the completion of this offering, holders of up to approximately                  million shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our outstanding convertible preferred stock as of December 31, 2018 will be entitled to certain demand registration rights. Beginning 180 days following the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, investors holding, collectively, not less than 35% of registrable securities may, on not more than two occasions, request that we register all or a portion of their shares, subject to certain specified exceptions. If such holders exercise their demand registration rights, then holders of approximately                  million shares of our common stock issuable upon the shares of our convertible preferred stock in connection with this offering will be entitled to register their shares, subject to specified conditions and limitations in the corresponding offering.

Piggyback registration rights

In connection with this offering, holders of up to approximately                  million shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our outstanding convertible preferred stock as of September 30, 2019 are entitled to their rights to notice of this offering and to include their shares of registrable securities in this offering. The requisite percentage of these stockholders have waived all such stockholders’ rights to notice of this offering and to include their shares of registrable securities in this offering. In the event that we propose to register any of our securities under the Securities Act in another offering, either for our own account or for the account of other security holders, the holders of registrable securities will be entitled to certain “piggyback” registration rights allowing them to include their shares in such registration, subject to specified conditions and limitations.

S-3 registration rights

Upon the completion of this offering, the holders of up to approximately                  million shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our outstanding convertible preferred stock as of September 30,

 

145


Table of Contents

2019 will initially be entitled to certain Form S-3 registration rights. The holders of registrable securities may, with respect to not more than two such registrations within any 12-month period, request that we register all or a portion of their shares on Form S-3 if we are qualified to file a registration statement on Form S-3, subject to specified exceptions. Such request for registration on Form S-3 must cover securities with an aggregate offering price to the public which equals or exceeds $1.0 million. The right to have such shares registered on Form S-3 is further subject to other specified conditions and limitations.

Anti-takeover provisions of Delaware law and our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated Bylaws

Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law

We are subject to Section 203 of the DGCL, which prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in any business combination with any interested stockholder for a period of three years after the date that such stockholder became an interested stockholder, with the following exceptions:

 

 

before such date, the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

 

 

upon completion of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction began, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding (but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder) those shares owned (i) by persons who are directors and also officers and (ii) employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

 

 

on or after such date, the business combination is approved by the board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 6623 % of the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.

In general, Section 203 defines a “business combination” to include the following:

 

 

any merger or consolidation involving the corporation and the interested stockholder;

 

 

any sale, transfer, pledge or other disposition of 10% or more of the assets of the corporation involving the interested stockholder;

 

 

subject to certain exceptions, any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the corporation of any stock of the corporation to the interested stockholder;

 

 

any transaction involving the corporation that has the effect of increasing the proportionate share of the stock or any class or series of the corporation beneficially owned by the interested stockholder; and

 

 

the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits by or through the corporation.

In general, Section 203 defines an “interested stockholder” as an entity or person who, together with the person’s affiliates and associates, beneficially owns, or within three years prior to the time of determination of interested stockholder status did own, 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation.

The statute could prohibit or delay mergers or other takeover or change in control attempts and, accordingly, may discourage attempts to acquire us even though such a transaction may offer our stockholders the opportunity to sell their stock at a price above the prevailing market price.

 

146


Table of Contents

Amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws

Among other things, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will:

 

 

permit our board of directors to issue up to                  shares of preferred stock, with any rights, preferences and privileges as they may designate, including the right to approve an acquisition or other change in control;

 

 

provide that the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of our board of directors;

 

 

provide that our board of directors will be classified into three classes of directors, divided as nearly as equal in number as possible;

 

 

provide that, subject to the rights of any series of preferred stock to elect directors, directors may only be removed for cause, which removal may be effected, subject to any limitation imposed by law, by the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the voting power of all of our then-outstanding shares of the capital stock entitled to vote generally at an election of directors;

 

 

provide that all vacancies, including newly created directorships, may, except as otherwise required by law, be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of directors then in office, even if less than a quorum;

 

 

require that any action to be taken by our stockholders must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders and not be taken by written consent or electronic transmission;

 

 

provide that stockholders seeking to present proposals before a meeting of stockholders or to nominate candidates for election as directors at a meeting of stockholders must provide advance notice in writing, and also specify requirements as to the form and content of a stockholder’s notice;

 

 

provide that special meetings of our stockholders may be called only by our board of directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized directors, and not by our stockholders; and

 

 

not provide for cumulative voting rights, therefore allowing the holders of a majority of the shares of common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors to elect all of the directors standing for election, if they should so choose.

The amendment of any of these provisions, except for the provision making it possible for our board of directors to issue undesignated preferred stock, would require approval by the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the voting power of all of our then-outstanding common stock.

The combination of these provisions will make it more difficult for our existing stockholders to replace our board of directors as well as for another party to obtain control of us by replacing our board of directors. Because our board of directors has the power to retain and discharge our officers, these provisions could also make it more difficult for existing stockholders or another party to effect a change in management. In addition, the authorization of undesignated preferred stock makes it possible for our board of directors to issue preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences that could impede the success of any attempt to effect a change in control of our company.

These provisions are intended to enhance the likelihood of continued stability in the composition of our board of directors and its policies and to discourage coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed to reduce our vulnerability to hostile takeovers and to discourage certain tactics that may be used in proxy fights. However, such provisions could have the effect of discouraging others from

 

147


Table of Contents

making tender offers for our shares and may have the effect of delaying changes in control or management of our company. As a consequence, these provisions may also inhibit fluctuations in the market price of our stock that could result from actual or rumored takeover attempts. We believe that the benefits of these provisions, including increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate with the proponent of an unfriendly or unsolicited proposal to acquire or restructure our company, outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging takeover proposals, because negotiation of takeover proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.

Choice of forum

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for any state law derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; any action asserting a claim of breach of fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers or stockholders to us or to our stockholders; any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws (as either may be amended from time to time); or any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine. As a result, any action brought by any of our stockholders with regard to any of these matters will need to be filed in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware and cannot be filed in any other jurisdiction; provided that, the exclusive forum provision will not apply to suits brought to enforce any liability or duty created by the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any other claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction; and provided further that, if and only if the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware dismisses any such action for lack of subject matter jurisdiction, such action may be brought in another state or federal court sitting in the State of Delaware. Nothing in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will preclude stockholders that assert claims under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act from bringing such claims in state or federal court, subject to applicable law.

If any action the subject matter of which is within the scope described above is filed in a court other than a court located within the State of Delaware, or a Foreign Action, in the name of any stockholder, such stockholder shall be deemed to have consented to the personal jurisdiction of the state and federal courts located within the State of Delaware in connection with any action brought in any such court to enforce the applicable provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and having service of process made upon such stockholder in any such action by service upon such stockholder’s counsel in the Foreign Action as agent for such stockholder. Although our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will contain the choice of forum provision described above, it is possible that a court could find that such a provision is inapplicable for a particular claim or action or that such provision is unenforceable.

This choice of forum provision may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or any of our directors, officers, other employees or stockholders, which may discourage lawsuits with respect to such claims, although our stockholders will not be deemed to have waived our compliance with federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder.

Limitation on liability and indemnification

For a discussion of liability and indemnification, see the section titled “Management—Limitation on liability and indemnification matters.”

Listing

We intend to apply to list our common stock on                  under the trading symbol “EAR.”

 

148


Table of Contents

Transfer agent and registrar

Upon completion of this offering, the transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be                 . The transfer agent and registrar’s address is                 .

 

149


Table of Contents

Shares eligible for future sale

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock, and a liquid trading market for our common stock may not develop or be sustained after this offering. Future sales of our common stock, including shares issued upon the exercise of outstanding options or warrants, in the public market after the completion of this offering, or the perception that those sales may occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price for our common stock from time to time or impair our ability to raise equity capital in the future. As described below, only a limited number of shares of our common stock will be available for sale in the public market for a period of several months after the completion of this offering due to contractual and legal restrictions on resale described below. Future sales of our common stock in the public market either before or after restrictions lapse, or the perception that those sales may occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price of our common stock at such time and our ability to raise equity capital at a time and price we deem appropriate.

Sale of restricted shares

Based on the number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2018, upon the closing of this offering and assuming (i) the conversion of our outstanding convertible preferred stock into common stock into an aggregate of 40,937,097 shares of our common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering, (ii) no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of common stock and (iii) no exercise of outstanding options or warrants subsequent to December 31, 2018, we will have outstanding an aggregate of approximately                  shares of common stock. Of these shares, all of the                  shares of common stock to be sold in this offering will be freely tradable in the public market without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, unless the shares are held by any of our “affiliates” as such term is defined in Rule 144 of the Securities Act, or Rule 144, or subject to lock-up agreements. All remaining shares of common stock held by existing stockholders immediately prior to the consummation of this offering will be “restricted securities,” as such term is defined in Rule 144. These restricted securities were issued and sold by us in private transactions and are eligible for public sale only if registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under the Securities Act, including the exemptions provided by Rule 144 or Rule 701 of the Securities Act, or Rule 701, which rules are summarized below.

As a result of the lock-up agreements referred to below and the provisions of Rule 144 and Rule 701, based on the number of shares of our common stock outstanding (calculated as of September 30, 2019 on the basis of the assumptions described above and assuming no exercise of the underwriter’s option to purchase additional shares, if any, and no exercise of outstanding options), the shares of our common stock (excluding the shares sold in this offering) that will be available for sale in the public market are as follows:

 

   
Approximate number of shares    First date available for sale into public market
                 shares    181 days after the date of this prospectus, upon expiration of the lock-up agreements referred to below, subject in some cases to applicable volume, manner of sale and other limitations under Rule 144 and Rule 701.

 

We may issue shares of common stock from time to time as consideration for future acquisitions, investments or other corporate purposes. In the event that any such acquisition, investment or other transaction is significant, the number of shares of common stock that we may issue may in turn be significant. We may also grant registration rights covering those shares of common stock issued in connection with any such acquisition and investment.

In addition, the shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2020 Plan will become eligible for sale in the public market to the extent permitted by the provisions of various vesting schedules, the lock-up

 

150


Table of Contents

agreements, a registration statement under the Securities Act or an exemption from registration, including Rule 144 and Rule 701.

Rule 144

Under Rule 144, as currently in effect, once we have been subject to the public company reporting requirements of the Exchange Act for at least 90 days, and we are current in our Exchange Act reporting at the time of sale, a person (or persons whose shares are required to be aggregated) who is not deemed to have been one of our “affiliates” for purposes of Rule 144 at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our “affiliates,” is entitled to sell those shares in the public market (subject to the lock-up agreement referred to below, if applicable) without complying with the manner of sale, volume limitations or notice provisions of Rule 144, but subject to compliance with the public information requirements of Rule 144. If such a person has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than “affiliates,” then such person is entitled to sell such shares in the public market without complying with any of the requirements of Rule 144 (subject to the lock-up agreement referred to below, if applicable).

In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, once we have been subject to the public company reporting requirements of the Exchange Act for at least 90 days, our “affiliates,” as defined in Rule 144, who have beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least six months, are entitled to sell in the public market, upon expiration of any applicable lock-up agreements and within any three-month period, a number of those shares of our common stock that does not exceed the greater of:

 

 

1% of the number of shares of common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately              shares of common stock immediately upon the completion of this offering (calculated as of December 31, 2018 on the basis of the assumptions described above and assuming no exercise of the underwriter’s option to purchase additional shares and no exercise of outstanding options or warrants subsequent to December 31, 2018); or

 

 

the average weekly trading volume of our common stock on during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to such sale.

Such sales under Rule 144 by our “affiliates” or persons selling shares on behalf of our “affiliates” are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions, notice requirements and requirements related to the availability of current public information about us. Notwithstanding the availability of Rule 144, the holders of substantially all of our restricted securities have entered into lock-up agreements as referenced above and their restricted securities will become eligible for sale (subject to the above limitations under Rule 144) upon the expiration of the restrictions set forth in those agreements.

Rule 701

In general, under Rule 701 as currently in effect, any of our employees, directors, officers, consultants or advisors who acquired common stock from us in connection with a written compensatory stock or option plan or other written agreement in compliance with Rule 701 before the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part (to the extent such common stock is not subject to a lock-up agreement) and who are not our “affiliates” as defined in Rule 144 during the immediately preceding 90 days, is entitled to rely on Rule 701 to resell such shares beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus in reliance on Rule 144, but without complying with the notice, manner of sale, public information requirements or volume limitation provisions of Rule 144. Persons who are our “affiliates” may resell those shares beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus without compliance with minimum holding period requirements under Rule 144 (subject to the terms of the lock-up agreement referred to below, if applicable).

 

151


Table of Contents

Lock-up agreements

In connection with this offering, we, our directors, our executive officers and the holders of substantially all of our common stock, stock options and other securities convertible into, exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock, have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, with the underwriters not to directly or indirectly offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, or enter into any hedging, swap or other agreement or transaction that transfers any of the economic consequences of ownership of shares of our common stock or any options to purchase shares of our common stock, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock, during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of the representatives of the underwriters, and certain other limited exceptions. These agreements are described in the section titled “Underwriting.”

In addition to the restrictions contained in the lock-up agreements described above, we have entered into agreements with certain security holders, including the amended and restated investors’ rights agreement, our standard form of option agreement, our standard form of restricted stock agreement and our standard form of restricted stock purchase agreement, that contain market stand-off provisions or incorporate market stand-off provisions from our equity incentive plan imposing restrictions on the ability of such security holders to offer, sell or transfer our equity securities for a period of 180 days following the date of this prospectus.

Following the lock-up periods set forth in the agreements described above, and assuming that the representatives of the underwriters do not release any parties from these agreements, all of the shares of our common stock that are restricted securities or are held by our affiliates as of the date of this prospectus will be eligible for sale in the public market in compliance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

Registration rights

Upon the completion of this offering, the holders of up to approximately                  million shares of our common stock will be entitled to rights with respect to the registration of their shares under the Securities Act, subject to the lock-up agreements described under “—Lock-up agreements” above. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in the shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, except for shares purchased by affiliates, immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. Any sales of securities by these stockholders could have a material adverse effect on the trading price of our common stock. The requisite percentage of these stockholders have waived all such stockholders’ rights to notice of this offering and to include their shares of registrable securities in this offering. See the section titled “Description of capital stock—Registration rights.”

Equity incentive plans

We intend to file with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act covering the shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2020 Plan and our ESPP. Such registration statement is expected to be filed and become effective as soon as practicable after the completion of this offering. Accordingly, shares registered under such registration statement will be available for sale in the open market following its effective date, subject to Rule 144 volume limitations and the lock-up agreements described above, if applicable.

 

152


Table of Contents

Material U.S. federal income tax consequences to Non-U.S. Holders

The following discussion is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences to Non-U.S. Holders (as defined below) of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock issued pursuant to this offering, but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all potential tax effects. The effects of other U.S. federal tax laws, such as estate and gift tax laws, and any applicable state, local or non-U.S. tax laws are not discussed. This discussion is based on the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, judicial decisions, and published rulings and administrative pronouncements of the U.S. Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, in each case in effect as of the date hereof. These authorities may change or be subject to differing interpretations. Any such change or differing interpretation may be applied retroactively in a manner that could adversely affect a Non-U.S. Holder. We have not sought and will not seek any rulings from the IRS regarding the matters discussed below. There can be no assurance the IRS or a court will not take a contrary position to that discussed below regarding the tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock.

This discussion is limited to Non-U.S. Holders that hold our common stock as a “capital asset” within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment). This discussion does not address all U.S. federal income tax consequences relevant to a Non-U.S. Holder’s particular circumstances, including the impact of the Medicare contribution tax on net investment income. In addition, it does not address consequences relevant to Non-U.S. Holders subject to special rules, including, without limitation:

 

 

U.S. expatriates and former citizens or long-term residents of the United States;

 

 

persons subject to the alternative minimum tax;

 

 

persons holding our common stock as part of a hedge, straddle or other risk reduction strategy or as part of a conversion transaction or other integrated investment;

 

 

banks, insurance companies, and other financial institutions;

 

 

brokers, dealers or traders in securities;

 

 

“controlled foreign corporations,” “passive foreign investment companies” and corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax;

 

 

partnerships or other entities or arrangements treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes (and investors therein);

 

 

tax-exempt organizations or governmental organizations;

 

 

persons deemed to sell our common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code;

 

 

tax-qualified retirement plans; and

 

 

“qualified foreign pension funds” as defined in Section 897(l)(2) of the Code and entities all of the interests of which are held by qualified foreign pension funds.

If an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership will depend on the status of the partner, the activities of the partnership and certain determinations made at the partner level. Accordingly, partnerships holding our common stock and the partners in such partnerships should consult their tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences to them.

 

153


Table of Contents

THIS DISCUSSION IS NOT TAX ADVICE. INVESTORS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS WITH RESPECT TO THE APPLICATION OF THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAWS TO THEIR PARTICULAR SITUATIONS AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR COMMON STOCK ARISING UNDER THE U.S. FEDERAL ESTATE OR GIFT TAX LAWS OR UNDER THE LAWS OF ANY STATE, LOCAL OR NON-U.S. TAXING JURISDICTION OR UNDER ANY APPLICABLE INCOME TAX TREATY.

Definition of Non-U.S. Holder

For purposes of this discussion, a “Non-U.S. Holder” is any beneficial owner of our common stock that is neither a “U.S. person” nor an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes. A U.S. person is any person that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is or is treated as any of the following:

 

 

an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

 

a corporation created or organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, or the District of Columbia;

 

 

an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or

 

 

a trust that (1) is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and all substantial decisions of which are subject to the control of one or more “United States persons” (within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code), or (2) has a valid election in effect to be treated as a United States person for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Distributions

As described in the section titled “Dividend policy,” we do not currently intend to pay any cash dividends on our capital stock in the foreseeable future. However, if we do make distributions of cash or property on our common stock, such distributions will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Amounts not treated as dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes will constitute a return of capital and first be applied against and reduce a Non-U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in its common stock, but not below zero. Any excess will be treated as capital gain and will be treated as described below under “—Sale or other taxable disposition.”

Subject to the discussion below on effectively connected income, dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividends (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty, provided the Non-U.S. Holder furnishes a valid IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or other applicable documentation) certifying qualification for the lower treaty rate). A Non-U.S. Holder that does not timely furnish the required documentation, but that qualifies for a reduced treaty rate, may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under any applicable tax treaties.

If dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, the Non-U.S. Holder maintains a permanent establishment in the United States to which such dividends are attributable), the Non-U.S. Holder will be exempt from the U.S. federal withholding tax described above. To claim the exemption, the Non-U.S. Holder must furnish to the applicable withholding agent a valid IRS Form W-8ECI, certifying that the dividends are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States.

 

154


Table of Contents

Any such effectively connected dividends will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular graduated rates. A Non-U.S. Holder that is a corporation also may be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on such effectively connected dividends, as adjusted for certain items. Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding any applicable tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

Sale or other taxable disposition

Subject to the discussions below regarding backup withholding, a Non-U.S. Holder will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock unless:

 

 

the gain is effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, the Non-U.S. Holder maintains a permanent establishment in the United States to which such gain is attributable);

 

 

the Non-U.S. Holder is a nonresident alien individual present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year of the disposition and certain other requirements are met; or

 

 

our common stock constitutes a U.S. real property interest, or USRPI, by reason of our status as a U.S. real property holding corporation, or USRPHC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Gain described in the first bullet point above generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular graduated rates. A Non-U.S. Holder that is a corporation also may be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on such effectively connected gain, as adjusted for certain items.

Gain described in the second bullet point above will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty), which may be offset by certain U.S. source capital losses of the Non-U.S. Holder (even though the individual is not considered a resident of the United States), provided the Non-U.S. Holder has timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses.

With respect to the third bullet point above, we believe we currently are not, and do not anticipate becoming, a USRPHC. Because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends, however, on the fair market value of our USRPIs relative to the fair market value of our non-U.S. real property interests and our other business assets, there can be no assurance we currently are not a USRPHC or will not become one in the future. Even if we are or were to become a USRPHC, gain arising from the sale or other taxable disposition by a Non-U.S. Holder will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax if our common stock is “regularly traded,” as defined by applicable Treasury Regulations, on an established securities market, and such Non-U.S. Holder owned, actually and constructively, 5% or less of our common stock throughout the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of the sale or other taxable disposition or the Non-U.S. Holder’s holding period.

Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding any applicable tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

Information reporting and backup withholding

Payments of dividends on our common stock will not be subject to backup withholding, provided the Non-U.S. Holder certifies its non-U.S. status, such as by furnishing a valid IRS Form W-8BEN, W-8BEN-E or W-8ECI, or otherwise establishes an exemption. However, information returns are required to be filed with the IRS in connection with any dividends on our common stock paid to the Non-U.S. Holder, regardless of whether any tax was actually withheld. In addition, proceeds of the sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock within

 

155


Table of Contents

the United States or conducted through certain U.S.-related brokers generally will not be subject to backup withholding or information reporting if the applicable withholding agent receives the certification described above or the Non-U.S. Holder otherwise establishes an exemption. Proceeds of a disposition of our common stock conducted through a non-U.S. office of a non-U.S. broker that does not have certain enumerated relationships with the United States generally will not be subject to backup withholding or information reporting.

Copies of information returns that are filed with the IRS may also be made available under the provisions of an applicable treaty or agreement to the tax authorities of the country in which the Non-U.S. Holder resides or is established.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a refund or a credit against a Non-U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

Additional withholding tax on payments made to foreign accounts

Withholding taxes may be imposed under Sections 1471 to 1474 of the Code (such Sections commonly referred to as the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, or FATCA) on certain types of payments made to non-U.S. financial institutions and certain other non-U.S. entities. Specifically, a 30% withholding tax may be imposed on dividends on, or (subject to the proposed Treasury Regulations discussed below) gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of, our common stock paid to a “foreign financial institution” or a “non-financial foreign entity” (each as defined in the Code), unless (1) the foreign financial institution undertakes certain diligence and reporting obligations, (2) the non-financial foreign entity either certifies it does not have any “substantial United States owners” (as defined in the Code) or furnishes identifying information regarding each substantial United States owner, or (3) the foreign financial institution or non-financial foreign entity otherwise qualifies for an exemption from these rules. If the payee is a foreign financial institution and is subject to the diligence and reporting requirements in (1) above, it must enter into an agreement with the U.S. Department of the Treasury requiring, among other things, that it undertake to identify accounts held by certain “specified United States persons” or “United States owned foreign entities” (each as defined in the Code), annually report certain information about such accounts, and withhold 30% on certain payments to non-compliant foreign financial institutions and certain other account holders. Foreign financial institutions located in jurisdictions that have an intergovernmental agreement with the United States governing FATCA may be subject to different rules.

Under the applicable Treasury Regulations and administrative guidance, withholding under FATCA generally applies to payments of dividends on our common stock. While withholding under FATCA would have applied also to payments of gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of stock on or after January 1, 2019, recently proposed Treasury Regulations eliminate FATCA withholding on payments of gross proceeds entirely. Taxpayers generally may rely on these proposed Treasury Regulations until final Treasury Regulations are issued.

Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors regarding the potential application of withholding under FATCA to their investment in our common stock.

 

156


Table of Contents

Underwriting

We are offering the shares of common stock described in this prospectus through a number of underwriters. J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and BofA Securities, Inc. are acting as book-running managers of the offering and as representatives of the underwriters. We have entered into an underwriting agreement with the underwriters. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase, at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the number of shares of common stock listed next to its name in the following table:

 

   
Name    Number of shares  

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

  

BofA Securities, Inc.

  

Wells Fargo Securities, LLC

  

William Blair & Company, L.L.C.

  
  

 

 

 

Total

  

 

 

The underwriters are committed to purchase all the shares of common stock offered by us if they purchase any shares. The underwriting agreement also provides that if an underwriter defaults, the purchase commitments of non-defaulting underwriters may also be increased or the offering may be terminated.

The underwriters propose to offer the common stock directly to the public at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to certain dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $                 per share. After the initial offering of the shares to the public, if all of the common stock is not sold at the initial public offering price, the underwriters may change the offering price and the other selling terms. Sales of shares made outside of the United States may be made by affiliates of the underwriters.

The underwriters have an option to purchase up to                  additional shares of common stock from us to cover sales of shares by the underwriters which exceed the number of shares specified in the table above. The underwriters have 30 days from the date of this prospectus to exercise this option to purchase additional shares. If any shares are purchased with this option to purchase additional shares, the underwriters will purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as shown in the table above. If any additional shares of common stock are purchased, the underwriters will offer the additional shares on the same terms as those on which the shares are being offered.

The underwriting fee is equal to the public offering price per share of common stock less the amount paid by the underwriters to us per share of common stock. The underwriting fee is $                 per share. The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.

 

     
      Without
option to
purchase
additional
shares
exercise
     With full
option to
purchase
additional
shares
exercise
 

Per share

   $                    $                

Total

   $        $    

 

 

We estimate that the total expenses of this offering, including registration, filing and listing fees, printing fees and legal and accounting expenses, but excluding the underwriting discounts and commissions, will be

 

157


Table of Contents

approximately $                . We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for expenses of up to $                relating to the clearance of this offering with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority.

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the websites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in the offering. The underwriters may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters and selling group members for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representatives to underwriters and selling group members that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

We have agreed that we will not (i) offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, or submit to, or file with, the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, relating to, any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our common stock, or publicly disclose the intention to undertake any of the foregoing, or (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers all or a portion of the economic consequences associated with the ownership of any shares of common stock or any such other securities (regardless of whether any of these transactions are to be settled by the delivery of shares of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise), in each case without the prior written consent of the representatives for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, other than the shares of our common stock to be sold hereunder and any shares of our common stock issued upon the exercise of options granted under our existing stock-based compensation plans.

Our directors, executive officers and the holders of substantially all of our common stock, stock options and other securities convertible into, exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock, which we refer to as lock-up parties, have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters prior to the commencement of this offering pursuant to which each of these persons or entities, with limited exceptions, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, may not, without the prior written consent of the representatives, (1) offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock (including, without limitation, common stock or such other securities which may be deemed to be beneficially owned by such lock-up parties in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC and securities which may be issued upon exercise of a stock option or warrant) or (2) enter into any hedging, swap or other agreement or transaction that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the common stock or such other securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, or (3) make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to the registration of any shares of our common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock, or publicly disclose the intention to do any of the foregoing, subject to certain exceptions.

The restrictions described in the immediately preceding paragraph are subject to specified exceptions, including among other items:

 

 

subject to certain limitations, transfers as a bona fide gift or gifts;

 

 

subject to certain limitations, transfers by will, other testamentary document or intestacy;

 

158


Table of Contents
 

subject to certain limitations, transfers to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the transferor or the immediate family of the transferor, or if the transferor is a trust, to a trustor or beneficiary of the trust, or to the estate of a beneficiary of such trust;

 

 

subject to certain limitations, transfers to a partnership, limited liability company or other entity of which the transferor and/or the immediate family of the transferor are the legal and beneficial owner of all of the outstanding equity securities or similar interests;

 

 

subject to certain limitations, if the transferor is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust or other business entity, transfers as part of a distribution to the members, partners, stockholders or other equityholders of the transferor, or to another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust or other business entity that is an affiliate of the transferor, or to any investment fund or other entity controlling, controlled by, managing or managed by or under common control with the transferor or its affiliates;

 

 

subject to certain limitations, transfers by operation of law pursuant to a qualified domestic order, divorce settlement, divorce decree, separation agreement or other court order;

 

 

transfers to us from an employee or other service provider upon death, disability or termination of employment or service, in each case, of such employee or service provider;

 

 

subject to certain limitations, sales or transfers of shares acquired in this offering, or on the open market after this offering;

 

 

subject to certain limitations, transfers to us to cover tax withholdings upon a vesting, exercise or settlement event of any equity award granted under a stock incentive plan, stock purchase plan or other equity award plan;

 

 

subject to certain limitations, transfers to us by way of cashless exercise of (i) an option to purchase common stock granted under a stock incentive plan, stock purchase plan or other equity award plan or (ii) a warrant, in either case described in this prospectus;

 

 

transfers pursuant to a bona fide third-party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction made to all holders of our common stock involving a change of control that has been approved by our board of directors; and

 

 

subject to certain limitations, the establishment of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 of the Exchange Act.

The representatives, in their sole discretion, may release the common stock subject to the lock-up agreements described above in whole or in part at any time with or without notice.

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933.

We intend to apply to have our common stock approved for listing on              under the symbol “EAR.”

In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, which involves making bids for, purchasing and selling shares of common stock in the open market for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock while this offering is in progress. These stabilizing transactions may include making short sales of the common stock, which involves the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares of common stock than they are required to purchase in this offering, and purchasing shares of common stock on the open market to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales

 

159


Table of Contents

may be “covered” shorts, which are short positions in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares referred to above, or may be “naked” shorts, which are short positions in excess of that amount. The underwriters may close out any covered short position either by exercising their option to purchase additional shares, in whole or in part, or by purchasing shares in the open market. In making this determination, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market compared to the price at which the underwriters may purchase shares through the option to purchase additional shares. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. To the extent that the underwriters create a naked short position, they will purchase shares in the open market to cover the position.

The underwriters have advised us that, pursuant to Regulation M of the Securities Act of 1933, they may also engage in other activities that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the common stock, including the imposition of penalty bids. This means that if the representatives of the underwriters purchase common stock in the open market in stabilizing transactions or to cover short sales, the representatives can require the underwriters that sold those shares as part of this offering to repay the underwriting discount received by them.

These activities may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of the common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock, and, as a result, the price of the common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If the underwriters commence these activities, they may discontinue them at any time. The underwriters may carry out these transactions on             , in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives of the underwriters. In determining the initial public offering price, we and the representatives of the underwriters expect to consider a number of factors including:

 

 

the information set forth in this prospectus and otherwise available to the representatives;

 

 

our prospects and the history and prospects for the industry in which we compete;

 

 

an assessment of our management;

 

 

our prospects for future earnings;

 

 

the general condition of the securities markets at the time of this offering;

 

 

the recent market prices of, and demand for, publicly traded common stock of generally comparable companies; and

 

 

other factors deemed relevant by the underwriters and us.

Neither we nor the underwriters can assure investors that an active trading market will develop for our common stock, or that the shares will trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

Certain of the underwriters and their affiliates have provided in the past to us and our affiliates and may provide from time to time in the future certain commercial banking, financial advisory, investment banking and other services for us and such affiliates in the ordinary course of their business, for which they have received and may continue to receive customary fees and commissions. In addition, from time to time, certain of the underwriters and their affiliates may effect transactions for their own account or the account of customers, and hold on behalf of themselves or their customers, long or short positions in our debt or equity securities or loans, and may do so in the future.

 

160


Table of Contents

Selling restrictions

General

Other than in the United States, no action has been taken by us or the underwriters that would permit a public offering of the securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. The securities offered by this prospectus may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale of any such securities be distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to the offering and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or a solicitation is unlawful.

Notice to prospective investors in the European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area, each a Member State, no shares have been offered or will be offered pursuant to the offering to the public in that Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Regulation, except that offers of shares may be made to the public in that Member State at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Regulation:

(a) to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined under the Prospectus Regulation;

(b) to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined under the Prospectus Regulation), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the underwriters; or

(c) in any other circumstances falling within Article 1(4) of the Prospectus Regulation,

provided that no such offer of shares shall require us or any underwriter to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Regulation or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 23 of the Prospectus Regulation and each person who initially acquires any shares or to whom any offer is made will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed to and with each of the underwriters and us that it is a “qualified investor” within the meaning of Article 2(e) of the Prospectus Regulation. In the case of any shares being offered to a financial intermediary as that term is used in the Prospectus Regulation, each such financial intermediary will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that the shares acquired by it in the offer have not been acquired on a non-discretionary basis on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in circumstances which may give rise to an offer of any shares to the public other than their offer or resale in a Member State to qualified investors as so defined or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the underwriters have been obtained to each such proposed offer or resale.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to shares in any Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for any shares, and the expression “Prospectus Regulation” means Regulation (EU) 2017/1129.

Notice to prospective investors in the United Kingdom

In addition, in the United Kingdom, this document is being distributed only to, and is directed only at, and any offer subsequently made may only be directed at persons who are “qualified investors” (as defined in the

 

161


Table of Contents

Prospectus Regulation) (i) who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended, or the Order, and/or (ii) who are high net worth companies (or persons to whom it may otherwise be lawfully communicated) falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”) or otherwise in circumstances which have not resulted and will not result in an offer to the public of the shares in the United Kingdom within the meaning of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000.

Any person in the United Kingdom that is not a relevant person should not act or rely on the information included in this document or use it as basis for taking any action. In the United Kingdom, any investment or investment activity that this document relates to may be made or taken exclusively by relevant persons.

Notice to prospective investors in Canada

The shares may be sold only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the shares must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

Pursuant to section 3A.3 of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

Notice to prospective investors in Switzerland

The shares may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange, or SIX, or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document does not constitute a prospectus within the meaning of, and has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, us or the shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority, or FINMA, and the offer of shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes, or CISA. The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares.

 

162


Table of Contents

Notice to prospective investors in the Dubai International Financial Centre, or DIFC

This document relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Markets Rules 2012 of the Dubai Financial Services Authority, or DFSA. This document is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Markets Rules 2012 of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus supplement nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for this document. The securities to which this document relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the securities offered should conduct their own due diligence on the securities. If you do not understand the contents of this document you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

In relation to its use in the DIFC, this document is strictly private and confidential and is being distributed to a limited number of investors and must not be provided to any person other than the original recipient, and may not be reproduced or used for any other purpose. The interests in the securities may not be offered or sold directly or indirectly to the public in the DIFC.

Notice to prospective investors in the United Arab Emirates

The shares have not been, and are not being, publicly offered, sold, promoted or advertised in the United Arab Emirates (including the Dubai International Financial Centre) other than in compliance with the laws of the United Arab Emirates (and the Dubai International Financial Centre) governing the issue, offering and sale of securities. Further, this prospectus does not constitute a public offer of securities in the United Arab Emirates (including the Dubai International Financial Centre) and is not intended to be a public offer. This prospectus has not been approved by or filed with the Central Bank of the United Arab Emirates, the Securities and Commodities Authority or the Dubai Financial Services Authority.

Notice to prospective investors in Australia

This prospectus:

 

 

does not constitute a disclosure document or a prospectus under Chapter 6D.2 of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth), or the Corporations Act;

 

 

has not been, and will not be, lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission, or ASIC, as a disclosure document for the purposes of the Corporations Act and does not purport to include the information required of a disclosure document for the purposes of the Corporations Act; and

 

 

may only be provided in Australia to select investors who are able to demonstrate that they fall within one or more of the categories of investors, available under section 708 of the Corporations Act, or Exempt Investors.

The shares may not be directly or indirectly offered for subscription or purchased or sold, and no invitations to subscribe for or buy the shares may be issued, and no draft or definitive offering memorandum, advertisement or other offering material relating to any shares may be distributed in Australia, except where disclosure to investors is not required under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act or is otherwise in compliance with all applicable Australian laws and regulations. By submitting an application for the shares, you represent and warrant to us that you are an Exempt Investor.

As any offer of shares under this document will be made without disclosure in Australia under Chapter 6D.2 of the Corporations Act, the offer of those securities for resale in Australia within 12 months may, under section 707 of the Corporations Act, require disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D.2 if none of the exemptions in

 

163


Table of Contents

section 708 applies to that resale. By applying for the shares you undertake to us that you will not, for a period of 12 months from the date of issue of the shares, offer, transfer, assign or otherwise alienate those shares to investors in Australia except in circumstances where disclosure to investors is not required under Chapter 6D.2 of the Corporations Act or where a compliant disclosure document is prepared and lodged with ASIC.

Notice to prospective investors in Japan

The shares have not been and will not be registered pursuant to Article 4, Paragraph 1 of the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act. Accordingly, none of the shares nor any interest therein may be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any “resident” of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to or for the benefit of a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan in effect at the relevant time.

Notice to prospective investors in Hong Kong

The shares have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold in Hong Kong, by means of any document, other than (a) to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571 of the Laws of Hong Kong), or the SFO, of Hong Kong and any rules made thereunder; or (b) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong), or the CO, or which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the CO. No advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares has been or may be issued or has been or may be in the possession of any person for the purposes of issue, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere, which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public of Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” as defined in the SFO and any rules made thereunder.

Notice to prospective investors in Singapore

Singapore SFA Product Classification — In connection with Section 309B of the SFA and the CMP Regulations 2018, unless otherwise specified before an offer of shares, the we have determined, and hereby notify all relevant persons (as defined in Section 309A(1) of the SFA), that the shares are “prescribed capital markets products” (as defined in the CMP Regulations 2018) and Excluded Investment Products (as defined in MAS Notice SFA 04-N12: Notice on the Sale of Investment Products and MAS Notice FAA-N16: Notice on Recommendations on Investment Products).

Each underwriter has acknowledged that this prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, each underwriter has represented and agreed that it has not offered or sold any shares or caused the shares to be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase and will not offer or sell any shares or cause the shares to be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, and has not circulated or distributed, nor will it circulate or distribute, this prospectus or any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares, whether directly or indirectly, to any person in Singapore other than:

 

  (a)   to an institutional investor (as defined in Section 4A of the Securities and Futures Act (Chapter 289) of Singapore, as modified or amended from time to time, or the SFA) pursuant to Section 274 of the SFA;

 

164


Table of Contents
  (a)   to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA) pursuant to Section 275(1) of the SFA and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA; or

 

  (b)   otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is:

 

  (a)   a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or

 

  (b)   a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an individual who is an accredited investor,

securities or securities-based derivatives contracts (each term as defined in Section 2(1) of the SFA) of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferred within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares pursuant to an offer made under Section 275 of the SFA except:

 

  (i)   to an institutional investor or to a relevant person, or to any person arising from an offer referred to in Section 276(4)(i)(B) of the SFA;

 

  (i)   where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer;

 

  (ii)   where the transfer is by operation of law;

 

  (iii)   as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA; or

 

  (iv)   as specified in Regulation 37A of the Securities and Futures (Offers of Investments) (Securities and Securities-based Derivatives Contracts) Regulations 2018.

Notice to prospective investors in Bermuda

Shares may be offered or sold in Bermuda only in compliance with the provisions of the Investment Business Act of 2003 of Bermuda which regulates the sale of securities in Bermuda. Additionally, non-Bermudian persons (including companies) may not carry on or engage in any trade or business in Bermuda unless such persons are permitted to do so under applicable Bermuda legislation.

Notice to prospective investors in Saudi Arabia

This document may not be distributed in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia except to such persons as are permitted under the Offers of Securities Regulations as issued by the board of the Saudi Arabian Capital Market Authority, or CMA, pursuant to resolution number 2-11-2004 dated 4 October 2004 as amended by resolution number 1-28-2008, as amended, or the CMA Regulations. The CMA does not make any representation as to the accuracy or completeness of this document and expressly disclaims any liability whatsoever for any loss arising from, or incurred in reliance upon, any part of this document. Prospective purchasers of the securities offered hereby should conduct their own due diligence on the accuracy of the information relating to the securities. If you do not understand the contents of this document, you should consult an authorized financial adviser.

Notice to prospective investors in the British Virgin Islands

The shares are not being, and may not be offered to the public or to any person in the British Virgin Islands for purchase or subscription by or on behalf of us. The shares may be offered to companies incorporated under the

 

165


Table of Contents

BVI Business Companies Act, 2004 (British Virgin Islands), or BVI Companies, but only where the offer will be made to, and received by, the relevant BVI Company entirely outside of the British Virgin Islands.

Notice to prospective investors in China

This prospectus will not be circulated or distributed in the PRC and the shares will not be offered or sold, and will not be offered or sold to any person for re-offering or resale directly or indirectly to any residents of the PRC except pursuant to any applicable laws and regulations of the PRC. Neither this prospectus nor any advertisement or other offering material may be distributed or published in the PRC, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with applicable laws and regulations.

Notice to prospective investors in Korea

The shares have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Investments Services and Capital Markets Act of Korea, or the FSCMA, and the decrees and regulations thereunder and the shares have been and will be offered in Korea as a private placement under the FSCMA. None of the shares may be offered, sold or delivered directly or indirectly, or offered or sold to any person for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Korea or to any resident of Korea except pursuant to the applicable laws and regulations of Korea, including the FSCMA and the Foreign Exchange Transaction Law of Korea, or the FETL, and the decrees and regulations thereunder. The shares have not been listed on any of securities exchanges in the world including, without limitation, the Korea Exchange in Korea. Furthermore, the purchaser of the shares shall comply with all applicable regulatory requirements (including but not limited to requirements under the FETL) in connection with the purchase of the shares. By the purchase of the shares, the relevant holder thereof will be deemed to represent and warrant that if it is in Korea or is a resident of Korea, it purchased the shares pursuant to the applicable laws and regulations of Korea.

Notice to prospective investors in Taiwan

The shares have not been and will not be registered with the Financial Supervisory Commission of Taiwan pursuant to relevant securities laws and regulations and may not be sold, issued or offered within Taiwan through a public offering or in circumstances which constitutes an offer within the meaning of the Securities and Exchange Act of Taiwan that requires a registration or approval of the Financial Supervisory Commission of Taiwan. No person or entity in Taiwan has been authorized to offer, sell, give advice regarding or otherwise intermediate the offering and sale of the shares in Taiwan.

 

166


Table of Contents

Notice to prospective investors in South Africa

Due to restrictions under the securities laws of South Africa, no “offer to the public” (as such term is defined in the South African Companies Act, No. 71 of 2008 (as amended or re-enacted), or South African Companies Act, is being made in connection with the issue of the shares in South Africa. Accordingly, this document does not, nor is it intended to, constitute a “registered prospectus” (as that term is defined in the South African Companies Act) prepared and registered under the South African Companies Act and has not been approved by, and/or filed with, the South African Companies and Intellectual Property Commission or any other regulatory authority in South Africa. The shares are not offered, and the offer shall not be transferred, sold, renounced or delivered, in South Africa or to a person with an address in South Africa, unless one or other of the following exemptions stipulated in section 96 (1) applies:

 

   
Section 96 (1) (a)   

the offer, transfer, sale, renunciation or delivery is to:

 

(i)  persons whose ordinary business, or part of whose ordinary business, is to deal in securities, as principal or agent;

 

(ii)   the South African Public Investment Corporation;

 

(iii)  persons or entities regulated by the Reserve Bank of South Africa;

 

(iv)  authorized financial service providers under South African law;

 

(v)   financial institutions recognized as such under South African law;

 

(vi)  a wholly-owned subsidiary of any person or entity contemplated in (c), (d) or (e), acting as agent in the capacity of an authorized portfolio manager for a pension fund, or as manager for a collective investment scheme (in each case duly registered as such under South African law); or

 

(vii)  any combination of the person in (i) to (vi); or

Section 96 (1) (b)    the total contemplated acquisition cost of the securities, for any single addressee acting as principal is equal to or greater than ZAR1,000,000 or such higher amount as may be promulgated by notice in the Government Gazette of South Africa pursuant to section 96(2)(a) of the South African Companies Act.

 

Information made available in this prospectus should not be considered as “advice” as defined in the South African Financial Advisory and Intermediary Services Act, 2002.

Notice to prospective investors in Israel

This document does not constitute a prospectus under the Israeli Securities Law, 5728-1968, or the Securities Law, and has not been filed with or approved by the Israel Securities Authority. In Israel, this prospectus is being distributed only to, and is directed only at, and any offer of the shares of common stock is directed only at, (i) a limited number of persons in accordance with the Israeli Securities Law and (ii) investors listed in the first addendum, or the Addendum, to the Israeli Securities Law, consisting primarily of joint investment in trust funds, provident funds, insurance companies, banks, portfolio managers, investment advisors, members of the Tel Aviv Stock Exchange, underwriters, venture capital funds, entities with equity in excess of NIS 50 million and “qualified individuals,” each as defined in the Addendum (as it may be amended from time to time), collectively referred to as qualified investors (in each case, purchasing for their own account or, where permitted under the Addendum, for the accounts of their clients who are investors listed in the Addendum). Qualified investors are required to submit written confirmation that they fall within the scope of the Addendum, are aware of the meaning of same and agree to it.

 

167


Table of Contents

Legal matters

The validity of the issuance of our common stock offered in this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Latham & Watkins LLP, Menlo Park, California. Certain legal matters in connection with this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, Menlo Park, California. Latham & Watkins LLP and certain attorneys and investment funds affiliated with the firm collectively own an aggregate of 52,796 shares of our convertible preferred stock which will be converted into an aggregate of 52,796 shares of common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering.

Experts

The consolidated financial statements included in this Prospectus and the Registration Statement have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein and elsewhere in the Registration Statement which report expresses an unqualified opinion on the financial statements and includes an explanatory paragraph referring to a going concern uncertainty. Such consolidated financial statements have been so included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

Where you can find additional information

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1, including exhibits and schedules, under the Securities Act, with respect to the shares of common stock being offered by this prospectus. This prospectus, which constitutes part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information in the registration statement and its exhibits. For further information with respect to us and the common stock offered by this prospectus, we refer you to the registration statement and its exhibits. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or any other document referred to are not necessarily complete, and in each instance, we refer you to the copy of the contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. Each of these statements is qualified in all respects by this reference.

You may read our SEC filings, including this registration statement, over the Internet at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. Upon the completion of this offering, we will be subject to the information reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and we will file reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for review at the SEC’s website referred to above. We also maintain a website at www.eargo.com, at which, following the completion of this offering, you may access these materials free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. Information contained on or accessible through our website is not a part of this prospectus or the registration statement of which it forms a part, and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only. You should not consider the contents of our website in making an investment decision with respect to our common stock.

 

168


Table of Contents

Eargo, Inc.

Index to consolidated financial statements

 

     Page  

Audited consolidated financial statements

  

Report of independent registered public accounting firm

     F-2  

Consolidated financial statements:

  

Consolidated balance sheets

     F-3  

Consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss

     F-4  

Consolidated statements of convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit

     F-5  

Consolidated statements of cash flows

     F-6  

Notes to consolidated financial statements

     F-7  


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the stockholders and the Board of Directors of Eargo, Inc.

Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Eargo, Inc. and its subsidiary (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit, and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2018, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2018, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Going Concern

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has incurred recurring losses and negative cash flows from operations and has stated that substantial doubt exists about its ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s evaluation of the events and conditions and management’s plans regarding these matters are also described in Note 1. The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

Basis for Opinion

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB and in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

San Jose, California

November 8, 2019

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2018.

 

F-2


Table of Contents

Eargo Inc.

Consolidated balance sheets

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

   
     December 31,  
      2017     2018  

ASSETS

    

Current assets:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 9,019     $ 51,051  

Restricted cash

     150       150  

Accounts receivable

     651       965  

Inventories

     410       2,160  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     851       1,363  
  

 

 

 

Total current assets

     11,081       55,689  

Property and equipment, net

     812       2,949  

Other assets

     61       404  
  

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 11,954     $ 59,042  
  

 

 

 

LIABILITIES, CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

    

Current liabilities:

    

Accounts payable

   $ 2,419     $ 5,175  

Accrued expenses

     2,855       5,723  

Term loans, current portion

     2,278        

Other current liabilities

     170       1,690  

Deferred revenue, current

           72  
  

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     7,722       12,660  

Deferred revenue, noncurrent portion

           89  

Term loans, noncurrent portion

     4,753       6,990  

Convertible preferred stock warrant liability

     14       81  

Other liabilities

     1       206  
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     12,490       20,026  
  

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 5)

    

Convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 20,630,000 and 36,269,166 shares authorized as of December 31, 2017 and 2018; 16,643,414 and 35,283,614 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2017 and 2018; aggregate liquidation preference of $147.6 million as of December 31, 2018

     79,129       152,015  

Stockholders’ deficit:

    

Common stock, $0.0001 par value; 32,927,671 and 55,190,000 shares authorized as of December 31, 2017 and 2018; 672,286 and 695,563 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2017 and 2018

            

Additional paid-in capital

     1,259       1,718  

Accumulated deficit

     (80,924     (114,717
  

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ deficit

     (79,665     (112,999
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities, convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit

   $ 11,954     $ 59,042  

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

Eargo, Inc.

Consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

   
     Year ended
December 31,
 
      2017     2018  

Revenue, net

   $ 6,620     $ 23,163  

Cost of revenue

     4,467       11,423  
  

 

 

 

Gross profit

     2,153       11,740  

Operating expenses:

    

Research and development

     5,449       9,520  

Sales and marketing

     9,269       25,540  

General and administrative

     5,774       8,251  
  

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     20,492       43,311  
  

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (18,339     (31,571

Other income (expense), net:

    

Interest income

     35       164  

Interest expense

     (1,783     (424

Other income (expense), net

     (1,181     (1,403

Loss on extinguishment of debt

     (3,348     (559
  

 

 

 

Total other income (expense), net

     (6,277     (2,222
  

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (24,616     (33,793

Income tax provision

            
  

 

 

 

Net loss and comprehensive loss

   $ (24,616   $ (33,793
  

 

 

 

Net loss per share, basic and diluted

   $ (37.17   $ (49.89
  

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used in computing net loss per share, basic and diluted

     662,246       677,333  

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

Eargo, Inc.

Consolidated statements of convertible preferred stock and
stockholders’ deficit

(In thousands, except share amounts)

 

               
     Convertible preferred
stock
               Common stock      Additional
paid-in

capital
     Accumulated
deficit
    Total
stockholders’

deficit
 
      Shares      Amount                  Shares      Amount  

Balance—January 1, 2017

     3,870,849      $ 41,372              643,317      $      $ 677      $ (56,308   $ (55,631

Issuance of Series C convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs of $646

     4,032,079        11,477                                          

Issuance of Series C-1 convertible preferred stock upon extinguishment of convertible notes

     8,740,486        26,280                                          

Stock-based compensation

                                       528              528  

Exercise of stock options

                         28,969               54              54  

Net loss and comprehensive loss

                                              (24,616     (24,616
  

 

 

          

 

 

 

Balance—December 31, 2017

     16,643,414        79,129              672,286               1,259        (80,924     (79,665

Issuance of Series C convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs of $159

     7,144,016        21,320                                          

Settlement of Series C convertible preferred stock tranche liability on second tranche closing of Series C convertible preferred stock

            479                                          

Issuance of Series D convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs of $163

     11,496,184        51,087                                          

Stock-based compensation

                                       449              449  

Exercise of stock options

                         23,277               10              10  

Net loss and comprehensive loss

                                              (33,793     (33,793
  

 

 

          

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance—December 31, 2018

     35,283,614      $ 152,015              695,563      $      $ 1,718      $ (114,717   $ (112,999

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

Eargo, Inc.

Consolidated statements of cash flows

(In thousands)

 

   
     Year ended
December 31,
 
      2017     2018  

Operating activities:

    

Net loss

   $ (24,616   $ (33,793

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

    

Depreciation and amortization

     371       695  

Stock-based compensation

     528       449  

Non-cash interest expense and amortization of debt discount

     1,315       129  

Loss on extinguishment of debt

     3,348       559  

Change in fair value of warrant liability

     (119     27  

Change in fair value of derivative liability

     1,300        

Change in fair value of tranche liability

           479  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

    

Accounts receivable

     (649     (314

Inventories

     853       (1,750

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (365     (512

Other assets

     (17     (343

Accounts payable

     1,591       2,540  

Accrued expenses

     2,181       2,799  

Other current liabilities

     10       1,520  

Deferred revenue

           161  

Other liabilities

     (23     205  
  

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

     (14,292     (27,149
  

 

 

 

Investing activities:

    

Purchases of property and equipment

     (369     (1,718

Capitalized software development costs

           (829
  

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (369     (2,547
  

 

 

 

Financing activities:

    

Proceeds from debt financing

     2,000       7,000  

Debt repayments

           (7,689

Proceeds from stock options exercised

     54       10  

Proceeds from convertible preferred stock issuance, net of issuance costs

     11,477       72,407  
  

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     13,531       71,728  
  

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

     (1,130     42,032  

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at beginning of period

     10,299       9,169  
  

 

 

 

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at end of period

   $ 9,169     $ 51,201  
  

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

    

Cash paid for interest

   $ 1,216     $ 563  
  

 

 

 

Non-cash investing and financing activities:

    

Property and equipment and capitalized software costs in accounts payable and accrued liabilities

   $ 86     $ 371  
  

 

 

 

Issuance of convertible preferred stock warrants in connection with debt financing

   $     $ 40  
  

 

 

 

Issuance of Series C-1 convertible preferred stock upon extinguishment of convertible notes

   $ 26,280     $  
  

 

 

 

Settlement of derivative liability in connection with extinguishment of convertible notes

   $ 3,200     $  
  

 

 

 

Settlement of Series C convertible preferred stock tranche liability on second tranche closing of Series C convertible preferred stock

   $     $ 479  

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

Eargo, Inc.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

1. Nature of operations

Organization and description of business

Eargo, Inc. was incorporated as Aria Innovations, Inc. in Delaware on November 12, 2010. The name of the Company was changed to Eargo, Inc. on November 19, 2014. Eargo, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiary (collectively, the “Company”), is a consumer-focused medical device company that develops and sells hearing aids to assist people with hearing loss.

Going concern

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern, which contemplates the realization of assets and the settlement of liabilities and commitments in the normal course of business. The consolidated financial statements do not reflect any adjustments relating to the recoverability and reclassification of assets and liabilities that might be necessary if the Company is unable to continue as a going concern.

The Company has incurred losses and negative cash flows from operations since its inception. As of December 31, 2018, the Company had cash and cash equivalents of $51.1 million and an accumulated deficit of $114.7 million. The Company has financed its operations primarily with the proceeds from the issuance of convertible preferred stock and debt financing, and to a lesser extent, revenues from product sales. The Company’s long-term success is dependent upon its ability to successfully develop, commercialize and market its products, earn revenue, obtain additional capital when needed and ultimately achieve profitable operations.

Management expects to incur additional substantial losses in the foreseeable future. As of December 31, 2018, the Company believes without any future financing it will not be able to continue as a going concern for at least one year from the original issuance date of its audited annual consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2018. If the Company is unable to raise additional funding to meet its operational needs, it will be forced to limit or cease its operations. The negative cash flows and lack of financial resources of the Company raise substantial doubt as to the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern.

2. Summary of significant accounting policies

Basis of presentation and principles of consolidation

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Eargo, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiary. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated.

Use of estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates, assumptions, and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported

 

F-7


Table of Contents

Eargo, Inc.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Significant estimates and assumptions made in the accompanying consolidated financial statements include, but are not limited to, allowance for sales returns, the fair value of equity securities, the fair value of financial instruments, net realizable value of inventory, recoverability of the Company’s net deferred tax assets, and the related valuation allowance and certain accruals. Management periodically evaluates its estimates, which are based on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from those estimates.

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

Cash equivalents consist of short-term, highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less from the purchase date. Cash equivalents consist primarily of amounts invested in money market accounts and are stated at fair value.

As of December 31, 2018, the Company has $0.2 million in an outstanding letter of credit related to its operating lease. The letter of credit is collateralized by a restricted cash deposit account consisting of short-term money market funds.

The following table provides a reconciliation of cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash reported within the consolidated balance sheets that sum to the total of the same amounts shown in the consolidated statements of cash flows:

 

   
     Years ended
December 31,
 
      2017      2018  
     (in thousands)  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 9,019      $ 51,051  

Restricted cash

     150        150  
  

 

 

 

Total cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash

   $ 9,169      $ 51,201  

 

 

Concentration of credit risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist of demand deposit accounts, money market accounts and accounts receivable, including credit card receivables. The Company maintains its cash and cash equivalents, which may, at times, exceed federally insured limits, with financial institutions of high credit standing. As of December 31, 2018, the Company has not experienced any losses on its deposit accounts and money market accounts. As of December 31, 2018, the Company does not believe there is significant financial risk from nonperformance by the issuers of the Company’s deposit accounts and money market accounts. Approximately 20% and 45% of the Company’s accounts receivable are from a third-party financing partner as of December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively.

Fair value measurement

Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability, or an exit price, in the principal or most advantageous market for that asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

Eargo, Inc.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

The Company measures fair value based on a three-level hierarchy of inputs, of which the first two are considered observable and the last unobservable. Unobservable inputs reflect the Company’s own assumptions about current market conditions. The Company maximizes the use of observable inputs, where available, and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. The three-level hierarchy of inputs is as follows:

Level 1—Observable inputs such as unadjusted, quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities at the measurement date;

Level 2—Observable inputs other than Level 1 prices, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities, quoted prices in markets that are not active, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities; and

Level 3—Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities.

To the extent that the valuation is based on models or inputs that are less observable or unobservable in the market, the determination of fair value requires more judgment. Accordingly, the degree of judgment exercised by the Company in determining fair value is greatest for instruments categorized in Level 3. A financial instrument’s level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of any input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

The carrying amounts reflected in the consolidated balance sheets for cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued liabilities approximate their fair values due to their short-term nature. The fair value of the Company’s outstanding term loan is estimated using the net present value of the payments, discounted at an interest rate that is consistent with a market interest rate, which is a Level 2 input. The fair value of the outstanding term loan approximates the carrying amount as the term loan bears a floating rate that approximates the market interest rate.

Accounts receivable

Accounts receivable represents amounts due from third-party institutions for credit card and debit card transactions and trade accounts receivable. Accounts receivable are recorded at invoiced amounts, net of allowances for doubtful accounts. The allowance for doubtful accounts is based on the Company’s assessment of the collectibility of accounts. Management regularly reviews the adequacy of the allowance for doubtful accounts by considering the age of each outstanding invoice, each customer’s expected ability to pay, and the collection history with each customer, when applicable, to determine whether a specific allowance is appropriate. As of December 31, 2017 and 2018, the Company did not have an allowance for doubtful accounts.

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of standard cost (which approximates actual cost on a first-in, first-out basis) and net realizable value. Inventory consists of purchased components for producing hearing aid products and accessories and finished goods. Provisions for slow-moving, excess or obsolete inventories are recorded when required to reduce inventory values to their estimated net realizable values based on product life cycle, development plans or quality issues.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

Eargo, Inc.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

Property and equipment, net

Property and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization on property and equipment is calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, generally three to five years. Leasehold improvements are amortized using the straight-line method over the shorter of the lease term or the estimated useful life of the asset. When assets are retired or otherwise disposed of, the cost and related accumulated depreciation and amortization are removed from the consolidated balance sheets and any resulting gain or loss is reflected in operations in the period realized. Repairs and maintenance are expensed as incurred.

Capitalized software development costs

The Company capitalizes software purchased for internal use and qualified costs incurred in connection with the development of internal use software. Purchased software consists of software products and licenses, which are amortized over the lesser of their estimated useful life or the contractual term. Internally developed software costs incurred in the preliminary stages of development are expensed as incurred. Once an application has reached the development stage, internal and external direct costs of the development are capitalized until the software is substantially complete and ready for its intended use. The Company also capitalizes costs related to specific upgrades and enhancements when it is probable that the expenditure will result in additional functionality. Internal use software is amortized on a straight-line basis over its estimated useful life, generally three years. Post-implementation activities including training and maintenance are expensed as incurred. Capitalized costs less accumulated amortization are recorded as a component of property and equipment, net on the consolidated balance sheets.

Deferred offering costs

Offering costs, consisting of legal, accounting, printer and filing fees related to the Company’s planned initial public offering (“IPO”), are deferred and will be offset against proceeds from the IPO upon the effectiveness of the offering. In the event the offering is terminated, all deferred offering costs will be expensed. There were no deferred offering costs recorded as of December 31, 2018.

Impairment of long-lived assets

The Company evaluates its long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets or group of assets may not be fully recoverable. Recoverability is measured by comparing the carrying amount to the future net undiscounted cash flows which the assets are expected to generate. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the projected discounted future net cash flows arising from the asset. The Company has not identified any such impairment losses to date.

Product warranty

The Company provides a one-year limited warranty on its hearing aid products and accrues for the estimated future costs of repair or replacement upon shipment of the original product. The warranty expense is accrued as a liability and recorded to cost of revenue and is based upon current and historical information for the cost to repair or replace the product. Warranty reserves were less than $0.1 million and $0.1 million as of

 

F-10


Table of Contents

Eargo, Inc.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, warranty costs amounted to $0.2 million and $0.1 million, respectively.

Convertible preferred stock warrant liability

The Company accounts for its convertible preferred stock warrants issued in connection with its various financing transactions based upon the characteristics and provisions of the instrument. Convertible preferred stock warrants classified as liabilities are recorded on the consolidated balance sheets at their fair value on the date of issuance and remeasured to fair value at each reporting period, with the changes in fair value recognized as other income (expense), net in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss. The Company will continue to adjust the liability for changes in the fair value of these warrants until the earlier of the exercise of the warrants, the expiration of the warrants, or until such time as the warrants are no longer considered liability instruments.

Derivative liability

The Company’s convertible notes issued in 2016 (the “2016 Notes”) contain certain features that meet the definition of being embedded derivatives requiring bifurcation from the 2016 Notes as a freestanding financial instrument. The derivative liability is initially measured at fair value on issuance and is subject to remeasurement at each reporting period with changes in fair value recognized in other income (expense), net in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss. In October 2017, the derivative liability was settled upon the extinguishment of the 2016 Notes. Refer to Note 3 and Note 6 for further discussion.

Convertible preferred stock tranche liability

The Company’s obligation to issue additional shares of its Series C convertible preferred stock at a fixed price in a future closing represents a freestanding financial instrument. The tranche liability is initially measured at fair value and is subject to remeasurement at each reporting period with changes in fair value recognized in other income (expense), net in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss. The tranche liability was settled on the second tranche closing of the Company’s Series C convertible preferred stock financing in March 2018. Refer to Note 3 and Note 7 for further discussion.

Revenue recognition

The Company generates revenue from the sale of its hearing aid products, related accessories and extended warranty directly to consumers. Revenue is recognized when all four of the following criteria are met:

 

 

Persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists—Evidence of an agreement with the customer that reflects the terms and conditions to deliver services must exist in order to recognize revenue.

 

 

Delivery has occurred—Provided that all other revenue recognition criteria have been met, the Company typically recognizes hearing aid and accessories revenue upon shipment, as title and risk of loss are transferred at that time, and there are no further obligations. Extended warranty revenue is recognized over time as the services are delivered.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

Eargo, Inc.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

 

The sales price is fixed or determinable—The Company assesses whether the price is fixed or determinable based on the payment terms associated with the transaction. If the terms are extended beyond the Company’s normal payment terms, the Company will recognize revenue as the payments become due.

 

 

Collection is reasonably assured—The Company assesses probability of collection on an individual basis based on a number of factors, including the credit-worthiness of the customer. Payment for most of the Company’s sales transactions is made by the customer prior to the product shipment.

Shipping and handling fees billed to customers are included in net sales and the related costs are included in cost of sales. Revenue is recognized net of taxes collected from customers.

Appropriate allowances are established for anticipated sales returns based on historical experience, recent sales and any notification of pending returns. The Company allows for the return of product from direct customers within 45 days of the original sale and records an estimated allowance for sales returns as a reduction of sales in the same period that the corresponding revenue is recognized. The allowance for sales returns is calculated based upon historical experience with actual returns and current period sales activity. Actual sales returns in any future period are inherently uncertain and thus may differ from the estimates. If actual sales returns differ significantly from the estimates, an adjustment to revenue in the current or subsequent period is recorded.

Deferred revenue pertains to billings or payments received in advance of revenue recognition and relates to sales of extended warranty. The current portion of deferred revenue represents the amounts that are expected to be recognized as revenue within one year of the consolidated balance sheet date.

Cost of revenue

Cost of revenue consists of expenses relating to the cost of finished goods, freight, personnel costs, consumables, product warranty costs, transaction fees, allocated facility overhead costs, depreciation and amortization.

Research and development

Research and development expenses consist of personnel costs, travel expenses, tools, prototype materials and product certification and are charged to expense as incurred.

Sales and marketing

Sales and marketing expenses consist of personnel costs, travel expenses, consulting, public relations costs, direct marketing, tradeshow and promotional expenses and allocated facility overhead costs. The Company recorded advertising costs, which are expensed as incurred, of $3.2 million and $12.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively.

Stock-based compensation

The Company accounts for stock-based awards at fair value. The fair value of stock options is measured using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. For stock-based awards that vest subject to the satisfaction of a service

 

F-12


Table of Contents

Eargo, Inc.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

requirement, the fair value measurement date is the date of grant and the expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the vesting period. For stock-based awards with performance-based vesting conditions, the expense is recognized over the vesting period using the accelerated attribution method. The Company accounts for forfeitures as they occur.

Income taxes

The Company uses the asset and liability method to account for income taxes. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates applied to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. A valuation allowance is established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized. Financial statement effects of uncertain tax positions are recognized when it is more-likely-than-not that the position will be sustained upon examination. Interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits are included within the provision for income tax.

Segments

Operating segments are defined as components of an entity for which separate financial information is available and that is regularly reviewed by the Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”) in deciding how to allocate resources to an individual segment and in assessing performance. The Company’s CODM is its Chief Executive Officer. To date, the Company has viewed its operations and manages its business as one operating and reportable segment, with all operations in the United States.

Employee benefit plan

The Company sponsors a qualified 401(k) defined contribution plan covering eligible employees. Participants may contribute a portion of their annual compensation limited to a maximum annual amount set by the Internal Revenue Service. There have been no employer contributions under this plan to date.

Net loss per share

Basic net loss per share is calculated by dividing net loss by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period, without consideration for potential dilutive shares of common stock. As the Company was in a loss position for the periods presented, basic net loss per share is the same as diluted net loss per share since the effects of potentially dilutive securities are antidilutive.

Emerging growth company status

The Company is an emerging growth company, as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”). Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards issued subsequent to the enactment of the JOBS Act until such time as those standards apply to private companies. The Company has elected to use this extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards that have different effective dates for public and private companies until the earlier of the date that it is (i) no longer an emerging growth company or (ii) affirmatively and irrevocably

 

F-13


Table of Contents

Eargo, Inc.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

opt out of the extended transition period provided in the JOBS Act. As a result, these financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with the new or revised accounting pronouncements as of public company effective dates.

Recently adopted accounting pronouncements

In December 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2016-09, Compensation-Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting. The guidance changes how companies account for certain aspects of share-based payment awards to employees, including the accounting for income taxes, forfeitures, and statutory tax withholding requirements, as well as classification in the statement of cash flows. This standard was effective for the Company in the fiscal year beginning January 1, 2018. Upon adoption of this guidance, the Company changed its policy to account for forfeitures as they occur. The adoption of this guidance did not materially impact the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In May 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-09, Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Scope of Modification Accounting. The guidance clarifies which changes to the terms or condition of a share-based payment award require an entity to apply modification accounting. This standard was effective for the Company in the fiscal year beginning January 1, 2018. The adoption of this guidance did not materially impact the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In November 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-18, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Restricted Cash, which requires restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents to be included with cash and cash equivalents in the statements of cash flows. This standard was early adopted by the Company in the fiscal year beginning January 1, 2018. This guidance is applied on a retrospective basis to all periods presented. The adoption of this guidance did not materially impact the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-06, Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815), Contingent Put and Call Options in Debt Instruments. The guidance clarifies the requirements for assessing whether contingent put or call options that can accelerate the payment of principal on debt instruments are clearly and closely related. This standard was effective for the Company in the fiscal year beginning January 1, 2018. The adoption of this guidance did not materially impact the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Recent accounting pronouncements

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606). The new guidance provides principles for recognizing revenue to which an entity expects to be entitled for the transfer of promised goods or services to customers. This new standard will be effective for the Company in its fiscal year beginning January 1, 2019; early adoption is permitted. The Company plans to adopt the guidance using the full retrospective method, in which the guidance is applied retrospectively to each prior period presented. The Company does not believe that this standard will have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842), which requires lessees to put most leases on their balance sheets but recognize the expenses on their income statements in a manner similar to current practice. ASU 2016-02 states that a lessee would recognize a lease liability for the obligation to make lease

 

F-14


Table of Contents

Eargo, Inc.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

payments and a right-to-use asset for the right to use the underlying asset for the lease term. This new standard will be effective for the Company in its fiscal year beginning January 1, 2020; early adoption is permitted. In July 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-10, “Codification Improvements to Topic 842, Leases” to clarify the implementation guidance and ASU No. 2018-11, “Leases (Topic 842) Targeted Improvements.” This updated guidance provides an optional transition method to the modified retrospective approach with optional practical expedients, which allows for the initial application of the new accounting standard at the adoption date and the recognition of a cumulative-effect adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings as of the beginning of the period of adoption. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this standard on its consolidated financial statements.

In June 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-07, Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Nonemployee Share-Based Payment Accounting, which expand the scope of Topic 718 to include share-based payment transactions for acquiring goods and services from nonemployees. ASU 2018-07 will be effective for the Company in the fiscal year beginning January 1, 2020. Early adoption is permitted. The Company does not believe that this standard will have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-13, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Disclosure Framework—Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement, which amends the disclosure requirements for fair value measurements by removing, modifying and adding certain disclosures. This new standard is effective for the Company in the fiscal year beginning January 1, 2020, with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this standard on its consolidated financial statements.

3. Fair value measurements

The following tables summarize the Company’s financial assets and liabilities that were measured at fair value on a recurring basis by level within the fair value hierarchy:

 

   
     December 31, 2017  
      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  
     (in thousands)  

Assets:

           

Restricted cash

   $ 150      $      $      $ 150  
  

 

 

 

Liabilities:

           

Convertible preferred stock warrant liability

   $      $      $ 14      $ 14  

 

 

 

   
     December 31, 2018  
      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  
     (in thousands)  

Assets:

           

Restricted cash

   $ 150      $      $      $ 150  
  

 

 

 

Liabilities:

           

Convertible preferred stock warrant liability

   $      $      $ 81      $ 81  

 

 

 

F-15


Table of Contents

Eargo, Inc.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

Convertible preferred stock warrant liability

The Company estimates the fair value of its convertible preferred stock warrant liability using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, assumptions that are based on the individual characteristics of the warrants on the valuation date, and assumptions related to the fair value of the underlying stock, expected volatility, expected life, dividends, and risk-free interest rate. Due to the nature of these inputs, the warrants are considered a Level 3 liability. Refer to Note 8 for the assumptions used in estimating the fair value of the warrants.

The following table provides a summary of the change in the estimated fair value of the Company’s convertible preferred stock warrant liability:

 

      Total  
     (in thousands)  

Balance—January 1, 2017

   $ 133  

Change in fair value of warrant liability

     (119
  

 

 

 

Balance—December 31, 2017

     14  

Fair value of convertible preferred stock warrants issued in connection with debt financing

     40  

Change in fair value of warrant liability

     27  
  

 

 

 

Balance—December 31, 2018

   $ 81  

 

 

Derivative liability

The 2016 Notes contain embedded derivatives requiring bifurcation as a separate freestanding instrument. The Company estimated the fair value of the derivative liability on issuance using a “with-and-without” method. The “with-and-without” methodology involves valuing the whole instrument on an as-is basis and then valuing the instrument without the individual embedded derivative. The difference between the entire instrument with the embedded derivative compared to the instrument without the embedded derivative was the fair value of the derivative liability on issuance.

The following table provides a summary of the change in the estimated fair value of the Company’s derivative liability:

 

      Total  
     (in thousands)  

Balance—January 1, 2017

   $ 1,900  

Change in fair value of derivative liability

     1,300  

Settlement of derivative liability in connection with extinguishment of convertible notes

     (3,200
  

 

 

 

Balance—December 31, 2017

   $  

 

 

In October 2017, the embedded derivative liability was settled upon the extinguishment of the 2016 Notes. Refer to Note 6 for further discussion.

Convertible preferred stock tranche liability

The Company’s Series C convertible preferred stock tranche liability contains unobservable inputs that reflect management’s own assumptions for which there is little, if any, market activity at the measurement date. The

 

F-16


Table of Contents

Eargo, Inc.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

fair value of the tranche liability was determined to be immaterial upon issuance in 2017 and as of December 31, 2017. Upon the second tranche closing of the Company’s Series C convertible preferred stock financing in March 2018, the tranche liability was remeasured using a hybrid of a probability-weighted expected return model and an option pricing model.

The following table provides a summary of changes in the estimated fair value of the Company’s tranche liability:

 

      Total  
     (in thousands)  

Balance—December 31, 2017

   $  

Change in fair value of tranche liability

     479  

Settlement of the tranche liability

     (479
  

 

 

 

Balance—December 31, 2018

   $  

 

 

On the second tranche closing of the Company’s Series C convertible preferred stock financing in March 2018, the tranche liability was reclassified to Series C convertible preferred stock.

4. Balance sheet components

Inventories

Inventories consist primarily of raw materials related to component parts and finished goods. The following is a summary of the Company’s inventories by category:

 

   
     December 31,  
      2017      2018  
     (in thousands)  

Raw materials

   $ 102      $ 898  

Finished goods

     308        1,262  
  

 

 

 

Total inventories

   $ 410      $ 2,160  

 

 

Property and equipment, net

Property and equipment, net, consists of the following:

 

   
     December 31,  
      2017     2018  
     (in thousands)  

Tools and lab equipment

   $ 1,259     $ 1,711  

Capitalized software

           898  

Furniture and fixtures

     117       605  

Leasehold improvements

           559  

Computer and equipment

     315       387  
  

 

 

 
     1,691       4,160  

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (879     (1,211
  

 

 

 

Total property and equipment, net

   $ 812     $ 2,949  

 

 

 

F-17


Table of Contents

Eargo, Inc.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

Depreciation and amortization for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 amounted to $0.4 million and $0.7 million, respectively, none of which related to amortization of capitalized software costs. Capitalized software costs pertain to internally developed software that was not substantially complete and ready for its intended use as of December 31, 2018; therefore, no amortization has been recognized.

Accrued expenses

Accrued expenses consist of the following:

 

   
     December 31,  
      2017      2018  
     (in thousands)  

Allowance for sales returns

   $ 1,198      $ 2,713  

Accrued compensation

     893        1,682  

Accrued vendor costs

     665        830  

Refunds due to customers

     60        445  

Accrued warranty reserve

     39        53  
  

 

 

 

Total accrued expenses

   $ 2,855      $ 5,723  

 

 

Allowance for sales returns

The allowance for sales returns consists of the following activity:

 

   
     December 31,  
      2017     2018  
     (in thousands)  

Allowance for sales returns, beginning balance

   $ 25     $ 1,198  

Charged to revenue

     4,116       17,848  

Utilization of allowance for sales returns

     (2,943     (16,333
  

 

 

 

Allowance for sales returns, ending balance

   $ 1,198     $ 2,713  

 

 

5. Commitment and contingencies

Operating leases

The Company has entered into non-cancelable operating leases for its offices, which expire on various dates through 2022. These leases generally contain scheduled rent increases and renewal options. The Company recognizes rent expense on a straight-line basis over the term of the underlying leases. Rent expense was $0.6 million and $0.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

Eargo, Inc.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

As of December 31, 2018, future minimum lease payments under non-cancelable operating leases with remaining lease terms in excess of one year are as follows:

 

   
Year ending December 31:    Operating leases  
     (in thousands)  

2019

   $ 1,214  

2020

     1,350  

2021

     1,092  

2022

     167  
  

 

 

 

Total minimum future lease payments

   $ 3,823  

 

 

Litigation

From time to time, the Company may become involved in legal proceedings in the ordinary course of its business. The Company does not believe that any lawsuits or claims currently pending against it, individually or in the aggregate, are material, or will have a material adverse effect on its financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. The Company is subject to review from federal and state taxing authorities in order to validate the amounts of income, sales and/or use taxes which have been claimed and remitted. The Company has estimated exposure and established reserves for its estimated sales tax audit liability.

In the normal course of business, the Company may agree to indemnify third parties with whom it enters into contractual relationships, including customers, lessors, and parties to other transactions with the Company, with respect to certain matters. The Company has agreed, under certain conditions, to hold these third parties harmless against specified losses, such as those arising from a breach of representations or covenants, other third-party claims that the Company’s products, when used for their intended purposes, infringe the intellectual property rights of such other third parties, or other claims made against certain parties. It is not possible to determine the maximum potential amount of liability under these indemnification obligations due to the Company’s limited history of prior indemnification claims and the unique facts and circumstances that are likely to be involved in each particular claim.

6. Debt obligations

2014 loan agreement

In December 2014, the Company entered into a Loan and Security Agreement (the “2014 Loan Agreement”) with Silicon Valley Bank, which was subsequently amended in August 2015, August 2016, and December 2016. Under the terms of the 2014 Loan Agreement, the Company borrowed a total of $7.0 million in term notes with an interest rate equal to the greater of the Wall Street Journal prime rate plus 3.5% or 7.0% (8.0% as of December 31, 2017), and issued warrants to purchase 11,719 shares of Series A convertible preferred stock and 23,059 shares of Series B-1 convertible preferred stock. The estimated fair value of the warrants at issuance was recorded as a discount on the loan and amortized into interest expense over the expected life of the loan. In June 2018, the Company repaid the outstanding balance of $5.9 million, as well as a prepayment fee of $0.1 million and a final payment fee of $0.6 million. In connection with the repayment of the term note, the Company recognized a loss on extinguishment of $0.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2018.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

Eargo, Inc.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

2018 loan agreement

In June 2018, the Company entered into a new Loan and Security Agreement (the “2018 Loan Agreement”) with Silicon Valley Bank. Under the terms of the 2018 Loan Agreement, Silicon Valley Bank made available to the Company term loans in an aggregate principal amount of $12.5 million and the Company borrowed $5.0 million in October 2018, $1.0 million in November 2018 and $1.0 million in December 2018. The term loans under the 2018 Loan mature in June 2022, with interest-only monthly payments until January 2020 or, if we achieve certain milestones, July 2020. Interest on the term loans accrues at a per annum rate equal to the Wall Street Journal prime rate minus 1.0% (4.50% as of December 31, 2018), with a floor of 0.0%.

Terms of the loan and security agreement include a final payment fee equal to 6.0% of the original aggregate principal amount, or $0.4 million based on advances as of December 31, 2018. The final payment fee is accrued over the term of the loan using the effective interest method. This amount is due upon the earliest of maturity, acceleration, prepayment or termination of the 2018 Loan Agreement.

In connection with the execution of the 2018 Loan Agreement, the Company issued warrants to purchase 90,518 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock. The estimated fair value of the warrants at issuance was recorded as a discount on the loan and is amortized to interest expense over the term of the agreement using the effective interest method.

During the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company recognized interest expense related to the term loans of $0.1 million, which is inclusive of amortization of debt discount.

Borrowings under the 2018 Loan Agreement are collateralized by all the assets of the Company, excluding intellectual property (but including rights to payment and proceeds thereof) and certain other assets. The 2018 Loan Agreement contains customary affirmative and restrictive covenants, including with respect to the Company’s ability to enter into fundamental transactions, incur additional indebtedness, grant liens, pay any dividend or make any distributions to its holders, make investments, merge or consolidate with any other person or engage in transactions with the Company’s affiliates, but do not include any financial covenants.

The balance of the term loans as of December 31, 2018 is as follows:

 

   
      December 31,
2018
 
     (in thousands)  

Principal value of long-term debt

   $ 7,000  

Net of debt discount and accretion of final payment

     (10
  

 

 

 

Term loan, current and noncurrent

     6,990  

Less: Term loan, current portion

      

Term loan, noncurrent portion

   $ 6,990  

 

 

 

F-20


Table of Contents

Eargo, Inc.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

Future minimum payments of principal and estimated payments of interest on the Company’s outstanding variable rate borrowings as of December 31, 2018 are as follows:

 

   
Year ending December 31:    Total  
     (in thousands)  

2019

   $ 305  

2020

     3,030  

2021

     2,917  

2022

     1,837  
  

 

 

 

Total future payments

     8,089  

Less amounts representing interest

     (669

Less final payment

     (420
  

 

 

 

Total principal amount of term loan payments

   $ 7,000  

 

 

Convertible notes

In 2016, the Company issued an aggregate of $20.1 million in convertible promissory notes to new and existing shareholders. The 2016 Notes accrued interest at a rate of 5.0% per annum and mature in three years from the date of issuance.

In the event of a qualified sale of preferred stock resulting in aggregate gross proceeds to the Company of at least $15.0 million, including at least $5.0 million from the lead investor, all principal and accrued and unpaid interest under the 2016 Notes will be automatically convertible into, at the option of the holders holding a majority in outstanding principal amount of the 2016 Notes, either (i) the preferred stock issued in such a financing at a price per share equal to 80% of the lowest price per share of the preferred stock sold in the financing (redemption feature), or (ii) the Company’s Series B-1 convertible preferred stock at its original issue price. The 2016 Notes also contain an option whereby in the event of a change of control event, at the option of the holders holding a majority in outstanding principal amount of the 2016 Notes, all principal and accrued and unpaid interest under the 2016 Notes will be convertible into the Company’s Series B-1 convertible preferred stock at its original issue price or, alternatively, such holders may elect to require the Company to pay to all 2016 Note holders an amount equal to the principal amount then outstanding and any accrued but unpaid interest plus an amount equal to 100% of the outstanding principal amount (put option).

The redemption feature and the put option contained in the 2016 Notes were determined to be embedded derivatives requiring bifurcation as a combined freestanding instrument.

Upon the issuance of the 2016 Notes, the Company recorded the fair value of the derivative liability of $1.8 million as a debt discount on the 2016 Notes and as a freestanding derivative liability. The debt discount is being amortized to interest expense using the effective interest method, over the term of the 2016 Notes. The Company recorded interest expense in connection with the 2016 Notes of $1.1 million, which includes amortization of the debt discount of $0.4 million, during the year ended December 31, 2017.

Upon the closing of the Company’s Series C convertible preferred stock offering in October 2017, the 2016 Notes were redeemed under their redemption feature whereby all of the outstanding principal and accrued interest was converted into 8,740,486 shares of Series C-1 convertible preferred stock at a conversion price of $2.4054 per share, a price equal to 80% of the $3.0067 per share paid by investors in the Series C convertible preferred

 

F-21


Table of Contents

Eargo, Inc.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

stock financing. The redemption of the 2016 Notes was accounted for as a debt extinguishment, which resulted in a loss of $3.3 million that was recognized in other income (expense) in the consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss. The loss on extinguishment was calculated as the difference between (i) the fair value of the shares of Series C-1 convertible preferred stock issued to settle the 2016 Notes and (ii) the carrying value of the 2016 Notes, net of the unamortized debt discount, plus the fair value of the derivative liability associated with the 2016 Notes at the time of extinguishment.

7. Convertible preferred stock

In October 2017 and December 2017, the Company issued an aggregate of 4,032,079 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $3.0067 per share in exchange for net proceeds of $11.6 million.

In addition, as discussed in Note 6, the Company issued an aggregate of 8,740,486 shares of Series C-1 convertible preferred stock upon the redemption of its 2016 Notes of $21.0 million.

Pursuant to the terms of the Series C and Series C-1 Purchase Agreement, the Company was obligated to sell additional shares of Series C convertible preferred stock to specified investors at a cash purchase price of $3.0067 per share in a subsequent closing upon achievement of certain milestones by December 31, 2017 (the “Second Tranche Closing”). The Company determined that its obligation to issue additional shares represents a freestanding instrument, initially recorded at fair value, with fair value changes recorded within other income (expense), net in the consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss. In March 2018, the Company completed the Second Tranche Closing and issued 3,865,785 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock in exchange for net proceeds of $11.6 million, thereby extinguishing the convertible preferred stock tranche liability. Immediately prior to the closing of the Second Tranche Closing, the Company remeasured the convertible preferred stock tranche liability to its then fair value and the tranche liability balance was reclassified to convertible preferred stock. See Note 3 for further discussion on the Series C convertible preferred stock tranche liability and the related valuations.

In April 2018, the Company issued 3,278,231 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock in an additional closing at a purchase price of $3.0067 per share in exchange for net proceeds of $9.7 million.

In December 2018, the Company issued 11,496,184 shares of Series D convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $4.4580 per share in exchange for net proceeds of $51.1 million.

In February 2019, the Company issued an additional 193,967 shares of Series D convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $4.4580 per share in exchange for net proceeds of $0.8 million.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

Eargo, Inc.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

Convertible preferred stock consists of the following:

 

   
     December 31, 2017  
     

Shares

authorized

     Shares
issued and
outstanding
    

Net
carrying

value

     Aggregate
liquidation
preference
 
     (in thousands, except share amounts)  

Series A convertible preferred stock

     1,283,000        1,271,175      $ 16,130      $ 16,271  

Series B convertible preferred stock

     83,000        82,972        2,229        2,473  

Series B-1 convertible preferred stock

     2,540,000        2,516,702        22,871        23,003  

Series C convertible preferred stock

     7,983,000        4,032,079        11,619        12,123  

Series C-1 convertible preferred stock

     8,741,000        8,740,486        26,280        21,024  
  

 

 

 

Total convertible preferred stock

     20,630,000        16,643,414      $ 79,129      $ 74,894  

 

 

 

   
     December 31, 2018  
     

Shares

authorized

     Shares
issued and
outstanding
    

Net
carrying

value

     Aggregate
liquidation
preference
 
     (in thousands, except share amounts)  

Series A convertible preferred stock

     1,283,000        1,271,175      $ 16,130      $ 16,271  

Series B convertible preferred stock

     83,000        82,972        2,229        2,473  

Series B-1 convertible preferred stock

     2,540,000        2,516,702        22,871        23,003  

Series C convertible preferred stock

     11,284,680        11,176,095        33,418        33,603  

Series C-1 convertible preferred stock

     8,740,486        8,740,486        26,280        21,024  

Series D convertible preferred stock

     12,338,000        11,496,184        51,087        51,250  
  

 

 

 

Total convertible preferred stock

     36,269,166        35,283,614      $ 152,015      $ 147,624  

 

 

The Company classifies its convertible preferred stock outside of total stockholders’ deficit because, in the event of certain “liquidation events” that are not solely within the control of the Company (including a merger, acquisition or sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets), the shares would become redeemable at the option of the holders. The Company did not adjust the carrying values of the convertible preferred stock to the deemed liquidation values of such shares since a liquidation event was not probable at any of the reporting dates. Subsequent adjustments to increase or decrease the carrying values to the ultimate liquidation values will be made only if and when it becomes probable that such liquidation event will occur.

The holders of Series A, Series B, Series B-1, Series C, Series C-1 and Series D convertible preferred stock have various rights and preferences as follows:

Voting rights

Each share of convertible preferred stock has a number of votes equal to the number of shares of common stock into which it is convertible. Except as provided by the Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation or bylaws, the holders of convertible preferred stock and the holders of common stock vote together as one single class.

Holders of Series A convertible stock, exclusively and as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one director. Holders of Series B-1 convertible stock, exclusively and as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect two

 

F-23


Table of Contents

Eargo, Inc.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

directors. Holders of Series C convertible preferred stock, exclusively and as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one director. The rights to elect directors are subject to minimum outstanding share requirements for each series.

Dividend rights

The holders of convertible preferred stock are entitled to receive dividends at an annual rate of $1.0240 per share of Series A, $2.3840 per share of Series B, $0.7315 per share of Series B-1, $0.2405 per share of Series C, $0.1924 per share of Series C-1 and $0.3566 per share of Series D convertible preferred stock. Such dividends are payable out of funds legally available, are payable only when and if declared by the Board and are noncumulative. The dividend rates are subject to adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, recapitalizations, and similar transactions.

Dividend preference and priority shall be given to holders of outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock over any declaration, payment or setting aside of any dividend on common stock. Any additional dividends declared by the Board of Directors will be paid among the holders of convertible preferred stock and common stock on an as-converted basis. No dividends have been declared to date.

Conversion rights

Each share of convertible preferred stock is convertible at the option of the holder, at any time after the date of issuance of such share, into that number of shares of common stock as is determined by dividing the original issue price for the relevant series by the conversion price in effect at the time of conversion for such series of convertible preferred stock. The original issue price and the conversion price per share of convertible preferred stock are as follows:

 

       
      Original
issue price
     Conversion
price
    

Conversion

ratio as of
December 31,
2018

 

Series A convertible preferred stock

   $ 12.80      $ 9.29        1.3778-to-1  

Series B convertible preferred stock

     29.80        20.20        1.4752-to-1  

Series B-1 convertible preferred stock

     9.14        3.0067        3.0399-to-1  

Series C convertible preferred stock

     3.0067        3.0067        1-to-1  

Series C-1 convertible preferred stock

     2.4054        2.4054        1-to-1  

Series D convertible preferred stock

     4.4580        4.4580        1-to-1  

 

 

Each share of convertible preferred stock will automatically be converted into shares of common stock at the then-effective conversion rate of such shares upon (i) the closing of a firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the offer and sale of common stock of the Company to the public that results in the common stock being traded on the New York Stock Exchange or the Nasdaq Stock Market provided that aggregate gross proceeds to the Company are not less than $60.0 million (before deduction of underwriters commissions and expenses), (ii) the consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series A convertible preferred stock voting as a separate class with respect to the Series A convertible preferred stock, (iii) the consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series B and Series B-1 convertible preferred stock voting together as a single class on an

 

F-24


Table of Contents

Eargo, Inc.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

as-converted basis with respect to the Series B and Series B-1 convertible preferred stock, (iv) the consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series C and Series C-1 convertible preferred stock voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis with respect to the Series C and Series C-1 convertible preferred stock, or (v) the consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series D convertible preferred stock voting as a separate class with respect to the Series D convertible preferred stock.

Liquidation rights

In the event of any liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company, the holders of convertible preferred stock are entitled to receive an amount equal to the greater of (i) the original issue price plus all declared but unpaid dividends and (ii) such amount per share as would have been payable had all shares been converted to common stock prior to such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company. The holders of Series C, Series C-1 and Series D convertible preferred stock are entitled to receive their liquidation amounts prior and in preference to the holders of Series A, Series B and Series B-1 convertible preferred stock and common stock. Following the payments to the Series C, Series C-1 and Series D convertible preferred stock, the holders of Series B-1 convertible preferred stock are entitled to receive their liquidation amounts, prior and in preference to the holders of Series A and Series B convertible preferred stock and common stock. Following the payments to the Series B-1 convertible preferred stock, the holders of Series A and Series B convertible preferred stock are entitled to receive their liquidation amounts, prior and in preference to the holders of common stock.

All remaining assets available for distribution in the event of any liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company are distributed pro rata to the holders of Series C convertible preferred stock, Series C-1 convertible preferred stock and common stock, as if all shares of convertible preferred stock had been converted into common stock, until the holders of the Series C and Series C-1 convertible preferred stock have received an aggregate liquidation amount per share equal to two times the original issue price for such series of convertible preferred stock (the “Participation Feature”).

The Participation Feature will terminate and no longer apply following the Company’s next equity financing (i) with gross proceeds to the Company equal to or in excess of $15.0 million, (ii) including an investment at least $10.0 million from a new investor and (iii) at a pre-money valuation of the Company of at least $250.0 million.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

Eargo, Inc.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

8. Convertible preferred stock warrant liability

The key terms of the outstanding convertible preferred stock warrants are summarized in the following table:

 

   
     Warrants Outstanding  
      Warrants
outstanding
December 31,
2017
     Warrants
outstanding
December 31,
2018
     Exercise
price
     Expiration  

Series A convertible preferred stock warrants

     11,719        11,719      $ 12.80        December 2022  

Series B-1 convertible preferred stock warrants

     23,059        23,059      $ 9.14        Various dates in 2026  

Series C convertible preferred stock warrants

            90,518      $ 3.0067        June 2028  
  

 

 

       

Total convertible preferred stock warrants

     34,778        125,296        

 

 

The convertible preferred stock warrants are immediately exercisable in whole or in part over the term of the warrants. In the event of an IPO, all outstanding preferred stock warrants will convert to warrants to purchase the Company’s common stock. During the year ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 no warrants were exercised.

The fair value of the convertible preferred stock warrants was determined using the following assumptions:

 

   
     Year ended December 31,
      2017    2018

Expected volatility

   24%—33%    25%—27%

Expected term

   5.0—9.0 years    4.0—9.4 years

Risk-free interest rate

   2.20%—2.38%    2.48%—2.67%

Dividend yield

   0%    0%

 

9. Stock-based compensation

Total stock-based compensation is as follows:

 

   
     Year ended
December 31,
 
      2017      2018  
     (in thousands)  

Cost of revenue

   $ 1      $ 2  

Research and development

     19        29  

Sales and marketing

     17        25  

General and administrative

     491        393  
  

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation

   $ 528      $ 449  

 

 

Stock-based compensation includes the impact of the Company repricing its stock options in November 2017 by canceling all existing outstanding option grants with a per share exercise price higher than $0.43 in exchange

 

F-26


Table of Contents

Eargo, Inc.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

for new option grants at an exercise price of $0.43 per share. Except for the change in exercise price, the new options had the same terms and conditions as the original options, including the contractual term, vesting schedule and the vesting start date. The total amount of stock-based compensation associated with the repricing was $0.1 million. Amounts relating to options that were already vested were recorded on the date of the modification and amounts relating to options that were unvested are expensed over the remaining vesting term of the new options.

Determination of fair value

The estimated grant-date fair value of the Company’s stock-based awards was calculated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, based on the following assumptions:

 

   
     Year ended December 31,
      2017    2018

Expected volatility

   23%—29%    23%—27%

Expected term

   5.0—10 years    5.5—10 years

Risk-free interest rate

   1.95%—2.38%    2.46%—3.19%

Dividend yield

   0%    0%

 

The fair value of each stock option grant was determined by the Company using the methods and assumptions discussed below. Each of these inputs is subjective and generally requires significant judgment and estimation by management.

Expected term—The expected term represents the period that stock-based awards are expected to be outstanding. The Company’s historical share option exercise information is limited due to a lack of sufficient data points and does not provide a reasonable basis upon which to estimate an expected term for employee options. The expected term for employee option grants is therefore determined using the simplified method, which is the midpoint between the vesting period and the contractual life. The expected term for nonemployee options is the contractual term.

Expected volatility—The expected volatility was derived from the historical stock volatilities of comparable peer public companies within the Company’s industry that are considered to be comparable to the Company’s business over a period equivalent to the expected term of the stock-based awards as there has been no trading history of the Company’s common stock.

Risk-free interest rate—The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the date of grant for zero-coupon U.S. Treasury notes with maturities approximately equal to the stock-based awards’ expected term.

Expected dividend yield—The expected dividend yield is zero as the Company has not paid nor does it anticipate paying any dividends on its common stock in the foreseeable future.

Fair value of common stock—The fair value of the shares of the Company’s common stock underlying the stock options has historically been determined by the Company’s board of directors. Because there has been no public market for the Company’s common stock, its board of directors has determined the fair value of the Company’s common stock at the time of grant of the option by considering a number of objective and subjective factors, including valuation of its common stock prepared by an independent

 

F-27


Table of Contents

Eargo, Inc.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

third-party valuation firm, valuations of comparable companies, sales of the Company’s convertible preferred stock, the Company’s operating and financial performance, the lack of liquidity of the Company’s capital stock and the general and industry-specific economic outlooks.

Equity incentive plan

In November 2010, the Company adopted the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2010 Plan”) pursuant to which the Board of Directors may grant incentive stock options to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock, non-statutory stock options to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock, restricted stock awards, unrestricted stock awards, and restricted stock units. Stock options must be granted with an exercise price equal to the stock’s fair market value at the date of grant. Stock options generally have 10-year contractual term and vest over a four-year period starting from the date specified in each agreement. As of December 31, 2018, the Company had reserved 11,259,273 shares of common stock for issuance under the 2010 Plan.

Activity under the 2010 Plan is set forth below:

 

         
      Number of
shares
    Weighted
average
exercise
price
     Weighted
average
remaining
contractual
term
     Aggregate
intrinsic value
 
                  (in years)      (in thousands)  

Balance January 1, 2017

     803,552     $ 4.10        9.02      $ 67  

Grants

     4,247,643       0.59        

Exercises

     (28,969     1.86        

Cancelled/forfeited

     (156,769     2.96        
  

 

 

         

Balance December 31, 2017

     4,865,457     $ 1.33        9.65      $ 5  

Grants

     1,923,739       0.45        

Exercises

     (23,277     0.43        

Cancelled/forfeited

     (220,699     0.45        
  

 

 

         

Balance December 31, 2018

     6,545,220     $ 0.43        8.08      $ 197  
  

 

 

         

Vested and exercisable as of December 31, 2018

     1,922,316     $ 0.43        7.86      $ 81  

 

 

The weighted-average grant-date fair value of options granted during the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 was $0.18 and $0.13 per share.

The aggregate intrinsic values of options outstanding and vested and exercisable were calculated as the difference between the exercise price of the options and the estimated fair value of the Company’s common stock, as determined by the Board of Directors. The intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 was immaterial. There is no future tax benefit related to options exercised, as the Company has accumulated net operating losses as of December 31, 2017 and 2018.

As of December 31, 2018, total unrecognized stock-based compensation related to outstanding unvested stock options was $0.8 million, which the Company expects to recognize over a remaining weighted-average period of 2.7 years.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

Eargo, Inc.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

Performance awards

The Company granted 526,300 shares of performance-based stock options in November 2018. The grant date fair value of the awards was $0.1 million. As of December 31, 2018, the Company has not recognized any of the related stock-based compensation as vesting of the awards was not determined to be probable. In April 2019, the awards were modified with new vesting conditions and this change was accounted for as a modification.

10. Income taxes

The Company has not recorded an income tax provision for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 due to its history of operating losses. All loss before income taxes was generated in the United States for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018.

The tax effects of temporary differences and carryforwards that give rise to significant portions of deferred tax assets are as follows:

 

   
     December 31,  
      2017     2018  
     (in thousands)  

Net operating loss carryforwards

   $ 19,441     $ 28,044  

Depreciation and amortization

     67       131  

Research and development credits

     667       1,345  

Accruals and reserves

     481       927  

Stock-based compensation

     205       203  
  

 

 

 

Total

     20,861       30,650  

Valuation allowance

     (20,861     (30,650
  

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

   $     $  

 

 

Reconciliation of the statutory federal income tax to the Company’s effective tax is as follows:

 

   
     December 31,  
      2017     2018  
     (in thousands)  

Income tax provision at statutory rate

   $ (8,369   $ (7,097

State income taxes, net of federal benefit

     (1,928     (2,546

Change in valuation allowance

     125       9,789  

Federal rate change (pursuant to the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017)

     7,852        

Change in fair value of warrants

     494       178  

Loss on extinguishment of debt

     1,400        

Other

     426       (324
  

 

 

 

Total current income tax provision

   $     $  

 

 

Due to the uncertainties surrounding the realization of deferred assets through future income, the Company has established a full valuation allowance against its deferred tax assets and, therefore, no benefit has been recognized for the net operating loss and other deferred tax assets. The valuation allowance increased by $0.1 million and $9.8 million during the years ending December 31, 2017 and 2018.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

Eargo, Inc.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

As of December 31, 2018, the Company had net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $97.8 million and $85.8 million available to reduce future taxable income, if any, for federal and state income tax purposes, respectively. The net operating loss carryforwards incurred prior to 2018 begin to expire beginning in the year 2030.

As of December 31, 2018, the Company had research and development credits carryovers for federal income tax purposes of approximately $0.9 million which expire beginning in the year 2031. The Company also has state research and development credit carryforwards of approximately $1.1 million as of December 31, 2018, which do not expire.

Utilization of the net operating loss and credit carryforwards will be subject to an annual limitation due to the ownership percentage change limitations provided by the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and similar state provisions. The annual limitation may result in the expiration of the net operating loss carryforwards before utilization. In the event the Company has had a change of ownership, utilization of the carryforwards could be restricted.

On December 22, 2017, the United States enacted a law commonly known as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (“TCJA”) which makes widespread changes to the Internal Revenue Code, including a reduction in the federal corporate tax rate to 21%, effective January 1, 2018. The Company has no foreign subsidiaries that would require the calculation of the TCJA’s transition tax on earnings and profits. The Company has completed its accounting for the TCJA. As a result of the signing of the TCJA, the Company recorded a $8.0 million reduction in the U.S. net deferred tax asset position along with a corresponding reduction of its valuation allowance as of December 31, 2017.

Uncertain tax positions

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amounts of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:

 

   
     December 31,  
      2017      2018  
     (in thousands)  

Beginning balance

   $ 181      $ 286  

Increases related to current year tax positions

     105        290  
  

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 286      $ 576  

 

 

If recognized, gross unrecognized tax benefits would not have an impact on the Company’s effective tax rate due to the Company’s full valuation allowance position. While it is often difficult to predict the final outcome of any particular uncertain tax position, the Company does not believe that the amount of gross unrecognized tax benefits will change significantly in the next twelve months.

The Company’s income tax returns for all tax years remain open to examination by federal and state taxing authorities due to the taxing authorities’ ability to adjust operating loss carryforwards.

The Company has elected to recognize interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions as a component of the income tax provision. No such expenses were incurred in the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018. The Company has not made any accruals for payment of interest related to unrecognized tax benefits.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

Eargo, Inc.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

11. Net loss per share

The following outstanding potentially dilutive common stock equivalents have been excluded from the computation of diluted net loss per share for the periods presented due to their anti-dilutive effective:

 

   
     Year ended
December 31,
 
      2017      2018  

Convertible preferred stock

     22,296,897        40,937,097  

Common stock options issued and outstanding

     4,865,457        6,545,220  

Convertible preferred stock warrants

     86,244        176,762  
  

 

 

 

Total

     27,248,598        47,659,079  

 

 

12. Subsequent events

Subsequent events have been evaluated through November 8, 2019, which is the date that these consolidated financial statements were available to be issued.

Amended 2018 loan agreement

In January 2019, the Company executed the First Amendment to the Loan and Security Agreement (the “Amended 2018 Loan Agreement”), which increased the aggregate principal available to the Company to $15.0 million and extended the interest-only period for all borrowings under the agreement until January 2020 or, under certain circumstances, July 2020. No other terms were amended, including no amendments to the interest rate or maturity date.

In June 2019, the Company borrowed an additional $5.0 million to increase the total principal balance to $12.0 million. In connection with the Amended 2018 Loan Agreement, the Company granted Silicon Valley Bank a warrant to purchase 26,931 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $3.0067 with an expiration date of January 2029.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

                shares

 

 

 

 

LOGO

Common stock

Preliminary prospectus

                        , 2020

Through and including                , 2020 (the 25th day after the commencement of this offering), all dealers that buy, sell or trade shares of our common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery requirement is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.


Table of Contents

Part II

Information not required in prospectus

Item 13. Other expenses of issuance and distribution.

The following table sets forth the costs and expenses, other than the underwriting discounts and commissions, payable by Eargo, Inc., or the Registrant, in connection with the sale of our common stock being registered. All amounts are estimates except for the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, registration fee, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, or FINRA, filing fee and             listing fee.

 

   
Item    Amount  

SEC registration fee

   $              

FINRA filing fee

                 

listing fee

                 

Printing expenses

                 

Legal fees and expenses

                 

Accounting fees and expenses

                 

Blue Sky, qualification fees and expenses

                 

Transfer agent fees and expenses

                 

Miscellaneous expenses

                 
  

 

 

 

Total

   $              

 

 

 

*   To be filed by amendment.

Item 14. Indemnification of directors and officers.

As permitted by Section 102 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, we have adopted provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that limit or eliminate the personal liability of our directors for a breach of their fiduciary duty of care as a director. The duty of care generally requires that, when acting on behalf of the corporation, directors exercise an informed business judgment based on all material information reasonably available to them. Consequently, a director will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability for:

 

 

any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

 

 

any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

 

any act related to unlawful stock repurchases, redemptions or other distributions or payment of dividends; or

 

 

any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

These limitations of liability do not affect the availability of equitable remedies such as injunctive relief or rescission. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation also authorizes us to indemnify our officers, directors and other agents to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law.

As permitted by Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, our amended and restated bylaws provide that:

 

 

we may indemnify our directors, officers and employees to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, subject to limited exceptions;

 

II-1


Table of Contents
 

we may advance expenses to our directors, officers and employees in connection with a legal proceeding to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, subject to limited exceptions; and

 

 

the rights provided in our amended and restated bylaws are not exclusive.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws provide for the indemnification provisions described above and elsewhere herein. We have entered or will enter into, and intend to continue to enter into, separate indemnification agreements with our directors and officers that may be broader than the specific indemnification provisions contained in the Delaware General Corporation Law. These indemnification agreements generally require us, among other things, to indemnify our officers and directors against certain liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as directors or officers, other than liabilities arising from willful misconduct. These indemnification agreements also generally require us to advance any expenses incurred by the directors or officers as a result of any proceeding against them as to which they could be indemnified. These indemnification provisions and the indemnification agreements may be sufficiently broad to permit indemnification of our officers and directors for liabilities, including reimbursement of expenses incurred, arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act.

We have purchased and currently intend to maintain insurance on behalf of each and every person who is or was a director or officer of the company against any loss arising from any claim asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in any such capacity, subject to certain exclusions.

The form of underwriting agreement for this initial public offering provides for indemnification by the underwriters of us and our officers and directors who sign this registration statement for specified liabilities, including matters arising under the Securities Act.

Item 15. Recent sales of unregistered securities.

Since September 30, 2016, we have made the following sales of unregistered securities:

Equity plan-related issuances

 

  1.   Since September 30, 2016, we have granted to our directors, employees and consultants options to purchase 11,808,064 shares of our common stock with per share exercise prices ranging from $0.43 to $2.44 under our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended, or the 2010 Plan.

 

  2.   Since September 30, 2016, we have issued to certain of our directors, employees and consultants an aggregate of 148,787 shares of our common stock at per share purchase prices ranging from $0.20 to $3.20 pursuant to exercises of options under the 2010 Plan for an aggregate purchase price of $105,921.

Sales of preferred stock, convertible promissory notes and warrants

 

  3.   Between October and December 2016, we issued convertible promissory notes in the aggregate principal amount of $20.1 million to 23 accredited investors.

 

  4.   Between October 2016 and December 2016, we issued warrants to purchase an aggregate of 19,504 shares of Series B-1 convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $9.14 per share to two accredited investors.

 

  5.   In October 2017, we issued an aggregate of 8,740,486 shares of our Series C-1 convertible preferred stock upon conversion of convertible promissory notes issued by us, in exchange for approximately $21.0 million in cancellation of indebtedness.

 

II-2


Table of Contents
  6.   Between October 2017 and April 2018, we issued and sold an aggregate of 11,176,095 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock to 30 accredited investors at $3.0067 per share for gross proceeds of $33.6 million.

 

  7.   In December 2018 and February 2019, we issued and sold an aggregate an aggregate of 11,690,151 shares of Series D convertible preferred stock to 17 accredited investors at $4.4580 per share for gross proceeds of $52.1 million.

 

  8.   Between June 2018 and June 2019, we issued warrants to purchase an aggregate of 135,516 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock with an exercise price of $3.0067 per share to one accredited investor.

The offers, sales and issuances of the securities described in paragraphs (1) and (2) were deemed to be exempt from registration under Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions under compensatory benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation, or under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act as a transaction by an issuer not involving a public offering. The recipients of such securities were our directors, employees or bona fide consultants and received the securities under our equity incentive plans. Appropriate legends were affixed to the securities issued in these transactions. Each of the recipients of securities in these transactions had adequate access, through employment, business or other relationships, to information about us.

The offers, sales and issuances of the securities described in paragraphs (3) through (8) were deemed to be exempt under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act or Rule 506 of Regulation D under the Securities Act as a transaction by an issuer not involving a public offering. The recipients of securities in each of these transactions acquired the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof and appropriate legends were affixed to the securities issued in these transactions. Each of the recipients of securities in these transactions was an accredited investor within the meaning of Rule 501 of Regulation D under the Securities Act and had adequate access to information about us. No underwriters were involved in these transactions.

Item 16. Exhibits and financial statement schedules.

(a) Exhibits.

The exhibits listed below are filed as part of this registration statement.

 

       
            Incorporated by
reference
        
Exhibit
number
     Exhibit description    Form      Date      Number      Filed
herewith
 
  1.1    Form of Underwriting Agreement.            
  3.1      Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended and currently in effect.               X  
  3.2    Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, to be in effect immediately prior to the completion of this offering.            
  3.3      Amended and Restated Bylaws, as amended and as currently in effect.               X  
  3.4    Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws, to be in effect immediately prior to the completion of this offering.            

 

 

 

 

II-3


Table of Contents
       
           Incorporated by
reference
        
Exhibit
number
    Exhibit description    Form      Date      Number      Filed
herewith
 
  4.1     Reference is made to exhibits 3.1 through 3.4.            
  4.2   Form of Common Stock Certificate.            
  5.1   Opinion of Latham & Watkins LLP.            
  10.1     Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated December 19, 2018, by and among Eargo, Inc. and the investors listed therein.               X  
  10.2 (a)#*    2010 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended.            
  10.2 (b)#*    Form Agreements under 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended.            
  10.3 (a)#*    2020 Incentive Award Plan.            
  10.3 (b)#*    Form Agreements under 2020 Incentive Award Plan.            
  10.4 #*    2020 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.            
  10.5 #*    Offer Letter, dated February 16, 2016, by and between Eargo, Inc. and Christian Gormsen.            
  10.6 #*    Offer Letter, dated August 18, 2016, by and between Eargo, Inc. and William Brownie.            
  10.7 #*    Non-Employee Director Compensation Program.            
  10.8   Form of Indemnification Agreement for directors and officers.            
  10.9 †    Manufacturing Services Agreement, dated May 5, 2017, by and between Eargo, Inc. and Hana Microelectronics Co., Ltd.               X  
  10.10     Sublease Agreement, dated July 30, 2018, by and between Eargo, Inc. and Microchip Technology Incorporated.               X  
  10.11     Office & Parking Lease, dated September 11, 2018, by and between Eargo, Inc. and SEV 8th and Division, LLC.               X  
  10.12     Standard Office Building Lease, dated April 27, 2018, by and between Eargo, Inc. and LAGOS PROPERTIES, LLC.               X  
  10.13   Loan and Security Agreement, dated June 6, 2018, by and among Eargo, Inc., Eargo Hearing, Inc. and Silicon Valley Bank, as amended by the First Amendment, dated January 31, 2019.            
  21.1   List of subsidiaries.            
  23.1   Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.            
  23.2   Consent of Latham & Watkins LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).            
  23.3     Consent of Northstar Research Partners (USA) LLC.               X  
  24.1   Power of Attorney. Reference is made to the signature page to the Registration Statement.            

 

 

 

 

*   To be filed by amendment.

 

#   Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.

 

  Portions of the exhibit, marked by brackets, have been omitted because the omitted information (i) is not material and (ii) would likely cause competitive harm if publicly disclosed.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

(b) Financial statement schedules.

Schedules not listed above have been omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.

Item 17. Undertakings.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act, and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question of whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

  1.   For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

  2.   For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-5


Table of Contents

Signatures

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement on Form S-1 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of San Jose, State of California on                , 2020.

 

EARGO, INC.
By:  

 

Christian Gormsen
President and Chief Executive Officer

Power of attorney

KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Christian Gormsen, Adam Laponis and Christy La Pierre, and each of them, as his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, each with the full power of substitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place or stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this registration statement (including post-effective amendments), and to sign any registration statement for the same offering covered by this registration statement that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) promulgated under the Securities Act, and all post-effective amendments thereto, and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or their, his or her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement on Form S-1 has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

     
Signature    Title    Date

 

Christian Gormsen

  

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

                       , 2020

 

Adam Laponis

  

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

                       , 2020

 

Josh Makower, M.D.

   Director                        , 2020

 

David Wu

   Director                        , 2020

 

Peter Tuxen Bisgaard

   Director                        , 2020

 

II-6


Table of Contents
     
Signature    Title    Date

 

Tak Cheung, M.D.

   Director                        , 2020

 

Raphael Michel

   Director                        , 2020

 

II-7

EX-3.1

Exhibit 3.1

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF

EARGO, INC.

Eargo, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “Corporation”), certifies that:

1. The name of the Corporation is Eargo, Inc. The Corporation’s original Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on November 12, 2010 under the name “Aria Innovations, Inc.”

2. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was duly adopted in accordance with Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, and has been duly approved by the written consent of the stockholders of the Corporation in accordance with Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

3. The text of the Certificate of Incorporation is amended and restated to read as set forth in EXHIBIT A attached hereto.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Eargo, Inc. has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by Christian Gormsen, a duly authorized officer of the Corporation, on December 19, 2018.

 

/s/ Christian Gormsen
Christian Gormsen, Chief Executive Officer

 

1


EXHIBIT A

ARTICLE I

The name of the Corporation is Eargo, Inc.

ARTICLE II

The purpose of this corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

ARTICLE III

The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 1209 Orange St., City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, DE 19801. The name of the registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

ARTICLE IV

The total number of shares of stock that the corporation shall have authority to issue is Ninety-One Million Four Hundred Fifty-Nine Thousand One Hundred Sixty-Six (91,459,166), consisting of Fifty-Five Million One Hundred Ninety Thousand (55,190,000) shares of Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share, and Thirty-Six Million Two Hundred Sixty-Nine Thousand One Hundred Sixty-Six (36,269,166) shares of Preferred Stock, $0.0001 par value per share. The first Series of Preferred Stock shall be designated “Series A Preferred Stock” and shall consist of One Million Two Hundred Eighty-Three Thousand (1,283,000) shares. The second Series of Preferred Stock shall be designated “Series B Preferred Stock” and shall consist of Eighty-Three Thousand (83,000) shares. The third Series of Preferred Stock shall be designated “Series B-1 Preferred Stock” and shall consist of Two Million Five Hundred Forty Thousand (2,540,000) shares. The fourth Series of Preferred Stock shall be designated “Series C Preferred Stock” and shall consist of Eleven Million Two Hundred Eighty-Four Thousand Six Hundred Eighty (11,284,680) shares. The fifth Series of Preferred Stock shall be designated “Series C-1 Preferred Stock” and shall consist of Eight Million Seven Hundred Forty Thousand Four Hundred Eighty-Six (8,740,486) shares. The sixth Series of Preferred Stock shall be designated “Series D Preferred Stock” and shall consist of Twelve Million Three Hindered Thirty-Eight Thousand (12,338,000) shares.

ARTICLE V

The terms and provisions of the Common Stock and Preferred Stock are as follows:

1. Definitions. For purposes of this ARTICLE V, the following definitions shall apply:

(a) “Conversion Price” shall mean $9.29 per share for the Series A Preferred Stock, $20.20 per share for the Series B Preferred Stock, $3.0067 per share for the Series B-1 Preferred Stock, $3.0067 per share for the Series C Preferred Stock, $2.4054 per share for the Series C-1 Preferred Stock and $4.4580 per share for the Series D Preferred Stock (in each case, subject to adjustment from time to time for Recapitalizations and as otherwise set forth elsewhere herein).

(b) “Convertible Securities” shall mean any evidences of indebtedness, shares or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock.

 

2


(c) “Corporation” shall mean Eargo, Inc.

(d) “Distribution” shall mean the transfer of cash or other property without consideration whether by way of dividend or otherwise, other than dividends on Common Stock payable in Common Stock, or the purchase or redemption of shares of the Corporation by the Corporation for cash or property other than: (i) repurchases of Common Stock issued to or held by employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Corporation upon termination of their employment or services pursuant to agreements providing for the right of said repurchase at a price no greater than the original cost, (ii) repurchases of Common Stock issued to or held by employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Corporation or its subsidiaries pursuant to rights of first refusal contained in agreements providing for such right, (iii) repurchase of capital stock of the Corporation in connection with the settlement of disputes with any stockholder, provided, that such repurchase is approved by the Board of Directors, including the approval of all of the Preferred Directors (as defined below), and (iv) any other repurchase or redemption of capital stock of the Corporation approved by the holders of a majority of the Preferred Stock then outstanding (voting as a single class and on an as-converted basis).

(e) “Dividend Rate” shall mean an annual rate of $1.0240 per share for the Series A Preferred Stock, $2.3840 per share for the Series B Preferred Stock, $0.7315 per share for the Series B-1 Preferred Stock, $0.2405 per share for the Series C Preferred Stock, $0.1924 per share for the Series C-1 Preferred Stock and $0.3566 per share for the Series D Preferred Stock (in each case, subject to adjustment from time to time for Recapitalizations as set forth elsewhere herein).

(f) “Options” shall mean rights, options or warrants to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire Common Stock or Convertible Securities.

(g) “Original Issue Price” shall mean $12.80 per share for the Series A Preferred Stock, $29.80 per share for the Series B Preferred Stock, $9.14 per share for the Series B-1 Preferred Stock, $3.0067 per share for the Series C Preferred Stock, $2.4054 per share for the Series C-1 Preferred Stock and $4.4580 per share for the Series D Preferred Stock (in each case, subject to adjustment from time to time for Recapitalizations and as otherwise set forth elsewhere herein).

(h) “Preferred Stock” shall mean the Series A Preferred Stock, the Series B Preferred Stock, Series B-1 Preferred Stock, the Series C Preferred Stock, the Series C-1 Preferred Stock and the Series D Preferred Stock.

(i) “Purchase Agreement” shall mean that certain Series D Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, dated on or about the date of the filing of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, by and among the Company and the purchasers of Series D Preferred Stock named therein, as such agreement may be amended and/or restated from time to time.

(j) “Recapitalization” shall mean any stock dividend, stock split, combination of shares, reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification or other similar event.

2. Dividends.

(a) Preferred Stock. In any calendar year, the holders of outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive dividends, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors, out of any assets at the time legally available therefor, at the Dividend Rate specified for such shares of Preferred Stock payable in preference and priority to any declaration or payment of any Distribution on Common Stock of the Corporation in such calendar year. No Distributions shall be made with respect to the Common Stock unless dividends on the Preferred Stock have been declared in accordance with the preferences stated herein and all

 

3


declared dividends on the Preferred Stock have been paid or set aside for payment to the Preferred Stock holders. The right to receive dividends on shares of Preferred Stock shall not be cumulative, and no right to dividends shall accrue to holders of Preferred Stock by reason of the fact that dividends on said shares are not declared or paid. Payment of any dividends to the holders of Preferred Stock shall be on a pro rata, pari passu basis in proportion to the Dividend Rates for each series of Preferred Stock.

(b) Additional Dividends. After the payment or setting aside for payment of the dividends described in Section 2(a), any additional dividends (other than dividends on Common Stock payable solely in Common Stock) set aside or paid in any fiscal year shall be set aside or paid among the holders of the Preferred Stock and Common Stock then outstanding in proportion to the greatest whole number of shares of Common Stock which would be held by each such holder if all shares of Preferred Stock were converted at the then-effective Conversion Rate (as defined in Section 4).

(c) Non-Cash Distributions. Whenever a Distribution provided for in this Section 2 shall be payable in property other than cash, the value of such Distribution shall be deemed to be the fair market value of such property as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

(d) Waiver of Dividends. Any dividend preference of the Series A Preferred Stock may be waived, in whole or in part, by the consent or vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock (voting as a separate class) and including Maveron Equity Partners V, L.P. and its affiliated funds holding shares of capital stock of the Corporation (“Maveron”). Any dividend preference of the Series B Preferred Stock or the Series B-1 Preferred Stock may be waived, in whole or in part, by the consent or vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock and Series B-1 Preferred Stock (voting together as a single and separate class on an as-converted basis) and including New Enterprise Associates 15, Limited Partnership and its affiliated funds holding shares of capital stock of the Corporation (“NEA”). Any dividend preference of the Series C Preferred Stock or the Series C-1 Preferred Stock may be waived, in whole or in part, by the consent or vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock and Series C-1 Preferred Stock (voting together as a single and separate class on an as-converted basis) and including both (i) NEA and (ii) Pivotal Alpha Limited and its affiliates holding shares of capital stock of the Corporation (“Pivotal”). Any dividend preference of the Series D Preferred Stock may be waived, in whole or in part, by the consent or vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock (voting as a separate class).

3. Liquidation Rights.

(a) Liquidation Preference.

(i) In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, either voluntary or involuntary, the holders of the Series D Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series C-1 Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, with equal priority among the holders of the Series D Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series C-1 Preferred Stock and prior and in preference to any Distribution of any of the assets of the Corporation to the holders of the Series B-1 Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series A Preferred Stock or Common Stock by reason of their ownership of such stock, an amount per share for each share of Series D Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series C-1 Preferred Stock held by them equal to the greater of (i) the sum of (1) the Original Issue Price specified for such share of Series D Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock or Series C-1 Preferred Stock, as applicable, and (2) all declared but unpaid dividends (if any) on such share of Series D Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock or Series C-1 Preferred Stock, as applicable, and (ii) such amount per share as would have been payable per such share of Series D Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock or Series C-1 Preferred Stock, as applicable, had all shares of Series D Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock or Series C-1 Preferred Stock, as applicable, been converted into Common Stock pursuant to Section 4 immediately prior to

 

4


such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation. If upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the assets of the Corporation legally available for distribution to the holders of the Series D Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series C-1 Preferred Stock are insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full amounts specified in this Section 3(a)(i), then the entire assets of the Corporation legally available for distribution shall be distributed with equal priority and pro rata among the holders of the Series D Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series C-1 Preferred Stock in proportion to the full amounts they would otherwise be entitled to receive pursuant to this Section 3(a)(i).

(ii) In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, either voluntary or involuntary, and after payment of the amounts due to the holders of the Series D Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series C-1 Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 3(a)(i), the holders of the Series B-1 Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any Distribution of any of the assets of the Corporation to the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock, Series A Preferred Stock or Common Stock by reason of their ownership of such stock, an amount per share for each share of Series B-1 Preferred Stock held by them equal to the greater of (i) the sum of (1) the Original Issue Price specified for such share of Series B-1 Preferred Stock and (2) all declared but unpaid dividends (if any) on such share of Series B-1 Preferred Stock, and (ii) such amount per share as would have been payable had all shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock been converted into Common Stock pursuant to Section 4 immediately prior to such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation. If upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the remaining assets of the Corporation legally available for distribution to the holders of the Series B-1 Preferred Stock are insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full amounts specified in this Section 3(a)(ii), then the entire assets of the Corporation legally available for distribution shall be distributed with equal priority and pro rata among the holders of the Series B-1 Preferred Stock in proportion to the full amounts they would otherwise be entitled to receive pursuant to this Section 3(a)(ii).

(iii) In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, either voluntary or involuntary, and after payment of the amounts due to the holders of the Series D Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series C-1 Preferred stock pursuant to Section 3(a)(i) and the Series B-1 Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 3(a)(ii), the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock and Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, with equal priority among the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock and Series A Preferred Stock and prior and in preference to any Distribution of any of the assets of the Corporation to the holders of the Common Stock by reason of their ownership of such stock, an amount per share for each share of Series B Preferred Stock and Series A Preferred Stock held by them equal to the greater of (i) the sum of (1) the Original Issue Price specified for such share of Series B Preferred Stock or Series A Preferred Stock, as applicable, and (2) all declared but unpaid dividends (if any) on such share of Series B Preferred Stock or Series A Preferred Stock, as applicable, and (ii) such amount per share as would have been payable per share of Series B Preferred Stock or Series A Preferred Stock, as applicable, had all shares of Series B Preferred Stock or Series A Preferred Stock, as applicable, been converted into Common Stock pursuant to Section 4 immediately prior to such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation. If upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the remaining assets of the Corporation legally available for distribution to the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock and Series A Preferred Stock are insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full amounts specified in this Section 3(a)(iii), then the entire assets of the Corporation legally available for distribution shall be distributed with equal priority and pro rata among the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock and Series A Preferred Stock in proportion to the full amounts they would otherwise be entitled to receive pursuant to this Section 3(a)(iii).

(b) Remaining Assets. After the payment or setting aside for payment to the holders of Preferred Stock of the full amounts specified in Section 3(a), the entire remaining assets of the Corporation legally available for distribution shall be distributed pro rata to holders of the Series C Preferred Stock, Series C-1 Preferred Stock and Common Stock in proportion to the number of shares of Common Stock (and

 

5


Common Stock into which the shares of Preferred Stock could be converted at the time of distribution) held by them until, with respect to holders of the Series C Preferred Stock and Series C-1 Preferred Stock, such holders shall have received an aggregate amount per share equal to two (2) times the Original Issue Price for such series of Preferred Stock (including any such amount received under Section 3(a)(i)) (the “Series C/C-1 Participation Feature”); provided, however, that the Series C/C-1 Participation Feature shall terminate upon and shall no longer apply following the Corporation’s next equity financing (i) with gross proceeds to the Company equal to or in excess of $15,000,000, (ii) including an investment of not less than $10,000,000 from an investor that was not previously a stockholder of the Corporation or an affiliate of a stockholder of the Corporation and (iii) at a pre-money valuation of at least $250,000,000 (a “Qualified Financing”), such that, following the consummation of such Qualified Financing, after the payment in full of the Original Issue Price set forth in Sections 3(a)(i) through 3(a)(iii) inclusive, all remaining assets shall be distributed ratably to the holders of the Common Stock.

(c) Shares not Treated as Both Preferred Stock and Common Stock in any Distribution. Shares of Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to be converted into shares of Common Stock in order to participate in any Distribution, or series of Distributions, as shares of Common Stock, without first foregoing participation in the Distribution, or series of Distributions, as shares of Preferred Stock.

(d) Reorganization. For purposes of this Section 3, a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation shall be deemed to be occasioned by, or to include, (i) the acquisition of the Corporation by another entity by means of any transaction or series of related transactions to which the Corporation is party (including, without limitation, any stock acquisition, reorganization, merger or consolidation but excluding any sale of stock pursuant to a bona fide equity financing) other than a transaction or series of transactions in which the shares of capital stock of the Corporation outstanding immediately prior to such transaction continue to represent, or are converted into or exchanged for shares of capital stock that represent, immediately after such transaction or series of related transactions, at least a majority, by voting power, of the capital stock of the surviving or resulting entity (or if the Corporation or such other surviving or resulting entity is a wholly-owned subsidiary immediately following such acquisition, its parent); (ii) a sale, lease, exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets or intellectual property rights of the Corporation and its subsidiaries taken as a whole by means of any transaction or series of related transactions, except where such sale, lease, exclusive license or other disposition is to a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Corporation; or (iii) any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary. The treatment of any transaction or series of related transactions as a liquidation, dissolution or winding up pursuant to clause (i) or (ii) of the preceding sentence may be waived by the consent or vote of the holders of a majority of the Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class and on an as-converted basis; provided, however, that with respect to any transaction or series of related transactions in which the assets to be distributed by the Corporation to the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock would be less than the amounts otherwise payable to the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 3(a)(iii), the treatment of any such transaction or series of related transactions as a liquidation, dissolution or winding up pursuant to clause (i) or (ii) of the preceding sentence may only be waived by the consent or vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock (voting as a separate class) and including Maveron.

(e) Valuation of Non-Cash Consideration. If any assets of the Corporation distributed to stockholders in connection with any liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Corporation are other than cash, then the value of such assets shall be their fair market value as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors (including the consent of a majority of the Preferred Directors), except that any publicly-traded securities to be distributed to stockholders in a liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Corporation shall be valued as follows:

(i) If the securities are then traded on a national securities exchange, then the value of the securities shall be deemed to be the average of the closing prices of the securities on such exchange over the ten (10) trading day period ending five (5) trading days prior to the Distribution;

 

6


(ii) if the securities are actively traded over-the-counter, then the value of the securities shall be deemed to be the average of the closing bid prices of the securities over the ten (10) trading day period ending five (5) trading days prior to the Distribution.

In the event of a merger or other acquisition of the Corporation by another entity, the Distribution date shall be deemed to be the date such transaction closes.

(f) Allocation of Escrow and Contingent Consideration. If, upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, any portion of the consideration payable to the stockholders of the Corporation is placed into escrow and/or is payable to the stockholders of the Corporation subject to contingencies, the definitive agreement governing such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation will provide that (A) the portion of such consideration that is not placed in escrow and not subject to any contingencies (the “Initial Consideration”) will be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with Section 3(a) and 3(b) as if the Initial Consideration were the only consideration payable in connection with such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation and (B) any additional consideration that becomes payable to the stockholders of the Corporation upon release from escrow or satisfaction of contingencies will be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with Sections 3(a) and 3(b) after taking into account the previous payment of the Initial Consideration as part of the same transaction.

4. Conversion. The holders of the Preferred Stock shall have conversion rights as follows:

(a) Right to Convert. Each share of Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time after the date of issuance of such share at the office of the Corporation or any transfer agent for the Preferred Stock, into that number of fully-paid, nonassessable shares of Common Stock determined by dividing the Original Issue Price for the relevant series by the Conversion Price for such series. (The number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of Preferred Stock of a series may be converted is hereinafter referred to as the “Conversion Rate” for each such series.) Upon any decrease or increase in the Conversion Price for any series of Preferred Stock, as described in this Section 4, the Conversion Rate for such series shall be appropriately increased or decreased.

(b) Automatic Conversion.

(i) Each share of Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into fully-paid, non-assessable shares of Common Stock at the then effective Conversion Rate for such share (i) immediately prior to the closing of a firm commitment underwritten initial public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), that results in the Corporation’s Common Stock being traded or listed on the New York Stock Exchange or NASDAQ, provided that the aggregate gross proceeds to the Corporation are not less than $60,000,000 (before deduction of underwriters commissions and expenses) (a “Qualified IPO”).

(ii) Each share of the Series A Preferred shall automatically be converted into fully-paid, non-assessable shares of Common Stock at the then effective Conversion Rate for such share, upon the vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock (voting as a separate class) and including Maveron.

 

7


(iii) Each share of the Series B Preferred and Series B-1 Preferred shall automatically be converted into fully-paid, non-assessable shares of Common Stock at the then effective Conversion Rate for such share, upon the vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock and Series B-1 Preferred Stock (voting together as a single and separate class on an as-converted basis) and including NEA.

(iv) Each share of the Series C Preferred Stock and Series C-1 Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into fully-paid, non-assessable shares of Common Stock at the then effective Conversion Rate for such share, upon the vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock and Series C-1 Preferred Stock (voting together as a single and separate class on an as-converted basis) and including both (i) NEA and (ii) Pivotal.

(v) Each share of the Series D Preferred shall automatically be converted into fully-paid, non-assessable shares of Common Stock at the then effective Conversion Rate for such share, upon the vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock (voting as a separate class).

(vi) Each of the events referred to in subsections (i), (ii), (iii), (iv) and (v) of this Section 4(b) are referred to herein as an “Automatic Conversion Event”.

(c) Mechanics of Conversion. No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon conversion of Preferred Stock. In lieu of any fractional shares to which the holder would otherwise be entitled, the Corporation shall pay cash equal to such fraction multiplied by the then fair market value of a share of Common Stock as determined by the Board of Directors. For such purpose, all shares of Preferred Stock held by each holder of Preferred Stock shall be aggregated, and any resulting fractional share of Common Stock shall be paid in cash. Before any holder of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to convert the same into full shares of Common Stock, and to receive certificates therefor, the holder shall either (A) surrender the certificate or certificates therefor, duly endorsed, at the office of the Corporation or of any transfer agent for the Preferred Stock or (B) notify the Corporation or its transfer agent that such certificates have been lost, stolen or destroyed and execute an agreement satisfactory to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation from any loss incurred by it in connection with such certificates, and shall give written notice to the Corporation at such office that the holder elects to convert the same; provided, however, that on the date of an Automatic Conversion Event, the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall be converted automatically without any further action by the holders of such shares and whether or not the certificates representing such shares are surrendered to the Corporation or its transfer agent; provided further, however, that the Corporation shall not be obligated to issue certificates evidencing the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such Automatic Conversion Event unless either the certificates evidencing such shares of Preferred Stock are delivered to the Corporation or its transfer agent as provided above, or the holder notifies the Corporation or its transfer agent that such certificates have been lost, stolen or destroyed and executes an agreement satisfactory to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation from any loss incurred by it in connection with such certificates. If the conversion is in connection with an underwritten offering of securities registered pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the conversion may, at the option of any holder tendering Preferred Stock for conversion, be conditioned upon the closing with the underwriters of the sale of securities pursuant to such offering, in which event the persons entitled to receive the Common Stock upon conversion of the Preferred Stock shall not be deemed to have converted such Preferred Stock until immediately prior to the closing of such sale of securities. On the date of the occurrence of an Automatic Conversion Event, each holder of record of shares of Preferred Stock shall be deemed to be the holder of record of the Common Stock issuable upon such conversion, notwithstanding that the certificates representing such shares of Preferred Stock shall not have been surrendered at the office of the Corporation, that notice from the Corporation shall not have been received by any holder of record of shares of Preferred Stock, or that the certificates evidencing such shares of Common Stock shall not then be actually delivered to such holder.

 

8


(d) Adjustments to Conversion Price for Diluting Issues.

(i) Special Definition. For purposes of this paragraph 4(d), “Additional Shares of Common” shall mean all shares of Common Stock issued (or, pursuant to paragraph 4(d)(iii), deemed to be issued) by the Corporation after the filing of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, other than issuances or deemed issuances of:

(1) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon the conversion of the Preferred Stock;

(2) shares of Common Stock and options, warrants or other rights to purchase Common Stock issued or issuable to employees, officers or directors of, or consultants or advisors to the Corporation or any subsidiary pursuant to stock grants, restricted stock purchase agreements, option plans, purchase plans, incentive programs or similar arrangements approved by the Board of Directors, including the approval of a majority of the Preferred Directors;

(3) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon the exercise or conversion of Options or Convertible Securities outstanding immediately prior to the date of the filing of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation;

(4) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable as a dividend or distribution on all shares of Preferred Stock on a pro rata as-converted basis or pursuant to any event for which adjustment is made pursuant to paragraph 4(e), 4(f) or 4(g) hereof;

(5) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable in a Qualified IPO;

(6) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable as consideration for the acquisition of another corporation by the Corporation by merger, purchase of substantially all of the assets or other reorganization or to a joint venture agreement, provided, that such issuances are approved by the Board of Directors, including the approval of a majority of the Preferred Directors;

(7) shares of Common Stock and warrants or other rights to purchase Common Stock issued or issuable to banks, equipment lessors, real property lessors, financial institutions or other persons engaged in the business of making loans pursuant to a debt financing, commercial leasing or real property leasing transaction, as consideration with respect to such transaction, approved by the Board of Directors, including the approval of a majority of the Preferred Directors;

(8) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable as consideration for any settlement of any action, suit, proceeding or litigation approved by the Board of Directors, including the approval of a majority of the Preferred Directors;

(9) shares of Common Stock and warrants or other rights to purchase Common Stock issued or issuable as consideration for sponsored research, collaboration, technology license, development, OEM, marketing or other similar agreements or strategic partnerships approved by the Board of Directors, including the approval of a majority of the Preferred Directors; and

(10) shares of Common Stock and warrants or other rights to purchase Common Stock issued or issuable to suppliers or third party service providers as consideration for the provision of goods or services pursuant to transactions approved by the Board of Directors, including the approval of a majority of the Preferred Directors.

 

9


(ii) No Adjustment of Conversion Price. No adjustment in the Conversion Price of a particular series of Preferred Stock shall be made in respect of the issuance of Additional Shares of Common unless the consideration per share (as determined pursuant to paragraph 4(d)(v)) for an Additional Share of Common issued or deemed to be issued by the Corporation is less than the Conversion Price of Series C Preferred Stock as in effect on the date of, and immediately prior to, such issue.

(iii) Deemed Issue of Additional Shares of Common. In the event the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the date of the filing of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation shall issue any Options or Convertible Securities or shall fix a record date for the determination of holders of any class of securities entitled to receive any such Options or Convertible Securities, then the maximum number of shares (as set forth in the instrument relating thereto without regard to any provisions contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of such Options or, in the case of Convertible Securities, the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities or, in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options and the conversion or exchange of the underlying securities, shall be deemed to have been issued as of the time of such issue or, in case such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date, provided that in any such case in which shares are deemed to be issued:

(1) no further adjustment in the Conversion Price of any series of Preferred Stock shall be made upon the subsequent issue of Convertible Securities or shares of Common Stock in connection with the exercise of such Options or conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities;

(2) if such Options or Convertible Securities by their terms provide, with the passage of time or otherwise, for any change in the consideration payable to the Corporation or in the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion or exchange thereof (other than a change pursuant to the anti-dilution provisions of such Options or Convertible Securities such as this Section 4(d) or pursuant to Recapitalization provisions of such Options or Convertible Securities such as Sections 4(e), 4(f) and 4(g) hereof), the Conversion Price of each series of Preferred Stock and any subsequent adjustments based thereon shall be recomputed to reflect such change as if such change had been in effect as of the original issue thereof (or upon the occurrence of the record date with respect thereto);

(3) no readjustment pursuant to clause (2) above shall have the effect of increasing the Conversion Price of a series of Preferred Stock to an amount above the Conversion Price that would have resulted from any other issuances of Additional Shares of Common and any other adjustments provided for herein between the original adjustment date and such readjustment date;

(4) upon the expiration of any such Options or any rights of conversion or exchange under such Convertible Securities which shall not have been exercised, the Conversion Price of each Series of Preferred Stock computed upon the original issue thereof (or upon the occurrence of a record date with respect thereto) and any subsequent adjustments based thereon shall, upon such expiration, be recomputed as if:

(a) in the case of Convertible Securities or Options for Common Stock, the only Additional Shares of Common issued were the shares of Common Stock, if any, actually issued upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities and the consideration received therefor was the consideration actually received by the Corporation for the issue of such exercised Options plus the consideration actually received by the Corporation upon such exercise or for the issue of all such Convertible Securities which were actually converted or exchanged, plus the additional consideration, if any, actually received by the Corporation upon such conversion or exchange, and

 

10


(b) in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, only the Convertible Securities, if any, actually issued upon the exercise thereof were issued at the time of issue of such Options, and the consideration received by the Corporation for the Additional Shares of Common deemed to have been then issued was the consideration actually received by the Corporation for the issue of such exercised Options, plus the consideration deemed to have been received by the Corporation (determined pursuant to Section 4(d)(v)) upon the issue of the Convertible Securities with respect to which such Options were actually exercised; and

(5) if such record date shall have been fixed and such Options or Convertible Securities are not issued on the date fixed therefor, the adjustment previously made in the Conversion Price which became effective on such record date shall be canceled as of the close of business on such record date, and thereafter the Conversion Price shall be adjusted pursuant to this paragraph 4(d)(iii) as of the actual date of their issuance.

(iv) Adjustment of Conversion Price Upon Issuance of Additional Shares of Common.

(1) In the event this Corporation shall issue Additional Shares of Common (including Additional Shares of Common deemed to be issued pursuant to paragraph 4(d)(iii)) without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the Conversion Price of the Series C Preferred Stock in effect on the date of and immediately prior to such issue, then, the Conversion Price of each series of Preferred Stock shall be reduced, concurrently with such issue, to a price (calculated to the nearest cent) determined by multiplying such Conversion Price by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue plus the number of shares which the aggregate consideration received by the Corporation for the total number of Additional Shares of Common so issued would purchase at such Conversion Price, and the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue plus the number of such Additional Shares of Common so issued.

(2) Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no instance shall any Conversion Price be reduced if at such time the amount of such reduction would be less than $0.01, but any such amount shall be carried forward, and a reduction will be made with respect to such amount at the time of, and together with, any subsequent reduction which, together with such amount and any other amounts so carried forward, equal $0.01 or more in the aggregate. For the purposes of this Subsection 4(c)(iv), all shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock and the exercise and/or conversion of any other outstanding Convertible Securities and all outstanding Options shall be deemed to be outstanding.

(v) Determination of Consideration. For purposes of this subsection 4(d), the consideration received by the Corporation for the issue (or deemed issue) of any Additional Shares of Common shall be computed as follows:

(1) Cash and Property. Such consideration shall:

(a) insofar as it consists of cash, be computed at the aggregate amount of cash received by the Corporation before deducting any reasonable discounts, commissions or other expenses allowed, paid or incurred by the Corporation for any underwriting or otherwise in connection with such issuance;

 

11


(b) insofar as it consists of property other than cash, be computed at the fair market value thereof at the time of such issue, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors; and

(c) in the event Additional Shares of Common are issued together with other shares or securities or other assets of the Corporation for consideration which covers both, be the proportion of such consideration so received, computed as provided in clauses (a) and (b) above, as reasonably determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

(2) Options and Convertible Securities. The consideration per share received by the Corporation for Additional Shares of Common deemed to have been issued pursuant to paragraph 4(c)(iii) shall be determined by dividing:

(x) the total amount, if any, received or receivable by the Corporation as consideration for the issue of such Options or Convertible Securities, plus the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such consideration) payable to the Corporation upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities by

(y) the maximum number of shares of Common Stock (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities.

(e) Adjustments for Subdivisions or Combinations of Common Stock. In the event the outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be subdivided (by stock split, by payment of a stock dividend or otherwise), into a greater number of shares of Common Stock, the Conversion Price of each series of Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to such subdivision shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such subdivision, be proportionately decreased. In the event the outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be combined (by reclassification or otherwise) into a lesser number of shares of Common Stock, the Conversion Prices in effect immediately prior to such combination shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such combination, be proportionately increased.

(f) Adjustments for Subdivisions or Combinations of Preferred Stock. In the event the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock or a series of Preferred Stock shall be subdivided (by stock split, by payment of a stock dividend or otherwise), into a greater number of shares of Preferred Stock, the Dividend Rate, and Original Issue Price of the affected series of Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to such subdivision shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such subdivision, be proportionately decreased. In the event the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock or a series of Preferred Stock shall be combined (by reclassification or otherwise) into a lesser number of shares of Preferred Stock, the Dividend Rate and Original Issue Price of the affected series of Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to such combination shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such combination, be proportionately increased.

(g) Adjustments for Reclassification, Exchange and Substitution. Subject to Section 3, if the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock shall be changed into the same or a different number of shares of any other class or classes of stock, whether by capital reorganization, reclassification or otherwise (other than a subdivision or combination of shares provided for above), then, in any such event, in lieu of the number of shares of Common Stock which the holders would otherwise have been entitled to receive each holder of such Preferred Stock shall have the right thereafter to convert such

 

12


shares of Preferred Stock into a number of shares of such other class or classes of stock which a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock deliverable upon conversion of such series of Preferred Stock immediately before that change would have been entitled to receive in such reorganization or reclassification, all subject to further adjustment as provided herein with respect to such other shares.

(h) Certificate as to Adjustments. Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of the Conversion Price pursuant to this Section 4, the Corporation at its expense shall promptly compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and furnish to each holder of Preferred Stock a certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based. The Corporation shall, upon the written request at any time of any holder of Preferred Stock, furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a like certificate setting forth (i) such adjustments and readjustments, (ii) the Conversion Price at the time in effect and (iii) the number of shares of Common Stock and the amount, if any, of other property which at the time would be received upon the conversion of Preferred Stock.

(i) Waiver of Adjustment of Conversion Price. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any downward adjustment of the Conversion Price of the Series A Preferred Stock may be waived by the consent or vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock (voting as a separate class) and including Maveron. Any downward adjustment of the Conversion Price of the Series B Preferred Stock or the Series B-1 Preferred Stock may be waived, in whole or in part, by the consent or vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock and Series B-1 Preferred Stock (voting together as a single and separate class on an as-converted basis) and including NEA. Any downward adjustment of the Conversion Price of the Series C Preferred Stock or the Series C-1 Preferred Stock may be waived, in whole or in part, by the consent or vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock and Series C-1 Preferred Stock (voting together as a single and separate class on an as-converted basis) and including both (i) NEA and (ii) Pivotal. Any downward adjustment of the Conversion Price of the Series D Preferred Stock may be waived by the consent or vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock (voting as a separate class).

(j) Notices of Record Date. In the event that this Corporation shall propose at any time:

(i) to declare any Distribution upon its Common Stock, whether in cash, property, stock or other securities, whether or not a regular cash dividend and whether or not out of earnings or earned surplus;

(ii) to effect any reclassification or recapitalization of its Common Stock outstanding involving a change in the Common Stock; or

(iii) to voluntarily liquidate or dissolve or to enter into any transaction deemed to be a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the corporation pursuant to Section 3(d);

then, in connection with each such event, this Corporation shall send to the holders of the Preferred Stock prior written notice of the date on which a record shall be taken for such Distribution (and specifying the date on which the holders of Common Stock shall be entitled thereto and, if applicable, the amount and character of such Distribution) or for determining rights to vote in respect of the matters referred to in (ii) and (iii) above.

Such written notice shall be given by first class mail (or express courier), postage prepaid, addressed to the holders of Preferred Stock at the address for each such holder as shown on the books of the Corporation and shall be deemed given on the date such notice is mailed.

 

13


The notice provisions set forth in this section may be shortened or waived prospectively or retrospectively by the consent or vote of the holders of a majority of the Preferred Stock, voting as a single class and on an as-converted basis, which majority must include each of (i) Maveron, (ii) NEA and (iii) Pivotal.

(k) Reservation of Stock Issuable Upon Conversion. The Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the shares of the Preferred Stock, such number of its shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock, the Corporation will take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purpose.

5. Voting.

(a) Restricted Class Voting. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein or as required by law, the holders of Preferred Stock and the holders of Common Stock shall vote together and not as separate classes.

(b) No Series Voting. Other than as provided herein or required by law, there shall be no series voting.

(c) Preferred Stock. Each holder of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of Common Stock into which the shares of Preferred Stock held by such holder could be converted as of the record date. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein or as required by law, the holders of shares of the Preferred Stock shall be entitled to vote on all matters on which the Common Stock shall be entitled to vote. Holders of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to notice of any stockholders’ meeting in accordance with the Bylaws of the Corporation.

(d) Election of Directors. The Board of Directors shall consist of seven members. So long as at least Two Hundred Fifty-Six Thousand Five Hundred Seventy-Nine (256,579) shares (as adjusted for Recapitalizations) of Series A Preferred Stock remain outstanding, the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one member of the Corporation’s Board of Directors (the “Series A Preferred Director”) at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Corporation’s stockholders for the election of directors. So long as at least Five Hundred Seven Thousand Nine Hundred Fifty-Three (507,953) shares (as adjusted for Recapitalizations) of Series B-1 Preferred Stock remain outstanding, the holders of Series B-1 Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect two members of the Corporation’s Board of Directors (the “Series B-1 Preferred Directors”). So long as at least Seven Hundred Ninety-Eight Thousand Two Hundred Seventeen (798,217) shares (as adjusted for Recapitalizations) of Series C Preferred Stock remain outstanding, the holders of Series C Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one member of the Corporation’s Board of Directors (the “Series C Director”, and together with the Series A Preferred Director and Series B-1 Preferred Directors, the “Preferred Directors”) at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Corporation’s stockholders for the election of directors. The holders of Common Stock, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect two members of the Corporation’s Board of Directors at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Corporation’s stockholders for the election of directors. The holders of Common Stock and Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis, shall be entitled to elect one member of the Corporation’s Board of Directors at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Corporation’s stockholders for the election of directors.

 

14


(e) Common Stock. Each holder of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to one vote for each share thereof held.

(f) Adjustment in Authorized Common Stock. The number of authorized shares of Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares of Common Stock then outstanding) by an affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the stock of the Corporation.

6. Amendments and Changes. As long as at least Three Million Three Hundred Twenty-Seven Thousand Four Hundred Seventy-Two (3,327,472) shares of the Preferred Stock shall be issued and outstanding (subject to adjustment for Recapitalizations), the Corporation shall not (by amendment, reclassification, merger or otherwise), without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent as provided by law) of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class and not as separate series, and on an as-converted basis (in addition to any other vote required by law or this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation), and any such act or transaction entered into without such consent or vote shall be null and void ab initio, and of no force or effect:

(a) amend, alter or repeal any provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation;

(b) amend, alter or repeal any of the rights, preferences, privileges or powers of, or restrictions provided for the benefit of the Preferred Stock or any series thereof;

(c) increase or decrease (other than for decreases resulting from conversion of the Preferred Stock) the authorized number of shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock, or any series thereof;

(d) authorize, create or issue any new class or series of stock or any other equity security (including any securities convertible into or exercisable for any equity securities) having rights, preferences or privileges with respect to dividends, redemption or payments upon liquidation senior to or on parity with any series of Preferred Stock;

(e) authorize any reclassification or Recapitalization of the outstanding capital stock of the Corporation;

(f) enter into any transaction or series of related transactions deemed to be a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation pursuant to Section 3(d);

(g) authorize a merger, acquisition or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries (other than a merger exclusively to effect a change of domicile of the Corporation);

(h) authorize or enter into any agreement by the Corporation or its stockholders regarding the exclusive license of intellectual property of the Corporation;

(i) voluntarily liquidate or dissolve;

(j) declare or pay any Distribution with respect to the Preferred Stock or Common Stock of the Corporation;

(k) enter into any borrowing, loan, guarantee or other debt arrangement involving commitments by the Corporation in excess of $1,000,000 (individually, or in aggregate with all other indebtedness of the Corporation and its subsidiaries), unless approved by the Board of Directors (including the approval of a majority of the Preferred Directors);

 

15


(l) guarantee any indebtedness for borrowed money except for trade accounts of the Corporation or its subsidiaries arising in the ordinary course of business or unless approved by the Board of Directors (including the approval of a majority of the Preferred Directors);

(m) enter into any loan transaction, lease, contract or other transaction with any director, officer, founder, employee or other affiliate of the Corporation, unless approved by the Board of Directors (including a majority of the Preferred Directors and a disinterested majority of directors);

(n) increase or decrease the size of the Board of Directors;

(o) redeem or repurchase any share of Preferred Stock or Common Stock (other than pursuant to employee or consultant agreements approved by the Board of the Directors giving the Corporation the right to repurchase shares upon the termination of services at the price originally paid);

(p) authorize or create any non-wholly-owned subsidiaries;

(q) cause the Corporation or any officer of the Corporation to, or permit any of its direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiaries to create, issue, sell or sponsor any cryptocurrency, decentralized application tokens, protocol tokens, blockchain-based assets or other cryptofinance coins, tokens or similar digital assets; or

(r) amend this Section 6.

7. Series A Protective Provisions. So long as any shares of Series A Preferred Stock are outstanding, the Corporation shall not (by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise) without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent, as provided by law) of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock (voting as a separate class) and including Maveron, and any such act or transaction entered into without such consent or vote shall be null and void ab initio, and of no force or effect:

(a) amend this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation, or take any other action that alters or changes the rights, preferences or privileges of the Series A Preferred Stock, so as to (i) affect adversely any rights, preferences or privileges expressly and uniquely granted to such series or (ii) affect adversely the shares of such series in a manner disproportionate to the impact on the other series of Preferred Stock; provided, however, the Series A Preferred Stock shall not be affected disproportionately solely because of the proportional effect any such action has as a result of the previously different respective issue price, liquidation preference and redemption price of such series of Preferred Stock vis-a-vis other series of Preferred Stock; or

(b) increase or decrease (other than by conversion) the total number of authorized shares of Series A Preferred Stock.

8. Series B and B-1 Protective Provisions. So long as any shares of Series B Preferred Stock or Series B-1 Preferred Stock are outstanding, the Corporation shall not (by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise) without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent, as provided by law) of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock and Series B-1 Preferred Stock (voting together as a single and separate class and on an as-converted basis) and including NEA, and any such act or transaction entered into without such consent or vote shall be null and void ab initio, and of no force or effect:

 

16


(a) amend this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation, or take any other action that alters or changes the rights, preferences or privileges of the Series B Preferred Stock or the Series B-1 Preferred Stock, so as to (i) affect adversely any rights, preferences or privileges expressly and uniquely granted to such series or (ii) affect adversely the shares of such series in a manner disproportionate to the impact on the other series of Preferred Stock; provided, however, the Series B Preferred Stock or the Series B-1 Preferred Stock shall not be affected disproportionately solely because of the proportional effect any such action has as a result of the previously different respective issue price, liquidation preference and redemption price of such series of Preferred Stock vis-a-vis other series of Preferred Stock; or

(b) increase or decrease (other than by conversion) the total number of authorized shares of Series B Preferred Stock or Series B-1 Preferred Stock.

9. Series C Protective Provisions. So long as any shares of Series C Preferred Stock are outstanding, the Corporation shall not (by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise) without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent, as provided by law) of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock (voting as a separate class) and including Pivotal, and any such act or transaction entered into without such consent or vote shall be null and void ab initio, and of no force or effect:

(a) amend this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation, or take any other action that alters or changes the rights, preferences or privileges of the Series C Preferred Stock, so as to (i) affect adversely any rights, preferences or privileges expressly and uniquely granted to such series or (ii) affect adversely the shares of such series in a manner disproportionate to the impact on the other series of Preferred Stock; provided, however, the Series C Preferred Stock shall not be affected disproportionately solely because of the proportional effect any such action has as a result of the previously different respective issue price, liquidation preference and redemption price of such series of Preferred Stock vis-a-vis other series of Preferred Stock; or

(b) increase or decrease (other than by conversion) the total number of authorized shares of Series C Preferred Stock.

10. Series C-1 Protective Provisions. So long as any shares of Series C-1 Preferred Stock are outstanding, the Corporation shall not (by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise) without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent, as provided by law) of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series C-1 Preferred Stock (voting as a separate class) and including NEA, and any such act or transaction entered into without such consent or vote shall be null and void ab initio, and of no force or effect:

(a) amend this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation, or take any other action that alters or changes the rights, preferences or privileges of the Series C-1 Preferred Stock, so as to (i) affect adversely any rights, preferences or privileges expressly and uniquely granted to such series or (ii) affect adversely the shares of such series in a manner disproportionate to the impact on the other series of Preferred Stock; provided, however, the Series C-1 Preferred Stock shall not be affected disproportionately solely because of the proportional effect any such action has as a result of the previously different respective issue price, liquidation preference and redemption price of such series of Preferred Stock vis-a-vis other series of Preferred Stock; or

(b) increase or decrease (other than by conversion) the total number of authorized shares of Series C-1 Preferred Stock.

 

17


11. Series D Protective Provisions. So long as any shares of Series D Preferred Stock are outstanding, the Corporation shall not (by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise) without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent, as provided by law) of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock (voting as a separate class), and any such act or transaction entered into without such consent or vote shall be null and void ab initio, and of no force or effect:

(a) amend this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation, or take any other action that alters or changes the rights, preferences or privileges of the Series D Preferred Stock, so as to (i) affect adversely any rights, preferences or privileges expressly and uniquely granted to such series or (ii) affect adversely the shares of such series in a manner disproportionate to the impact on the other series of Preferred Stock; provided, however, the Series D Preferred Stock shall not be affected disproportionately solely because of the proportional effect any such action has as a result of the previously different respective issue price, liquidation preference and redemption price of such series of Preferred Stock vis-a-vis other series of Preferred Stock; or

(b) increase or decrease (other than by conversion) the total number of authorized shares of Series D Preferred Stock.

12. Notices. Any notice required by the provisions of this ARTICLE V to be given to the holders of Preferred Stock shall be deemed given if deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, and addressed to each holder of record at such holder’s address appearing on the books of the Corporation.

ARTICLE VI

The Corporation is to have perpetual existence.

ARTICLE VII

Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws of the Corporation shall so provide.

ARTICLE VIII

Unless otherwise set forth herein, the number of directors that constitute the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall be fixed by, or in the manner provided in, the Bylaws of the Corporation.

ARTICLE IX

In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors of the Corporation is expressly authorized to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation.

ARTICLE X

1. To the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law as the same exists or as may hereafter be amended, a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for a breach of fiduciary duty as a director. If the Delaware General Corporation Law is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as so amended. Neither any amendment nor

 

18


repeal of this Section 1, nor the adoption of any provision of this Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this Section 1, shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this Section 1, in respect of any matter occurring, or any action or proceeding accruing or arising or that, but for this Section 1, would accrue or arise, prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption of an inconsistent provision.

2. The Corporation shall have the power to indemnify, to the extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended from time to time, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “Proceeding”) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any such Proceeding. A right to indemnification or to advancement of expenses arising under a provision of this Certificate of Incorporation or a bylaw of the Corporation shall not be eliminated or impaired by an amendment to this Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation after the occurrence of the act or omission that is the subject of the civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding for which indemnification or advancement of expenses is sought, unless the provision in effect at the time of such act or omission explicitly authorizes such elimination or impairment after such action or omission has occurred.

ARTICLE XI

Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the Bylaws may provide. The books of the Corporation may be kept (subject to any provision contained in the statutes) outside of the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

ARTICLE XII

If a director of this Corporation is also a partner, member, agent, affiliate or employee of a stockholder (an “Investor”), and in his or her capacity as an Investor, and not as a director or employee of this Corporation, acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or matter that may be a corporate opportunity both for the Investor and this Corporation (a “Corporate Opportunity”), then: (i) such Corporate Opportunity shall belong to the Investor and not to this Corporation; (ii) this Corporation, to the extent allowed by law, waives any claim that the Investor should have presented the Corporate Opportunity to this Corporation or any of its affiliates; and (iii) such director shall, to the extent permitted by law, have no fiduciary or other duty or obligation to this Corporation and its stockholders with respect to such Corporate Opportunity, provided, such director acts in good faith.

 

19


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

TO THE

AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

EARGO, INC.

Eargo, Inc. (the “Corporation”) originally filed its Certificate of Incorporation with the Secretary of State of Delaware on November 12, 2010, and is organized and existing under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, hereby certifies as follows:

1. That the Board of Directors of said Corporation duly adopted resolutions proposing and declaring advisable the following amendment to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “Certificate”) of the Corporation. The resolution setting forth the proposed amendment is as follows:

RESOLVED, that ARTICLE IV of the Certificate is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

“The total number of shares of stock that the corporation shall have authority to issue is Sixty-Two Million Six Hundred Twenty-One Thousand Eighty-Seven (62,621,087), consisting of Thirty-Eight Million (38,000,000) shares of Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share, and Twenty-Four Million Six Hundred Twenty-One Thousand Eighty-Seven (24,621,087) shares of Preferred Stock, $0.0001 par value per share. The first Series of Preferred Stock shall be designated “Series A Preferred Stock” and shall consist of One Million Two Hundred Eighty-Three Thousand (1,283,000) shares. The second Series of Preferred Stock shall be designated “Series B Preferred Stock” and shall consist of Eighty-Three Thousand (83,000) shares. The third Series of Preferred Stock shall be designated “Series B-1 Preferred Stock” and shall consist of Two Million Five Hundred Forty Thousand (2,540,000) shares. The fourth Series of Preferred Stock shall be designated “Series C Preferred Stock” and shall consist of Eleven Million Nine Hundred Seventy-Four Thousand Eighty-Seven (11,974,087) shares. The fifth Series of Preferred Stock shall be designated “Series C-1 Preferred Stock” and shall consist of Eight Million Seven Hundred Forty-One Thousand (8,741,000) shares.”

2. That thereafter, pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors and in lieu of a meeting of stockholders, the stockholders gave their approval of said amendment by written consent in accordance with the provisions of Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

3. That the aforesaid amendment was duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 242, 141(f), and 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

20


4. That this Certificate of Amendment shall be executed, filed and recorded in accordance with Section 103 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Eargo, Inc. has caused this Certificate of Amendment to be signed by an authorized officer thereof, this 13th day of November, 2018.

 

Eargo, Inc.
By:   /s/ Christian Gormsen
Name:   Christian Gormsen
Title:   President

 

21


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

TO THE

AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

EARGO, INC.

Eargo, Inc. (the “Corporation”) originally filed its Certificate of Incorporation with the Secretary of State of Delaware on November 12, 2010, and is organized and existing under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, hereby certifies as follows:

5. That the Board of Directors of said Corporation duly adopted resolutions proposing and declaring advisable the following amendment to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “Certificate”) of the Corporation. The resolution setting forth the proposed amendment is as follows:

RESOLVED, that ARTICLE IV of the Certificate is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

“The total number of shares of stock that the corporation shall have authority to issue is Ninety-Two Million Eight Hundred Ninety-Six Thousand Ninety-Seven (92,896,097), consisting of Fifty-Six Million Six Hundred Thousand (56,600,000) shares of Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share, and Thirty-Six Million Two Hundred Ninety-Six Thousand Ninety-Seven (36,296,097) shares of Preferred Stock, $0.0001 par value per share. The first Series of Preferred Stock shall be designated “Series A Preferred Stock” and shall consist of One Million Two Hundred Eighty-Three Thousand (1,283,000) shares. The second Series of Preferred Stock shall be designated “Series B Preferred Stock” and shall consist of Eighty-Three Thousand (83,000) shares. The third Series of Preferred Stock shall be designated “Series B-1 Preferred Stock” and shall consist of Two Million Five Hundred Forty Thousand (2,540,000) shares. The fourth Series of Preferred Stock shall be designated “Series C Preferred Stock” and shall consist of Eleven Million Three Hundred Eleven Thousand Six Hundred Eleven (11,311,611) shares. The fifth Series of Preferred Stock shall be designated “Series C-1 Preferred Stock” and shall consist of Eight Million Seven Hundred Forty Thousand Four Hundred Eighty-Six (8,740,486) shares. The sixth Series of Preferred Stock shall be designated “Series D Preferred Stock” and shall consist of Twelve Million Three Hindered Thirty-Eight Thousand (12,338,000) shares.”

6. That thereafter, pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors and in lieu of a meeting of stockholders, the stockholders gave their approval of said amendment by written consent in accordance with the provisions of Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

7. That the aforesaid amendment was duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 242 and 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

22


8. That this Certificate of Amendment shall be executed, filed and recorded in accordance with Section 103 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Eargo, Inc. has caused this Certificate of Amendment to be signed by an authorized officer thereof, this 30th day of January, 2019.

 

Eargo, Inc.
By:   /s/ Christian Gormsen
Name:   Christian Gormsen
Title:   President

 

23

EX-3.3

Exhibit 3.3

AMENDED AND RESTATED

BYLAWS OF

ARIA INNOVATIONS, INC.

Adopted July 25, 2014


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

               Page  

Article I. — MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

     1  

      

   1.1   

Place of Meetings

     1  
   1.2   

Annual Meeting

     1  
   1.3   

Special Meeting

     1  
   1.4   

Notice of Stockholders’ Meetings

     1  
   1.5   

Quorum

     2  
   1.6   

Adjourned Meeting; Notice

     2  
   1.7   

Conduct of Business

     2  
   1.8   

Voting

     3  
   1.9   

Stockholder Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting

     3  
   1.10   

Record Dates

     4  
   1.11   

Proxies

     5  
   1.12   

List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote

     5  

Article II. — DIRECTORS

     6  
   2.1   

Powers

     6  
   2.2   

Number of Directors

     6  
   2.3   

Election, Qualification and Term of Office of Directors

     6  
   2.4   

Resignation and Vacancies

     6  
   2.5   

Place of Meetings; Meetings by Telephone

     7  
   2.6   

Conduct of Business

     7  
   2.7   

Regular Meetings

     7  
   2.8   

Special Meetings; Notice

     7  
   2.9   

Quorum; Voting

     8  
   2.10     

Board Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting

     8  
   2.11   

Fees and Compensation of Directors

     8  
   2.12   

Removal of Directors

     9  

Article III. — COMMITTEES

     9  
   3.1   

Committees of Directors

     9  
   3.2   

Committee Minutes

     9  
   3.3   

Meetings and Actions of Committees

     9  
   3.4   

Subcommittees

     10  

Article IV. — OFFICERS

     10  
   4.1   

Officers

     10  
   4.2   

Appointment of Officers

     10  
   4.3   

Subordinate Officers

     10  
   4.4   

Removal and Resignation of Officers

     10  
   4.5   

Vacancies in Offices

     10  


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(Continued)

 

               Page  
   4.6   

Representation of Shares of Other Corporations

     11  

      

   4.7   

Authority and Duties of Officers

     11  

Article V. — INDEMNIFICATION

     11  
   5.1   

Indemnification of Directors and Officers in Third Party Proceedings

     11  
   5.2   

Indemnification of Directors and Officers in Actions by or in the Right of the Company

     11  
   5.3   

Successful Defense

     12  
   5.4   

Indemnification of Others

     12  
   5.5   

Advanced Payment of Expenses

     12  
   5.6   

Limitation on Indemnification

     12  
   5.7   

Determination; Claim

     13  
   5.8   

Non-Exclusivity of Rights

     13  
   5.9   

Insurance

     13  
   5.10   

Survival

     13  
   5.11     

Effect of Repeal or Modification

     14  
   5.12   

Certain Definitions

     14  

Article VI. — STOCK

     14  
   6.1   

Stock Certificates; Partly Paid Shares

     14  
   6.2   

Special Designation on Certificates

     15  
   6.3   

Lost Certificates

     15  
   6.4   

Dividends

     15  
   6.5   

Stock Transfer Agreements

     15  
   6.6   

Registered Stockholders

     16  
   6.7   

Transfers

     16  

Article VII. — MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE AND WAIVER

     16  
   7.1   

Notice of Stockholder Meetings

     16  
   7.2   

Notice by Electronic Transmission

     16  
   7.3   

Notice to Stockholders Sharing an Address

     17  
   7.4   

Notice to Person with Whom Communication is Unlawful

     17  
   7.5   

Waiver of Notice

     17  

Article VIII. — GENERAL MATTERS

     18  
   8.1   

Fiscal Year

     18  
   8.2   

Seal

     18  
   8.3   

Annual Report

     18  
   8.4   

Construction; Definitions

     18  

Article IX. — AMENDMENTS

     18  


BYLAWS

ARTICLE I.— MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

1.1 Place of Meetings. Meetings of stockholders of Aria Innovations, Inc. (the “Company”) shall be held at any place, within or outside the State of Delaware, determined by the Company’s board of directors (the “Board”). The Board may, in its sole discretion, determine that a meeting of stockholders shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as authorized by Section 211(a)(2) of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”). In the absence of any such designation or determination, stockholders’ meetings shall be held at the Company’s principal executive office.

1.2 Annual Meeting. An annual meeting of stockholders shall be held for the election of directors at such date and time as may be designated by resolution of the Board from time to time. Any other proper business may be transacted at the annual meeting. The Company shall not be required to hold an annual meeting of stockholders, provided that (i) the stockholders are permitted to act by written consent under the Company’s certificate of incorporation and these bylaws, (ii) the stockholders take action by written consent to elect directors and (iii) the stockholders unanimously consent to such action or, if such consent is less than unanimous, all of the directorships to which directors could be elected at an annual meeting held at the effective time of such action are vacant and are filled by such action.

1.3 Special Meeting. A special meeting of the stockholders may be called at any time by the Board, Chairperson of the Board, Chief Executive Officer or President (in the absence of a Chief Executive Officer) or by one or more stockholders holding shares in the aggregate entitled to cast not less than 10% of the votes at that meeting.

If any person(s) other than the Board calls a special meeting, the request shall:

(i) be in writing;

(ii) specify the time of such meeting and the general nature of the business proposed to be transacted; and

(iii) be delivered personally or sent by registered mail or by facsimile transmission to the Chairperson of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President (in the absence of a Chief Executive Officer) or the Secretary of the Company.

The officer(s) receiving the request shall cause notice to be promptly given to the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting, in accordance with these bylaws, that a meeting will be held at the time requested by the person or persons calling the meeting. No business may be transacted at such special meeting other than the business specified in such notice to stockholders. Nothing contained in this paragraph of this section 1.3 shall be construed as limiting, fixing, or affecting the time when a meeting of stockholders called by action of the Board may be held.

1.4 Notice of Stockholders Meetings. Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, a written notice of the meeting shall be given which shall state the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, the means of remote communications, if any,


by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, if such date is different from the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. Except as otherwise provided in the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the written notice of any meeting of stockholders shall be given not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting.

1.5 Quorum. Except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, at each meeting of stockholders the presence in person or by proxy of the holders of shares of stock having a majority of the votes which could be cast by the holders of all outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote at the meeting shall be necessary and sufficient to constitute a quorum. Where a separate vote by a class or series or classes or series is required, a majority of the outstanding shares of such class or series or classes or series, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter, except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

If, however, such quorum is not present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, then either (i) the chairperson of the meeting, or (ii) the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have the power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, in the manner provided in section 1.6, until a quorum is present or represented.

1.6 Adjourned Meeting; Notice. Any meeting of stockholders, annual or special, may adjourn from time to time to reconvene at the same or some other place, and notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time, place, if any, thereof, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the Company may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than 30 days, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. If after the adjournment a new record date for stockholders entitled to vote is fixed for the adjourned meeting, the Board shall fix a new record date for notice of such adjourned meeting in accordance with Section 213(a) of the DGCL and section 1.10 of these bylaws, and shall give notice of the adjourned meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such adjourned meeting as of the record date fixed for notice of such adjourned meeting.

1.7 Conduct of Business. Meetings of stockholders shall be presided over by the Chairperson of the Board, if any, or in his or her absence by the Vice Chairperson of the Board, if any, or in the absence of the foregoing persons by the Chief Executive Officer, or in the absence of the foregoing persons by the President, or in the absence of the foregoing persons by a Vice President, or in the absence of the foregoing persons by a chairperson designated by the Board, or in the absence of such designation by a chairperson chosen at the meeting. The Secretary shall act as secretary of the meeting, but in his or her absence the chairperson of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting. The chairperson of any meeting of stockholders shall determine the order of business and the procedure at the meeting, including such regulation of the manner of voting and the conduct of business.

 

2


1.8 Voting. The stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of section 1.10 of these bylaws, subject to Section 217 (relating to voting rights of fiduciaries, pledgors and joint owners of stock) and Section 218 (relating to voting trusts and other voting agreements) of the DGCL.

Except as may be otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, each stockholder entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be entitled to one vote for each share of capital stock held by such stockholder which has voting power upon the matter in question. Voting at meetings of stockholders need not be by written ballot and, unless otherwise required by law, need not be conducted by inspectors of election unless so determined by the holders of shares of stock having a majority of the votes which could be cast by the holders of all outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote thereon which are present in person or by proxy at such meeting. If authorized by the Board, such requirement of a written ballot shall be satisfied by a ballot submitted by electronic transmission (as defined in section 7.2 of these bylaws), provided that any such electronic transmission must either set forth or be submitted with information from which it can be determined that the electronic transmission was authorized by the stockholder or proxy holder.

Except as otherwise required by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of a majority of the voting power of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders. Except as otherwise required by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the voting power of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors. Where a separate vote by a class or series or classes or series is required, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of the majority of shares of such class or series or classes or series present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting shall be the act of such class or series or classes or series, except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

1.9 Stockholder Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting. Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, any action required by the DGCL to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of a corporation, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice, and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted.

An electronic transmission (as defined in section 7.2) consenting to an action to be taken and transmitted by a stockholder or proxy holder, or by a person or persons authorized to act for a stockholder or proxy holder, shall be deemed to be written, signed and dated for purposes of this section, provided that any such electronic transmission sets forth or is delivered with information from which the Company can determine (i) that the electronic transmission was transmitted by the stockholder or proxy holder or by a person or persons authorized to act for the stockholder or proxy holder and (ii) the date on which such stockholder or proxy holder or authorized person or persons transmitted such electronic transmission.

 

3


In the event that the Board shall have instructed the officers of the Company to solicit the vote or written consent of the stockholders of the Company, an electronic transmission of a stockholder written consent given pursuant to such solicitation may be delivered to the Secretary or the President of the Company or to a person designated by the Secretary or the President. The Secretary or the President of the Company or a designee of the Secretary or the President shall cause any such written consent by electronic transmission to be reproduced in paper form and inserted into the corporate records.

Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing and who, if the action had been taken at a meeting, would have been entitled to notice of the meeting if the record date for notice of such meeting had been the date that written consents signed by a sufficient number of holders to take the action were delivered to the Company as provided in Section 228 of the DGCL. In the event that the action which is consented to is such as would have required the filing of a certificate under any provision of the DGCL, if such action had been voted on by stockholders at a meeting thereof, the certificate filed under such provision shall state, in lieu of any statement required by such provision concerning any vote of stockholders, that written consent has been given in accordance with Section 228 of the DGCL.

1.10 Record Dates. In order that the Company may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board and which record date shall not be more than 60 nor less than 10 days before the date of such meeting. If the Board so fixes a date, such date shall also be the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting unless the Board determines, at the time it fixes such record date, that a later date on or before the date of the meeting shall be the date for making such determination.

If no record date is fixed by the Board, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held.

A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board may fix a new record date for determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting, and in such case shall also fix as the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to vote in accordance with the provisions of Section 213 of the DGCL and this Section 1.10 at the adjourned meeting.

In order that the Company may determine the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board, and

 

4


which date shall not be more than 10 days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board. If no record date has been fixed by the Board, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board is required by law, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Company in accordance with applicable law. If no record date has been fixed by the Board and prior action by the Board is required by law, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution taking such prior action.

In order that the Company may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than 60 days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution relating thereto.

1.11 Proxies. Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or to express consent or dissent to corporate action in writing without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy authorized by an instrument in writing or by a transmission permitted by law filed in accordance with the procedure established for the meeting, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. The revocability of a proxy that states on its face that it is irrevocable shall be governed by the provisions of Section 212 of the DGCL.

1.12 List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote. The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the Company shall prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting; provided, however, if the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote is less than 10 days before the meeting date, the list shall reflect the stockholders entitled to vote as of the tenth day before the meeting date, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. The Company shall not be required to include electronic mail addresses or other electronic contact information on such list. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder for any purpose germane to the meeting for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting:

(i) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (ii) during ordinary business hours, at the Company’s principal place of business. In the event that the Company determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the Company may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the Company. If the meeting is to be held at a place, then the list shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be examined by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting.

 

5


ARTICLE II.— DIRECTORS

2.1 Powers. The business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board, except as may be otherwise provided in the DGCL or the certificate of incorporation.

2.2 Number of Directors. The Board shall consist of one or more members, each of whom shall be a natural person. Unless the certificate of incorporation fixes the number of directors, the number of directors shall be determined from time to time by resolution of the Board. No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director before that director’s term of office expires.

2.3 Election, Qualification and Term of Office of Directors. Except as provided in section 2.4 of these bylaws, and subject to sections 1.2 and 1.9 of these bylaws, directors shall be elected at each annual meeting of stockholders. Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws. The certificate of incorporation or these bylaws may prescribe other qualifications for directors. Each director shall hold office until such director’s successor is elected and qualified or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal.

2.4 Resignation and Vacancies. Any director may resign at any time upon notice given in writing or by electronic transmission to the Company. A resignation is effective when the resignation is delivered unless the resignation specifies a later effective date or an effective date determined upon the happening of an event or events. A resignation which is conditioned upon the director failing to receive a specified vote for reelection as a director may provide that it is irrevocable. Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, when one or more directors resign from the Board, effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective.

Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws:

(i) Vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors elected by all of the stockholders having the right to vote as a single class may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director.

(ii) Whenever the holders of any class or classes of stock or series thereof are entitled to elect one or more directors by the provisions of the certificate of incorporation, vacancies and newly created directorships of such class or classes or series may be filled by a majority of the directors elected by such class or classes or series thereof then in office, or by a sole remaining director so elected.

 

6


If at any time, by reason of death or resignation or other cause, the Company should have no directors in office, then any officer or any stockholder or an executor, administrator, trustee or guardian of a stockholder, or other fiduciary entrusted with like responsibility for the person or estate of a stockholder, may call a special meeting of stockholders in accordance with the provisions of the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, or may apply to the Court of Chancery for a decree summarily ordering an election as provided in Section 211 of the DGCL.

If, at the time of filling any vacancy or any newly created directorship, the directors then in office constitute less than a majority of the whole Board (as constituted immediately prior to any such increase), the Court of Chancery may, upon application of any stockholder or stockholders holding at least 10% of the voting stock at the time outstanding having the right to vote for such directors, summarily order an election to be held to fill any such vacancies or newly created directorships, or to replace the directors chosen by the directors then in office as aforesaid, which election shall be governed by the provisions of Section 211 of the DGCL as far as applicable.

A director elected to fill a vacancy shall be elected for the unexpired term of his or her predecessor in office and until such director’s successor is elected and qualified, or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal.

2.5 Place of Meetings; Meetings by Telephone. The Board may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or outside the State of Delaware.

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, members of the Board, or any committee designated by the Board, may participate in a meeting of the Board, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

2.6 Conduct of Business. Meetings of the Board shall be presided over by the Chairperson of the Board, if any, or in his or her absence by the Vice Chairperson of the Board, if any, or in the absence of the foregoing persons by a chairperson designated by the Board, or in the absence of such designation by a chairperson chosen at the meeting. The Secretary shall act as secretary of the meeting, but in his or her absence the chairperson of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting.

2.7 Regular Meetings. Regular meetings of the Board may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board.

2.8 Special Meetings; Notice. Special meetings of the Board for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the Chairperson of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Secretary or any director.

Notice of the time and place of special meetings shall be:

(i) delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone;

(ii) sent by United States first-class mail, postage prepaid;

(iii) sent by facsimile; or

(iv) sent by electronic mail,

 

7


directed to each director at that director’s address, telephone number, facsimile number or electronic mail address, as the case may be, as shown on the Company’s records.

If the notice is (i) delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone, (ii) sent by facsimile or (iii) sent by electronic mail, it shall be delivered or sent at least 24 hours before the time of the holding of the meeting. If the notice is sent by United States mail, it shall be deposited in the United States mail at least four days before the time of the holding of the meeting. Any oral notice may be communicated to the director. The notice need not specify the place of the meeting (if the meeting is to be held at the Company’s principal executive office) nor the purpose of the meeting.

2.9 Quorum; Voting. At all meetings of the Board, a majority of the then serving number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business; provided, that this number is no less than 1/3rd of the total number of directors except that when a Board of 1 director is authorized, then 1 director shall constitute a quorum. If a quorum is not present at any meeting of the Board, then the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present. A meeting at which a quorum is initially present may continue to transact business notwithstanding the withdrawal of directors, if any action taken is approved by at least a majority of the required quorum for that meeting.

The vote of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

If the certificate of incorporation provides that one or more directors shall have more or less than one vote per director on any matter, every reference in these bylaws to a majority or other proportion of the directors shall refer to a majority or other proportion of the votes of the directors.

2.10 Board Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting. Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

2.11 Fees and Compensation of Directors. Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the Board shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors.

 

8


2.12 Removal of Directors. Unless otherwise restricted by statute, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any director or the entire Board may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors.

No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director prior to the expiration of such director’s term of office.

ARTICLE III.— COMMITTEES

3.1 Committees of Directors. The Board may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Company. The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board or in these bylaws, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Company, and may authorize the seal of the Company to be affixed to all papers that may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority to (i) approve or adopt, or recommend to the stockholders, any action or matter (other than the election or removal of directors) expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or (ii) adopt, amend or repeal any bylaw of the Company.

3.2 Committee Minutes. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board when required.

3.3 Meetings and Actions of Committees. Meetings and actions of committees shall be governed by, and held and taken in accordance with, the provisions of:

(i) section 2.5 (Place of Meetings; Meetings by Telephone);

(ii) section 2.7 (Regular Meetings);

(iii) section 2.8 (Special Meetings; Notice);

(iv) section 2.9 (Quorum; Voting);

(v) section 2.10 (Board Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting); and

(vi) section 7.5 (Waiver of Notice)

with such changes in the context of those bylaws as are necessary to substitute the committee and its members for the Board and its members. However:

(i) the time of regular meetings of committees may be determined either by resolution of the Board or by resolution of the committee;

 

9


(ii) special meetings of committees may also be called by resolution of the Board; and

(iii) notice of special meetings of committees shall also be given to all alternate members, who shall have the right to attend all meetings of the committee. The Board may adopt rules for the government of any committee not inconsistent with the provisions of these bylaws.

Any provision in the certificate of incorporation providing that one or more directors shall have more or less than one vote per director on any matter shall apply to voting in any committee or subcommittee, unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

3.4 Subcommittees. Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, these bylaws or the resolutions of the Board designating the committee, a committee may create one or more subcommittees, each subcommittee to consist of one or more members of the committee, and delegate to a subcommittee any or all of the powers and authority of the committee.

ARTICLE IV.— OFFICERS

4.1 Officers. The officers of the Company shall be a President and a Secretary. The Company may also have, at the discretion of the Board, a Chairperson of the Board, a Vice Chairperson of the Board, a Chief Executive Officer, one or more Vice Presidents, a Chief Financial Officer, a Treasurer, one or more Assistant Treasurers, one or more Assistant Secretaries, and any such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of these bylaws. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

4.2 Appointment of Officers. The Board shall appoint the officers of the Company, except such officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of section 4.3 of these bylaws.

4.3 Subordinate Officers. The Board may appoint, or empower the Chief Executive Officer or, in the absence of a Chief Executive Officer, the President, to appoint, such other officers and agents as the business of the Company may require. Each of such officers and agents shall hold office for such period, have such authority, and perform such duties as are provided in these bylaws or as the Board may from time to time determine.

4.4 Removal and Resignation of Officers. Any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by an affirmative vote of the majority of the Board at any regular or special meeting of the Board or, except in the case of an officer chosen by the Board, by any officer upon whom such power of removal may be conferred by the Board.

Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Company. Any resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of that notice or at any later time specified in that notice. Unless otherwise specified in the notice of resignation, the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation is without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the Company under any contract to which the officer is a party.

4.5 Vacancies in Offices. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Company shall be filled by the Board or as provided in section 4.3.

 

10


4.6 Representation of Shares of Other Corporations. Unless otherwise directed by the Board, the President or any other person authorized by the Board or the President is authorized to vote, represent and exercise on behalf of the Company all rights incident to any and all shares of any other corporation or corporations standing in the name of the Company. The authority granted herein may be exercised either by such person directly or by any other person authorized to do so by proxy or power of attorney duly executed by such person having the authority.

4.7 Authority and Duties of Officers. Except as otherwise provided in these bylaws, the officers of the Company shall have such powers and duties in the management of the Company as may be designated from time to time by the Board and, to the extent not so provided, as generally pertain to their respective offices, subject to the control of the Board.

ARTICLE V.— INDEMNIFICATION

5.1 Indemnification of Directors and Officers in Third Party Proceedings. Subject to the other provisions of this Article V, the Company shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as now or hereinafter in effect, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “Proceeding”) (other than an action by or in the right of the Company) by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the Company, or is or was a director or officer of the Company serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such Proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful. The termination of any Proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that such person’s conduct was unlawful.

5.2 Indemnification of Directors and Officers in Actions by or in the Right of the Company. Subject to the other provisions of this Article V, the Company shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as now or hereinafter in effect, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the Company, or is or was a director or officer of the Company serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company; except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to

 

11


which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Company unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

5.3 Successful Defense. To the extent that a present or former director or officer of the Company has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding described in section 5.1 or section 5.2, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith.

5.4 Indemnification of Others. Subject to the other provisions of this Article V, the Company shall have power to indemnify its employees and agents to the extent not prohibited by the DGCL or other applicable law. The Board shall have the power to delegate to such person or persons the determination of whether employees or agents shall be indemnified.

5.5 Advanced Payment of Expenses. Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by an officer or director of the Company in defending any Proceeding shall be paid by the Company in advance of the final disposition of such Proceeding upon receipt of a written request therefor (together with documentation reasonably evidencing such expenses) and an undertaking by or on behalf of the person to repay such amounts if it shall ultimately be determined that the person is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article V or the DGCL. Such expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by former directors and officers or other employees and agents of the Company or by persons serving at the request of the Company as directors, officers, employees or agents of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the Company deems appropriate. The right to advancement of expenses shall not apply to any Proceeding for which indemnity is excluded pursuant to these bylaws, but shall apply to any Proceeding referenced in section 5.6(ii) or 5.6(iii) prior to a determination that the person is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company.

5.6 Limitation on Indemnification. Subject to the requirements in section 5.3 and the DGCL, the Company shall not be obligated to indemnify any person pursuant to this Article V in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding):

(i) for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of such person under any statute, insurance policy, indemnity provision, vote or otherwise, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid;

(ii) for an accounting or disgorgement of profits pursuant to Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or similar provisions of federal, state or local statutory law or common law, if such person is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements);

 

12


(iii) for any reimbursement of the Company by such person of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by such person from the sale of securities of the Company, as required in each case under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (including any such reimbursements that arise from an accounting restatement of the Company pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), or the payment to the Company of profits arising from the purchase and sale by such person of securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act), if such person is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements);

(iv) initiated by such person, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by such person against the Company or its directors, officers, employees, agents or other indemnitees, unless (a) the Board authorized the Proceeding (or the relevant part of the Proceeding) prior to its initiation, (b) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law, (c) otherwise required to be made under section 5.7 or (d) otherwise required by applicable law; or

(v) if prohibited by applicable law.

5.7 Determination; Claim. If a claim for indemnification or advancement of expenses under this Article V is not paid by the Company or on its behalf within 90 days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor, the claimant shall be entitled to an adjudication by a court of competent jurisdiction of his or her entitlement to such indemnification or advancement of expenses. To the extent not prohibited by law, the Company shall indemnify such person against all expenses actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any action for indemnification or advancement of expenses from the Company under this Article V, to the extent such person is successful in such action. In any such suit, the Company shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, have the burden of proving that the claimant is not entitled to the requested indemnification or advancement of expenses.

5.8 Non-Exclusivity of Rights. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article V shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under the certificate of incorporation or any statute, bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such person’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office. The Company is specifically authorized to enter into individual contracts with any or all of its directors, officers, employees or agents respecting indemnification and advancement of expenses, to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL or other applicable law.

5.9 Insurance. The Company may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company, or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the Company would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of the DGCL.

5.10 Survival. The rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses conferred by this Article V shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

 

13


5.11 Effect of Repeal or Modification. Any amendment, alteration or repeal of this Article V shall not adversely affect any right or protection hereunder of any person in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal.

5.12 Certain Definitions. For purposes of this Article V, references to the “Company” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article V with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as such person would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued. For purposes of this Article V, references to “other enterprises” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the Company” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Company” as referred to in this Article V.

ARTICLE VI.— STOCK

6.1 Stock Certificates; Partly Paid Shares. The shares of the Company shall be represented by certificates, provided that the Board may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares. Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the Company. Every holder of stock represented by certificates shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the Company by the Chairperson of the Board or Vice-Chairperson of the Board, or the President or a Vice- President, and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company representing the number of shares registered in certificate form. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate has ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Company with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue. The Company shall not have power to issue a certificate in bearer form.

The Company may issue the whole or any part of its shares as partly paid and subject to call for the remainder of the consideration to be paid therefor. Upon the face or back of each stock certificate issued to represent any such partly paid shares, or upon the books and records of the Company in the case of uncertificated partly paid shares, the total amount of the consideration to be paid therefor and the amount paid thereon shall be stated. Upon the declaration of any dividend on fully paid shares, the Company shall declare a dividend upon partly paid shares of the same class, but only upon the basis of the percentage of the consideration actually paid thereon.

 

14


6.2 Special Designation on Certificates. If the Company is authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, then the powers, the designations, the preferences, and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate that the Company shall issue to represent such class or series of stock; provided that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the DGCL, in lieu of the foregoing requirements there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate that the Company shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, a statement that the Company will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. Within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of uncertificated stock, the Company shall send to the registered owner thereof a written notice containing the information required to be set forth or stated on certificates pursuant to this section 6.2 or Sections 156, 202(a) or 218(a) of the DGCL or with respect to this section 6.2 a statement that the Company will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. Except as otherwise expressly provided by law, the rights and obligations of the holders of uncertificated stock and the rights and obligations of the holders of certificates representing stock of the same class and series shall be identical.

6.3 Lost Certificates. Except as provided in this section 6.3, no new certificates for shares shall be issued to replace a previously issued certificate unless the latter is surrendered to the Company and cancelled at the same time. The Company may issue a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in the place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the Company may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or such owner’s legal representative, to give the Company a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

6.4 Dividends. The Board, subject to any restrictions contained in the certificate of incorporation or applicable law, may declare and pay dividends upon the shares of the Company’s capital stock. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the Company’s capital stock, subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation.

The Board may set apart out of any of the funds of the Company available for dividends a reserve or reserves for any proper purpose and may abolish any such reserve.

6.5 Stock Transfer Agreements. The Company shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes of stock of the Company to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the Company of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the DGCL.

 

15


6.6 Registered Stockholders. The Company:

(i) shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends and to vote as such owner;

(ii) shall be entitled to hold liable for calls and assessments the person registered on its books as the owner of shares; and

(iii) shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of another person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

6.7 Transfers. Transfers of record of shares of stock of the Company shall be made only upon its books by the holders thereof, in person or by an attorney duly authorized, and, if such stock is certificated, upon the surrender of a certificate or certificates for a like number of shares, properly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer.

ARTICLE VII.— MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE AND WAIVER

7.1 Notice of Stockholder Meetings. Notice of any meeting of stockholders, if mailed, is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the Company’s records. An affidavit of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company or of the transfer agent or other agent of the Company that the notice has been given shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

7.2 Notice by Electronic Transmission. Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders pursuant to the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any notice to stockholders given by the Company under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws shall be effective if given by a form of electronic transmission consented to by the stockholder to whom the notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the Company. Any such consent shall be deemed revoked if:

(i) the Company is unable to deliver by electronic transmission two consecutive notices given by the Company in accordance with such consent; and

(ii) such inability becomes known to the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company or to the transfer agent, or other person responsible for the giving of notice.

However, the inadvertent failure to treat such inability as a revocation shall not invalidate any meeting or other action.

Any notice given pursuant to the preceding paragraph shall be deemed given:

(i) if by facsimile telecommunication, when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice;

 

16


(ii) if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice;

(iii) if by a posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of (A) such posting and (B) the giving of such separate notice; and

(iv) if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder.

An affidavit of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or of the transfer agent or other agent of the Company that the notice has been given by a form of electronic transmission shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

An “electronic transmission” means any form of communication, not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved, and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process.

Notice by a form of electronic transmission shall not apply to Sections 164, 296, 311, 312 or 324 of the DGCL.

7.3 Notice to Stockholders Sharing an Address. Except as otherwise prohibited under the DGCL, without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders, any notice to stockholders given by the Company under the provisions of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws shall be effective if given by a single written notice to stockholders who share an address if consented to by the stockholders at that address to whom such notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the Company. Any stockholder who fails to object in writing to the Company, within 60 days of having been given written notice by the Company of its intention to send the single notice, shall be deemed to have consented to receiving such single written notice.

7.4 Notice to Person with Whom Communication is Unlawful. Whenever notice is required to be given, under the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, to any person with whom communication is unlawful, the giving of such notice to such person shall not be required and there shall be no duty to apply to any governmental authority or agency for a license or permit to give such notice to such person. Any action or meeting which shall be taken or held without notice to any such person with whom communication is unlawful shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given. In the event that the action taken by the Company is such as to require the filing of a certificate under the DGCL, the certificate shall state, if such is the fact and if notice is required, that notice was given to all persons entitled to receive notice except such persons with whom communication is unlawful.

7.5 Waiver of Notice. Whenever notice is required to be given under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, a written waiver, signed by the person entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time of the event for which notice is to be given, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting,

 

17


except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders need be specified in any written waiver of notice or any waiver by electronic transmission unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

ARTICLE VIII.— GENERAL MATTERS

8.1 Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Company shall be fixed by resolution of the Board and may be changed by the Board.

8.2 Seal. The Company may adopt a corporate seal, which shall be in such form as may be approved from time to time by the Board. The Company may use the corporate seal by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced.

8.3 Annual Report. The Company shall cause an annual report to be sent to the stockholders of the Company to the extent required by applicable law. If and so long as there are fewer than 100 holders of record of the Company’s shares, the requirement of sending an annual report to the stockholders of the Company is expressly waived (to the extent permitted under applicable law).

8.4 Construction; Definitions. Unless the context requires otherwise, the general provisions, rules of construction, and definitions in the DGCL shall govern the construction of these bylaws. Without limiting the generality of this provision, the singular number includes the plural, the plural number includes the singular, and the term “person” includes both a corporation and a natural person.

ARTICLE IX.— AMENDMENTS

These bylaws may be adopted, amended or repealed by the stockholders entitled to vote. However, the Company may, in its certificate of incorporation, confer the power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws upon the directors. The fact that such power has been so conferred upon the directors shall not divest the stockholders of the power, nor limit their power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws.

A bylaw amendment adopted by stockholders which specifies the votes that shall be necessary for the election of directors shall not be further amended or repealed by the Board.

 

18

EX-10.1

Exhibit 10.1

EARGO, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

December 19, 2018

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page  

SECTION 1 DEFINITIONS

     1  

1.1

   Certain Definitions      1  

SECTION 2 REGISTRATION RIGHTS

     4  

2.1

   Requested Registration      4  

2.2

   Company Registration      7  

2.3

   Registration on Form S-3      8  

2.4

   Expenses of Registration      9  

2.5

   Registration Procedures      10  

2.6

   Indemnification      12  

2.7

   Information by Holder      14  

2.8

   Restrictions on Transfer      14  

2.9

   Rule 144 Reporting      16  

2.10

   Market Stand-Off Agreement      17  

2.11

   Delay of Registration      17  

2.12

   Transfer or Assignment of Registration Rights      18  

2.13

   Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights      18  

2.14

   Termination of Registration Rights      18  

SECTION 3 COMPANY COVENANTS

     18  

3.1

   Basic Financial Information      18  

3.2

   Inspection Rights      19  

3.3

   Confidentiality      20  

3.4

   “Bad Actor” Notice      20  

3.5

   Stock Option Vesting      21  

3.6

   Confidential Information and Invention Assignment Agreements      21  

3.7

   Directors Matters      21  

3.8

   Insurance      21  

3.9

   Termination of Covenants      21  

SECTION 4 RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL

     21  

4.1

   Right of First Refusal to Investors      21  

SECTION 5 MISCELLANEOUS

     23  

5.1

   Amendment      23  

5.2

   Notices      24  

5.3

   Governing Law      25  

5.4

   Successors and Assigns      25  

5.5

   Entire Agreement      25  

 

i


5.6

   Delays or Omissions      25  

5.7

   Severability      25  

5.8

   Titles and Subtitles      26  

5.9

   Counterparts      26  

5.10

   Jurisdiction; Venue      26  

5.11

   Further Assurances      26  

5.12

   Termination upon Change of Control      26  

5.13

   Conflict      26  

5.14

   Attorneys’ Fees      27  

5.15

   Aggregation of Stock      27  

5.16

   Jury Trial      27  

5.17

   FF Investor Limitation of Liability      27  

 

ii


EARGO, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

This Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made as of December 19, 2018, and is between Eargo, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), the persons and entities listed on Exhibit A (each, an “Investor” and collectively, the “Investors”) and Future Fund Investment Company No.4 Pty Ltd (ACN 134 338 908) (the “FF Beneficial Investor”).

RECITALS

Certain Investors and the Company are parties to that certain Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement dated as of October 6, 2017, as amended by that certain Amendment No. 1 to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement dated as of April 9, 2018 (the “Prior Agreement”).

The Company proposes to sell and issue shares of the Company’s Series D Preferred Stock to certain of the Investors pursuant to the Series D Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement (as may be amended from time to time, the “Purchase Agreement”), of even date herewith (the “Financing”) and it is a condition to the closing of the Financing that the Investors and the Company amend and restate the Prior Agreement with this Agreement.

The parties therefore agree as follows:

SECTION 1

DEFINITIONS

1.1 Certain Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

(a) “Bad Actor Disqualification” shall mean any “bad actor” disqualification described in Rule 506(d)(1)(i) through (viii) under the Securities Act.

(b) “Commission” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other federal agency at the time administering the Securities Act.

(c) “Common Stock” shall mean the Common Stock of the Company.

(d) “Conversion Stock” shall mean shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion of the Shares.

(e) “Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any similar successor federal statute and the rules and regulations thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect from time to time.

 

1


(f) “FF Investor” means The Northern Trust Company (ABN 62 126 279 918), a company incorporated in the State of Illinois in the United States of America, in its capacity as custodian for the FF Beneficial Investor.

(g) “FF Permitted Transferee” means (a) the Future Fund Board of Guardians, (b) any entity controlling, controlled by, or under common control with, the Future Fund Board of Guardians, (c) the trustee of a trust in which all or substantially all of the beneficial interests are held directly or indirectly by the Future Fund Board of Guardians or any person controlling, controlled by, or under common control with, the Future Fund Board of Guardians or (d) any custodian of any of the foregoing.

(h) “Future Fund Side Letter” means that certain side letter agreement between the Company, the FF Investor and the FF Beneficial Investor dated on or about the date of this Agreement.

(i) “Holder” shall mean any Investor who holds Registrable Securities and any holder of Registrable Securities to whom the registration rights conferred by this Agreement have been duly and validly transferred in accordance with Section 2.12 of this Agreement.

(j) “Indemnified Party” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.6(c).

(k) “Indemnifying Party” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.6(c).

(l) “Initial Closing” shall mean the date of the initial sale of the Series D Preferred Stock pursuant to the Purchase Agreement.

(m) “Initial Public Offering” shall mean the closing of the Company’s first firm commitment underwritten public offering of the Company’s Common Stock registered under the Securities Act.

(n) “Initiating Holders” shall mean any Holder or Holders who in the aggregate hold not less than thirty-five percent (35%) of the outstanding Registrable Securities.

(o) “Investors” shall mean the persons and entities listed on Exhibit A.

(p) “Key Employee” shall mean each of Christian Gormsen, Raphael Michel, and any other employee or executive of the Company that from time to time owns 1% of more of the capital stock of the Company on a fully diluted basis (treating for this purpose all shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of or conversion of outstanding vested and unvested options, warrants or convertible securities, as if exercised or converted).

(q) “Major Investors” shall mean those Investors who hold and continue to hold at least an aggregate of 332,591 Shares and Conversion Stock and, in the case of the FF Investor, includes the FF Beneficial Investor for so long as the FF Investor is a Major Investor.

(r) “New Securities” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(a).

 

2


(s) “Other Selling Stockholders” shall mean persons other than Holders who, by virtue of agreements with the Company, are entitled to include their Other Shares in certain registrations hereunder.

(t) “Other Shares” shall mean shares of Common Stock, other than Registrable Securities (as defined below), (including shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of shares of any currently unissued series of preferred stock of the Company) with respect to which registration rights have been granted.

(u) “Pivotal Permitted Transfer” shall have the meaning set forth in Exhibit B to this Agreement.

(v) “Purchase Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

(w) “Registrable Securities” shall mean (i) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant to the conversion of the Shares and (ii) any Common Stock issued as a dividend or other distribution with respect to or in exchange for or in replacement of the shares referenced in (i) above; provided, however, that Registrable Securities shall not include any shares of Common Stock described in clause (i) or (ii) above which have previously been registered or which have been sold to the public either pursuant to a registration statement or Rule 144, or which have been sold in a private transaction in which the transferor’s rights under this Agreement are not validly assigned in accordance with this Agreement.

(x) The terms “register,” “registered” and “registration” shall refer to a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement in compliance with the Securities Act and applicable rules and regulations thereunder, and the declaration or ordering of the effectiveness of such registration statement.

(y) “Registration Expenses” shall mean all expenses incurred in effecting any registration pursuant to this Agreement, including, without limitation, all registration, qualification, and filing fees, printing expenses, escrow fees, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and one special counsel for the Holders, blue sky fees and expenses, and expenses of any regular or special audits incident to or required by any such registration, but shall not include Selling Expenses, fees and disbursements of other counsel for the Holders and the compensation of regular employees of the Company, which shall be paid in any event by the Company.

(z) “Restricted Securities” shall mean any Registrable Securities required to bear the first legend set forth in Section 2.8(b).

(aa) “Rule 144” shall mean Rule 144 as promulgated by the Commission under the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar successor rule that may be promulgated by the Commission.

(bb) “Rule 145” shall mean Rule 145 as promulgated by the Commission under the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar successor rule that may be promulgated by the Commission.

 

3


(cc) “Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any similar successor federal statute and the rules and regulations thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect from time to time.

(dd) “Selling Expenses” shall mean all underwriting discounts, selling commissions and stock transfer taxes applicable to the sale of Registrable Securities and fees and disbursements of counsel for any Holder (other than the fees and disbursements of one special counsel to the Holders included in Registration Expenses).

(ee) “Shares” shall mean the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series B-1 Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series C-1 Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock.

(ff) “Withdrawn Registration” shall mean a forfeited demand registration under Section 2.1 in accordance with the terms and conditions of Section 2.4.

SECTION 2

REGISTRATION RIGHTS

2.1 Requested Registration.

(a) Request for Registration. Subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 2.1, if the Company shall receive from Initiating Holders (which, for the purpose of this clause includes the FF Beneficial Investor for so long as the FF Investor is an Initiating Holder) a written request signed by such Initiating Holders that the Company effect any registration with respect to all or a part of the Registrable Securities (such request shall state the number of shares of Registrable Securities to be disposed of by such Initiating Holders), the Company will:

(i) promptly give written notice of the proposed registration to all other Holders; and

(ii) as soon as practicable, file and use its commercially reasonable efforts to effect such registration (including, without limitation, filing post-effective amendments, appropriate qualifications under applicable blue sky or other state securities laws, and appropriate compliance with the Securities Act) and to permit or facilitate the sale and distribution of all or such portion of such Registrable Securities as are specified in such request, together with all or such portion of the Registrable Securities of any Holder or Holders joining in such request as are specified in a written request received by the Company within twenty (20) days after such written notice from the Company is mailed or delivered.

(b) Limitations on Requested Registration. The Company shall not be obligated to effect, or to take any action to effect, any such registration pursuant to this Section 2.1:

(i) Prior to the earlier of (A) the five (5)-year anniversary of the date of this Agreement or (B) one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of the Company’s Initial Public Offering;

 

4


(ii) If the Initiating Holders, together with the holders of any other securities of the Company entitled to inclusion in such registration statement, propose to sell Registrable Securities and such other securities (if any) the aggregate proceeds of which (after deduction for underwriter’s discounts and expenses related to the issuance) are less than $15,000,000;

(iii) In any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification, or compliance, unless the Company is already subject to service in such jurisdiction and except as may be required by the Securities Act;

(iv) After the Company has initiated two such registrations pursuant to this Section 2.1 (counting for these purposes only (x) registrations which have been declared or ordered effective and pursuant to which securities have been sold, and (y) Withdrawn Registrations);

(v) During the period starting with the date sixty (60) days prior to the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending on a date one hundred twenty (120) days after the effective date of, a Company-initiated registration (or ending on the subsequent date on which all market stand-off agreements applicable to the offering have terminated); provided that the Company is actively employing in good faith commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective;

(vi) If the Company delivers notice to the holders of Registrable Securities within thirty (30) days of any registration request of its intent to file a registration statement for an Initial Public Offering within ninety (90) days;

(vii) If the Initiating Holders propose to dispose of shares of Registrable Securities that may be registered on Form S-3 pursuant to a request made under Section 2.3;

(viii) If the Initiating Holders do not request that such offering be firmly underwritten by underwriters selected by the Initiating Holders (subject to the consent of the Company); or (ix) If the Company and the Initiating Holders are unable to obtain the commitment of the underwriter described in clause (b)(viii) above to firmly underwrite the offer.

(c) Deferral. If (i) in the good faith judgment of the board of directors of the Company, the filing of a registration statement covering the Registrable Securities would be detrimental to the Company because such action would (a) materially interfere with a significant acquisition, corporate reorganization, or other similar transaction involving the Company; (b) require premature disclosure of material information that the Company has a bona fide business purpose for preserving as confidential; or (c) render the Company unable to comply with requirements under the Securities Act or Exchange Act, and the board of directors of the Company concludes, as a result, that it is in the best interests of the Company to defer the filing of such registration statement at such time, and (ii) the Company shall furnish to such Holders (which includes the FF Beneficial Investor for so long as the FF Investor is a Holder) a certificate signed by the President of the Company stating that in the good faith judgment of the board of directors of the Company, it would be detrimental to the Company for such registration statement to be filed

 

5


in the near future for any such reason and that it is, therefore, in the best interests of the Company to defer the filing of such registration statement, then (in addition to the limitations set forth in Section 2.1(b)(v) above) the Company shall have the right to defer such filing for a period of not more than one hundred twenty (120) days after receipt of the request of the Initiating Holders, and, provided further, that the Company shall not defer its obligation in this manner more than once in any twelve-month period.

(d) Other Shares. The registration statement filed pursuant to the request of the Initiating Holders may, subject to the provisions of Section 2.1(e), include Other Shares, and may include securities of the Company being sold for the account of the Company.

(e) Underwriting. Unless the Registrable Securities may be registered by the Company on Form S-3, the right of any Holder to include all or any portion of its Registrable Securities in a registration pursuant to this Section 2.1 shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in an underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities to the extent provided herein. If the Company shall request inclusion in any registration pursuant to Section 2.1 of securities being sold for its own account, or if other persons shall request inclusion in any registration pursuant to Section 2.1, the Initiating Holders shall, on behalf of all Holders, offer to include such securities in the underwriting and such offer shall be conditioned upon the participation of the Company or such other persons in such underwriting and the inclusion of the Company’s and such person’s other securities of the Company and their acceptance of the further applicable provisions of this Section 2 (including Section 2.10). The Company shall (together with all Holders and other persons proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the representative of the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting by a majority in interest of the Initiating Holders, which underwriters are reasonably acceptable to the Company; provided, however, that the liability of each Holder of Registrable Securities in respect of any indemnification, contribution or other obligation of such Holder arising under such underwriting agreement (i) shall be limited to losses arising out of or based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in such registration statement, any such preliminary prospectus, final prospectus, summary prospectus, amendment or supplement, incorporated document or other such disclosure document or other document or report, in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by or on behalf of, and relating to, such Holder expressly for inclusion therein and (ii) shall not in any event exceed an amount equal to the net proceeds to such Holder (after deduction of all underwriters’ discounts and commissions paid by such Holder) from the disposition of the Registrable Securities disposed of by such Holder pursuant to such registration.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2.1, if the underwriters advise the Initiating Holders in writing that marketing factors require a limitation on the number of shares to be underwritten, the number of Registrable Securities and Other Shares that may be so included shall be allocated as follows: (i) first, among all Holders requesting to include Registrable Securities in such registration statement based on the pro rata percentage of Registrable Securities held by such Holders, assuming conversion; (ii) second, to the Company, which the Company may allocate, at its discretion, for its own account, or for the account of other holders or employees of the Company; and (iii) third, to the Other Selling Stockholders requesting to include Other Shares in such registration statement based on the pro rata percentage of Other Shares held by such Other Selling Stockholders, assuming conversion.

 

6


If a person who has requested inclusion in such registration as provided above does not agree to the terms of any such underwriting, such person shall be excluded therefrom by written notice from the Company, the underwriter or the Initiating Holders. The securities so excluded shall also be withdrawn from registration. Any Registrable Securities or other securities excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall also be withdrawn from such registration. If shares are so withdrawn from the registration and if the number of shares to be included in such registration was previously reduced as a result of marketing factors pursuant to this Section 2.1(e), then the Company shall then offer to all Holders and Other Selling Stockholders who have retained rights to include securities in the registration the right to include additional Registrable Securities or Other Shares in the registration in an aggregate amount equal to the number of shares so withdrawn, with such shares to be allocated among such Holders and Other Selling Stockholders requesting additional inclusion, as set forth above.

2.2 Company Registration.

(a) Company Registration. If the Company shall determine to register any of its securities either for its own account or the account of a security holder or holders, other than a registration pursuant to Section 2.1 or 2.3, a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans, a registration relating to the offer and sale of debt securities, a registration relating to a corporate reorganization or other Rule 145 transaction, or a registration on any registration form that does not permit secondary sales, the Company will:

(i) promptly give written notice of the proposed registration to all Holders; and

(ii) use its commercially reasonable efforts to include in such registration (and any related qualification under blue sky laws or other compliance), except as set forth in Section 2.2(b) below, and in any underwriting involved therein, all of such Registrable Securities as are specified in a written request or requests made by any Holder or Holders received by the Company within ten (10) days after such written notice from the Company is mailed or delivered. Such written request may specify all or a part of a Holder’s Registrable Securities.

(b) Underwriting. If the registration of which the Company gives notice is for a registered public offering involving an underwriting, the Company shall so advise the Holders as a part of the written notice given pursuant to Section 2.2(a)(i). In such event, the right of any Holder to registration pursuant to this Section 2.2 shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting shall (together with the Company, the Other Selling Stockholders and other holders of securities of the Company with registration rights to participate therein distributing their securities through such underwriting) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the representative of the underwriter or underwriters selected by the Company; provided, however, that the liability of each Holder of Registrable Securities in respect of any indemnification, contribution or other obligation of such Holder arising under such underwriting agreement (i) shall be limited to losses arising out of or based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in such registration statement, any such preliminary prospectus, final prospectus, summary prospectus, amendment or supplement,

 

7


incorporated document or other such disclosure document or other document or report, in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by or on behalf of, and relating to, such Holder expressly for inclusion therein and (ii) shall not in any event exceed an amount equal to the net proceeds to such Holder (after deduction of all underwriters’ discounts and commissions paid by such Holder) from the disposition of the Registrable Securities disposed of by such Holder pursuant to such registration.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2.2, if the underwriters advise the Company in writing that marketing factors require a limitation on the number of shares to be underwritten, the underwriters may (subject to the limitations set forth below) exclude all Registrable Securities from, or limit the number of Registrable Securities to be included in, the registration and underwriting. The Company shall so advise all holders of securities requesting registration, and the number of shares of securities that are entitled to be included in the registration and underwriting shall be allocated, as follows: (i) first, to the Company for securities being sold for its own account, (ii) second, to the Holders requesting to include Registrable Securities in such registration statement based on the pro rata percentage of Registrable Securities held by such Holders, assuming conversion and (iii) third, to the Other Selling Stockholders requesting to include Other Shares in such registration statement based on the pro rata percentage of Other Shares held by such Other Selling Stockholders, assuming conversion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the number of Registrable Securities included in the offering be reduced below twenty-five percent (25%) of the total number of securities included in such offering, unless such offering is the Initial Public Offering, in which case the selling Holders may be excluded further if the underwriters make the determination described above and no other stockholder’s securities are included in such offering.

If a person who has requested inclusion in such registration as provided above does not agree to the terms of any such underwriting, such person shall also be excluded therefrom by written notice from the Company or the underwriter. The Registrable Securities or other securities so excluded shall also be withdrawn from such registration. Any Registrable Securities or other securities excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall be withdrawn from such registration.

(c) Right to Terminate Registration. The Company shall have the right to terminate or withdraw any registration initiated by it under this Section 2.2 prior to the effectiveness of such registration whether or not any Holder has elected to include securities in such registration.

2.3 Registration on Form S-3.

(a) Request for Form S-3 Registration. After its Initial Public Offering, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to qualify for registration on Form S-3 or any comparable or successor form or forms. After the Company has qualified for the use of Form S-3, in addition to the rights contained in the foregoing provisions of this Section 2 and subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 2.3, if the Company shall receive from a Holder or Holders of Registrable Securities a written request that the Company effect any registration on Form S-3 or any similar short form registration statement with respect to all or part of the Registrable Securities (such request shall state the number of shares of Registrable Securities to be disposed of and the intended methods of disposition of such shares by such Holder or Holders), the Company will take all such action with respect to such Registrable Securities as required by Section 2.1(a)(i) and 2.1(b)(ii).

 

8


(b) Limitations on Form S-3 Registration. The Company shall not be obligated to effect, or take any action to effect, any such registration pursuant to this Section 2.3:

(i) In the circumstances described in either Sections 2.1(b)(i), 2.1(b)(iii), or 2.1(b)(v);

(ii) If the Holders, together with the holders of any other securities of the Company entitled to inclusion in such registration, propose to sell Registrable Securities and such other securities (if any) on Form S-3 at an aggregate price to the public of less than $1,000,000; or

(iii) If, in a given twelve-month period, the Company has effected two (2) such registrations in such period.

(c) Deferral. The provisions of Section 2.1(c) shall apply to any registration pursuant to this Section 2.3; provided, however, that the Company shall only have the right to defer such filing under such circumstances for a period of not more than ninety (90) days after receipt of the request of the Holders.

(d) Underwriting. If the Holders of Registrable Securities requesting registration under this Section 2.3 intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, the provisions of Section 2.1(e) shall apply to such registration. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, registrations effected pursuant to this Section 2.3 shall not be counted as requests for registration or registrations effected pursuant to Section 2.1.

2.4 Expenses of Registration. All Registration Expenses incurred in connection with registrations pursuant to Sections 2.1, 2.2 and 2.3 shall be borne by the Company; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to pay for any expenses of any registration proceeding begun pursuant to Sections 2.1 and 2.3 if the registration request is subsequently withdrawn at the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities to be registered or because a sufficient number of Holders shall have withdrawn so that the minimum offering conditions set forth in Sections 2.1 and 2.3 are no longer satisfied (in which case all participating Holders shall bear such expenses pro rata among each other based on the number of Registrable Securities requested to be so registered), unless the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities agree to forfeit their right to a demand registration pursuant to Section 2.1; provided, however, in the event that a withdrawal by the Holders is based upon material adverse information relating to the Company that is different from the information known or available (upon request from the Company or otherwise) to the Holders requesting registration at the time of their request for registration under Section 2.1, such registration shall not be treated as a counted registration for purposes of Section 2.1, even though the Holders do not bear the Registration Expenses for such registration. All Selling Expenses relating to securities registered on behalf of the Holders shall be borne by the holders of securities included in such registration pro rata among each other on the basis of the number of Registrable Securities so registered.

 

9


2.5 Registration Procedures. In the case of each registration effected by the Company pursuant to this Section 2, the Company will keep each Holder (which includes the FF Beneficial Investor for so long as the FF Investor is a Holder) advised in writing as to the initiation of each registration and as to the completion thereof. At its expense, the Company will use its commercially reasonable efforts to:

(a) Keep such registration effective for a period ending on the earlier of the date which is sixty (60) days from the effective date of the registration statement or such time as the Holder or Holders have completed the distribution described in the registration statement relating thereto;

(b) To the extent the Company is a well-known seasoned issuer (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) (a “WKSI”) at the time any request for registration is submitted to the Company in accordance with Section 2.3, (i) if so requested, file an automatic shelf registration statement (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) (an “automatic shelf registration statement”) to effect such registration, and (ii) remain a WKSI (and not become an ineligible issuer (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act)) during the period during which such automatic shelf registration statement is required to remain effective in accordance with this Agreement;

(c) Prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection with such registration statement as may be necessary to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement for the period set forth in subSection (a) above;

(d) Furnish such number of prospectuses, including any preliminary prospectuses, and other documents incident thereto, including any amendment of or supplement to the prospectus, as a Holder from time to time may reasonably request;

(e) Use its reasonable best efforts to register and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdiction as shall be reasonably requested by the Holders (which includes the FF Beneficial Investor for so long as the FF Investor is a Holder); provided, that the Company shall not be required in connection therewith or as a condition thereto to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions;

(f) Notify each seller of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act of the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or incomplete in light of the circumstances then existing, and following such notification promptly prepare and furnish to such seller a reasonable number of copies of a

 

10


supplement to or an amendment of such prospectus as may be necessary so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such shares, such prospectus shall not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or incomplete in light of the circumstances then existing;

(g) If at any time when the Company is required to re-evaluate its WKSI status for purposes of an automatic shelf registration statement used to effect a request for registration in accordance with Section 2.3 (i) the Company determines that it is not a WKSI, (ii) the registration statement is required to be kept effective in accordance with this Agreement, and (iii) the registration rights of the applicable Holders have not terminated, promptly amend the registration statement onto a form the Company is then eligible to use or file a new registration statement on such form, and keep such registration statement effective in accordance with the requirements otherwise applicable under this Agreement;

(h) If (i) a registration made pursuant to a shelf registration statement is required to be kept effective in accordance with this Agreement after the third anniversary of the initial effective date of the shelf registration statement and (ii) the registration rights of the applicable Holders have not terminated, file a new registration statement with respect to any unsold Registrable Securities subject to the original request for registration prior to the end of the three year period after the initial effective date of the shelf registration statement, and keep such registration statement effective in accordance with the requirements otherwise applicable under this Agreement;

(i) Use its commercially reasonable efforts to furnish, on the date that such Registrable Securities are delivered to the underwriters for sale, if such securities are being sold through underwriters, (i) an opinion, dated as of such date, of the counsel representing the Company for the purposes of such registration, in form and substance as is customarily given to underwriters in an underwritten public offering, addressed to the underwriters, if any, and reasonably satisfactory to a majority in interest of the Holders requesting registration of Registrable Securities and (ii) a “comfort” letter dated as of such date, from the independent certified public accountants of the Company, in form and substance as is customarily given by independent certified public accountants to underwriters in an underwritten public offering, addressed to the underwriters;

(j) Provide a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities registered pursuant to such registration statement and a CUSIP number for all such Registrable Securities, in each case not later than the effective date of such registration;

(k) Otherwise use its commercially reasonable efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission, and make available to its security holders and the FF Beneficial Investor, as soon as reasonably practicable, an earnings statement covering the period of at least twelve months, but not more than eighteen months, beginning with the first month after the effective date of the Registration Statement, which earnings statement shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act;

 

11


(l) Cause all such Registrable Securities registered pursuant hereunder to be listed on each securities exchange on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed; and

(m) In connection with any underwritten offering pursuant to a registration statement filed pursuant to Section 2.1, enter into an underwriting agreement in form reasonably necessary to effect the offer and sale of Common Stock, provided such underwriting agreement contains reasonable and customary provisions, and provided further, that each Holder participating in such underwriting shall also enter into and perform its obligations under such an agreement.

2.6 Indemnification.

(a) To the extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless each Holder (which, for the purpose of this Section 2.6 includes the FF Beneficial Investor for so long as the FF Investor is a Holder), each of its officers, directors and partners, legal counsel and accountants and each person controlling such Holder within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act, with respect to which registration, qualification or compliance has been effected pursuant to this Section 2, and each underwriter, if any, and each person who controls within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act any underwriter, against all expenses, claims, losses, damages and liabilities (or actions, proceedings or settlements in respect thereof) arising out of or based on: (i) any untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) of a material fact contained or incorporated by reference in any registration statement, any prospectus included in the registration statement, any issuer free writing prospectus (as defined in Rule 433 of the Securities Act), any issuer information (as defined in Rule 433 of the Securities Act) filed or required to be filed pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act or any other document incident to any such registration, qualification or compliance prepared by or on behalf of the Company or used or referred to by the Company, (ii) any omission (or alleged omission) to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or (iii) any violation (or alleged violation) by the Company of the Securities Act, any state securities laws or any rule or regulation thereunder applicable to the Company and relating to action or inaction required of the Company in connection with any offering covered by such registration, qualification or compliance, and the Company will reimburse each such Holder, each of its officers, directors, partners, legal counsel and accountants and each person controlling such Holder, each such underwriter and each person who controls any such underwriter, for any legal and any other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating and defending or settling any such claim, loss, damage, liability or action; provided that the Company will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such claim, loss, damage, liability, or action arises out of or is based on any untrue statement or omission based upon written information furnished to the Company by such Holder, any of such Holder’s officers, directors, partners, legal counsel or accountants, any person controlling such Holder, such underwriter or any person who controls any such underwriter, and stated to be specifically for use therein; and provided, further, that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 2.6(a) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld).

 

12


(b) Except as otherwise provided in this Section 2.6, to the extent permitted by law, each Holder (which, for the purpose of this Section 2.6 includes the FF Beneficial Investor for so long as the FF Investor is a Holder) will, severally and not jointly, if Registrable Securities held by such Holder are included in the securities as to which such registration, qualification or compliance is being effected, indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors, officers, partners, legal counsel and accountants and each underwriter, if any, of the Company’s securities covered by such a registration statement, each person who controls the Company or such underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act, each other such Holder, and each of their officers, directors and partners, and each person controlling each other such Holder, against all claims, losses, damages and liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arising out of or based on: (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact regarding such Holder or its Shares contained or incorporated by reference in any prospectus, offering circular or other document (including any related registration statement, notification, or the like) incident to any such registration, qualification or compliance, or (ii) any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact regarding such Holder or its Shares required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and will reimburse the Company and such Holders, directors, officers, partners, legal counsel and accountants, persons, underwriters, or control persons for any legal or any other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating or defending any such claim, loss, damage, liability or action, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) or omission (or alleged omission) is made in such registration statement, prospectus, offering circular or other document in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Holder and stated to be specifically for use therein; provided, however, that the obligations of such Holder hereunder shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such claims, losses, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) if such settlement is effected without the consent of such Holder (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld); and provided further that in no event shall any indemnity under this Section 2.6 exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder, except in the case of fraud or willful misconduct by such Holder.

(c) Each party entitled to indemnification under this Section 2.6 (the “Indemnified Party”) shall give notice to the party required to provide indemnification (the “Indemnifying Party”) promptly after such Indemnified Party has actual knowledge of any claim as to which indemnity may be sought, and shall permit the Indemnifying Party to assume the defense of such claim or any litigation resulting therefrom; provided that counsel for the Indemnifying Party, who shall conduct the defense of such claim or any litigation resulting therefrom, shall be approved by the Indemnified Party (whose approval shall not be unreasonably withheld), and the Indemnified Party may participate in such defense at such party’s expense; and provided further that the failure of any Indemnified Party to give notice as provided herein shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party of its obligations under this Section 2.6, to the extent such failure is not prejudicial. No Indemnifying Party, in the defense of any such claim or litigation, shall, except with the consent of each Indemnified Party, consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement that does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such Indemnified Party of a release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation. Each Indemnified Party shall furnish such information regarding itself or the claim in question as an Indemnifying Party may reasonably request in writing and as shall be reasonably required in connection with defense of such claim and litigation resulting therefrom.

 

13


(d) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 2.6 is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an Indemnified Party with respect to any loss, liability, claim, damage, or expense referred to herein, then the Indemnifying Party, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Party hereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Party as a result of such loss, liability, claim, damage, or expense in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Indemnifying Party on the one hand and of the Indemnified Party on the other in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such loss, liability, claim, damage, or expense as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the Indemnifying Party and of the Indemnified Party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Indemnifying Party or by the Indemnified Party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information, and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. No person or entity will be required under this Section 2.6(d) to contribute any amount in excess of the net proceeds from the offering received by such person or entity, except in the case of fraud or willful misconduct by such person or entity. No person or entity guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) will be entitled to contribution from any person or entity who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that the provisions on indemnification and contribution contained in the underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the underwritten public offering are in conflict with the foregoing provisions, the provisions in the underwriting agreement shall control.

2.7 Information by Holder. Each Holder of Registrable Securities shall furnish to the Company such information regarding such Holder and the distribution proposed by such Holder as the Company may reasonably request in writing and as shall be reasonably required in connection with any registration, qualification, or compliance referred to in this Section 2.

2.8 Restrictions on Transfer.

(a) The holder of each certificate representing Registrable Securities by acceptance thereof agrees to comply in all respects with the provisions of this Section 2.8. Each Holder agrees not to make any sale, assignment, transfer, pledge or other disposition of all or any portion of the Restricted Securities, or any beneficial interest therein, unless and until the transferee thereof has agreed in writing for the benefit of the Company to take and hold such Restricted Securities subject to, and to be bound by, the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, including, without limitation, this Section 2.8 and Section 2.10 (provided that this Section 2.8(a) shall not apply to any Pivotal Permitted Transfer unless there is a change in the registered holder of Registrable Securities pursuant to such Pivotal Permitted Transfer), and:

(i) There is then in effect a registration statement under the Securities Act covering such proposed disposition and the disposition is made in accordance with the registration statement; or

(ii) The Holder shall have given prior written notice to the Company of the Holder’s intention to make such disposition and shall have furnished the Company with a detailed description of the manner and circumstances of the proposed disposition, and, if requested by the Company, the Holder shall have furnished the Company, at the Holder’s expense, with an opinion of counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Company to the effect that such disposition will not require registration of such Restricted Securities under the Securities Act.

 

14


(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 2.8(a), no such registration statement or opinion of counsel shall be necessary for: (i) a transfer, including any Pivotal Permitted Transfer, not involving a change in beneficial ownership; (ii) transactions, including any Pivotal Permitted Transfer, involving the distribution without consideration of Restricted Securities by any Holder to (x) a parent, subsidiary or other affiliate of the Holder, if the Holder is a corporation, (y) any of the Holder’s partners, members or other equity owners, or retired partners, retired members or other equity owners, or to the estate of any of the Holder’s partners, members or other equity owners or retired partners, retired members or other equity owners, or (z) a venture capital fund that is controlled by or under common control with one or more general partners or managing members of, or shares the same management company with, the Holder; (iii) transfers, including any Pivotal Permitted Transfer, in compliance with Rule 144, so long as the Company is furnished with satisfactory evidence of compliance with Rule 144 or (iv) subject to compliance with applicable securities laws, in the case of the FF Investor or the FF Beneficial Investor to any FF Permitted Transferee; provided, in each case, that the Holder shall give written notice to the Company of the Holder’s intention to effect such disposition and shall have furnished the Company with a detailed description of the manner and circumstances of the proposed disposition (an “Exempted Transfer Notice”); provided further that no such Exempted Transfer Notice shall be required with respect to any Pivotal Permitted Transfer unless there is a change in the registered holder of Registrable Securities pursuant to such Pivotal Permitted Transfer.

(c) Each certificate representing Registrable Securities shall (unless otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Agreement) be stamped or otherwise imprinted with a legend substantially similar to the following (in addition to any legend required under applicable state securities laws):

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF CERTAIN STATES. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS PURSUANT TO REGISTRATION OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM. THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER THAT SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OTHERWISE COMPLIES WITH THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO (1) RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY AND RESALE, INCLUDING A LOCK-UP PERIOD IN THE EVENT OF A PUBLIC OFFERING, AS SET FORTH IN AN INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT, AND (2) VOTING RESTRICTIONS AS SET FORTH IN A VOTING AGREEMENT AMONG THE COMPANY AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDERS OF THESE SHARES, COPIES OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE COMPANY.

 

15


The Holders consent to the Company making a notation on its records and giving instructions to any transfer agent of the Restricted Securities in order to implement the restrictions on transfer established in this Section 2.8.

(d) The first legend referring to federal and state securities laws identified in Section 2.8(b) stamped on a certificate evidencing the Restricted Securities and the stock transfer instructions and record notations with respect to the Restricted Securities shall be removed and the Company shall issue a certificate without such legend to the holder of Restricted Securities if (i) those securities are registered under the Securities Act, or (ii) the holder provides the Company with an opinion of counsel reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that a sale or transfer of those securities may be made without registration or qualification.

(e) Each Investor agrees not to make any sale, assignment, transfer, pledge or other disposition of any securities of the Company, or any beneficial interest therein, to any person other than the Company unless and until the proposed transferee confirms to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company that neither the proposed transferee nor any of its directors, executive officers, other officers that may serve as a director or officer of any company in which it invests, general partners or managing members nor any person that would be deemed a beneficial owner of those securities (in accordance with Rule 506(d) of the Securities Act) is subject to any Bad Actor Disqualification, except as set forth in Rule 506(d)(2)(ii) or (iii) or (d)(3) under the Securities Act and disclosed, reasonably in advance of the transfer, in writing in reasonable detail to the Company.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement or any of the other Agreements (as such term is defined in the Purchase Agreement), no notice to the Company of any kind or other restriction shall apply to any Pivotal Permitted Transfer that does not result in a change in the registered holder of Registrable Securities to be transferred.

2.9 Rule 144 Reporting. With a view to making available the benefits of certain rules and regulations of the Commission that may permit the sale of the Restricted Securities to the public without registration, the Company agrees to use its commercially reasonable efforts to:

(a) Make and keep adequate current public information with respect to the Company available in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act, at all times from and after ninety (90) days following the effective date of the first registration under the Securities Act filed by the Company for an offering of its securities to the general public;

(b) File with the Commission in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements; and

(c) So long as a Holder owns any Restricted Securities, furnish to the Holder (which includes the FF Beneficial Investor for so long as the FF Investor is a Holder) forthwith upon written request a written statement by the Company as to its compliance with the reporting requirements of Rule 144 (at any time from and after ninety (90) days following the effective date of the first registration statement filed by the Company for an offering of its securities to the general public), and of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements), a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company, and such other reports and documents so filed as a Holder may reasonably request in availing itself of any rule or regulation of the Commission allowing a Holder to sell any such securities without registration.

 

16


2.10 Market Stand-Off Agreement. Each Holder shall not, without the prior written consent of the managing underwriter, sell or otherwise transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, of any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by such Holder (other than those included in the registration) during the period from the filing of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act that includes securities to be sold on behalf of the Company to the public in the Initial Public Offering through the end of the one hundred eighty (180)-day period following the effective date of such registration statement (or such other period as may be requested by the Company or an underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions) (the “Lock-up Period”), provided that: (A) all officers and directors of the Company and holders of at least one percent (1%) of the Company’s voting securities are bound by and have entered into similar agreements and (B) the restrictions contained in this Section 2.10 shall not apply to the sale of any shares to an underwriter pursuant to an underwriting agreement. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions and may stamp each such certificate with the second legend set forth in Section 2.8(b) with respect to the shares of Common Stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of such one hundred eighty (180)-day (or other) period. Each Holder agrees to execute a market standoff agreement with said underwriters in customary form consistent with the provisions of this Section 2.10. Any discretionary waiver or termination of the restrictions of any or all of such agreements by the Company or the underwriters shall apply to all Holders subject to such agreements pro rata based on the number of shares subject to such agreements. The restrictions of this Section 2.10 shall not apply with respect to any Pivotal Permitted Transfer unless there is a change in the registered holder of the Registrable Securities pursuant to such Pivotal Permitted Transfer. Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither the FF Investor nor the FF Beneficial Investor shall be required to execute any agreements pursuant to this Section 2.10, unless such agreement contains a limitation of liability provision substantially in the form of Section 5.17.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) the Company must act reasonably, and use commercially reasonable efforts to procure that the managing underwriter acts reasonably in considering any request by the FF Investor or the FF Beneficial Investor to transfer or assign any Common Stock, or any securities convertible or exercisable or exchangeable (directly or indirectly) for Common Stock, or any beneficial interest in respect of such Common Stock or securities to any FF Permitted Transferee and (ii) if the managing underwriter consents to such request then such transfer or assignment shall not require the consent of any other party hereto pursuant to this Agreement.

2.11 Delay of Registration. No Holder shall have any right to take any action to restrain, enjoin, or otherwise delay any registration as the result of any controversy that might arise with respect to the interpretation or implementation of this Section 2.

 

17


2.12 Transfer or Assignment of Registration Rights. The rights to cause the Company to register securities granted to a Holder by the Company under this Section 2 may be transferred or assigned by a Holder only (a) to any transferee pursuant to a transfer under Section 2.8(b) above or (b) to a transferee or assignee of not less than 100,000 shares of Registrable Securities (as presently constituted and subject to subsequent adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends, reverse stock splits, and the like); provided, in each case, that (i) such transfer or assignment of Registrable Securities is effected in accordance with the terms of Section 2.8 and applicable securities laws, (ii) the Company is given written notice prior to said transfer or assignment, stating the name and address of the transferee or assignee and identifying the securities with respect to which such registration rights are intended to be transferred or assigned and (iii) the transferee or assignee of such rights assumes in writing the obligations of such Holder under this Agreement, including without limitation the obligations set forth in Section 2.10.

2.13 Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights. From and after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not, without the prior written consent of Holders holding a majority of the Registrable Securities (which includes the FF Beneficial Investor for so long as the FF Investor is such a Holder) but excluding any of such shares held by any Holders whose rights to request registration or inclusion in any registration pursuant to this Section 2 have terminated in accordance with Section 2.14) enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company giving such holder or prospective holder any registration rights the terms of which are senior to or pari passu with the registration rights granted to the Holders hereunder.

2.14 Termination of Registration Rights. The right of any Holder to request registration or inclusion in any registration pursuant to Sections 2.1, 2.2 or 2.3 shall terminate on the earlier of (i) such date, on or after the closing of the Company’s first registered public offering of Common Stock, on which all shares of Registrable Securities held or entitled to be held upon conversion by such Holder may immediately be sold under Rule 144 during any ninety (90)-day period without volume limitation, and (ii) five (5) years after the closing of the Company’s Qualified IPO (as defined in the Restated Certificate).

SECTION 3

COMPANY COVENANTS

3.1 Basic Financial Information. The Company will furnish the following reports to each Major Investor:

(i) As soon as practicable after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, and in any event within ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, an unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, as at the end of such fiscal year, and unaudited consolidated statements of income and cash flows of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, for such year, prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied;

 

18


(ii) As soon as practicable after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, and in any event within one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, an audited consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, as at the end of such fiscal year, and audited consolidated statements of income and cash flows of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, for such year, prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied, certified by independent public accountants of recognized national standing selected by the Company, unless waived by the holders of a majority of the outstanding Shares;

(iii) As soon as practicable after the end of the first, second and third quarterly accounting periods in each fiscal year of the Company, and in any event within forty-five (45) days after the end of the first, second, and third quarterly accounting periods in each fiscal year of the Company, an unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, as of the end of each such quarterly period, and unaudited consolidated statements of income and cash flows of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, for such period, prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied, subject to changes resulting from normal year-end audit adjustments;

(iv) As soon as practicable after the end of each month, and in any event within thirty (30) days after the end of each month, an unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, as of the end of each such month, and unaudited consolidated statements of income and cash flows of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, for such period, prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied, subject to changes resulting from normal yearend audit adjustments;

(v) At least thirty (30) days prior to the end of each fiscal year, a comprehensive operating budget, including a detailed marketing plan and capital expenditures budget, as approved by the Company’s board of directors, forecasting the Company’s revenues, expenses, and cash position on a monthto- month basis for the upcoming fiscal year; and

(vi) Such other information relating to the financial condition, business, prospects, or corporate affairs of the Company as a Major Investor may from time to time reasonably request; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated under this subSection (vi) or any other subSection of Section 2.1 to provide information (i) to a competitor of the Company (it being understood and agreed that none of Maveron Equity Partners V, L.P. and its affiliated entities (“Maveron”), New Enterprise Associates 15, Limited Partnership and its affiliated entities (“NEA”), Pivotal Alpha Limited and its affiliated entities (“Pivotal”) or the FF Investor or FF Beneficial Investor or any FF Permitted Transferee will be deemed to be a competitor of the Company), (ii) that it deems in good faith to be a trade secret or similar confidential proprietary information or (ii) the disclosure of which would adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel or violate the Company’s confidentiality obligations to any third party.

3.2 Inspection Rights. Each Major Investor shall have the right to visit and inspect any of the properties of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, and to discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of the Company or any of its subsidiaries with its officers, and to review such information as is reasonably requested all at such reasonable times and as often as may be reasonably requested; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated under this Section 3.2 to provide information (i) to a competitor of the Company (it being understood and agreed that none of

 

19


Maveron, NEA, Pivotal or the FF Investor, the FF Beneficial Investor or any FF Permitted Transferee will be deemed to be a competitor of the Company), (ii) that it deems in good faith to be a trade secret or similar confidential proprietary information or (iii) the disclosure of which would adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel or violate the Company’s confidentiality obligations to any third party.

3.3 Confidentiality. Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, no Investor by reason of this Agreement shall have access to any trade secrets or classified information of the Company. The Company shall not be required to comply with any information rights of Section 3 in respect of any Investor whom the Company reasonably determines to be a competitor or an officer, employee, director or holder of more than ten percent (10%) of a competitor (it being understood and agreed that none of Maveron, NEA, Pivotal or the FF Investor, the FF Beneficial Investor or any FF Permitted Transferee will be deemed to be a competitor or an officer, employee, director or holder of more than ten percent (10%) of a competitor of the Company). Each Investor (which, for the purpose of this Section 3.3, includes the FF Beneficial Investor for so long as the FF Investor is an Investor) agrees, severally and not jointly, to use the same degree of care as such Investor uses to protect its own confidential information for any information obtained pursuant to this Agreement which the Company identifies in writing as being proprietary or confidential and such Investor acknowledges that it will not, unless otherwise required by law or the rules of any national securities exchange, association or marketplace, disclose such information without the prior written consent of the Company except such information that (a) was in the public domain prior to the time it was furnished to such Investor, (b) is or becomes (through no willful improper action or inaction by such Investor) generally available to the public, (c) was in its possession or known by such Investor without any restriction prior to receipt from the Company, (d) was rightfully disclosed to such Investor by a third party without any restriction or (e) was independently developed without any use of the Company’s confidential information. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each Investor that is a limited partnership or limited liability company may disclose such proprietary or confidential information to any former partners or members who retained an economic interest in such Investor, current or prospective partner of the partnership or any subsequent partnership under common investment management, limited partner, general partner, member or management company of such Investor (or any employee or representative of any of the foregoing) (each of the foregoing Persons, a “Permitted Disclosee”) or legal counsel, accountants or representatives for such Investor. Furthermore, nothing contained herein shall prevent any Investor or any Permitted Disclosee from (i) entering into any business, entering into any agreement with a third party, or investing in or engaging in investment discussions with any other company (whether or not competitive with the Company), provided that such Investor or Permitted Disclosee does not, except as permitted in accordance with this Section 3.3, disclose or otherwise make use of any proprietary or confidential information of the Company in connection with such activities, or (ii) making any disclosures required by law, rule, regulation or court or other governmental order.

3.4 Bad Actor Notice. Each party to this Agreement will promptly notify the Company (and the Company will notify each other party to this Agreement) in writing if it or, to its knowledge, any person specified in Rule 506(d)(1) under the Securities Act becomes subject to any Bad Actor Disqualification.

 

20


3.5 Stock Option Vesting. All stock option, stock and stock equivalent grants to employees, directors, consultants and other service providers of the Company shall have the following vesting schedule: 25% after one year, with remaining shares vesting monthly over the next 36 months with no acceleration of vesting or other changes in the vesting provisions as the result of the occurrence of a change in control or any other event, unless otherwise approved by the Board of Directors (including the approval of all of the Preferred Directors (as defined in the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation) (the “Restated Certificate”)). Unless otherwise approved by the Board of Directors (including the approval of all of the Preferred Directors), if employees, directors, consultants or other service providers of the Company are permitted to purchase unvested shares, the repurchase option shall provide that upon termination of the service provider relationship with the Company, with or without cause, the Company or its assignee (to the extent permissible under applicable securities laws) shall retain the option to repurchase at cost any unvested shares held by such stockholder. The Company shall also retain a right of first refusal on transfers of all exercised stock options and stock and stock equivalent grants to employees, directors, consultants and other service providers of the Company.

3.6 Confidential Information and Invention Assignment Agreements. The Company shall ensure that each current and future officer, employee and consultant shall enter into a confidentiality, invention assignment and one (1) year post-employment non-solicitation agreement or consulting agreement, substantially in a form approved by the Company’s counsel or the Board of Directors.

3.7 Directors Matters. The Company shall enter into indemnification agreements with each member of its Board of Directors in a form reasonably acceptable to such director. The Company will reimburse non-employee members of the Board of Directors for the customary and reasonable expenses of attending meetings of the Board of Directors.

3.8 Insurance. The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain, within ninety (90) days of the date hereof, from financially sound and reputable insurers Directors and Officers liability insurance in an amount of at least $3 million, general commercial liability insurance, and employment practices liability insurance on terms and conditions satisfactory to the Board of Directors, including a majority of the Preferred Directors, and will use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such insurance policies to be maintained until such time as the Board of Directors determines that such insurance should be discontinued.

3.9 Termination of Covenants. The covenants set forth in this Section 3 shall terminate and be of no further force and effect upon the earlier to occur of the following: (a) the closing of the Company’s Qualified IPO; and (b) a liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Company (as defined in the Restated Certificate).

SECTION 4

RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL

4.1 Right of First Refusal to Investors. The Company hereby grants to each Major Investor for so long as such Major Investor continues to hold any Shares or Conversion Stock the right of first refusal to purchase its pro rata share of New Securities (as defined in this Section

 

21


4.1(a)) which the Company may, from time to time, propose to sell and issue after the date of this Agreement. A Major Investor’s pro rata share, for purposes of this right of first refusal, is equal to the ratio of (a) the number of Shares and shares of Conversion Stock owned by such Major Investor immediately prior to the issuance of New Securities to (b) the total number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the issuance of New Securities (assuming full conversion of the Shares and full conversion or exercise of all outstanding convertible securities, rights, options and warrants). Each Major Investor shall have a right of over-allotment such that if any Major Investor fails to exercise its right hereunder to purchase its pro rata share of New Securities, the other Major Investors may purchase the non-purchasing Major Investor’s portion on a pro rata basis. This right of first refusal shall be subject to the following provisions:

(a) “New Securities” shall mean any capital stock (including common stock and preferred stock) of the Company whether now authorized or not, and rights, convertible securities, options or warrants to purchase such capital stock, and securities of any type whatsoever that are, or may become, exercisable or convertible into capital stock; provided that the term “New Securities” does not include any securities excluded from the definition of “Additional Shares of Common” as such term is defined in the Restated Certificate.

(b) In the event the Company proposes to undertake an issuance of New Securities, it shall give each Major Investor written notice of its intention, describing the type of New Securities, and their price and the general terms upon which the Company proposes to issue the same. Each Major Investor shall have fifteen (15)-days after any such notice is mailed or delivered to agree to purchase such Major Investor’s pro rata share of such New Securities and to indicate whether such Major Investor desires to exercise its overallotment option for the price and upon the terms specified in the notice by giving written notice to the Company, in substantially the form attached as Schedule 1, and stating therein the quantity of New Securities to be purchased.

(c) In the event the Major Investors fail to exercise fully the right of first refusal within said fifteen (15) day period (the “Election Period”), the Company shall have sixty (60) days thereafter to sell or enter into an agreement (pursuant to which the sale of New Securities covered thereby shall be closed, if at all, within ninety (90) days from the date of said agreement) to sell that portion of the New Securities with respect to which the Major Investors’ right of first refusal option set forth in this Section 4.1 was not exercised, at a price and upon terms no more favorable to the purchasers thereof than specified in the Company’s notice to Major Investors delivered pursuant to Section 4.1(b). In the event the Company has not sold within such sixty (60)-day period following the Election Period, or such sixty (60)-day period following the date of said agreement, the Company shall not thereafter issue or sell any New Securities, without first again offering such securities to the Major Investors in the manner provided in this Section 4.1.

(d) The right of first refusal granted under this Agreement shall expire upon, and shall not be applicable to, the earlier to occur of the following: (a) the closing of the Company’s Qualified IPO; and (b) a liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Company (as defined in the Restated Certificate).

(e) A Major Investor will not have a right of first refusal to purchase a pro rata share of New Securities in accordance with this Section 4 and will not be a Major Investor for purposes of the right of first refusal granted under this Section 4 if, and for so long as, the Major

 

22


Investor, any of its directors, executive officers, other officers that may serve as a director or officer of any company in which it invests, general partners or managing members or any person that would be deemed a beneficial owner of the securities of the Company held by the Major Investor (in accordance with Rule 506(d) of the Securities Act) is subject to any Bad Actor Disqualification, except as set forth in Rule 506(d)(2)(ii) or (iii) or (d)(3) under the Securities Act.

SECTION 5

MISCELLANEOUS

5.1 Amendment. Except as expressly provided herein, neither this Agreement nor any term hereof may be amended, waived, discharged or terminated other than by a written instrument referencing this Agreement and signed by the Company and the Investors holding a majority of the voting power of the Shares and Conversion Stock; provided, however, that Investors purchasing shares of Series D Preferred Stock in a Closing after the Initial Closing (each as defined in the Purchase Agreement) may become parties to this Agreement, by executing a counterpart of this Agreement without any amendment of this Agreement pursuant to this paragraph or any consent or approval of any other Investor; provided, further, that if any amendment, waiver, discharge or termination operates in a manner that treats any Investor different from other Investors, the consent of such Investor shall also be required for such amendment, waiver, discharge or termination; provided, further, that if any amendment, waiver, discharge or termination operates in a manner that adversely and disproportionately affects the Series D Preferred Stock, the consent of the holders of a majority of the Series D Preferred Stock shall also be required for such amendment, waiver, discharge or termination; provided, further, that if any amendment, waiver, discharge or termination operates in a manner that adversely and disproportionately affects the Series C Preferred Stock, the consent of the holders of a majority of the Series C Preferred Stock, including Pivotal, shall also be required for such amendment, waiver, discharge or termination; provided, further, that if any amendment, waiver, discharge or termination operates in a manner that adversely and disproportionately affects the Series C-1 Preferred Stock, the consent of the holders of a majority of the Series C-1 Preferred Stock, including NEA, shall also be required for such amendment, waiver, discharge or termination; provided, further, that if any amendment, waiver, discharge or termination operates in a manner that adversely and disproportionately affects the Series B-1 Preferred Stock, the consent of the holders of a majority of the Series B-1 Preferred Stock, including NEA, shall also be required for such amendment, waiver, discharge or termination; provided, further, that if any amendment, waiver, discharge or termination operates in a manner that adversely and disproportionately affects the Series B Preferred Stock, the consent of the holders of a majority of the Series B Preferred Stock, including NEA, shall also be required for such amendment, waiver, discharge or termination; and provided, further, that if any amendment, waiver, discharge or termination operates in a manner that adversely and disproportionately affects the Series A Preferred Stock, the consent of the holders of a majority of the Series A Preferred Stock, including Maveron, shall also be required for such amendment, waiver, discharge or termination; and provided, further, that any waiver of any rights held by Maveron under this Agreement shall also require the consent of Maveron; provided, further, that any waiver of any rights held by NEA under this Agreement shall also require the consent of NEA; provided, further; that if any amendment, waiver, discharge or termination operates in a manner that adversely and disproportionately affects the FF Investor or the FF Beneficial Investor, the consent of the FF Investor and the FF Beneficial Investor shall also

 

23


be required for such amendment, waiver, discharge or termination; and provided, further, that any waiver of any rights held by Pivotal under this Agreement shall also require the consent of Pivotal. Any such amendment, waiver, discharge or termination effected in accordance with this paragraph shall be binding upon each Investor and each future Investor of all such securities of Investor. Each Investor acknowledges that by the operation of this paragraph, the Investors holding majority of the voting power of the Shares and Conversion Stock will have the right and power to diminish or eliminate all rights of such Investor under this Agreement.

5.2 Notices. All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, sent by facsimile or electronic mail (if to an Investor) or otherwise delivered by hand, messenger or courier service addressed:

(a) if to an Investor, to the Investor’s address, facsimile number or electronic mail address as shown in the Company’s records, as may be updated in accordance with the provisions hereof; or

(b) if to the Company, to the attention of the Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer of the Company at 295 North Bernardo Avenue, Suite 100, Mountain View, CA 94043, or at such other current address as the Company shall have furnished to the Investors, with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to Alan Mendelson, Latham & Watkins LLP, 140 Scott Drive, Menlo Park, CA 94025.

Each such notice or other communication shall for all purposes of this Agreement be treated as effective or having been given (i) if delivered by hand, messenger or courier service, when delivered (or if sent via a nationally-recognized overnight courier service, freight prepaid, specifying next-business-day delivery, one (1) business day after deposit with the courier), or (ii) if sent via mail, at the earlier of its receipt or five (5) days after the same has been deposited in a regularly maintained receptacle for the deposit of the United States mail, addressed and mailed as aforesaid, or (iii) if sent via facsimile, upon confirmation of facsimile transfer or, if sent via electronic mail, when directed to the relevant electronic mail address, if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, or if not sent during normal business hours of the recipient, then on the recipient’s next business day.

Subject to the limitations set forth in Delaware General Corporation Law §232(e), each Investor consents to the delivery of any notice to stockholders given by the Company under the Delaware General Corporation Law or the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws by (i) facsimile telecommunication to the facsimile number set forth on Exhibit A (or to any other facsimile number for the Investor in the Company’s records), and (ii) electronic mail to the electronic mail address set forth on Exhibit A (or to any other electronic mail address for the Investor in the Company’s records). This consent may be revoked by an Investor by written notice to the Company and may be deemed revoked in the circumstances specified in Delaware General Corporation Law §232.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any notice or communication is to be given to the FF Investor or the FF Beneficial Investor under this agreement, such notice or communication shall also be sent in accordance with the contact information in the Future Fund Side Letter, or as otherwise notified by the FF Investor or the FF Beneficial Investor (as applicable) to the Company in accordance with this Section 5.2.

 

24


5.3 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed in all respects by the internal laws of the State of California as applied to agreements entered into among California residents to be performed entirely within California, without regard to principles of conflicts of law.

5.4 Successors and Assigns. This Agreement, and any and all rights, duties and obligations hereunder, shall not be assigned, transferred, delegated or sublicensed by any Investor or the FF Beneficial Investor without the prior written consent of the Company except in connection with a Pivotal Permitted Transfer or a transfer to an FF Permitted Transferee. Any attempt by an Investor or the FF Beneficial Investor without such permission to assign, transfer, delegate or sublicense any rights, duties or obligations that arise under this Agreement shall be void. Subject to the foregoing and except as otherwise provided herein, the provisions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the successors, assigns, heirs, executors and administrators of the parties hereto.

5.5 Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the exhibits hereto amends and restates the Prior Agreement in its entirety and constitutes the full and entire understanding and agreement between the parties with regard to the subjects hereof. No party hereto shall be liable or bound to any other party in any manner with regard to the subjects hereof or thereof by any warranties, representations or covenants except as specifically set forth herein. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of a conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the Future Fund Side Letter, the terms and conditions of the Future Fund Side Letter will control and prevail to the extent of the conflict or inconsistency; provided that this sentence of Section shall only be applicable to the rights and obligations of the FF Investor, the FF Beneficial Investor and the Company.

5.6 Delays or Omissions. Except as expressly provided herein, no delay or omission to exercise any right, power or remedy accruing to any party to this Agreement upon any breach or default of any other party under this Agreement shall impair any such right, power or remedy of such non-defaulting party, nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of any such breach or default, or an acquiescence therein, or of or in any similar breach or default thereafter occurring, nor shall any waiver of any single breach or default be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring. Any waiver, permit, consent or approval of any kind or character on the part of any party of any breach or default under this Agreement, or any waiver on the part of any party of any provisions or conditions of this Agreement, must be in writing and shall be effective only to the extent specifically set forth in such writing. All remedies, either under this Agreement or by law or otherwise afforded to any party to this Agreement, shall be cumulative and not alternative.

5.7 Severability. If any provision of this Agreement becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, portions of such provision, or such provision in its entirety, to the extent necessary, shall be severed from this Agreement, and such court will replace such illegal, void or unenforceable provision of this Agreement with a valid and enforceable provision that will achieve, to the extent possible, the same economic, business and other purposes of the illegal, void or unenforceable provision. The balance of this Agreement shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

25


5.8 Titles and Subtitles. The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement. All references in this Agreement to Sections, paragraphs and exhibits shall, unless otherwise provided, refer to Sections and paragraphs hereof and exhibits attached hereto.

5.9 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be enforceable against the parties that execute such counterparts, and all of which together shall constitute one instrument. Counterparts may be delivered via facsimile, electronic mail (including pdf or any electronic signature complying with the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000, e.g., www.docusign.com) or other transmission method and any counterpart so delivered shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes.

5.10 Jurisdiction; Venue. With respect to any disputes arising out of or related to this Agreement, the parties consent to the exclusive jurisdiction of, and venue in, the state courts in Santa Clara County in the State of California (or in the event of exclusive federal jurisdiction, the courts of the Northern District of California).

5.11 Further Assurances. Each party hereto agrees to execute and deliver, by the proper exercise of its corporate, limited liability company, partnership or other powers, all such other and additional instruments and documents and do all such other acts and things as may be necessary to more fully effectuate this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither the FF Investor nor the FF Beneficial Investor shall be required to enter into any instrument or agreement which does not contain a limitation of liability provision in the form of Section 5.17.

5.12 Termination upon Change of Control. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, this Agreement (excluding any then-existing obligations) shall terminate upon a Change of Control Transaction and completion of the distribution of proceeds thereof to the Company’s stockholders in accordance with the Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation (excluding proceeds set aside in escrow or payable on a contingent basis following the consummation of such Change of Control Transaction). “Change of Control Transaction” means either (a) the acquisition of the Company by another entity by means of any transaction or series of related transactions to which the Company is party (including, without limitation, any stock acquisition, reorganization, merger or consolidation but excluding any sale of stock for bona fide capital raising purposes) that results in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto failing to represent immediately after such transaction or series of transactions (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity or the entity that controls such surviving entity) a majority of the total voting power represented by the outstanding voting securities of the Company, such surviving entity or the entity that controls such surviving entity; or (b) a sale, lease, exclusive license or other conveyance of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken together.

5.13 Conflict. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the Company’s certificate of incorporation or its bylaws, the terms of the Company’s certificate of incorporation or its bylaws, as the case may be, will control.

 

26


5.14 Attorneys Fees. In the event that any suit or action is instituted to enforce any provision in this Agreement, the prevailing party in such dispute shall be entitled to recover from the losing party all fees, costs and expenses of enforcing any right of such prevailing party under or with respect to this Agreement, including without limitation, such reasonable fees and expenses of attorneys and accountants, which shall include, without limitation, all fees, costs and expenses of appeals.

5.15 Aggregation of Stock. All securities held or acquired by affiliated entities (including affiliated venture capital funds) or persons shall be aggregated together for purposes of determining the availability of any rights under this Agreement.

5.16 Jury Trial. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING (WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT. If the waiver of jury trial set forth in this Section is not enforceable, then any claim or cause of action arising out of or relating to this Agreement shall be settled by judicial reference pursuant to California Code of Civil Procedure Section 638 et seq. before a referee sitting without a jury, such referee to be mutually acceptable to the parties or, if no agreement is reached, by a referee appointed by the Presiding Judge of the California Superior Court for Santa Clara County. This paragraph shall not restrict a party from exercising remedies under the Uniform Commercial Code or from exercising pre-judgment remedies under applicable law.

5.17 FF Investor Limitation of Liability. The FF Investor enters into and is liable under (a) this Agreement, (b) any other document or agreement which the FF Investor may be required to provide under this Agreement and (c) any document or agreement executed by the Company or any other person as agent or attorney of the FF Investor under this Agreement only in its capacity as custodian for the FF Beneficial Investor, and to the extent that it is actually indemnified by the FF Beneficial Investor. To the extent this Section 5.17 operates to reduce the amounts for which the FF Investor would otherwise be liable to any person, the FF Beneficial Investor will pay or procure the payment of such amounts to such person.

(signature page follows)

 

27


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

EARGO, INC.
a Delaware corporation
By:   /s/ Christian Gormsen
Name: Christian Gormsen
Title: Chief Executive Officer

(Signature page to the Eargo, Inc. Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement - Series D Preferred Stock Financing)


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR:
EXECUTED on behalf of THE NORTHERN TRUST COMPANY (ABN 62 126 279 918), a company incorporated in the State of Illinois in the United States of America, in its capacity as custodian for the Future Fund Investment Company No.4 Pty Ltd (ACN 134 338 908), by
being a person who, in accordance with the laws of that territory, is acting under the authority of the company in the presence of:
/s/ Natasha Hammond-Marks
Signature of witness
Natasha Hammond-Marks
Name of witness (block letters)
 

 

    /s/ Damian Tyler

Address of witness

 

Level 42, 120 Collins St

 

Melbourne Vic 3000

    By executing this agreement the signatory warrants that the signatory is duly authorized to execute this agreement on behalf of THE NORTHERN TRUST COMPANY
Date: 19 December 2018    

(Signature page to the Eargo, Inc. Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement - Series D Preferred Stock Financing)


FF BENEFICIAL INVESTOR:    
Executed by Future Fund Investment Company No.4 Pty Ltd (ACN 134 338 908) in accordance with section 127(1) of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) by:    
/s/ Paul Mann     /s/ Kylie Yong
Signature of Director     Signature of Director / Company Secretary
Paul Mann     Kylie Yong
Name of Director     Name of Director / Company Secretary
Date     Date
19 December 2018     19 December 2018
Level 42, 120 Collins Street
Melbourne Vic 3000
Australia
   

(Signature page to the Eargo, Inc. Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement - Series D Preferred Stock Financing)


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

    INVESTOR
MAVERON EQUITY PARTNERS IV, L.P.,
a Delaware limited partnership:
    MAVERON EQUITY PARTNERS V,
L.P., a Delaware limited partnership
:
By: Maveron General Partner IV LLC, a
Delaware limited liability company
    By: Maveron General Partner IV LLC, a
Delaware limited liability company
By:   /s/ Pete McCormick     By:   /s/ Pete McCormick

Name: Pete McCormick

Title: Managing Member

   

Name: Pete McCormick

Title: Managing Member

 

MEP ASSOCIATES IV, L.P., a Delaware
limited partnership:
    MEP ASSOCIATES V, L.P., a Delaware
limited partnership:
By: Maveron General Partner IV LLC, a
Delaware limited liability company
    By: Maveron General Partner IV LLC, a
Delaware limited liability company
By:   /s/ Pete McCormick     By:   /s/ Pete McCormick

Name: Pete McCormick

Title: Managing Member

   

Name: Pete McCormick

Title: Managing Member

 

MAVERON IV ENTREPRENEURS’
FUND, L.P.,
a Delaware limited partnership:
    MAVERON V ENTREPRENEURS’
FUND, L.P.,
a Delaware limited partnership:
By: Maveron General Partner IV LLC, a
Delaware limited liability company
    By: Maveron General Partner IV LLC, a
Delaware limited liability company
By:   /s/ Pete McCormick     By:   /s/ Pete McCormick

Name: Pete McCormick

Title: Managing Member

   

Name: Pete McCormick

Title: Managing Member

(Signature page to the Eargo, Inc. Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement - Series D Preferred Stock Financing)


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR
NEW ENTERPRISE ASSOCIATES 15,
LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
By: NEA Partners 15, Limited Partnership, its
general partner
By: NEA 15 GP, LTD, its general partner
By:   /s/ Stephanie S. Brecher

Name: Stephanie S. Brecher

Title: General Counsel

 

NEA VENTURES 2015 L.P.
By:   /s/ Louis S. Citron

Name: Louis S. Citron

Title: Vice-President

(Signature page to the Eargo, Inc. Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement - Series D Preferred Stock Financing)


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR
CHARLES R. SCHWAB AND HELEN O.
SCHWAB TTEE, THE CHARLES AND
HELEN SCHWAB LIVING TRUST U/ A DTD 11/22/1985
By:   /s/ Charles R. Schwab

Name: Charles R. Schwab

Title: Trustee

(Signature page to the Eargo, Inc. Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement - Series D Preferred Stock Financing)


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR
PIVOTAL ALPHA LIMITED
By:   /s/ Sun Xintong & Tang Chun Wai Nelson

Name: Sun Xintong & Tang Chun Wai Nelson

Title: Directors

(Signature page to the Eargo, Inc. Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement - Series D Preferred Stock Financing)


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR
Peter Tuxen Bisgaard
(Print Stockholder name)
/s/ Peter Tuxen Bisgaard
(Signature)
 

 

(Print name of signatory, if signing for an entity)
 

 

(Print title of signatory, if signing for an entity)
Date: 1/25/2019

(Signature page to the Eargo, Inc. Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement - Series D Preferred Stock Financing)


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR
Nina Richardson
(Print Stockholder name)
/s/ Nina Richardson
(Signature)
 

 

(Print name of signatory, if signing for an entity)
 

 

(Print title of signatory, if signing for an entity)
Date: 1/26/2019

(Signature page to the Eargo, Inc. Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement - Series D Preferred Stock Financing)


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR
Pierre & Christine Lamond Trust 11 /22/85
(Print Stockholder name)
/s/ Pierre R. Lamond
(Signature)
Pierre R. Lamond
(Print name of signatory, if signing for an entity)
Trustee
(Print title of signatory, if signing for an entity)
Date: 1/28/2019

(Signature page to the Eargo, Inc. Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement - Series D Preferred Stock Financing)


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR
Pierre Lamond
(Print Stockholder name)
/s/ Pierre Lamond
(Signature)
 

 

(Print name of signatory, if signing for an entity)
 

 

(Print title of signatory, if signing for an entity)
Date: 1/28/2019

(Signature page to the Eargo, Inc. Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement - Series D Preferred Stock Financing)


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR
Jon C. Feder Trustee of the Jack Feder Trust
(Print Stockholder name)
/s/ Jon C. Feder
(Signature)
Jon C Feder
(Print name of signatory, if signing for an entity)
Trustee
(Print title of signatory, if signing for an entity)
Date: 1/26/2019

(Signature page to the Eargo, Inc. Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement - Series D Preferred Stock Financing)


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR
Dermot Fallon
(Print Stockholder name)
/s/ Dermot Fallon
(Signature)
 

 

(Print name of signatory, if signing for an entity)
 

 

(Print title of signatory, if signing for an entity)
Date: 1/29/2019

(Signature page to the Eargo, Inc. Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement - Series D Preferred Stock Financing)


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR
FLP Trafalgar II L.P.
(Print Stockholder name)
/s/ Preston Butcher
(Signature)
Preston Butcher
(Print name of signatory, if signing for an entity)
Manager of Kensington 1010 LLC, a DE LLC
General Partner of FLP Trafalgar II L.P.
(Print title of signatory, if signing for an entity)
Date: January 29, 2019

(Signature page to the Eargo, Inc. Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement - Series D Preferred Stock Financing)


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR
ALAN C. & AGNÈS B. MENDELSON FAMILY TRUST
/s/ Alan C. Mendelson
(Signature)
Alan C. Mendelson
(Print name of signatory, if signing for an entity)
Trustee
(Print title of signatory, if signing for an entity)
Date: January 29, 2019

(Signature page to the Eargo, Inc. Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement - Series D Preferred Stock Financing)


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR
VP COMPANY INVESTMENTS 2018, LLC
(Print Stockholder name)
/s/ Alan C. Mendelson
(Signature)
Alan C. Mendelson
(Print name of signatory, if signing for an entity)
Member, Management Committee
(Print title of signatory, if signing for an entity)
Date: January 29, 2019

(Signature page to the Eargo, Inc. Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement - Series D Preferred Stock Financing)


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR
EARL A. BRIGHT II
(Print Stockholder name)
/s/ Earl A. Bright II
(Signature)
 

 

(Print name of signatory, if signing for an entity)
 

 

(Print title of signatory, if signing for an entity)
Date: Jan. 27, 2019

(Signature page to the Eargo, Inc. Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement - Series D Preferred Stock Financing)


EXHIBIT A

INVESTORS

THE NORTHERN TRUST COMPANY (ABN 62 126 279 918), a company incorporated in the state of Illinois in the United States of America, in its capacity as custodian for Future Fund Investment Company No.4 Pty Ltd (ACN 134 338 908)

Pivotal Alpha Limited

New Enterprise Associates 15, L.P.

NEA Ventures 2015, L.P.

Maveron Equity Partners IV, L.P.

MEP Associates IV, L.P.

Maveron IV Entrepreneurs’ Fund, L.P.

Maveron Equity Partners V, L.P.

MEP Associates V, L.P.

Maveron V Entrepreneurs’ Fund, L.P.

Dolby Family Ventures LP

Theoma Global Holding Ltd.

Peterson Venture Partners I, LP (formerly Peterson Ventures IV, LP)

Crosslink Ventures VI, L.P.


Crosslink Ventures VI-B, L.P.

UBS Fund Services (Cayman) LTd Trustee Offshore Crosslink Ventures VI Unit Trust dtd 11/4/09

Crosslink Bayview VI, LLC

Crosslink Crossover Fund VI, L.P.

Crosslink Crossover Fund VII-A, L.P.

Crosslink Crossover Fund VII-B, L.P.

Pierre & Christine Lamond Trust

Red Sea Venture Partners, LLC

Tarang Amin

WS Investment Company LLC (2012A)

WS Investment Company, LLC (2013A)

WS Investment Company LLC (2014A)

WS Investment Company, LLC (2015A)

WS Investment Company, LLC (2015C)

Birchmere Ventures IV LP


Montage Ventures Fund I, L.P.

Liberated LLC

The James Anderson Living Trust

Weiss Family Trust

JM Capital Intl (II) LLC

Nicki Lang

Bissen Assets Holdings Limited

Emerald Bay Ventures II, LLC

Roger Kimmel

Phillippe Lautard

Claire Castera

Francois Sinibardy

Aymerik Renard

Stanford-StartX Fund

Thomas A. Steinke

Mitchell Friedman


The Tarang and Hirni Amin Revocable Trust DTD

4/16/2004

John C. S. Breitner

Cameron Breitner

Birchmere Aria Holdings I LP

Georges Harik

Jon C. Feder Trustee of Jack Feder Trust

Mark Davies

Lin C. Wu & Therese A. Wu

Jean-Marc Simandoux

Farzad Nazem & Noosheen Hashemi Living Trust DTD

7/10/95

Ammunition, LLC

Charles R. Schwab and Helen O. Schwab TTEE

The Charles and Helen Schwab Living Trust U/A DTD

11/22/1985

Dermot Fallon

Calvin Pardee Erdman Jr. Rev. Lvg. Tr


FLP Trafalgar II, L.P.

Henry R. Kravis

Gleam Co.

The Reeves Family Trust of 1989

Robert B. Millard

Christian Gormsen

William H. Brownie

Timothy D. Trine

Christy Vanessa La Pierre

Nina Richardson

Earl A. Bright II

Alan C. & Agnès B. Mendelson Family Trust

79 De Bell Drive

Atherton CA, 94027

VP Company Investments 2016, LLC

Kavita Patel

Kenneth P. Fay

Theodore and Linda Lamson

Doug Hughes


EXHIBIT B

PIVOTAL PERMITTED TRANSFER

Pivotal Permitted Transfer” shall mean any sale, assignment, encumbrance, hypothecation, pledge, conveyance in trust, gift, transfer by bequest, devise or descent, or other transfer or disposition of any kind, of any of the shares of capital stock of the Company held by Pivotal Alpha Limited or an Affiliate thereof (“Pivotal Stock”):

 

  1.

To an Affiliate of Pivotal Alpha Limited;

 

  2.

In respect of an owner of a direct or indirect interest in Pivotal Alpha Limited, to one or more of the family members of such owner;

 

  3.

Among the owners of a direct or indirect interest in Pivotal Alpha Limited to one another or to family members of such owners;

 

  4.

To trusts or entities established for charitable purposes;

 

  5.

To an Affiliate of such persons mentioned in sub-paragraphs 2, 3 and 4 above, or to a trust or entities established for the benefit of or for the purpose of holding assets on trust for such persons mentioned in sub-paragraphs 2, 3 and 4 above;

 

  6.

Insofar as any such interest is held by the estate of a deceased person, by the executors, administrators, personal representatives or similar representatives of such deceased person in accordance with the will of such deceased person or the applicable law or otherwise as directed by the relevant court of law; or

 

  7.

As a result of any solvent corporate reconstruction or restructuring within the group of companies comprising Chen’s Group International Limited and its subsidiaries.

For the purposes of paragraphs 1 and 5 above, “Affiliate” means, (i) in relation to a person other than a natural person (the “first-mentioned person”), any person that directly or indirectly Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the first-mentioned person; and (ii) in relation to a natural person (the “specified person”), any person that is directly or indirectly Controlled by the specified person.

For purposes of this Exhibit B, “Control” means, in relation to a person (other than a natural person), (a) the ownership or control of 30% or more of the voting securities of such person; or (b) the power, directly or indirectly, to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such person, or to control the composition of a majority of the members of the board of directors or similar governing body of such person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract, as trustee, executor, agent or otherwise; and “Controls,” “Controlled by” and “under common Control with” shall be construed accordingly.

Unless otherwise specified, any reference to “person” in this Exhibit B includes a reference to any natural person, corporation, general partnership, limited partnership, proprietorship, joint venture, limited liability company, firm, other business organization, trust, or any other entity whether it acts in the capacity of an individual, trustee or whatsoever.


SCHEDULE 1

NOTICE AND WAIVER/ELECTION OF RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL

I do hereby waive or exercise, as indicated below, my rights of first refusal under the Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement dated as of December [    ], 2018 (the “Agreement”):

 

1.

Waiver of 10 days’ notice period in which to exercise right of first refusal: (please check only one)

 

  (  )

WAIVE in full, on behalf of all Investors, the 10-day notice period provided to exercise my right of first refusal granted under the Agreement.

 

  (  )

DO NOT WAIVE the notice period described above.

 

2.

Issuance and Sale of New Securities: (please check only one)

 

  (  )

WAIVE in full the right of first refusal granted under the Agreement with respect to the issuance of the New Securities.

 

  (  )

ELECT TO PARTICIPATE in $__________ (please provide amount) in New Securities proposed to be issued by Eargo, Inc., a Delaware corporation, representing LESS than my pro rata portion of the aggregate of $[_______] in New Securities being offered in the financing.

 

  (  )

ELECT TO PARTICIPATE in $__________ in New Securities proposed to be issued by Eargo, Inc., a Delaware corporation, representing my FULL pro rata portion of the aggregate of $[_______] in New Securities being offered in the financing.

 

  (  )

ELECT TO PARTICIPATE in my full pro rata portion of the aggregate of $[_______] in New Securities being made available in the financing AND, to the extent available, the greater of (x) an additional $__________ (please provide amount) or (y) my pro rata portion of any remaining investment amount available in the event other Investors do not exercise their full rights of first refusal with respect to the $[_______] in New Securities being offered in the financing.

 

Date:                                         
      (Print investor name)
       
      (Signature)
       
      (Print name of signatory, if signing for an entity)
       
      (Print title of signatory, if signing for an entity)


This is neither a commitment to purchase nor a commitment to issue the New Securities described above. Such issuance can only be made by way of definitive documentation related to such issuance. The company will supply you with such definitive documentation upon request or if you indicate that you would like to exercise your first offer rights in whole or in part.

EX-10.9

Exhibit 10.9

MANUFACTURING SERVICES AGREEMENT

This Manufacturing Services Agreement, together with its attached exhibits (“Exhibits”), corresponding appendices (“Appendix(ices)”), Statements of Work (defined below) and Orders (defined below) (collectively, this “Agreement”) is entered into by and between Eargo, Inc. (“Eargo”) and Hana Microelectronics Co., Ltd. (“Supplier”), and is effective as of May 5, 2017 (the “Effective Date”). The Agreement consists of the terms and conditions set forth below, all Exhibits, corresponding Appendices, Statements of Work, Orders and Approved ECOs (defined below) which reference this Agreement.

 

ATTACHMENTS
Exhibit A:    Form of Statement of Work
SOW Appendix 1:    Specifications
SOW Appendix 2:    Bill of Materials
SOW Appendix 3:    Approved Vendors
SOW Appendix 4:    Quality Control Requirements
SOW Appendix 5:    Unit Price
SOW Appendix 6:    Approved Buyers
SOW Appendix 7:    Inventory Management
SOW Appendix 8:    Maintenance and Support Requirements (Optional)
Exhibit B:    Form of Reports
Exhibit C:    Form of ECO

This Agreement is accepted and agreed to as of the Effective Date by the authorized representative of each party:

 

EARGO: EARGO, INC.   SUPPLIER: HANA MICROELECTRONICS CO., LTD.
Signature:   /s/ Christian Gormsen   Signature:    /s/ Wing Keung Chow                    
Print Name:   Christian Gormsen   Print Name:    Wing Keung Chow
Print Title:   CEO   Print Title:    Vice President and General Manager
Notice Address:                                                                                          Notice Address:    Hana Microelectronics Public Co., Ltd
                                                                                            101/2 Moo 4,
                                                                                            Chiangmai-Lampang Road,
                                                                                            T. Baanklang, A. Muang, Lamphun
  Attention:                                                                         51000 Thailand
Fax Number:                                                                                          Fax Number:    [***]
Primary Contact:                                                                                          Primary Contact:    [***]
       (E-mail: [***])

1. Definitions. Capitalized terms used in this Agreement, its Exhibits or Appendices will have the meanings given below in this Section 1 or elsewhere in this Agreement.

1.1. “Affiliate” means an entity which, directly or indirectly, owns or controls, is owned or is controlled by or is under common ownership or control with Eargo. As used herein, “control” means the power to direct the management or affairs of an entity, and “ownership” means the beneficial ownership of fifty percent (50%) or more of the voting equity securities or other equivalent voting interests of the entity.


1.2. “Approved Buyer(s)” means third parties identified in writing by Eargo to Supplier, as set forth in Appendix 6 (Approved Buyers) to the applicable SOW, incorporated herein by this reference, that is then-currently authorized to purchase Products under this Agreement. Appendix 6 (Approved Buyers) to the applicable SOW may be updated by Eargo from time to time.

1.3. “Approved Vendor(s)” means Eargo’s list of original equipment manufacturing approved vendors and/or suppliers from whom Supplier will procure all Components, and product processing services used in the manufacturing of the Units, as set forth in Appendix 3 (Approved Vendors) to the applicable SOW and updated by Eargo from time to time.

1.4. “BOM Cost” means the amount Supplier receives or pays to third-party suppliers or Eargo for the BOM (as defined below) of a Unit (as defined below), net of rebates, discounts received in connection with such materials or by leveraging Eargo’s volumes. Supplier’s quoted BOM Cost will always include landed cost of all Components.

1.5. “Compliance” means that the applicable Product(s) (including all corresponding Components): (a) conform to the applicable then-current Specifications and BOM, as defined in Section 2.5, as well as mutually agreed-upon acceptable quality limits (“AQLs”), and any other instructions and requirements set forth in the applicable Purchase Order(s); (b) are identical in all respects to the Approved First Article; (c) are new and unused; (d) meet all packaging, branding and labeling requirements set forth in the applicable Specifications and otherwise supplied by Eargo in writing; (e) includes all applicable Documentation, and (f) do not contain any visible signs of damage (e.g., scratches, marks, chipping, etc.) or any indications of wear and tear, whether on the packaging or the Products themselves.

1.6. “Components” means all materials, individual component parts and assemblies, which are ultimately to be incorporated into a Product, or are designed to be incorporated into a Product or installed in a Product, including but not limited to Hardware or Software embedded or incorporated into the Product, and other component parts, as well as accompanying Hardware or Software, if any, delivered with the Products for use in the installation of the Product.

1.7. “Documentation” means any and all documentation, including warranty information that Eargo expressly approves for inclusion in the packaging of the Product.

1.8. “Eargo Data” means any data of any type which is provided by or on behalf of Eargo to Supplier or accessed or collected by Supplier on behalf of Eargo in connection with manufacturing and testing the Prototypes, First Articles and Products or providing the Services, including without limitation information which Eargo inputs, or provides to Supplier for inputting into the Prototypes, First Articles, Products or any Components.

1.9. “Eargo Property” has the meaning given such term in Section 13.1 below.

1.10. “Hardware” means the tangible elements used in the build of the Product.

 

2


1.11. “Intellectual Property Rights” or “IPR” means any and all right, title and interest in and to any and all trade secrets, patents, copyrights, service marks, trademarks, know-how, trade names, rights in trade dress and packaging, moral rights, rights of privacy, publicity and similar rights of any type, including any applications, continuations or other registrations with respect to any of the foregoing, under the laws or regulations of any foreign or domestic governmental, regulatory or judicial authority.

1.12. “Manufacturing Process” means Supplier or the applicable approved Subcontractors’ or Approved Vendors’ processes utilized to manufacture, assemble, test, configure, label, and package the Products and, where applicable, Components, in accordance with the Specifications and the terms of this Agreement.

1.13. “Order” or “Purchase Order” means the written or electronically transmitted order and instruction issued by Eargo, its Affiliate(s), or Approved Buyer(s), as applicable, to Supplier for the delivery of Units on or before the specified Delivery Date(s) (as defined below) and to the specified delivery location(s).

1.14. “Policies” means all security, privacy, safety, social accountability, environmental, information technology, business conduct, manufacturing, and legal policies of Eargo with which Supplier and Supplier Parties are required to comply.

1.15. “Product” means the fully assembled, product, including all Hardware and Software, as well as packaging and Documentation for the fully assembled product, that is manufactured and delivered by Supplier, as further described in the applicable Specifications.

1.16. “Software” means any software, including firmware embedded in or distributed with the Product, including all source code versions of the same provided or otherwise made available to Eargo hereunder or by Eargo to Supplier, as the case may be.

1.17. “Specifications” means the electrical, mechanical, technical, functional, performance, appearance, and other specifications and requirements pertaining to each model of the Product, including, without limitation, the most current version of: the BOM, tooling specifications, along with a detailed description of the operation thereof, art work drawings, requirements as to form, fit and function for the Products, requirements and specifications as to the Components and, where appropriate, requirements relative to the Product overall, including, without limitation, Product functionality and system requirements, interoperability requirements, performance requirements, installation and integration requirements, Component descriptions (including approved substitutions), Manufacturing Process requirements, Approved Vendor cross references, testing parameters and standards, equipment and quality control requirements, Products that are attached to the applicable SOW as Appendix 1 thereto (Specifications), and are incorporated herein by this reference. Specifications may be modified by Eargo from time to time in writing upon delivery via the Engineering Change Order (“ECO”) procedure set forth in Section 5.2 below.

1.18. “Units” means a unit of the Products and, where applicable and permitted by this Agreement, the Components, that are listed on any Purchase Order.

 

3


1.19. “Supplier Parties” means Supplier’s employees, contractors, agents and authorized Subcontractors.

1.20. “Value Added” means the per unit amount to be paid by Eargo to compensate Supplier in full for the Services, including, without limitation, compensation for [***]. The parties will agree on a template for quoting which will include specific pricing breakdowns that Eargo requires.

2. Scope.

2.1. Description and Performance of Services.

2.1.1. Supplier will (a) source and assemble (where required) Components and assemble, manufacture, test and package the Products (including the Documentation) in accordance with the applicable Specifications, the corresponding SOW and the requirements of this Agreement, (b) create a Prototype (if and when requested) and the First Article of each Product and test each First Article in accordance with this Agreement to ensure that each First Article conforms to the applicable Specifications as to form, fit and function, (c) procure (from the Approved Vendors, if any, as set forth in the applicable SOW) and/or create Components in accordance with this Agreement, the applicable SOW and corresponding Specifications, (d) configure, assemble, manufacture, test, package, and ship, the Products, including, without limitation, all sub-assemblies, customization, personalization, gift-boxing, loading of custom software or content and configuring to order, in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the applicable SOW, the Specifications, and the Policies, (e) sell the Products only to Eargo, its Affiliate(s), and its Approved Buyer(s) as provided herein, (f) perform Project Management Services described in Section 3.1 below, and (g) provide maintenance and support for the Products in accordance with the applicable SOW and Eargo’s business requirements (all of the foregoing are collectively, the “Services”).

2.1.2. If any Components or raw materials are consigned to Supplier by Eargo, then such Components or raw materials are to be used by Supplier on a first-in first-out basis. Supplier acknowledges and agrees that it will exhaust any and all Eargo-consigned Components or raw materials before utilizing Supplier-procured Components or raw materials or incurring any costs to procure the same Components or raw materials from any Approved Vendors or any other third party. Supplier will, at no additional charge to Eargo (unless otherwise specifically agreed in writing between the parties), implement and maintain a vendor managed inventory program for all Component and raw material Approved Vendors (the “VMI Program”). Eargo and Supplier will jointly determine the Components and raw materials that will be included in the VMI Program, and will review the VMI Program on an annual basis. Eargo will have no obligation to procure any or all of the Components or raw materials for the Products or that are otherwise required of Supplier hereunder. Subject to the terms of this Agreement, [***] for the cost of any required Approved Vendor payments under the VMI Program, and Components and raw materials ordered by Supplier based on Eargo’s then-current Forecast and specified lead-times, provided, however, that [***] of any Components or raw materials ordered by Supplier beyond Eargo’s then-current Forecast or specified lead-times, [***], in each instance.

 

4


2.1.3. Supplier will perform, and will cause all Approved Vendors to perform the Services in a timely, professional and workmanlike manner pursuant to the highest industry standards in accordance with the terms of each Purchase Order, Statement of Work, the BOM, Specifications, and this Agreement.

2.2. Statements of Work. Supplier will perform all Services that are incidental to the Manufacturing Process and the assembly, production, testing, labeling, packaging and delivery of Units in accordance with the Specifications, the terms of this Agreement, the applicable Orders and, if any, the corresponding SOW(s). For all other Services, Supplier will perform such other Services in accordance with the Specifications, as applicable, and the requirements and deadlines in the applicable SOW(s). The form of SOW is set forth in Exhibit A to this Agreement. SOWs may be entered into under this Agreement by Eargo or any Affiliate. Each SOW will include all its relevant Appendices listed above in complete form. Each SOW covering a Product must include the relevant Specifications for that particular Product as Appendix 1 to that SOW. Each SOW will remain in effect until termination in accordance with this Agreement or completed as required by its terms. Any SOW that does not include the applicable Appendices in complete form, does not include Specifications in complete form under Appendix 1 thereto, or is not executed by Eargo (or its Affiliate, as the case may be) will be of no force and effect and will not be binding upon Eargo. The entity that executes a SOW with Supplier will be considered “Eargo” for all purposes of the SOW and this Agreement and the SOW will be considered a two party agreement between Supplier and such entity.

2.3. Specifications. The Specifications set forth under each SOW are binding upon Supplier and Supplier will manufacture Units in accordance with the Specifications. Supplier will not make any change or modification to the Specifications, to any Components described therein, or to the Units (including, without limitation, changes in form, fit, function, design, appearance or place of manufacture of the Units or changes [***]. Supplier agrees that its capability to comply, and actual compliance with, the Specifications in manufacturing the Products is a material term of this Agreement, without which Eargo would not have selected Supplier, and a condition precedent to any obligation Eargo (or its Affiliate(s) or Authorized Buyer(s)) may otherwise have to pay Supplier for the applicable Products manufactured or shipped.

2.4. Logistics.

2.4.1. Supplier will be responsible for procuring (from Eargo and/or the Approved Vendors, if any, as set forth in the applicable SOW) all Components and raw materials required for the Products. Supplier will be responsible for all costs and expenses associated with such procurement and delivery of Components to Supplier, all costs associated with configuration, assembly, production, manufacturing, testing, packaging, and shipping the Products based on the Approved First Article. Supplier is responsible for all costs associated with secure storage and warehousing of all Products, including Components not yet assembled with Products, in accordance with this Agreement. Supplier will be responsible for establishing relationships with Eargo’s designated freight forwarders and carriers for the shipment and delivery of all Units. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, Supplier will first procure any Components, raw materials and/or equipment required for the Products from Eargo, prior to any Approved Vendors, or any other vendors (as permitted in Section 3.3).

 

5


2.4.2. If Eargo determines, in its sole discretion, that a Product has reached stable production volumes in a specific region, the parties will work together to establish a hub strategy for the specified region(s). In addition, the parties will mutually agree upon incorporating any applicable hub, and electronic database interchange (EDI) terms into this Agreement, including without limitation, any hub fees that are necessary for determining the Unit Price (as defined below) of any applicable Product(s). In this event, Supplier acknowledges and agrees that it will not include or increase any applicable hub fees without Eargo’s prior written approval.

2.5. Bill of Materials. Prior to the commencement of any Services, Eargo and Supplier will agree in writing on a bill of materials for the Product that itemizes the Components, Approved Vendors, and other materials necessary for the manufacture, assembly, testing and packaging of the Products and which, if signed by Eargo, is made a part of the applicable Specifications (the “BOM”). Each BOM will reference the applicable SOW and Specifications to which it pertains. The BOM may also specify the lead-times for the Products. The parties may update the BOM from time to time solely by mutual written agreement. A BOM that is not signed by Eargo is not accepted by Eargo and is not made a part of the applicable SOW or Specifications.

2.6. Manufacturer Warranty Support. If and as required by Eargo under a SOW, Supplier will provide manufacturer warranty support for the Products. In that event, Supplier agrees that manufacturer warranty support for the Products will include and consist of those Services outlined in Appendix 8 to the applicable SOW. Supplier will ensure that all manufacturer warranty support for the Products will be provided in accordance with the service levels set forth in Appendix 8 of the applicable SOW (“Service Levels”). If Supplier fails to meet the Service Levels in any calendar month (“Service Level Default”), in addition to its other rights and remedies under this Agreement and at law, Eargo will be entitled to receive service level credits from Supplier as set forth in Appendix 8 of the applicable SOW and Supplier will be required to pay directly or reimburse Eargo (at Eargo’s sole option) for any and all costs and expenses incurred by Eargo in the engagement of third party provider(s) to provide manufacturer warranty support for the Products at the level required under Appendix 8. Following the termination or expiration of the Agreement, Supplier will within [***] from the date of termination refund to Eargo the amount of any unused credits, together with the amount of any payments or reimbursements due Eargo as per this Section 2.6.

3. Project Management.

3.1. Project Management. Supplier is responsible, at its expense, for managing all aspects of the Services, including but not limited to the procurement of all Components, contracting with Approved Vendors, managing all Approved Vendors, managing Supplier Parties, creating and testing First Articles for each Product, procurement, installation and maintenance of all equipment necessary to manufacture and deliver the Services and Units, maintaining and operating manufacturing facilities and equipment in accordance with the Specifications and the Policies, managing the use of Eargo-consigned equipment, Components and raw materials in accordance with this Agreement, management of production lead times relative to Forecasts and Delivery Dates, as well as all oversight as to the configuration, assembly, manufacturing, packaging and shipment of the Units (“Project Management Services”).

 

6


3.2. Use of Subcontractors. Supplier may not subcontract all or any portion of its obligations under this Agreement or any SOW without Eargo’s prior written consent, in each instance, which consent may be withheld at Eargo’s sole and absolute discretion. In any event, Supplier is not permitted to and will not subcontract all of its obligations under this Agreement under any circumstances unless Eargo specifically and unequivocally consents to that in advance and in writing, solely under circumstances involving a sale of all or substantially all of the business or assets of Supplier or the liquidation of Supplier. Notwithstanding Eargo’s consent to Supplier’s engagement of any Subcontractor(s), Supplier will not be relieved of any obligations under this Agreement and will remain solely responsible for the acts and omissions of its Subcontractors as well as the completion of the Services and delivery of the Products in accordance with this Agreement. Supplier will ensure that all Subcontractors comply with the terms of this Agreement, the applicable SOW(s), corresponding Specifications, BOM and other referenced Appendices and documents, as well as all Policies and governing law. Any act, omission, breach, default or non-Compliance by a Subcontractor will be deemed to be an act, omission, breach, default or non-Compliance on the part of and attributable to Supplier for which Supplier will be responsible.

3.3. Approved Vendors. Unless otherwise expressly set forth in the applicable SOW, Supplier will use in its production of Units such Components, and, if applicable, raw materials, of the exact type, quality, and grade specified by Eargo, to the extent Eargo chooses to so specify, and will only purchase Components, and, if applicable, raw materials, from Eargo or Approved Vendors appearing on Appendix 3 (Approved Vendors); provided, however, that in the event Supplier cannot purchase a Component from Eargo or an Approved Vendor for any reason, Supplier will be able to purchase such Component from an alternate vendor, subject to Eargo’s prior written approval, in each instance, [***]. Eargo makes no guarantee that certain pricing or commercial terms will be extended by such Approved Vendors to Supplier. If Eargo has a contract with an Approved Vendor, then Eargo may require Supplier to place orders under Eargo’s contract terms, provided, however, that Supplier understands it is solely responsible for entry into an agreement with the applicable Approved Vendor. If Supplier has a contract with an Approved Vendor, Supplier will ensure that such agreement expressly provides that Eargo is an intended third party beneficiary and is entitled to the protections of the following minimum terms and conditions entered into by Supplier for the benefit of Eargo, including, without limitation, conformance to specifications, [***] environment regulations compliance, indemnity for infringement of intellectual property rights and Supplier-facilitated warranty remedies. Eargo reserves the right to remove any Approved Vendor from the list in Appendix 3 to the applicable SOW, in which case, Supplier will have [***] from the date of notice of the updated list of Approved Vendors from Eargo to wind-down its work with the former Approved Vendor(s). In addition, Supplier understands that any purchases by Supplier from an Approved Vendor constitute a contract between Supplier and that Approved Vendor and in no event will Eargo be liable under such contract for any breach or default by the Approved Vendor or Supplier.

3.4. Order Quantities and Lead Times. Supplier and Eargo will mutually agree upon the minimum order quantities (“MOQs”) from Component and/or raw materials Approved Vendors every [***], which will be calculated and based upon Eargo’s most recent Forecast, unless otherwise approved in writing by Eargo in advance of purchase or delivery. In addition, lead times for Supplier’s Component and/or raw materials Approved Vendors will be less than [***], unless otherwise approved in writing by Eargo in advance of purchase or delivery. Supplier may order any Components or raw materials based on the applicable then-current MOQs, Forecasts and lead times. The parties acknowledge and agree that Eargo will not be responsible or liable for any Components or raw materials ordered by Supplier beyond the lead times and MOQs specified in this Section 3.4, unless Supplier has obtained written approval in advance from Eargo, in each instance.

 

7


3.5. Inbound Quality Control. Supplier will utilize [***] to inspect the raw materials, where applicable, and Components and Services (including any aspects of the Manufacturing Process) received from Approved Vendors to verify that all of the foregoing are in Compliance. In addition, Supplier will implement a dock to stock program, whereby such Components and/or raw materials will be delivered directly to Supplier’s point of use. If Supplier discovers that any raw material, Component, Services or Manufacturing Process is not in Compliance, Supplier will immediately, at its sole cost and expense, replace the non-conforming element, item or service with an element, item or service of the same nature that is in Compliance. Supplier will not use non-conforming Components in any Prototype, First Article or Products. In addition, and without limiting the foregoing, prior to manufacturing any Product(s) for Eargo, the parties will develop and publish a mutually agreed upon quality plan (the “Quality Plan”). Supplier will adhere to all aspects of the Quality Plan and the Quality Plan will be reviewed by the parties on a [***] basis.

3.6. Management of Supplier Parties and Approved Vendors. Supplier acknowledges and agrees that it is responsible for identifying, qualifying, negotiating with and contracting with all Approved Vendors and Subcontractors, at no additional charge to Eargo, to ensure timely, compliant, high-quality Services, Components, Products and Manufacturing Processes and represent Eargo’s interests. Pursuant to Section 6.6 (Contingency Plan), Supplier will define contingencies for emergency backup Subcontractors and Approved Vendors in the event that any Subcontractors and/or Approved Vendors engaged by Supplier should fail or be unable or unwilling to perform. Supplier will provide Eargo with a backup contingency plan within [***] from the Effective Date of this Agreement.

3.7. Eargo Equipment. If Eargo consigns certain equipment and/or fixtures to Supplier, Supplier will: (a) use the equipment per Eargo’s equipment specifications (“Equipment Specifications”), and solely for the purposes of manufacturing Products, including any Prototypes, or pre-production Units; (b) return the equipment to Eargo upon request in the same condition as delivered by Eargo (reasonable wear and tear excepted); (c) clearly identify all Eargo equipment by an appropriate tag; and (d) be solely responsible [***] in the use and protection of the equipment, including routine preventive maintenance, and all repairs or replacements to or for such Eargo-consigned equipment in connection with Supplier’s or the Supplier Parties’ [***]. Without limiting the foregoing, [***].

4. First Article Procedures.

4.1. Prototype. [***], Supplier will build, assemble, test and deliver to Eargo an initial prototype of the Product in accordance with the then-current applicable Specifications, SOW, and BOM (each a “Prototype”). Supplier will demonstrate to Eargo that the Prototype is in Compliance, which if requested will include testing the Prototype in accordance with the procedures set out in Section 4.3 below. Eargo does not guarantee that Supplier’s manufacture of a Prototype will result in the manufacturing of a First Article, or in Orders for any Products. Eargo reserves the right to engage other manufacturers to build and manufacture Products based on the Prototype. For the avoidance of doubt, Supplier will not manufacture any Products based on any Prototype, unless such Prototype has also been designated as an Approved First Article by Eargo in accordance with the procedures set out in the following provisions of this Section 4.

 

8


4.2. First Article. Supplier will build, assemble, test and deliver to Eargo a single Unit of the Product (“First Article”) in accordance with the then-current applicable Specifications, SOW, BOM, and, if applicable, the Prototype for that particular Product, it being understood by Supplier that the First Article may not be adequate; accordingly, Supplier will create as many First Articles, at Supplier’s sole cost and expense, as are necessary to satisfy the procedure described in this Section 4 (each a “First Article”). Supplier is responsible for correcting, at its sole cost and expense, any deficiencies in any First Article discoverable by Supplier prior to delivery of the same to Eargo. Supplier will deliver each First Article to Eargo for its inspection and testing. Supplier understands and agrees, however, that Eargo is not solely responsible for testing the First Article but may elect to do so as to certain matters.

4.3. First Article Testing. For each First Article, Supplier will perform the following testing in accordance with the requirements and sequence described below in this Section 4.3, at Supplier’s sole cost and expense. Supplier will perform all testing promptly and complete such testing as set forth in the applicable SOW. For each First Article, Supplier will inspect and test the First Article to determine if such First Article meets the then-current Specifications and BOM for that proposed Product as to each and every applicable test subject described below, is in Compliance in all other respects, and is otherwise suitable for Eargo’s business purposes as described in this Agreement and the applicable SOW, including as captured in any ECOs. A First Article will not be considered or eligible for consideration as an Approved First Article unless all testing outlined below is completed and successful results are achieved. Supplier will deliver the results of each and all testing to Eargo. Eargo reserves the right to independently conduct any tests or to validate Supplier’s reported test results in any instance against Eargo’s own findings or that of a third party testing provider engaged by Eargo. Eargo reserves the right to require Supplier to re-perform any tests for the First Article and Supplier will comply and re-perform such tests at Supplier’s sole cost and expense. Supplier agrees to and will promptly provide to Eargo, at Supplier’s sole cost and expense, all results of such testing and re-testing.

4.3.1. Form Testing. Following Eargo’s receipt of the First Article, Supplier will inspect and test the First Article to determine if such First Article meets the then-current Specifications and BOM for that proposed Product as to form, is in Compliance in all other respects, and is otherwise suitable for Eargo’s business purposes.

4.3.2. Fit Testing. Following successful completion of the form testing, Supplier and Eargo will inspect and test the First Article to determine if such First Article meets the then-current Specifications and BOM for that proposed Product as to fit relative to the Product and the applicable system requirements, is in Compliance in all other respects, and is otherwise suitable for Eargo’s business purposes.

4.3.3. Function Testing. Following successful completion of the form and fit testing, Supplier will inspect and test the First Article and, in particular, its Components, to determine if such First Article meets the then-current Specifications and BOM for that proposed Product as to function including Component testing, is in Compliance in all other respects, and is otherwise suitable for Eargo’s business purposes.

 

9


4.4. Approved First Article. After (a) all of the foregoing tests are completed in accordance with the above for each First Article, (b) the final First Article is confirmed to comply with the then-current applicable Specifications and BOM for the proposed Product, is in Compliance in all other respects, and is otherwise suitable for Eargo’s business purposes, and (c) Eargo has received the results of such testing from Supplier and Eargo has evaluated, validated and considered the findings from all such testing, then Eargo will issue its formal approval or rejection of the applicable final First Article. Eargo’s silence will not be deemed approval of a First Article. In addition, any approval or apparent approval issued by Eargo casually or after one test is completed will not be construed as approval of a First Article for purposes of this Section 4.4 if all other testing was not complete. Additionally, Eargo’s acknowledgment that a test of a First Article has been completed will not be construed as an approval. If and only if Eargo notifies Supplier, in writing, of Eargo’s acceptance of the final First Article and satisfaction with the test results, after all of the foregoing tests have been successfully completed, will the final First Article be deemed the Eargo-approved First Article of the applicable Product (the “Approved First Article”).

4.5. Rejection/Re-performance. If Eargo determines, in its sole discretion, that the applicable First Article is unacceptable or if any particular test fails or produces results that are unacceptable to Eargo then Supplier will be required to re-perform the applicable test(s) or all tests, as the case may be, at Supplier’s sole cost and expense. Unless otherwise agreed by the parties in writing, Supplier will either deliver to Eargo a corrected First Article, or re-perform any or all tests within [***] of Eargo’s notice of rejection. Eargo may elect to describe why the First Article failed to meet Compliance and/or issue an ECO, update the Specifications, or make other changes pursuant to Section 5 below, in which case Supplier will create and deliver another First Article for re-testing and acceptance in accordance with Section 4.3 above.

4.6. Use of Approved First Article. Supplier (and the Approved Vendors) will not manufacture any Products based upon a First Article that is not officially approved by Eargo as an Approved First Article and Eargo, its Affiliate(s), and Approved Buyer(s) will not have any obligation to pay Supplier for any Products manufactured on that basis. Supplier understands that a First Article does not alone qualify as an Approved First Article or an authorization to manufacture the applicable Product, even if a Purchase Order has been issued to Supplier on or about the time at which a First Article is delivered. Once the Approved First Article is confirmed, Supplier will not make any changes to (a) the Approved First Article, including but not limited to the applicable branding and/or packaging, (b) its Manufacturing Process for the same, (c) or any other process or methodology pertaining to that Approved First Article [***], or (d) its Subcontractors. Any above change to or in connection with an Approved First Article that is not specifically approved in advance and in writing, in each instance, by Eargo, is prohibited and will be at Supplier’s sole risk, cost and expense. Supplier agrees to inform Eargo of any potential change in its Manufacturing Process related to Products or that of an approved Subcontractor no less than [***] prior to the date the Supplier or such Subcontractor is contemplating the implementation of the change. If any changes are made to the [***], Eargo may require that Supplier create a new First Article for Eargo’s review and acceptance, in which case Supplier will cease manufacturing any Products until such time that a new First Article is created, tested and approved to result in an Approved First Article pursuant to and in accordance with this Section 4.

 

10


5. Engineering Change Order (ECO).

5.1. Adherence to Specifications and Approved Vendor List. Unless agreed to in advance in an Approved ECO by Eargo, Supplier will purchase Components listed on the BOM and only through or from Eargo or Approved Vendors appearing on Appendix 3 (Approved Vendors) and perform the Services and create the Product(s) in accordance with the applicable Specifications.

5.2. ECO Submission. Eargo will be entitled to propose additions, deletions, amendments, or other modifications or changes to any Statement of Work, functional requirements, Specifications, BOM, Manufacturing Process, or any other aspect of the Services, Products or Components, or request that Supplier incorporate any engineering, project management or other changes relating to the Services, Products or Components, including, without limitation, any change or modification to the materials or processes for any Services, Products or Components, (collectively, “Changes”) at any time during the Term by submitting an engineering change order (“ECO”) (“Proposed ECO”) to Supplier. Supplier’s approval of the Proposed ECO, which will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, is required for the specified ECO Changes to become effective. If the Proposed ECO will impact the timing (including without limitation lead time for fulfillment of Purchase Orders) and/or costs related to any Services, Products or Components, Supplier will provide Eargo with a reasonable evaluation of such Changes within [***] following receipt of a Proposed ECO, which evaluation will include [***]. In addition, Supplier will be entitled to propose Changes [***] by submitting a Proposed ECO to Eargo; provided that Eargo will have the right to accept or reject any Proposed ECO by Supplier in its sole and absolute discretion. Eargo’s silence as to any Proposed ECO submitted by Supplier will not be deemed acceptance or approval. No Proposed ECO submitted by Supplier will be accepted by or binding upon Eargo until Eargo specifically accepts that Proposed ECO in writing, in which case, the terms and conditions under which Eargo accepts such Proposed ECO will be final and binding upon Supplier. Each ECO will be in the form as set forth in Exhibit C, and no modification, deletion or amendment to, or substitution of, the form of ECO as set forth in Exhibit C will be valid without Eargo’s prior written consent.

5.3. ECO Submissions. Any and all proposed changes by Supplier to Products or Components, whether material or immaterial, including those that affect the form, fit, or function of the Product or Component must be submitted as an ECO. Except as expressly set forth in Section 5.5 below, no Change may be made unless and until documented in an ECO, submitted as a Proposed ECO, and approved in advance by Eargo (if submitted by Supplier) or by Supplier (if submitted by Eargo) (the “Approved ECO”). No approved Change will be effective prior to the date specified in the Approved ECO. In addition to and not in lieu or limitation of any other remedies Eargo may have hereunder, Supplier will indemnify Eargo for any Changes undertaken by Supplier not in conformance with this Section 5. Any properly executed Approved ECO is subject to the terms of this Agreement, except to the extent, if any, otherwise expressly set forth in such Approved ECO. Approved ECOs do not constitute amendments to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

11


5.4. Acceptance of ECO. Notwithstanding anything in this Section or anywhere else in this Agreement, Supplier acknowledges and agrees that it will (a) promptly execute any Approved ECO: (i) which does not result in any additional costs in, or changes in the timing of, the performance of such Services or production, testing, manufacture or delivery of Products, or (ii) which results in additional costs in, and/or changes in the timing of, the performance of such Services, but where Eargo has agreed to pay the reasonable costs of the Changes and/or agreed to the reasonable adjustments to the timing for such Changes, and (b) promptly implement any and all Changes specified in any such Approved ECO in compliance with the terms of such Approved ECO and this Agreement.

5.5. Exceptions to ECO Process. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the exceptions to the ECO process are (a) Eargo’s updates to: (i) the list of Approved Buyer(s), (ii) the list of Approved Vendors, (iii) the Policies, and (iv) other Exhibits to this Agreement that do not pertain to any particular SOW, Specifications, BOM or similar matters, and (b) any amendments to this Agreement mutually executed by the parties. In the event of any of the foregoing, Supplier acknowledges that no ECO is required or will be submitted and that such changes are effective immediately upon the date of such notice by Eargo to Supplier.

6. Manufacturing.

6.1. Manufacturing Process. Supplier will manufacture all Units in accordance with the Manufacturing Process, including, without limitation, the BOM, and, any instructions, drawings and other records provided by Eargo, that must be used to produce a Unit (the “Device Master Record” or “DMR”). Without limiting the foregoing, Supplier will also comply with the quality specifications set forth in Supplier’s Quality Manual, which will be provided to Eargo upon request. Supplier is not permitted to and will not make or implement any changes to the Manufacturing Process unless each proposed change is made in accordance with the ECO procedure in this Agreement and under a resulting Approved ECO prior to implementation of the proposed change.

6.2. Forecasts. Eargo will provide non-binding [***] rolling forecasts to Supplier, identifying Eargo’s potential future Product needs for the applicable period (“Forecasts”). Forecasts are for planning purposes only, and are not an order, purchase or commitment. Supplier will accept each Forecast within [***] of receipt of the same. Supplier will allocate enough manufacturing capacity, Components and raw materials for the Products, to be able to meet each Forecast. If there is a capacity constraint, Supplier will give Eargo priority allocation. For avoidance of doubt, Eargo will not be liable for any increased capacity or other actions that Supplier may take or not take as a result of such Forecast. Eargo makes no guarantee that any Forecast is accurate.

6.3. Minimum Inventory Levels. Continuously throughout the Term, unless otherwise indicated by Eargo, Supplier agrees to and will maintain a minimum [***] inventory quantity (i.e., calculated and based upon Eargo’s most recent Forecast) of the Products that are readily available for shipment (“Minimum Inventory”). All Products manufactured and/or Components procured by Supplier to meet a then-current Minimum Inventory quantity will be considered “Inventory” under this Agreement. Supplier understands and agrees, however, that in no event will Eargo be responsible for any costs associated with Supplier’s compliance with the Minimum Inventory

 

12


requirement or for the insurance, storage or other costs associated with any Inventory. When Supplier is creating Inventory levels to satisfy the required Minimum Inventory, any reduction in quantity of Products that were ordered pursuant to a Purchase Order, or any quantity of Products ordered pursuant to a Purchase Order that is later cancelled by Eargo, will be [***]. Supplier will monitor and report its Inventory to Eargo on a [***] basis or at other time intervals as mutually agreed upon in writing by both parties. Supplier will maintain insurance on all Inventory and will ensure that the Inventory is kept in a secure location. Eargo will have the right to inspect any and all locations where Inventory is stored, upon request.

6.4. Spare Parts. From time to time, Eargo, its Affiliate(s), and/or the Approved Buyer(s) may purchase any or all of the Components for the Products from Supplier by issuing an Order. All Components will be sold to Eargo at the price set forth in the applicable Order not to exceed Supplier’s actual cost, [***] and will be subject to the terms of this Agreement.

6.5. Excess and Obsolete Inventory. “Excess Inventory” means unique and custom materials that Supplier owns or has an irrevocable commitment to purchase, which cannot be re-used by Supplier’s other customers or sold on the secondary market and which are limited to quantities that will not be consumed in the [***] following Eargo’s then-current Forecast projections. “Obsolete Inventory” means unique and custom materials that Supplier owns or has an irrevocable commitment to purchase, which cannot be re-used by Supplier’s other customers or sold on the secondary market and which are limited to quantities that will not be consumed in the [***] following Eargo’s then-current Forecast projections. Supplier will inform Eargo of the financial impact of Obsolete Inventory within [***] of material obsolescence (e.g., from ECO release that deems or renders the material obsolete). Eargo will in no way be responsible for Obsolete Inventory that [***] of material obsolescence. Supplier may submit a claim for reimbursement of its storage costs for such Excess Inventory or Obsolete Inventory to Eargo within [***] from the end of such applicable period. Supplier’s failure to submit such a claim within this [***] period will constitute waiver of any claim for reimbursement for storage costs associated with the Excess Inventory or Obsolete Inventory. Any potential storage costs must be mutually agreed to by the parties in writing.

6.6. Contingency Plan. Supplier is responsible for anticipating and promptly notifying Eargo of any inability on its part or its Subcontractors’ part to perform their respective obligations under this Agreement. Supplier will maintain continuously throughout the Term a contingency plan, which may be reviewed and approved by Eargo at its sole discretion, and includes emergency back-up capacity, alternative or back-up Subcontractors and Approved Vendors, back-up or redundant systems or Manufacturing Process, and appropriate Records (as defined below) protection and recovery, to allow Supplier to continue to perform the Services, maintain the Minimum Inventory, issue Reports, and test, manufacture and deliver the Units in accordance with this Agreement and without disruption or delay. At a minimum, Supplier will ensure that such contingency plan avoids sole source suppliers for any raw materials or Components and if any raw material or Component is sole sourced then Supplier will maintain an excess supply of the same at all times in an appropriate quantity relative to the Forecasts. Upon execution of this Agreement and, thereafter, upon Eargo’s request, Supplier will provide a copy of its then-current contingency plan to Eargo for review. Eargo reserves the right to propose reasonable changes or adjustments to the contingency plan which Supplier will adopt and be prepared to implement at its own cost. If Eargo requests to review the contingency plan, then the contingency plan is subject to Eargo’s approval before it may be relied upon by Supplier. Any changes to the contingency plan as approved by Eargo will follow the ECO process as set forth in Section 5.

 

13


6.7. Manufacturing Facilities/Inspection. Supplier will provide, regularly during the Term and more frequently as and when requested by Eargo, copies of all manufacturing documentation, including but not limited to documentation pertaining to the Manufacturing Process, created by Supplier, for which Eargo will have unrestricted rights to use the same. In addition, and without limiting, Eargo’s other rights in Section 22.4.2 below, Eargo or its designee may, from time to time, inspect Supplier’s facilities, operations and systems (and the facilities, operations and systems of its Subcontractors) to verify that the Products and Components are of appropriate quality and otherwise meet the requirements of this Agreement and that such facilities, operations and systems meet the Policies, and Eargo’s social accountability and safety standards. Eargo will be under no obligation to purchase or otherwise accept any Units that are produced (whether in whole or in part) in a facility or under any operations, methodology or systems that do not meet the Policies or Eargo’s social accountability or safety standards. If an Epidemic Failure occurs, Supplier will bear the costs of any such inspections made by Eargo [***]. Inspections that are conducted, or not conducted, will not affect any of Eargo’s rights under this Agreement.

6.8. Unauthorized Distribution and Counterfeit Goods. Supplier represents and warrants continuously throughout the Term that it will not, and will not permit any third party, including Supplier Parties, to: (a) distribute, or otherwise make any Units of the Product, available to any third party, other than to an Eargo Affiliate or Approved Buyer, as contemplated by this Agreement and the applicable SOW; (b) use a Prototype, First Article (including an Approved First Article), the Product, or any Components, to develop or manufacture a product or other good that is identical or confusingly similar to the Product(s); (c) create, manufacture or distribute any goods (other than the Products) bearing the Marks, or (d) attempt to create, manufacture or distribute any counterfeit version(s) of the Product(s). In the event that Eargo discovers that Supplier or any Supplier Parties have breached or are attempting to breach the warranties in this Section 6.8, in addition to (and not in lieu of) all of Eargo’s rights and remedies under this Agreement and otherwise, Eargo will be entitled to seek and obtain injunctive and equitable relief, reimbursement of attorneys’ fees, court costs, and all costs incurred by or on behalf of Eargo to protect the Marks or recover any Products or to confiscate any counterfeit goods. Supplier will immediately notify Eargo of any suspected or actual breach of this Section 6.8 by any Supplier Parties, and will cooperate with Eargo in any action that it may take against such Supplier Parties.

6.9. Notice of Changes and End of Life. Supplier will provide Eargo with no less than [***] advance written notice whenever a Component, Hardware or Software is planned to end of life, provided that if Supplier has been notified by the Approved Vendor(s) or any other applicable vendors (as permitted in Section 3.3) earlier than [***] prior to the planned end of life then Supplier will provide such earlier notice to Eargo. In the event of a change to any Component, Hardware or Software, Supplier will provide Eargo a written, detailed end of life plan that will include, without limitation, [***] to maintain the existing configuration for a reasonable length of time that will be no shorter than [***]. In all cases, Supplier will conduct extensive testing to ensure the replacement Components, Hardware or Software meets Supplier’s and Eargo’s quality standards and will not incorporate any new Components, Hardware or Software into the applicable Product without Eargo’s prior written consent and providing Eargo with the opportunity to re-qualify the Components, Hardware or Software and the manufacturing line therefor, including without limitation the Manufacturing Process for such Components, Hardware or Software, in Eargo’s sole discretion.

 

14


7. Packaging.

7.1. Requirements. Supplier will comply with all of Eargo’s approval requirements and applicable packaging and labeling instructions and requirements, including as may be set forth in the applicable Specifications, SOW or Policies. In addition, Supplier will select packaging and labeling that complies with environment regulations, to the extent such selection does not conflict with the applicable Specifications, SOW or Policies. Eargo will be solely responsible for providing the applicable packaging and labeling requirements to Supplier, however, if no requirements are provided, Supplier will ensure that the Units are packaged, marked and labeled in accordance with [***] and Eargo’s then-current branding and usage guidelines for the Marks, including marking the Units and packaging with the country of origin as required by applicable law, and, where appropriate, provide a certificate of origin and any other documents required by customs clearance and/or for tax purposes, along with all required shipping documentation. Supplier is not authorized to and will not print any of Supplier’s own trade names, trademarks, or logos on any Units without Eargo’s prior written consent, in each instance, which may be withheld at Eargo’s sole discretion. In all events, Supplier must include a valid packing slip number or package ID on each package or shipment of Units. For clarity, Supplier understands that, unless Eargo directs Supplier otherwise, Supplier will not include any sales documentation within any package or shipment of Units, including shipments that are to be delivered to Eargo, its Affiliate, or an Approved Buyer. If Supplier delivers a Unit that does not meet the packaging and labeling requirements of this Agreement, the applicable Specifications, SOW or Policies, Eargo may reject the Units and return such Units to Supplier for replacement by Supplier at Supplier’s sole cost and expense, or charge and bill to Supplier all repackaging and relabeling costs and expenses incurred by Eargo as a result of Supplier’s failure to comply with the packaging and labeling requirements of this Agreement.

7.2. Outbound Quality Control. Supplier will inspect each and every Unit prior to shipment to verify that each such Unit is in Compliance. If Supplier discovers that any or all of the Units are not in Compliance, Supplier will immediately replace the non-conforming Units with Units that are in Compliance prior to shipment. Supplier understands that any failure to conduct proper quality control and address Compliance prior to shipment will be at Supplier’s sole risk, cost and expense.

7.3. Documentation. To the extent, if any, Eargo requires any information of Supplier for the Documentation for the Products, Supplier will promptly comply with Eargo’s requests and furnish the required information. Supplier acknowledges and agrees that Eargo has no obligation whatsoever to provide specific credit or reference to Supplier in the Documentation for the Products but may do so if Eargo concludes that doing so is required under applicable law or is generally required under Eargo’s own Policies or preferred practices.

 

15


8. Orders.

8.1. Order Placement. Eargo, its Affiliate(s), and any Approved Buyer(s) may purchase Products, Components and Services from Supplier pursuant to Purchase Orders referencing this Agreement or the applicable SOW, and, where applicable as to Services that are not incidental to the production of the Products, pursuant to SOWs executed by Eargo referencing this Agreement. Eargo, its Affiliate(s), and Approved Buyer(s), as applicable, will issue Purchase Orders on a [***] basis for the upcoming [***], pursuant to the Forecasts provided to Supplier. Supplier will accept and timely fulfill all Purchase Orders issued by Eargo, its Affiliate(s), and any Approved Buyer(s) by the applicable Delivery Dates specified in the corresponding Purchase Orders. Any purchase of Units is inclusive of the relevant incidental Services at no additional cost. Units will be delivered in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, the applicable SOW, and its Appendices, including the applicable Specifications, and the corresponding Purchase Order(s). The entity that issues a Purchase Order to Supplier will be considered “Eargo” for all purposes of that Purchase Order and this Agreement and that Purchase Order will be considered a two party agreement between Supplier and such entity. All Orders will be accepted by Supplier upon issuance. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Eargo is not obligated to make any minimum amount of Orders (whether in dollars, quantity or otherwise) and makes no commitment to do so.

8.2. Order Changes. Eargo, its Affiliate(s), or any Approved Buyer(s), as applicable, may, make any additions, deductions or deviations to the quantities and delivery schedules for any shipments under any Purchase Order, at no additional charge, as follows: [***]. In addition, Eargo, its Affiliate(s), or any Approved Buyer(s), as applicable, may, without charge, redirect the delivery of Units to alternate locations, change the method of shipping, or postpone delivery under a Purchase Order. Supplier will accept and implement all of the above changes, as applicable.

8.3. Order Cancellation. If Eargo cancels any Purchase Order before Supplier or any authorized Subcontractors has placed non-cancelable orders for Components for the Units, or has commenced actual manufacturing of the Units ordered under such Purchase Order, Eargo will have no liability for such Units or payment under the affected Purchase Order(s). Except where otherwise permitted in this Agreement, including under Section 8.2, if Eargo cancels any Purchase Order after Supplier or its authorized Subcontractors has placed orders for Components or raw materials for the Units, or commenced actual manufacturing of the Units ordered within authorized Product lead times, Eargo will [***] for any non-cancellable or non-refundable Components or raw materials that have been procured within authorized Product lead times. Upon Eargo’s written request, if Eargo intends to reorder all or any portion of the Units covered by a cancelled Purchase Order within [***] of cancellation of such Purchase Order, Supplier will hold any non-cancellable and non-refundable Components or raw materials at a carrying cost not to exceed [***] of the non-cancellable and non-refundable Component or raw material value per [***], as applicable.

8.4. Buyers. Any of Eargo’s Affiliate(s) or the Approved Buyer(s) purchasing pursuant to this Agreement may purchase Units under the same terms as those in this Agreement, including, but not limited to, the Unit Price, and may otherwise act under the same terms as those in this Agreement that apply to Eargo. Eargo’s Affiliate(s) and the Approved Buyer(s) are entitled to the benefits and protections of the delivery, compliance, indemnity, representations and warranties, and remedies provisions of this Agreement to the same extent as Eargo. Further, Eargo is entitled to all rights under this Agreement for all Units purchased by Eargo’s Affiliate(s) and Approved Buyer(s) as if Eargo had purchased the Units directly from the Supplier. When any of Eargo’s Affiliate(s) or the Approved Buyer(s) are acting as this Section 8.4 allows, this Agreement’s terms will govern Supplier’s dealings with such Affiliate(s) or Approved Buyer(s), and separate agreements that Supplier may have with Approved Buyer(s) will not apply to those dealings. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, (a) Supplier will not disclose or otherwise enable any

 

16


Approved Buyer(s) to access, view, or use any Confidential Information of Eargo, or the terms or conditions of this Agreement, except to the extent expressly authorized by Eargo in advance and in writing; and (b) under no circumstances will any Approved Buyer have authority to issue any approvals, consents, or notices where such approvals, consents, or notices from Eargo are required under this Agreement. Each Approved Buyer will be independently and solely responsible for its respective purchases of Units and Services hereunder, including any and all payment obligations and fees owed for such purchases. Quantities of Units purchased by Eargo’s Affiliate(s) and Approved Buyer(s) will be included when determining the total volume of Eargo’s purchases under this Agreement In no event will Supplier (and Supplier acknowledges that it has no rights to) sell or otherwise make available any Units to parties other than to Eargo, its Affiliate(s) and the Approved Buyer(s).

8.5. Timely Performance. Supplier acknowledges that time is of the essence regarding the performance of Supplier’s obligations under this Agreement. If Supplier has any knowledge that anything has prevented or may prevent or threaten to prevent its timely performance under this Agreement or any Purchase Order or SOW, Supplier will immediately notify Eargo and include all relevant information concerning the delay or potential delay. Such notification will not operate to relieve Supplier’s obligation to deliver by the Delivery Date unless Eargo agrees otherwise in writing, rather the notice is intended solely to allow the parties to plan for addressing the possible delay.

8.6. No Guarantees. Supplier acknowledges and agrees that Eargo, its Affiliate(s), and the Approved Buyer(s) make no commitment, whether express or implied, to issue any Purchase Orders for Units under this Agreement, and are under no obligation to do so, or as to the frequency, quantity or value of any Purchase Orders that may be issued under this Agreement.

9. Shipment and Delivery.

9.1. Delivery. Supplier will: (a) fulfill all orders under each Purchase Order and, where applicable, each SOW, within [***] measured from [***]; and (b) deliver all Units and Services in accordance with Eargo’s requirements and by the delivery date(s) specified on the Purchase Order or SOW, as applicable, or such other date that Eargo may later specify as permitted by this Agreement (“Delivery Date”). Supplier will deliver all Units to the delivery address(es) set forth in the applicable Purchase Order. Supplier hereby acknowledges and agrees that Eargo may, from time to time, require Supplier to deliver all or a portion of the Units ordered under the Purchase Order to Approved Buyer(s)’ locations or other non-Eargo locations, pursuant to the applicable Purchase Order. Any Components consisting of Software, will be provided via electronic delivery unless included with the Products or otherwise specified in the applicable Purchase Order or SOW.

9.2. Shipping Terms. Except as otherwise set forth in the applicable SOW, Supplier will ship and deliver all Units [***] to the delivery location designated by Eargo, its Affiliate or Approved Buyer, as applicable, in the applicable Purchase Order or SOW, on or before the applicable Delivery Date. Transfer of title and risk of loss will be as per [***]. Upon Eargo’s request, at no additional charge to Eargo, Supplier will ship mixed and partial pallets of Units. Detailed packaging specifications may be set forth in a SOW. Supplier will ship the Units only via freight carriers that are selected or pre-approved by Eargo, and Supplier will manage all shipments directly with Eargo’s preferred freight forwarder. Supplier will mark the Units and packaging with

 

17


the country of origin as required by applicable law, and provide a certificate of origin and any other documents required by customs clearance and/or tax purposes. For the avoidance of doubt, Eargo will be solely responsible for specifying any labeling of Units, pursuant to Section 7 above, and Supplier is responsible for adhering to such labeling instructions. Supplier will be responsible for all losses or damages caused or due to any errors or defects in packaging or transportation.

9.3. Late Delivery. If Supplier’s ability to manufacture and deliver any Units in accordance with the then-current Forecast is, or is likely to be, constrained for any reason, Supplier will promptly notify Eargo, in writing, of the constraint, provide a detailed description of Supplier’s plan to resolve it, and provide Eargo with [***] updates regarding the steps Supplier has taken to resolve the constraint. If delivery of any shipment of Units or completion of any Service is delayed, or Supplier anticipates will be delayed, by more than [***] beyond the applicable Delivery Date, or amended Delivery Date (if amended by Eargo pursuant to Section 8.2), at no fault of Eargo, then Eargo may at any time thereafter terminate the applicable Purchase Order(s) or SOW(s), in whole or in part, without any liability, be relieved of any existing or future payment obligations to Supplier with respect to such Purchase Order(s) or SOW(s), and receive from Supplier a complete refund of all amounts paid by Eargo in connection with the terminated Purchase Order(s) or SOW(s).

9.4. Import/Export. Supplier will, at no charge, promptly forward to Eargo any and all documents that may be reasonably required to allow Eargo to clear any and all Units, or any portion thereof, through customs, and/or obtain possession of any and all Units, or any portion thereof, at the port of entry. In addition, Supplier will provide any assistance Eargo deems necessary in order for Eargo, its Affiliate(s) or Approved Buyer(s), as applicable, to obtain any export licenses or other official authorizations to carry out the export of the Units.

9.5. Returns. If Eargo returns any Units under this Agreement, they will be returned to [***], Eargo’s place of business. Supplier will be the exporter and importer of record for all returns and responsible for ensuring that such returns comply with all export and import regulations. Eargo will return the Units via the freight forwarders that are selected or pre-approved by Supplier. Title and risk of loss for returned Units transfers to Supplier as per [***]. Supplier agrees that any duties and taxes that may be recoverable by the Supplier will not be charged or collected from Eargo.

10. Inspection and Acceptance.

10.1. Inspection and Acceptance. Upon receipt of Units under each delivery, Eargo will inspect such Units within [***] for obvious damage or defects (“Initial Inspection”). If all or any such Units fail the Initial Inspection then the shipment will be rejected and Acceptance will not be met. If all such Units meet Initial Inspection then Eargo will engage in further testing of the Units for a period of [***] following the Initial Inspection (“Test Period”) to determine whether such Units are in Compliance and to validate that such Units are not the subject of a government or manufacturer recall. If (individual Units or entire lots) are not in Compliance as determined by Eargo, its Affiliate(s) or Approved Buyer(s), as applicable, during the Test Period, then the Units will be rejected and Acceptance will not be met; in which case, Eargo may return such shipment and require a re-shipment of the conforming Units as detailed in Section 10.2 below. Before the end of the Test Period, Eargo, its Affiliate or Approved Buyer, as applicable, will notify Supplier of either its acceptance of the Units (“Acceptance”) or describe in reasonable detail why the Units are not in Compliance. Acceptance does not waive any of Eargo’s other rights or remedies under this Agreement with respect to such Units. Supplier understands that Eargo’s silence or payment of any invoices will not be deemed Acceptance of any Units.

 

18


10.2. Correction. If Eargo notifies Supplier that a Unit has failed Initial Inspection, is not in Compliance or has otherwise not met Acceptance, or if such Unit is the subject of a government or manufacturer’s recall, Eargo may at its sole discretion exercise one or more of the following remedies: (a) retain such Unit for correction by Supplier or another third party, in which event, Supplier will reimburse Eargo for all costs and expenses reasonably incurred by Eargo in connection with such correction; (b) retain such Unit as delivered, with an [***] to account for the diminished value of such Unit; (c) return such Unit to Supplier for correction or replacement by Supplier at Supplier’s sole cost and expense, including but not limited to all shipping costs associated with delivery of the Units to Eargo and return of the Units to Supplier, and Supplier will comply with Eargo’s instruction, if any, on how to correct or replace such Units; (d) return such Units to Supplier for full credit or refund, as elected by Eargo; (e) purchase from others in substitution for such Units, in which event, Supplier will promptly pay to Eargo the costs of the substitute products in excess of the Unit Price for such Units; and/or (f) terminate the Purchase Order or SOW with respect to such Units at no charge and without liability (Supplier will continue to perform such Purchase Order or SOW to the extent not terminated by Eargo), in which event, Eargo may request, and Supplier will upon such request promptly deliver to Eargo any completed and partially completed Units (and all related material and information) and transfer to Eargo all tangible property rights, title and interests in such Units as directed by Eargo [***]. Eargo will be entitled to recover from Supplier all costs and expenses reasonably incurred by Eargo in connection with any of the foregoing (including, without limitation, all costs to return such Units to Supplier). Eargo may recover any amount owed by Supplier to Eargo through, at Eargo’s election, credit, setoff, invoice, refund, cash payment, or otherwise.

10.3. Rejection of Replacement Products. If any replacement Products provided to Eargo after rejection of the original Products is found to have any errors or defects, does not conform to the applicable functional requirements or Specifications, contains cosmetic or packaging damage, do not meet the applicable warranties or conform to the applicable Purchase Order, Eargo will, at its sole option, in addition to and not in lieu or limitation of any other remedies available to Eargo: (a) afford Supplier one or more extension(s) of time to correct the non-conformity for a period to be specified by Eargo; (b) accept the defective Products for a reduced price (if applicable), the amount of which will be negotiated by the parties in good faith; or (c) terminate any pending or committed Purchase Order(s) or SOW(s) with respect to such Products, without any penalty or other liability to Eargo. If Eargo elects to terminate any pending or committed Purchase Order(s) or SOW(s), Eargo will, in addition to, and not in lieu or limitation of, any other remedies available to Eargo, be entitled to a prompt and full refund of all amounts previously paid for such rejected Products.

11. Unit Price and Payment.

11.1. Unit Price. The per unit price of each Product will not exceed the aggregate sum of the BOM Cost and Value Added in accordance with this Agreement (the “Unit Price”). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the Unit Price, and any Price Quotations (as defined below) for Products, will include all Services that are incidental to the assembly, manufacturing,

 

19


testing, packaging, labeling and delivery of the Units, Project Management Services, and all Services that involve finishing, testing, inspecting, non-recurring engineering, minimum order quantities, and packaging fees, applicable royalties and all applicable inland taxes (excluding sales, use and similar taxes) and Eargo will not be invoiced or responsible to pay or reimburse Supplier for any amounts related to such included Services. Supplier will directly sell the Units and Services to Eargo, its Affiliate(s) and Approved Buyer(s) at the agreed Unit Price. The parties will review the Unit Price on a [***] basis.

11.1.1. Value Added. Parties will agree on the Value Added in writing through the Price Quotation provided to Eargo by Supplier and the Value Added will not exceed the quoted amount unless formally amended in writing by the parties. Supplier will not increase the Value Added unless warranted by a formal change to Specifications, design, Manufacturing Process, and/or BOM that has been documented under an Approved ECO.

11.2. Price Quotation. Eargo may request that Supplier provide pricing for certain Units, Services, BOM Costs, Value Added, minimum order quantities or any other Unit Price components through a request for proposal or request for quotation (“RFP” or “RFQ”) or other request methodology including, but not limited to, open book costing (collectively, “Price Quotation”). Supplier will not present Eargo with Unit Price increases unless such increases are justified by [***]. Eargo reserves the right to further negotiate Unit Price provided via a Price Quotation and the agreed upon Unit Price will be applicable on a worldwide basis and will not increase for a [***] period from the agreed effective date for the Unit Price (“Pricing Period”). If Eargo does not issue another Price Quotation for the subsequent Pricing Period, the [***] period following the Pricing Period (“Subsequent Pricing Period”), the current Unit Price will remain in effect and fixed for the duration of the Term.

11.3. Non-recurring Engineering Fees. The parties agree that any applicable non-recurring engineering fees, if any, will only include [***] and will not include any mark-ups, engineering, labor or development fees, unless otherwise expressly authorized in writing by Eargo. Any non-recurring engineering fees will be pre-approved in writing by Eargo, and Supplier acknowledges and agrees that once the non-recurring engineering fee is paid for the Products, Supplier will not be entitled to any further non-recurring engineering fees, regardless of the extent Purchase Orders are placed.

11.4. Cost Reduction. Eargo and Supplier will agree on a joint cost-reduction program throughout the first [***] of production of new Products. The program will consist of specific cost targets, specific project plans and timing, and specific cost-sharing schedules. After the first [***] of production of new Products, the parties will cooperate in good-faith to achieve a [***] cost reduction target of [***] for all delivered Products. BOM Cost and Value Added pricing will be reviewed [***] to ensure price reduction commitments are consistent with this provision and otherwise acceptable to Eargo. Supplier will provide data for the following [***] at least [***] prior to the then-current [***]-end. The parties will share the benefit of cost reductions of established Products (beyond the first [***] of production) per the following schedules:

 

20


11.4.1. BOM Cost reductions will be shared between the parties as follows: (a) if Supplier initiated the BOM Cost reduction within the first [***] of the Term, (i) Supplier receives [***] of the applicable BOM Cost reduction achieved for the first [***], [***] for the second [***], and [***] thereafter; and (ii) Eargo receives [***] for the first [***], [***] for the second [***], and [***] of the applicable BOM Cost reduction achieved thereafter; (c) if Supplier initiated the BOM Cost reduction after the first [***] of the Term, (i) Supplier receives [***] of the applicable BOM Cost reduction achieved for the first [***], and [***] thereafter; and (ii) Eargo receives [***] for the first [***] and [***] of the applicable BOM Cost reduction achieved thereafter; and (d) if Eargo initiated any BOM Cost reduction during the Term, (i) Supplier receives [***] for the first [***], and [***] thereafter; and (ii) Eargo receives [***] for the first [***], and [***] of the applicable BOM Cost reduction achieved thereafter.

11.4.2. Process improvements or labor cost reductions will be [***] between the parties as follows: Supplier will receive [***] of the applicable process improvement or labor cost reduction and Eargo will receive [***] of the applicable process improvement or labor cost reduction, [***].

11.4.3. If Eargo cancels any Purchase Order, Supplier will use [***] to mitigate the costs in connection with and other effects of such cancellation, including without limitation canceling orders for Components, returning Components (provided, however, that Supplier will not be obligated to attempt to return any Components which are, in the aggregate, worth less than [***]), ceasing the Manufacturing Process immediately, re-using, re-selling or selling for scrap any Components or raw materials and similar actions, and Eargo will [***] of the Units which Supplier is unable to mitigate.

11.5. Most Favored Pricing. If Supplier offers any more favorable term or condition to any other company than that which is offered to Eargo, then Supplier will concurrently extend equal or better terms and conditions to Eargo, and this Agreement and any applicable Purchase Order or SOW will be deemed amended to provide those terms to Eargo. Any amounts charged to Eargo in excess of prices offered by Supplier to any other company or partner for the Product will promptly be refunded or credited to Eargo, at Eargo’s sole option.

11.6. Invoices. For each and every Order, Supplier will not invoice Eargo, its Affiliate, or Approved Buyer, as applicable, for Units under that Order until all Units required under that Order have been delivered in accordance with the Delivery Date and to the specified delivery location on the applicable Purchase Order, and such Units have passed Initial Inspection. For professional or engineering Services that are not included within the Unit Price and are performed under a SOW, Supplier will not invoice for any such Services until Acceptance has been achieved. The fees for the Units and, where applicable, professional or engineering Services that are not included within the Unit Price will be as set forth on the applicable Purchase Order and correspond to the Unit Price under Appendix 5 (Unit Price) to the applicable SOW. At a minimum, each invoice will identify: (a) this Agreement; (b) the applicable Purchase Order and, where applicable, SOW; (c) dates when each Unit was provided; (d) the taxing jurisdiction(s) in which each Unit was provided; (e) the name, description and SKU of the Units; (f) the quantity of Unit being purchased; (g) the per Unit Price and discount for the Unit; and (h) the total dollar amount owed. If specified on a Purchase Order or SOW, Supplier will provide a lien waiver with each invoice. The lien waiver form will be provided to Supplier by Eargo.

11.7. Expenses. Eargo will [***], comply with Eargo’s applicable vendor expense reimbursement Policies and have been approved in each case in advance by Eargo in writing.

 

21


11.8. Payment. All payments will be made in U.S. Dollars, unless otherwise specified on the applicable Purchase Order or SOW. Subject to the terms of this Agreement, all invoices are due [***] after (a) delivery and successful Initial Inspection, as confirmed by Eargo, its Affiliate, or Approved Buyer, as applicable, to which such invoice pertains, or (b) in the case of engineering or professional Services not included in the Unit Price for Units and that are performed under a SOW, after Supplier’s completion of the applicable Services and Acceptance of the same by Eargo, and (c) in the case of (a) or (b), after Eargo’s receipt of an undisputed invoice. Eargo will have no obligation to pay any charges and expenses that Supplier fails to invoice to Eargo within [***] after Acceptance of the applicable Units. In the event, Supplier purchases any Components and/or raw materials from Eargo, Supplier will pay all undisputed amounts on each invoice within [***] after Supplier’s receipt of such invoice. During the Term, Supplier will extend a credit line of [***] to Eargo, and Eargo will provide updated financials to Supplier on a [***] basis so that the parties can review and discuss potential increases to Eargo’s credit line on a [***] basis. Supplier acknowledges that all such financials are within the meaning of Eargo Confidential Information.

11.9. Taxes. Each party will be responsible, as required under applicable law, for identifying and paying all taxes and other governmental fees and charges (and any penalties, interest, and other additions thereto) that are imposed on that party upon or with report to the transactions and payments under this Agreement. Subject to the terms of this Agreement, Supplier may charge and Eargo will pay applicable federal, national, state or local sales or use taxes or value added taxes that Supplier is legally obligated to charge (“Sales Taxes”), provided that such Sales Taxes are stated on the original invoice that Supplier provides to Eargo and Supplier’s invoice states such Sales Taxes separately and meet the appropriate tax requirements for a valid invoice. Eargo may provide Supplier with an exemption certificate acceptable to relevant taxing authorities, in which case, Supplier will not collect the Sales Taxes covered by such certificate. Throughout the Term, Supplier will provide Eargo any forms, documents, or certifications as may be required for Eargo to satisfy any information reporting or withholding tax obligations with respect to any payments under this Agreement. Eargo will have no obligation to pay any taxes or fees that are: (a) based upon Supplier’s net or gross income or gross receipts; (b) franchise taxes or other taxes based on Supplier’s corporate existence or status; (c) personal property taxes on Units; and (d) due in whole or in part because of any failure by Supplier or its agents to file any return or information required by law, rule, or regulation.

11.10. Invoice Disputes. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, Eargo reserves the right to dispute any invoice within [***] of its issuance. In the event of a good faith dispute with regard to an item appearing on any invoice, Eargo reserves the right to withhold such disputed amount while the parties attempt to resolve the dispute. Eargo’s withholding of such payment will not constitute a breach of this Agreement, nor will it be grounds for Supplier to suspend or withhold any manufacturing, production, fulfillment or deliveries or otherwise suspend its performance or any Services hereunder.

12. Term and Termination.

12.1. Term. The term of this Agreement begins on the Effective Date and continues in effect for twelve (12) months, automatically renewing thereafter for additional twelve (12) month periods, unless sooner terminated as provided in this Agreement (the “Term”).

 

22


12.2. Termination for Convenience. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, Eargo may terminate this Agreement, any Purchase Order or any SOW at any time, for any or no reason, by giving Supplier one hundred and twenty (120) days’ written notice. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, Supplier may terminate this Agreement, at any time, for any or no reason, by giving Eargo at least twelve (12) months’ written notice. Upon any termination for any or no reason by either party, Supplier will [***] of all amounts paid in advance for Units or Services not yet delivered or performed by Supplier or not fully delivered or performed by Supplier in accordance with this Agreement.

12.3. Termination for Cause. Either party may terminate this Agreement if the other party fails to cure any material breach of this Agreement within thirty (30) days after receipt of written notice of such breach. In addition, in particular, Eargo reserves the right to terminate this Agreement for cause immediately upon written notice to Supplier in the event of: (a) any breach of confidentiality, (b) any breach of representations, warranties or covenants herein, (c) any incurable non-Compliance with respect to the Products, Components, or Services caused by any act, omission, default or breach by Supplier or any Supplier Parties, (d) any Epidemic Failure pursuant to Section 17.3 below, (e) where permitted, any Force Majeure Event (as defined below) affecting Supplier pursuant to Section 25.5.3 below, (f) any unauthorized distribution of the Products, or (g) any unauthorized use of the Marks.

12.4. No Suspension. Whether or not any disabling device or capability is listed in the applicable SOW or Specifications, Supplier agrees that in no event will it utilize or activate the same or otherwise attempt to avail itself of any self-help remedies without first obtaining a final judgment issued by a court of competent jurisdiction. In addition, Supplier is not permitted to and will not suspend performance or suspend or withhold any deliveries during the period of any dispute between the parties or otherwise.

12.5. Effect of Termination. Upon the expiration or any termination of this Agreement, Supplier will: (a) perform the Transition Services, (b) return materials, information and resources made available to Supplier as required by this Agreement, (c) if requested by Eargo, fulfill all then-outstanding unfulfilled Purchase Orders (except to the extent the same are canceled by Eargo as provided herein), (d) then cease any and all use of Eargo Property and manufacturing or sale of the Units, and (e) once all outstanding Purchase Orders (unless the same have been canceled by Eargo as provided herein) are fulfilled, cease all use of Eargo Property. Additionally, upon the expiration or any termination of this Agreement, Eargo will have the option to purchase from Supplier any Components or Excess inventory at the lesser of the Unit Price or the fair market value of such Components or Excess Inventory. Any termination of a Purchase Order or SOW will not result in termination of any other Purchase Orders(s), SOW(s) or this Agreement. Any termination of this Agreement, however, will result in termination of all SOW(s) and Purchase Order(s) then un-fulfilled unless Eargo elects otherwise pursuant to an amendment to this Agreement prior to the effective date of such termination as to the handling of then-pending Purchase Orders.

12.6. Transition. Unless otherwise instructed by Eargo, upon expiration or termination of this Agreement and/or any SOW(s), Supplier will furnish any and all Prototypes, First Articles, and Products, all associated documentation pertaining to the same, and Reports, to Eargo in the format required by Eargo, regardless of the state of completion within [***] of expiration or

 

23


termination of this Agreement. Additionally, commencing from the expiration date of this Agreement or the termination date of this Agreement, or any SOW or Purchase Order, as applicable, if requested by Eargo and for a period designated by Eargo (the “Transition Period”), Eargo may continue to order Units and Services. During the Transition Period [***], Supplier will also make available to Eargo such other services as mutually agreed to by the parties, including services consisting of the transitioning of the manufacturing of Products to another manufacturing source and services that facilitate Eargo obtaining from another vendor substitute units and services (collectively, “Transition Services”). Supplier will [***] with Eargo, its Affiliate(s) and their respective Representatives and agents in the performance of the Transition Services. If Eargo terminates this Agreement pursuant to Section 12.3 above then Supplier will perform the Transition Services at no cost to Eargo and Supplier will not invoice or attempt to collect from Eargo fees or other amounts associated with the performance of such Transition Services.

12.7. Survival. The following Sections will survive any expiration or termination of this Agreement: 1 (Definitions), 6 (Manufacturing), 9.4 (Import/Export), 11.5 (Most Favored Pricing), 11.10 (Credits and Setoff), 11.11 (Invoice Disputes), 12.5 (Effect of Termination), 12.6 (Transition), 12.7 (Survival), 13 (Intellectual Property), 14 (Confidential Information), 15 (Access and Data Security), 16 (Representations and Warranties), 17 (Epidemic Failure), 18 (Disclaimer), 19 (Indemnification), 20 (Limitation of Liability), 21 (Compliance), 22 (Governance, Reports and Inspection) and 25 (General). Unless otherwise specified by Eargo or sooner terminated or canceled, any Purchase Order or SOW entered into prior to the termination of this Agreement will remain in effect in accordance with its own terms.

13. Intellectual Property.

13.1. Ownership. Except as otherwise provided herein and in any SOW, as between the parties, Supplier and its licensors will retain ownership of all Intellectual Property Rights in Supplier’s own Confidential Information and Records (except to the extent of any Eargo Data or Eargo Confidential Information therein). In addition, as between the parties, Eargo and its licensors own all right, title and interest, including all Intellectual Property Rights, in and to any and all Eargo Confidential Information, Eargo Data, Products, Enhancements, Feedback, Systems, Reports, Specifications, Approved Buyer list(s), Approved Vendor list(s), Prototypes, First Articles and Approved First Articles, and any materials or resources, provided by Eargo to Supplier or otherwise accessed by Supplier in connection with this Agreement (collectively, “Eargo Property”).

13.2. IPR Assignment. Supplier will not (and will not permit any Subcontractor) to improve, enhance, or modify any Products (collectively, “Enhancements”) without Eargo’s prior written consent in each instance and without meeting Compliance and adhering to the applicable Specifications. In any event, (a) if Supplier (or any Subcontractor) develops any Enhancements, and (b) as to all Feedback, Supplier hereby irrevocably transfers and assigns to Eargo and its Affiliate(s), successors and assigns, without further compensation or any attribution (and Eargo owns all right, title and interest in) all Intellectual Property Rights in and to Enhancements, Products, and Feedback. If Supplier has any rights to the Enhancements, Products, or Feedback that cannot be assigned to Eargo, then Supplier hereby unconditionally and irrevocably assigns the enforcement of any and all IPR to Eargo and grants Eargo, its Affiliate(s), Approved Buyer(s), and all of their respective subcontractors, agents and assignees, under all Intellectual Property Rights,

 

24


an exclusive, irrevocable, perpetual, universal, fully paid up, royalty-free license (with the right to sublicense through multiple levels of sublicensees), to make, sell, lease, use, execute, reproduce, modify, adapt, display, perform, distribute, make derivative works of, export, disclose, market, promote, and otherwise disseminate or transfer, for any purpose whatsoever, and via any means or methods now known or hereafter developed, any and all rights in and to the Enhancements, Products, and Feedback. Additionally, Supplier irrevocably and unconditionally grants Eargo the power and interest to act as Supplier’s attorney-in-fact to execute any and all documents necessary to effectuate or perfect the assignments by Supplier and other rights of Eargo under this Agreement. Supplier, on behalf of itself and the Supplier Parties, will not assert, and otherwise waives, any and all “moral rights” or equivalent rights in and to the Enhancements, Products, and Feedback and hereby assigns to Eargo all such rights to the fullest extent permitted by law.

13.3. Non-Assertion. Supplier agrees not to sue upon or otherwise assert in any proceeding against Eargo or any of its Affiliate(s), Approved Buyer(s), subcontractors, successors, assigns, officers, directors or employees, any Intellectual Property Rights relating to any Eargo Property. Supplier further acknowledges and agrees that it will not, and it will not authorize any employee, independent contractor or third party to, file or register for any patent, copyright, trademark, trade dress or service mark protection in any country with respect to any Product or Component, without Eargo’s [***] in each instance, provided, however, that in no event will Supplier attempt or authorize any employee, independent contractor or third party to, file or register for any patent, copyright, trademark, trade dress or service mark protection in any country with respect to any [***] Property. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the covenants contained in this Section 13 will survive the expiration or termination of this Agreement for any or no reason.

13.4. Eargo Marks. Supplier agrees that it will not use Eargo’s name, logo or trademarks or that of any of its Affiliate(s) or pertaining to any of its Products (collectively, “Marks”) except on the Products in accordance with: (a) Eargo’s then-current branding and trademark usage guidelines, (b) Eargo’s prior approval (which may be provided in the applicable Specifications with standards against which use of the Marks must comply), and (c) any other requirements or approvals governing use of the Marks that Eargo may furnish under the applicable SOW, which may be given or withheld in Eargo’s sole and absolute discretion. Eargo may require that Supplier manufacture Prototypes, First Articles, and Products that bear Eargo’s Marks or other branding, as set out in the Specifications or as otherwise directed by Eargo. Supplier (and the Approved Vendors) will not manufacture any Products that contain or bear any Marks or other branding (or alterations to any Marks or branding) that was not officially pre-approved by Eargo, in each instance, as part of the Approved First Article, and Eargo, its Affiliate(s), and Approved Buyer(s) will not have any obligation to pay Supplier for any Products manufactured on that basis. All approved uses of the Marks will inure to the benefit of Eargo and its Affiliate(s), as applicable, and must be in accordance with Eargo’s then-current branding and trademark usage guidelines provided or made available to Supplier.

13.5. Feedback. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, Eargo is free to retain, use and incorporate any and all written or oral ideas, suggestions or recommendations provided by or on behalf of Supplier, its authorized Subcontractors, or any Approved Vendors (referred to as “Feedback”) relating to the Products, Marks, Eargo Data or Confidential Information, without payment, attribution, or other consideration of any kind or nature to Supplier.

 

25


14. Confidential Information.

14.1. Meaning of Confidential Information. The parties agree that “Confidential Information” means any and all information (in any form or media) regarding a party’s, prospective, methods of operation, engineering methods and processes (including any information which may be obtained by a party by reverse engineering, decompiling or examining any Software or Hardware provided by the other party under this Agreement), programs and databases, patents and designs, billing rates, billing procedures, identities of and contact information regarding Approved Vendors and Approved Buyer(s), business methods, finances, management, and any other business information relating to such party (whether constituting a trade secret or proprietary or otherwise) which has value to such party and is treated by such party as being confidential. A party receiving Confidential Information under this Agreement is referred to as the “Receiving Party” and a party disclosing, furnishing or making Confidential Information available to the other party or its Representatives pursuant to this Agreement is referred to as the “Disclosing Party.” For purposes of this Agreement, “Person” will mean and include any individual, partnership, association, corporation, trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability company or any other business entity or enterprise; and “Representative” will mean a party’s employees, agents, or representatives, including without limitation, financial advisors, lawyers, accountants, experts and consultants. Each party acknowledges that Confidential Information of a Disclosing Party is the property of the Disclosing Party, provided, however, that in no event is Eargo Property to be considered included within or construed as the Confidential Information of Supplier. The terms of this Agreement, including all Specifications, Eargo Data, content of Reports, Forecasts, Prototypes or samples of the Product, Prototypes, First Articles, Approved First Articles, and any not previously publicly disclosed information about Eargo’s or its Affiliate(s)’ respective business, finances, information systems, software or technology provided by or on behalf of Eargo to Supplier under this Agreement will be deemed Confidential Information of Eargo without any further marking or designation and regardless of the lack of the same.

14.2. Non-Disclosure Obligation. Except as expressly authorized herein, the Receiving Party will hold in confidence and not use or disclose, and ensure that its Representatives do not use or disclose, any Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party, except solely for the purpose of performing the Receiving Party’s obligations under this Agreement, but not otherwise. For a period of [***] from the date of the last disclosure under this Agreement, the Receiving Party: (a) will maintain as confidential all Confidential Information disclosed to it by the Disclosing Party, (b) will not, directly or indirectly, disclose any such Confidential Information to any Person other than (i) those Representatives of the Receiving Party whose duties under this Agreement justify the need to know such Confidential Information and then only after each Representative has agreed to be bound by this Confidentiality Agreement, in writing, and clearly understands his or her obligation to protect the confidentiality of such Confidential Information and to restrict the use of such Confidential Information, and (ii) if Supplier is the Receiving Party, to an Approved Vendor solely for the purpose of obtaining information from that Approved Vendor necessary for Supplier to prepare a Price Quotation, provided that each such Approved Vendor clearly understands its obligation to protect the confidentiality of such Confidential Information and to restrict the use of such Confidential Information, and (c) will treat such Confidential Information with the same degree of care as it treats its own Confidential Information (but in no case with less than a reasonable degree of care).

 

26


14.3. Exceptions to Confidential Information. The Receiving Party’s nondisclosure obligation will not apply to any information, regardless of whether marked or asserted to be Confidential Information by the Disclosing Party, which the Receiving Party can document with written records: (a) was rightfully in its possession or known to it prior to receipt of the Confidential Information; (b) is or has become public knowledge through no fault, act or omission of the Receiving Party; (c) is rightfully obtained by the Receiving Party from a third party without breach of any confidentiality obligation; or (d) is independently developed by employees of the Receiving Party who had no access to such information.

14.4. Compulsory Disclosures. If the Receiving Party or its Representatives is required or becomes legally compelled to disclose any of the Confidential Information pursuant to a regulation, law or court order, it will provide the Disclosing Party with prompt written notice so the Disclosing Party may seek appropriate protective orders. If a protective order or other remedy is not obtained, then only that part of the Confidential Information that is legally required to be furnished will be furnished, and reasonable efforts will be made to obtain reliable assurances of confidentiality.

14.5. Return of Materials. Except as otherwise set forth in this Agreement, all Confidential Information supplied by the Disclosing Party will remain the property of the Disclosing Party, and upon expiration or termination of this Agreement, for any or no reason, or upon earlier request by the Disclosing Party, will be promptly destroyed (with certification of such destruction in writing) or (if specifically requested in writing) returned by the Receiving Party, including all documents or materials of any nature in the Receiving Party’s possession, custody or control (regardless of the media in which such documents or materials are stored), including Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party and its Affiliate(s), that have been furnished by or on behalf of the Disclosing Party to the Receiving Party, or reproduced or developed by the Receiving Party or its authorized Subcontractors based on the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information, provided, however, the Receiving Party may maintain copies of any such Confidential Information to the extent required for backup, disaster recovery, or business continuity; in such event the obligations of confidentiality hereunder will survive until such copies are destroyed.

14.6. Injunctive Relief. The Receiving Party acknowledges that disclosure of Confidential Information may cause substantial harm for which damages alone may not be a sufficient remedy, and therefore upon any such disclosure by the Receiving Party, the Disclosing Party will be entitled to seek appropriate equitable relief in addition to whatever other remedies it might have at law.

15. Access and Data Security.

15.1. Access to Systems. Access, if any, to Eargo’s computer, telecommunication or other information systems (“Systems”), if any, is granted solely to facilitate the business relationship described in this Agreement, and is limited to those specific Systems, time periods, and personnel as are separately designated by Eargo in writing from time to time. Access is subject to business control and information protection policies, standards, and guidelines as may be provided by Eargo. Use of any other Systems is expressly prohibited. Use of Systems during other time periods or by individuals not authorized by Eargo is expressly prohibited. Without limiting

 

27


the foregoing, Supplier warrants that it has adequate security measures in place to comply with the above obligations and to ensure that access granted hereunder will not impair the integrity and availability of Systems. Pursuant to Section 22 below, Eargo may audit Supplier to verify Supplier’s compliance with these obligations.

15.2. Data Security.

15.2.1. Safeguards. Supplier will implement and maintain administrative, physical and technical safeguards that prevent any unauthorized use, access, processing, destruction, loss, alteration, or disclosure of any of Eargo Data (including any client or end user data held by Eargo) as may be held or accessed by Supplier. Such safeguards will include, without limitation, an information security program that meets the highest standards of best industry practice to safeguard Eargo Data. Such information security program will include, without limitation: (a) adequate physical security of all premises in which Eargo Data will be processed or stored; (b) all reasonable precautions taken with respect to the employment of and access given to Supplier personnel, including background checks and security clearances that assign specific access privileges to individuals; and (c) an appropriate network security program (which includes, without limitation, encryption of all sensitive or private data). Supplier agrees not to utilize any Eargo Data unless it is necessary to do so in order to fulfill an obligation under this Agreement. Supplier also agrees that it will not sell, disclose, transfer, share or lease any Eargo Data under any circumstances.

15.2.2. Notification of Security Breach. Supplier will notify Eargo immediately following discovery of any suspected breach or compromise of the security, confidentiality, or integrity of any Eargo Data. Written notification provided pursuant to this paragraph will include a brief summary of the available facts, the status of Supplier’s investigation, and if known and applicable, the potential number of persons affected by release of data relating to such person (“Affected Persons”). If applicable, upon written request from Eargo, Supplier agrees to notify the Affected Persons regarding any security breach in a form approved in writing by Eargo. Such notices will be delivered within a reasonable time and in a manner approved by Eargo. Supplier agrees to provide at no charge to Affected Persons appropriate credit monitoring services for at least [***]. All costs associated with any security breach including but not limited to, the costs of the notices to, and credit monitoring for, Affected Persons will be the sole responsibility of Supplier. Supplier agrees that it will not communicate with any third party, including, but not limited to the media, vendors, consumers and Affected Persons regarding any security breach without Eargo’s specific prior written consent and approval of the content of such communication. At Eargo’s request, Supplier will execute and abide by the terms of any agreements as may be required by applicable law or regulation.

15.3. Returns; Eargo Confidentiality. Notwithstanding anything that may be construed to the contrary, Eargo, its Affiliate(s), and Authorized Buyer(s) have no obligation to return to Supplier any Product, or Component thereof, which may contain any Eargo or Affiliate Confidential Information, including but not limited to hard disk drives, solid state drives and other memory devices, in order for Supplier to perform its warranty obligations under this Agreement.

 

28


16. Representations and Warranties.

16.1. General Warranties.

16.1.1. Corporate Warranties. Supplier represents and warrants that it has with respect to this Agreement and each Purchase Order and SOW: (a) it has the right to enter into this Agreement and its performance of this Agreement will be free and clear of liens and encumbrances; (b) taken all corporate action necessary for the authorization, execution and delivery of such agreements and to make such agreement legal, valid and binding obligations of Supplier; (c) no agreement or understanding with any third party that interferes with or will interfere with its performance of its obligations under such agreements; and (d) obtained and will maintain all rights, approvals and consents necessary to perform its obligations and grant all rights and licenses granted to Eargo under such agreements. Supplier further represents and warrants that: (d) Supplier has all rights necessary to sell the Units and perform the Services and to allow Eargo, its Affiliate(s), Authorized Buyer(s) and their respective subcontractors, agents, licensees and end users to exercise the rights and licenses granted in this Agreement, without restriction, encumbrance, lien, royalty obligation, or additional charge or obligation of any kind; (e) the Products and Enhancements, including any portion thereof, or any intended combination with other hardware or software, or the sale, offer for sale, use, or importation thereof, do not infringe any IPR; (f) it has all right, title and interest to grant the licenses granted herein; and (g) it will not sell, license, lease, distribute, make available, ship or otherwise provide any Products to any parties other than Eargo, its Affiliate(s), and Approved Buyer(s) purchasing the same.

16.1.2. Services Warranties. Supplier will (and will ensure that all Subcontractors and Approved Vendors) render Services in a professional manner consistent with highest industry standards, and all personnel providing Services will be adequately trained and qualified.

16.1.3. Compliance. Supplier warrants and represents on behalf of itself, all Supplier Parties, and any authorized Subcontractors that it and they will comply with all Policies, and any and all revisions to any Policies, all of which are hereby incorporated by this reference into this Agreement. Additionally, Supplier warrants and represents that Supplier will select packaging and raw materials that comply with environmental regulations, where such selection does not conflict with Eargo’s Specifications.

16.1.4. Compliance with Laws. Supplier warrants and represents on behalf of itself, all Supplier Parties, and any authorized Subcontractors that it and they will comply at all times in the performance of this Agreement, and that all Units and Services will comply with all applicable federal, state and local laws and government rules and regulations (including without limitation, all applicable Thailand employment laws) of any jurisdiction in which Services are performed, Units are manufactured from or to which Units are shipped.

16.2. Product Warranties.

16.2.1. Warranty. Supplier warrants and represents that all Products will: (a) be new, unused and comprised of new Components and/or raw materials when delivered, except to the extent the Products are part of a repair and/or refurbishment program authorized in writing by Eargo; (b) be provided with good and marketable title, [***]; (c) be in Compliance; (d) meet all product safety standards and requirements referenced in the Specifications and the Policies, as applicable; and (e) for a period of [***] from the sale of the Products by Eargo to its end-customer (the “Warranty Period”) such Products will be: (i) free from any defects in design, material and workmanship; (ii) in Compliance, including in Compliance with the applicable Specifications; and (iii) manufactured in a professional, workmanlike manner in compliance with all standards and rules reasonably established by Eargo. Eargo will have the right, at any time, to purchase an extended warranty for additional [***] periods past the Warranty Period.

 

29


16.2.2. ISO 13485. Supplier will ensure, continuously throughout the Term and thereafter, as applicable, that Supplier and any authorized Subcontractors used by Supplier in the manufacture of Units will have current ISO 13485 certification, FDA registration and any other applicable certifications for the factories in which Units will be manufactured. If either Supplier or Supplier’s authorized Subcontractors no longer possess the ISO 13485 certification, FDA registration and any other applicable certifications for the factories in which Units will be manufactured, Supplier will notify Eargo in writing immediately. Supplier and any authorized Subcontractors will then have [***] from the date of such notice in which to be recertified by the applicable certifying body and furnish evidence of the same to Eargo.

16.2.3. No Harmful Material. Supplier warrants and represents on behalf of itself, all Supplier Parties, and any authorized Subcontractors that: (a) it will not include any harmful code, malicious code, disabling code, including, without limitation time bombs, Trojan horses, and viruses (collectively, “Malicious Code”) in the Product or on any Components; (b) it will have quality control measures in place to ensure that all units of the Product delivered to Eargo, its Affiliate(s), or any Approved Buyer(s) are free of any Malicious Code; and (c) the Products will not include any software disabling devices, time-out devices, counter devices and devices intended to collect data regarding usage of the Products.

16.2.4. Hazards. Supplier warrants and represents on behalf of itself, all Supplier Parties, and any authorized Subcontractors that the Products will be free of any defects that could result in personal or bodily injury, death or property damage (“Hazard”). Supplier will promptly notify Eargo if it learns that any Product may present a Hazard. Supplier will give this notice before giving any notice to a governmental agency, unless the law specifically prohibits this. Supplier will promptly give Eargo all relevant data, and review and discuss with Eargo all information, tests, and conclusions about the Hazard and the basis for any contemplated recall or other remedial action. Even if the Warranty Period has expired, Supplier will be responsible for all costs of any such remedial action, including Eargo’s reasonable out-of-pocket costs. If Eargo asks, Supplier will give Eargo and any designee all reasonable assistance in deciding how best to deal with the Hazard, and in preparing and making presentations before any governmental agency that may have jurisdiction over any aspect of any Hazard. All information regarding a Hazard in any Product or the Product or any Eargo location is Eargo’s Confidential Information.

16.2.5. No Remote Access or Disruption. Supplier warrants and represents on behalf of itself, all Supplier Parties, and any authorized Subcontractors that it and they will not disturb Eargo’s quiet enjoyment and use of the Products. Supplier further represents and warrants that it has not included in any Product any device or mechanism which would permit Supplier or any third party to remotely access or disable the Product. In no event will Supplier, its agents or employees or anyone acting on its behalf, disable or interfere, in whole or in part, with Eargo’s or any end user’s use of the Products, regardless of whether the disablement is in connection with any dispute between the parties or otherwise. Supplier understands that a breach of this provision could cause substantial harm to Eargo and to numerous third parties, including end users of the Products, having business relationships with Eargo.

 

30


16.2.6. Product Inventory. Supplier represents and warrants that it will not (and will not permit any third party) to distribute, dispose of, or sell any Product Inventory, other than to Eargo, its Affiliate, and/or an Authorized Buyer. Supplier acknowledges and agrees that it has no right to liquidate any Product Inventory, for any reason, including termination or otherwise.

16.2.7. Unauthorized Warranties. Supplier represents and warrants that it will not make any representations, warranties, or commitments with respect to the Products to any end customer of Eargo, Eargo Affiliate(s), and/or the Authorized Buyer(s).

16.3. Remedies for Breach of Warranty.

16.3.1. Service Warranty Remedies. In addition to and not in lieu of any other remedies provided Eargo in this Agreement, if any Units or Services do not conform to the warranties set forth in this Agreement, Supplier covenants and agrees to provide the following additional remedy which Eargo may elect, at Eargo’s option, Supplier will re-perform the Services and ship replacement Units all at no additional cost to Eargo, with Supplier being solely responsible for any and all shipping costs, including full freight costs, in both directions for any such replacement Units.

16.3.2. Product Warranty Remedies. Eargo will submit any and all claims for a breach of warranty under Section 16.2, no later than [***] after the expiration of the Warranty Period. At Supplier’s expense, Supplier will accept the return of any Product(s) that does not conform to the warranties of Section 16.2 or a consumer’s reasonable expectations, or fails to meet Compliance, or creates a Hazard (referred to as “Defective Products”). If Supplier delivers Products that, at any point, become Defective Products where root cause is a manufacturing defect or a defect in the Manufacturing Process, then Eargo may, in its sole discretion, select one or more of the following remedies, in each instance of Defective Products, at Supplier’s sole cost and expense: (a) require Supplier to compensate Eargo for the Defective Products and any associated transportation costs between Eargo and Supplier; (b) require Supplier, or an Eargo-designated third party, to re-perform the non-conforming Services and/or repair the Defective Products and recover from Supplier all reasonable related costs and expenses; (c) purchase products or services comparable to the Defective Products or Services, in which case Supplier will promptly pay to Eargo the costs of the substitute in excess of the price of such Product or Service; and/or (d) require Supplier to provide a written issue or defect analysis report and correction plan. Additionally, if Supplier delivers Products that, at any point, become Defective Products then, regardless of the existence or nature of root cause, Eargo may, in its sole discretion and without limiting the foregoing remedies, require Supplier to ship, at Supplier’s sole cost and expense, a replacement of the Defective Product(s) with Products that are in Compliance, and such replacements will be considered new Products. Supplier will be responsible for all costs and expenses associated with shipping and insurance for returns and replacements, and will replace any Defective Products returned for replacement with new (not used or refurbished) Units free of charge. Repaired and replacement Products will be warranted for a new Warranty Period as set forth above in this Section 16.

 

31


16.3.3. Remedial Performance Issues. If Supplier fails to repair or replace Defective Products within [***] after Supplier’s receipt of the applicable Defective Products, or with respect to Services, within [***] after Eargo informs Supplier that the applicable Service does not conform to the warranties in Section 16, Eargo may, at its sole option, (a) extend the correction period; or (b) obtain a full refund of all fees paid to Supplier for the defective Product and/or Service and reimbursement for any other Product and/or property that Eargo is unable to use or that is otherwise damaged as a consequence of the nonconformity along with any costs incurred by Eargo in uninstalling and removing the Defective Product from its premises.

16.4. Pass Through of Third Party Warranties. In addition to its other representations and warranties given in this Agreement, Supplier will provide to Eargo the full benefit of all covenants, warranties, representations and indemnities granted to Supplier by third parties (including without limitation, any Approved Vendors) in connection with the Products or Components.

16.5. Survival of Warranties. All warranties set forth in this Agreement, including those in this Section 16 will survive inspection, Acceptance and payment, as well as expiration or any termination of this Agreement. In addition, Eargo’s rights and remedies under this Agreement with respect to the Products (including any and all warranties) will remain in full force and effect even if Eargo sells, consigns or otherwise transfers the Products to any of Eargo’s logistics and/or distribution partners.

17. Epidemic Failures.

17.1. Epidemic Failure. “Epidemic Failure” means the occurrence of Defective Products, Component defects, or other failures (whether or not resulting in breach of any warranties of Section 16) that: (a) are experienced by more than [***] of the identifiable subclass of the Products or of the Units of any given Product or Component in substantially the same manner, whether occurring in whole or in part during or after the Warranty Period; or (b) any governmental agency or court of competent jurisdiction finds that any Product or Component contains a safety hazard or other condition that requires or would make advisable a recall of such Product or Component. Supplier will be responsible for any and all [***] costs and expenses that Eargo, its Affiliate(s), and their respective subcontractors, incur related to any Epidemic Failure that is the result of Supplier or the Supplier Parties failing to manufacture the Units to the Specifications. Typical costs for which Supplier would be responsible include freight costs to recall Units from Eargo’s customers, warehouses, or distribution centers, freight costs to ship failed Units back to Supplier, costs to remedy the Units including repair, rework, replacement, and testing costs, and freight costs to ship remedied Units back to Eargo.

17.2. Failure Analysis. If an Epidemic Failure occurs: (a) Eargo will promptly notify Supplier upon discovery of the Epidemic Failure; (b) Supplier and Eargo will jointly exert all [***] efforts to diagnose the problem and plan a work-around or more permanent solution; (c) Supplier will apply its ECO procedure in appropriate circumstances for hardware problems originating in the manufacturing process; and (d) Supplier will prepare and consult with Eargo regarding an appropriate recovery plan as well as an appropriate workaround, as an interim solution, if one is needed., Subject to Supplier’s obligations in Section 17.1, Eargo will [***], if any, of a “root cause” analysis and follow-up corrective actions associated with any epidemic failure due [***].

17.3. Termination for Epidemic Failure. If an Epidemic Failure occurs, Eargo may terminate any and all applicable Purchase Order(s) or SOW(s) upon notice to Supplier, in whole or in part, without any liability, and receive from Supplier a complete refund of all amounts paid by Eargo in connection with the terminated Purchase Order(s) or SOW(s) and be relieved of any and all payment obligations to Supplier with respect to such Purchase Order(s) or SOW(s).

 

32


18. Disclaimer. EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT, NEITHER PARTY MAKES ANY WARRANTIES, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AND EACH PARTY EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

19. Indemnification.

19.1. Indemnification by Supplier. Supplier covenants and agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless Eargo, its Affiliate(s), Approved Buyer(s), and their respective agents, contractors, officers, directors, employees and Representatives (including any combination of the Eargo, its Affiliate(s), Approved Buyer(s) or their respective agents, contractors, officers, directors, employees and Representatives) (collectively, the “Indemnified Parties”) from and against any and all claims, allegations, losses, damages, settlements, governmental fines and penalties, and all other liabilities, including attorneys’ and other professional fees and court costs, and all costs and expenses, arising out of or related to: (a) the Units, or any portion thereof, on their own or in combination with any other goods and services, infringe any rights or IPR of a third party (collectively, “Third Party IPR”) where such Third Party IPR relates to Supplier’s Manufacturing Process, or manufacturing, packaging, testing, or other Services provided under this Agreement, excluding Product design and materials or equipment consigned to Supplier by Eargo; (b) personal injury or property damage resulting, directly or indirectly from the Units or Services (including any Hazard), the performance of Supplier’s obligations hereunder, or the fault or negligence of Supplier or the Supplier Parties; (c) negligent, willful or reckless acts or omissions, dishonesty or fraud of or by Supplier or any Supplier Parties; (d) a breach or alleged breach by Supplier or any Supplier Parties of any provision or clause (e.g., Supplier or Supplier Parties act in contravention of any clause or perform acts contrary to the terms specified in this Agreement) of this Agreement; (e) any claim or cause of action anywhere in the world asserted against Eargo or any of the Indemnified Parties alleging or in connection with alleged defects in the assembly or manufacturing of the Product(s); or (f) violations of law in the manufacture of the Products; (each a “Claim” and collectively, “Claims”).

19.2. Process and Remedies. Eargo will give prompt written notice of each Claim to Supplier and, subject to Supplier fulfilling all of its obligations under this Section 19, Eargo will permit Supplier to control the defense of the Claim, provided that: (a) Supplier’s use of counsel of its own choosing has been pre-approved by Eargo, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed; and (b) Supplier will not enter into any settlement of any Claim that imposes any obligation on Eargo without Eargo’s prior written consent. In that event, Eargo will not settle such Claim without Supplier’s consent if such settlement requires any payment by Supplier, provided that Supplier will not unreasonably withhold or delay its consent. Eargo may participate in the defense of any Claims by counsel of its own choosing, at its cost and expense. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Eargo may control the defense and settlement of a Claim if there is a reasonable risk that Supplier will not be able to cover its full obligation for the Claim or if there is a significant risk of harm to Eargo from a request for an injunction. Supplier agrees to provide information and assistance reasonably necessary to enable Eargo to defend the Claim (at Supplier’s expense), and if Supplier defends at Eargo’s request, then Eargo will do the same (at Supplier’s expense).

 

33


Supplier will not publicize or permit any third party to publicize any settlement of such Claim or allegation without Eargo’s prior written permission, in each instance. If Supplier can substantiate with a preponderance of the evidence that the Claim is not fully covered by the indemnity obligations in Section 19.1 above, then the parties agree the Claim will be tolled while the parties negotiate in good faith an equitable arrangement regarding the defense of the Claim and any settlement thereof consistent with Supplier’s obligations hereunder.

19.3. Claim Mitigation. Without limiting any of Supplier’s indemnification or other obligations under Section 19, if a Product becomes, or in either party’s reasonable opinion is likely to become, the subject of a Claim, Supplier will, at Eargo’s sole option, and Supplier’s sole expense: (a) procure for Eargo the right to continue to manufacture, use, distribute, market and sell the applicable Product as contemplated hereunder; (b) modify the Product to eliminate any Claim which might result from its manufacture, use, distribution, marketing or sale hereunder, provided that the Product’s performance must remain at least as good as provided in the Specifications and subject to Eargo’s approval; (c) replace the Product with equally suitable, compatible and functionally equivalent non-infringing Product subject to Eargo’s approval, at no additional charge to Eargo; or (d) reimburse Eargo for costs of cover associated with Eargo’s engagement of any third parties to perform the obligations of Supplier that are impacted by the actual or potential Claim.

20. Limitation of Liability.

20.1. Consequential Damages Waiver. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY OTHER PROVISION OF THIS AGREEMENT, AND EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE PROVIDED BELOW IN SECTION 20.3, NEITHER PARTY WILL BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR EXEMPLARY DAMAGES OF ANY KIND (INCLUDING LOST PROFITS), REGARDLESS OF THE FORM OF ACTION, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), STRICT LIABILITY OR OTHERWISE, EVEN IF INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES IN ADVANCE.

20.2. Direct Damages Cap. SUBJECT TO SECTION 20.3 BELOW, EARGO’S AND SUPPLIER’S MAXIMUM AGGREGATE LIABILITY FOR DIRECT DAMAGES UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT EXCEED [***] UNDER THIS AGREEMENT [***], REGARDLESS OF THE FORM OF ACTION, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), STRICT LIABILITY OR OTHERWISE, EVEN IF EARGO WAS INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES IN ADVANCE.

20.3. Exceptions. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY OTHER PROVISION OF THIS AGREEMENT, THE PROVISIONS OF SECTIONS 20.1 AND 20.2 ABOVE WILL NOT LIMIT OR WAIVE ANY CLAIMS OR DAMAGES OF ANY KIND OR NATURE ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO: ANY REFUNDS, CREDITS OR REIMBURSEMENTS DUE BY SUPPLIER TO EARGO HEREUNDER, SUPPLIER’S OBLIGATIONS UNDER OR ANY BREACH OF: SECTION 6.8 (UNAUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTION AND COUNTERFEIT GOODS), SECTION 9.4 (IMPORT/EXPORT), SECTION 14 (CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION), SECTION 15 (ACCESS AND DATA SECURITY), SECTION 16 (REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES), SECTION 17 (EPIDEMIC FAILURES),

 

34


SECTION 19 (INDEMNIFICATION), AND/OR SECTION 21 (COMPLIANCE). THE PARTIES AGREE THAT THE PROVISIONS PERTAINING TO WARRANTIES, DISCLAIMER, INDEMNIFICATION AND LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY, ALONG WITH THE UNIT PRICE OFFERED TO EARGO, REPRESENT A FAIR ALLOCATION OF RISK IN THE ABSENCE OF WHICH THE PARTIES WOULD NOT HAVE ENTERED INTO THIS AGREEMENT.

21. Compliance.

21.1. Compliance with Policies. Supplier will comply with all Policies continuously throughout the Term and will ensure that all authorized Subcontractors and Approved Vendors comply with all Policies in the performance of their respective activities related to this Agreement. Eargo reserves the right to update the Policies from time to time as it deems appropriate and will deliver the applicable updated Policies to Eargo.

21.2. Manufacturing Compliance. Supplier will comply and ensure that all authorized Subcontractors and Approved Vendors comply with all laws and regulations applicable to the Supplier and manufacturing of the Products, including but not limited to, governmental regulations, labor laws, and environmental standards. Eargo will have no liability for any aspect of Supplier’ supply chain or operations, including any and all Approved Vendors.

21.3. Export Compliance. All Products and Components sold pursuant to this Agreement are subject to all applicable laws, regulations, orders and other limitations on the export and re-export of commodities, technical data and software. Supplier will be solely responsible for compliance with all applicable export and re-export control laws that apply to its sale activities and Supplier further agrees that it will not export, re-export, resell or transfer any export-controlled commodity, technical data or software: (a) in violation of such limitations imposed by the United States, or any other relevant national government authority; (b) to any country for which an export license or other governmental approval is required at the time of export, without first obtaining all necessary licenses or other approvals; (c) to any country or national or resident of a country to which trade is embargoed by the United States; (d) to any person or firm on the U.S. Department of Commerce’s Table of Denial Orders or Entities list, or U.S. Treasury Department’s list of Specially Designated Nationals; or (e) for use in any sensitive nuclear, chemical or biological weapons, or missile technology end-uses unless authorized by the U.S. Government by regulation or specific license.

21.4. Anti-bribery Supplier. in connection with its provision of the Services and manufacturing of the Products pursuant to this Agreement, will refrain from: (a) offering, giving or promising, directly or indirectly, money or anything of value to any person in any manner that would constitute commercial bribery or an illegal kickback, or would otherwise violate any applicable anti-bribery law; and (b) offering, giving or promising, directly or indirectly, money or anything of value to a Government Official or other person to influence a Government Official in his or her official capacity, induce a Government Official to do or omit to do any act in violation of his or her lawful duty, or to secure any improper advantage in order to assist in obtaining or retaining business for or with, or directing business to, any person. For the purposes of this Section, “anything of value” will include, but not be limited to, cash or a cash equivalent, discounts, gifts, use of materials, facilities or equipment, entertainment, drinks, meals, transportation, lodging, or

 

35


promise of future employment. “Government Official” will mean any official or employee of any national, state, regional, provincial, city, local, tribal, or foreign government; any official or employee of any government department, agency, commission, or division; any official or employee of any state-owned or state-controlled enterprise; any official or employee of a public educational, scientific or research institution; any political party or any official or employee of a political party; any candidate for public office; any official or employee of a public international organization; any person acting on behalf of or any relatives or close family/household members of any of those listed above.

22. Governance, Reports and Inspection.

22.1. Governance. The parties will establish business processes to monitor and improve their business relationship contemplated by this Agreement Additionally, the parties agree to review the Unit Price on a [***] basis during the Term, including, without limitation, Value Added, cost reduction target, minimum order quantities, and increases to credit lines. Eargo and Supplier will mutually agree on reviews and frequency, which may include but not be limited to: [***] status calls and Report reviews, [***] sales and operations planning meetings, and quarterly business reviews (“QBRs”). In addition, Supplier will have a system for the collection and maintenance of quality assurance records. Supplier will provide a report describing such system to Eargo (for information and approval) prior to Supplier beginning any work under this Agreement or any applicable Purchase Order and/or SOW. Quality assurance records, whether written or electronic, will be made available for Eargo’s inspection upon reasonable notice. Supplier will maintain all quality assurance records pertaining to this Agreement, during the Term, and for a period of [***] following shipment of the applicable Units, whichever is longer.

22.2. Reports. Within [***] of the Effective Date, Supplier and Eargo will mutually agree upon the content, nature and form of Reports (defined below) and the frequency of such Reports. Following such mutual agreement, continuously throughout the Term, unless otherwise expressly set forth in the applicable SOW, Supplier will provide Eargo with real-time (or once every [***] period) accurate reports, in a form and format reasonably requested or approved by Eargo, of all information mutually agreed by the parties, including but not limited to, data points pertaining to the Services and Supplier’s activities under this Agreement, Inventory and material shortage reports, open Purchase Order reports & material liability reports, Excess Inventory and Obsolete Inventory reports, QBR reports, MRP reports, incoming material inspection reports, Manufacturing Process reports, material scrap reports, in-process inspection reports, final inspection reports, reliability testing reports, real-time production, quality, and delivery information, data points regarding the Manufacturing Process, sourcing and testing of Products and Components, Inventory levels, returns, defects, warranty claims, and the assembly, manufacturing, testing, packaging and shipment of Products (collectively, “Reports”). Supplier will conform the Reports to the format, if any, provided or approved by Eargo. By way of illustration, sample Report formats are set forth in Exhibit C to this Agreement and incorporated herein by this reference and Supplier will use best efforts to comply with such formats, where appropriate, unless otherwise approved or requested by Eargo. If Eargo requests access to Supplier’s systems that contain, collect or reference data and information relevant to the data points required for the Reports, then Supplier will provide, facilitate and ensure that Eargo has access to such systems and is capable of accessing, viewing, downloading, and otherwise making use of the Reports. Supplier will not provide raw, uncompiled data for any Reports unless requested by Eargo

 

36


or unless such raw data is accompanied by a compiled report with resulting findings or analysis. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, Eargo may request Reports over any period of time and may also request cumulative reports or other analyses of data sets in relation to other data sets or patterns over periods of time. There will be no cost to Eargo for Supplier’s compilation or provision of Reports or systems by which to access Report data. Supplier agrees to and will exercise due care and implement business-class safeguards to prevent the unauthorized access to, disclosure, distribution or reproduction of Reports or data within Reports by any third party.

22.3. Records. Continuously throughout the Term, Supplier will maintain complete, accurate and up-to-date written books and records in the normal course of its business, including but not limited to device history records (“Device History Records”), records about Supplier’s performance under this Agreement (including quality programs and test documentation), Supplier’s financial reports, quality control test results, Prototype test results, sales records, sales to all buyers of the Products, agreements or documentation with Approved Vendors and Approved Buyer(s), and purchasing records for Components and related to Approved Vendors, all reports issued to Eargo, raw data for all reports issued to Eargo or otherwise generated in connection with Supplier’s activities hereunder (all of the foregoing are collectively referred to as “Records”). Supplier will keep and maintain complete and accurate accounting Records, in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied, to support and document all amounts payable to Supplier under this Agreement. Supplier will retain those accounting Records for [***] after the amounts documented in those Records become due. Supplier will maintain all other Records for at least [***] from the date of the events being documented. Supplier will provide Records to Eargo upon Eargo’s request. Additionally, Supplier will provide Device History Records to Eargo upon request, and the parties acknowledge and agree that it is preferred that Device History Records will be provided via email to Eargo with each delivery of Units by Supplier.

22.4. Inspection and Audit.

22.4.1. Price Verification. Supplier will provide Eargo with Component and raw material pricing for the purposes of determining BOM Cost. Eargo may review applicable vendor agreements and pricing arrangements to verify BOM Cost, except to the extent non-disclosure agreements prohibit Supplier from disclosing specific vendor pricing, in which case, Supplier will provide to Eargo aggregated price verification.

22.4.2. Books and Records. Upon [***] advance written notice, Supplier will permit Eargo, its Affiliate(s) and their respective agents, subcontractors, auditors and Representatives to inspect, review, audit, and, where applicable, visit, Supplier’s books, Records (including those described in Section 22.3), Reports (including those described in Section 22.2), third party audit and examination reports, systems, facilities, plant, controls, laboratories, Manufacturing Process, procedures, information regarding pricing, quality assurance testing and measurement systems, Inventory, Product production, manufacturing of Prototypes and First Articles, storage of the Approved First Article, Products, Components, and other matters relevant to Supplier’s performance under the Agreement to assess and validate Compliance and Supplier’s adherence to the terms of this Agreement, including all Exhibits and Appendices, as well as its obligations to Eargo, as well as cycle counts of Eargo materials and inspection of Eargo tooling. Additionally, Supplier will permit Eargo, its Affiliate(s) and their respective agents, subcontractors, auditors and Representatives to conduct an on-site visit to each and all of the factory premises involved in the Manufacturing Process or utilized in connection with Supplier’s performance of the Services. Supplier will supply copies of all Records as well as originals if requested.

 

37


22.4.3. Without limiting the foregoing, Supplier will, at all times and at no additional charge, facilitate regular on-site visits by Eargo, its Affiliate(s) and their respective agents, subcontractors, auditors and Representatives, in the facilities, plants, controls, laboratories, and/or any other Unit production premises utilized by Supplier in connection with its performance of the Services. In addition and without limiting the foregoing, Supplier will allow the FDA and any other applicable regulatory authorities to inspect its facilities and/or premises related to the manufacture and/or production of the Products, Components and/or Units. Supplier will notify Eargo of any such audits in advance, if applicable, and any adverse audit results (including but not limited to, FDA 483s or major non-conformities observed by notified body), and/or any change in regulatory or legal status that could affect Supplier’s ability to supply the Products and/or perform the Services in compliance with this Agreement.

22.4.4. There is no limit on the amount or frequency of the audits and inspections contemplated by this Section 22.4. Supplier will make all personnel and Subcontractors available to Eargo, its Affiliate(s) and their respective agents, subcontractors, auditors and Representatives in connection with such audits and inspections.

23. Insurance.

23.1. Coverage. Supplier will maintain, continuously throughout the Term, at its own expense insurance of the type and in the amounts specified below:

23.1.1. Worker’s Compensation as required by law in all jurisdictions where Supplier has employees and where Services are performed;

23.1.2. Commercial General Liability including blanket contractual liability and broad form property damage, with limits of at least [***] combined single limit for personal injury and property damage for each occurrence; and

23.2. Insurance Requirements. The insurance policies for the above must: (a) be issued by companies with a rating of [***] or better in the current [***]; (b) not be cancelled or have coverage reduced without at least [***] notice from Supplier to Eargo; Supplier will provide to Eargo, upon request, certificates of insurance for each of the above-referenced insurance policies, indicating the amount and nature of such coverage and the expiration date of each policy. Each party agrees that it, its insurer(s) and anyone claiming by, through, under or on its behalf will have no claim, right of action or right of subrogation against the other party and the other party’s Affiliate(s), directors, officers, and employees based on any loss or liability insured against under the insurance required by this Agreement.

24. Executive Escalation. Except for any claims or disputes based upon breach of confidentiality, or breach, infringement or misappropriation of Eargo’s Intellectual Property Rights, for any or all of which Eargo may elect to pursue injunctive relief as permitted by this Agreement, should any dispute arise between Eargo and Supplier pertaining to this Agreement or

 

38


their rights and responsibilities to the other created hereunder, before proceeding with any binding arbitration pursuant to Section 25.3 below, the parties will first escalate such dispute by requesting that senior management level representatives of the parties meet to discuss and attempt to resolve the dispute in good faith. If such individuals are unable to resolve the issue in a timely manner, then either party may pursue any other rights or remedies under contract or at law as it deems appropriate to resolve the dispute, subject to Section 25.3 below.

25. General.

25.1. Assignment. Neither party may assign the Agreement or its rights or obligations hereunder without the other party’s prior written consent, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed; provided that if the other party does consent, such assignee agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of the Agreement, and provided, further, that in no event may Supplier transfer any Eargo Data to an assignee or to any acquirer in the event of a change of Control without Eargo’s prior written consent. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything else to the contrary, (a) either party may assign this Agreement without the other party’s consent to any Affiliate of such party, provided that the assigning party remains secondarily liable under this Agreement; and (b) Eargo may assign, delegate or transfer all or any portion of this Agreement without Supplier’s consent in connection with a reorganization, merger, consolidation, acquisition, or other transaction involving all or substantially all of the voting securities or assets of Eargo. Additionally, either party may assign its right to payment under this Agreement to a third party without the other party’s consent. This Agreement will be binding upon, enforceable by and inure to the benefit of the parties and each of their successors and permitted assigns. Any assignment in violation of this Section 25.1 will be null and void and of no force and effect.

25.2. Severability. If any provision of this Agreement will be adjudged by any court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable or invalid, that provision will be limited to the minimum extent necessary so that this Agreement will otherwise remain in effect.

25.3. Dispute Resolution and Injunctive Relief.

25.3.1. Binding Arbitration. Disputes arising under, or in connection with, this Agreement will be finally settled under the Rules of Arbitration of the International Chamber of Commerce by one arbitrator appointed in accordance with the Rules. The language of the arbitration will be English. The place of the arbitration will be San Francisco, California. Judgment upon any award(s) rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof.

25.3.2. Injunctive Relief. Notwithstanding the requirements of this Section 25.3 and without limiting a party’s rights under Section 14.6, either party may seek equitable relief in order to protect its rights, and to cause the other party to perform its obligations, hereunder at any time and in any court having jurisdiction over the parties hereto and/or the subject matter hereof. The parties hereby waive any bond requirements for obtaining equitable relief. As to any injunctive relief sought by Eargo pursuant to this Agreement, Supplier will submit to the exclusive personal jurisdiction of the state and federal courts located in the Northern District of California, United States of America. For any injunctive relief south under this Agreement, the governing law will be the laws of the State of California without regard to conflicts of laws provisions thereof, and

 

39


without regard to the United Nations Convention on the International Sale of Goods. Notwithstanding Section 25.3.1 or anything else to the contrary, the confidentiality provisions of this Agreement will be enforceable under the provisions of the California Uniform Trade Secrets Act, California Civil Code Section 3426, as amended.

25.4. No Publicity. Supplier will not disclose, use or refer to this Agreement or any of its terms, or the names or Marks in any advertising, publicity releases, promotional materials or materials distributed to existing or prospective customers or otherwise make any public statements regarding Eargo, the Products or this Agreement without specific prior written consent of Eargo, in each instance. Eargo reserves the right to withhold such consent for any or no reason in its sole and absolute discretion.

25.5. Force Majeure. A “Force Majeure Event” means and is limited to: (a) the occurrence of unforeseen circumstances beyond a party’s reasonable control and without such party’s negligence or intentional misconduct, including, but not limited to, any act by any governmental authority, act of war, terrorism, natural disaster, strike, boycott, embargo, shortage, riot, lockout, labor dispute, civil commotion; and (b) the failure of an Approved Vendor to timely deliver a Component to Supplier (unless the Approved Vendor’s failure to timely deliver directly results from Supplier’s failure to order the Component).

25.5.1. Neither party will be responsible for any failure to perform due to a Force Majeure Event provided that such party gives notice to the other party of the Force Majeure Event promptly, but not later than [***] after the date on which such party knew or should reasonably have known of the commencement of the Force Majeure Event, specifying the nature and particulars thereof and the expected duration thereof; provided, however, that the failure of a party to give notice of a Force Majeure Event will not prevent such party from relying on this Section 25.5 except to the extent that the other party has been prejudiced thereby. The party claiming a Force Majeure Event will use reasonable efforts to mitigate the effect of any such Force Majeure Event and to cooperate to develop and implement a plan of remedial and reasonable alternative measure to remove the Force Majeure Event; provided, however, that neither party will be required under this provision to settle any strike or other labor dispute on terms it considers to be unfavorable to it. Upon the cessation of the Force Majeure Event, the party affected thereby will immediately notify the other party of such fact, and use its best efforts to resume normal performance of its obligations under this Agreement as soon as possible. Notwithstanding that a Force Majeure Event otherwise exists, the provisions of this Section 25.5 will not excuse: (a) any obligation of either party to pay amounts owed to the other party, including the obligation to pay amounts due under a non-canceled, timely fulfilled Order, or issue refunds as provided in this Agreement, or other payment, refund or reimbursement obligations actually incurred, that arose before the occurrence of the Force Majeure Event causing the suspension of performance; or (b) any late delivery of Products, equipment, materials, supplies, tools, or other items caused solely by negligent acts or omissions on the part of such party.

25.5.2. In the event a party fails to perform any of its obligations for reasons defined in this Section 25.5.2 for a cumulative period of [***] or more from the date of such party’s notification to the other party then the other party, at its option, may extend the corresponding delivery period for the length of the delay, or terminate this Agreement for cause in accordance with Section 12.3.

 

40


25.6. Notices. Wherever one party is required or permitted or required to give written notice to the other under this Agreement, such notice will be given by hand, by certified mail with return receipt requested, by overnight courier, or by fax and addressed as follows:

If to Eargo:

Eargo, Inc.

295 North Bernardo Avenue, Suite 100

Mountain View, CA 94043

United States

Attention: Legal

If to Hana:

Hana Microelectronics Public Co., Ltd.

Northern Region Industrial Estate

101/2 Moo 4, Chiangmai-Lampang Rd.

T. Baanklang, A. Muang, Lamphun 51000 Thailand

Attention: [***]

Cc: [***]

All such notices will be effective upon receipt. Either party may designate a different notice address from time to time upon giving written notice thereof to the other party.

25.7. Amendments: Waivers. No supplement, modification, or amendment of this Agreement will be binding unless executed in writing by a duly authorized representative of each party to this Agreement. No waiver will be implied from conduct or failure to enforce or exercise rights under this Agreement, nor will any waiver be effective unless in a writing signed by a duly authorized representative on behalf of the party claimed to have waived. No provision of any Supplier quote or other business form employed by Supplier will supersede the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and any such document relating to this Agreement will be for administrative purposes only and will have no legal effect.

25.8. Entire Agreement. This Agreement (including all Exhibits, Appendices and referenced Purchase Orders and SOWs) is the complete and exclusive statement of the mutual understanding of the parties and supersedes and cancels all previous written and oral agreements, understandings and communications relating to the subject matter of this Agreement. The parties acknowledge that the preprinted provisions on the reverse side of any such quotation, Purchase Order, acknowledgment or invoice and all terms other than the specific terms set forth in this Agreement will be deemed deleted and of no effect whatsoever.

25.9. Independent Contractors. The parties to this Agreement are independent contractors. There is no relationship of partnership, joint venture, employment, franchise or agency created hereby between the parties. Supplier will be responsible for any withholding taxes, payroll taxes, disability insurance payments, unemployment taxes and other similar taxes or charges on the payments received by Supplier hereunder, and neither Supplier nor any of its employees or subcontractors will be eligible for any benefits normally provided by Eargo to its employees. Neither party will have the power to bind the other or incur obligations on the other party’s behalf without the other party’s prior written consent.

 

41


25.10. Cumulative Remedies. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, all remedies in this Agreement are cumulative and in addition to (not in lieu of) any other remedies available to a party at law or in equity. In the event of a claim by Eargo for loss or damages for which Supplier is responsible, Eargo will be entitled to adjust the amounts claimed against future or outstanding payments due, or which may become due, to Supplier.

25.11. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which will be considered an original but all of which together will constitute one agreement, Delivery of signature by fax, or scan delivered by email, receipt acknowledged, or electronic signature are effective to bind a party hereto.]

25.12. Order of Precedence. All Price Quotations, Purchase Orders, acknowledgments and invoices issued pursuant to this Agreement are issued for convenience of the parties only and will be subject to the provisions of this Agreement, including the Exhibits hereto. Solely as to matters of item quantity, Unit Price, item type ordered, delivery location and Delivery Date, the documents will apply in the following descending order of precedence: (a) Purchase Order (excluding any standard terms and conditions on the face of or attached to the Purchase Order); (b) Appendices to SOW; (c) SOW; (d) other Exhibits; and (e) this Agreement. As to all other matters, the order of precedence will be as follows, in descending order: (a) amendments to this Agreement executed by the parties, (b) this Agreement, (c) Approved ECOs to Exhibits or Appendices to Exhibits; (d) Exhibits; (e) SOWs; (f) Specifications; (g) other Appendices to SOWs; and (h) Purchase Orders.

25.13. Other Suppliers. This is not an exclusive agreement. Supplier acknowledges that Eargo reserves the right to use other vendors to provide goods that are similar or related to the Products. Supplier will, to the extent reasonably requested by Eargo, cooperate in good faith and in a timely manner with Eargo’s other suppliers to allow the suppliers to efficiently perform services for Eargo.

 

42


EXHIBIT A

FORM OF STATEMENT OF WORK

[***]


APPENDIX 1

SPECIFICATIONS


APPENDIX 2

BILL OF MATERIALS (BOM)


APPENDIX 3

APPROVED VENDOR LIST


APPENDIX 4

QUALITY CONTROL REQUIREMENTS


APPENDIX 5

UNIT PRICE


APPENDIX 6

APPROVED BUYERS LISTS

[ADD LIST OF INTEGRATORS AND ODMS]


APPENDIX 7

INVENTORY MANAGEMENT


APPENDIX 8

MAINTENANCE AND SUPPORT REQUIREMENTS


EXHIBIT B

POLICIES


EXHIBIT C

FORM OF REPORTS


EXHIBIT D

FORM OF ENGINEERING CHANGE ORDER (ECO)

EX-10.10

Exhibit 10.10

SUBLEASE AGREEMENT

This SUBLEASE AGREEMENT (this “Sublease”) is made effective as of July, 30, 2018, by, between and among Microchip Technology Incorporated, a Delaware corporation (“Sublessor”) and Eargo, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Sublessee”), collectively referred to as the “Parties”, or individually as a “Party”.

RECITALS

A. By and through their respective predecessors-in-interest, GI TC 1600 Technology Drive, LLC, a California limited liability company (“Master Lessor”), as landlord, and Sublessor, as tenant, are parties to that certain Office Lease dated as of August 30, 2011, as amended by that certain First Amendment dated as of June 26, 2012 (the “Master Lease”), relating to certain premises located at 1600 Technology Drive, San Jose, California. A copy of the Master Lease is attached as Schedule E to this Sublease.

B. The Master Lease, Section 1.2 defines the terms “Building,” “Premises,” and “Project.” Where those terms are used in this Sublease, they are intended to have the same meaning as they are defined in the Master Lease.

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties provide and agree as follows:

1. Sublease of Building Space. Sublessor hereby subleases to Sublessee space within the Building that is within the Premises as defined in the Master Lease, as follows:

A. That approximately 25,870 rentable square foot space on the sixth floor of the Building, which space is specifically identified on Schedule A attached to this Sublease (the “Sixth Floor Sublease Premises”); and

B. That approximately 4,564 rentable square foot space on the first floor of the Building, comprising (i) that approximately 3,214 rentable square foot Test/Assembly Lab (“First Floor Lab”), (ii) that approximately 350 rentable square foot room across the main lobby from the First Floor Lab (“Lobby Room”), and (ii) that approximately 1,000 rentable square foot media studio (“Media Studio”), which space is specifically identified on Schedule B attached to this Sublease (the “First Floor Sublease Premises”).

C. Except as specifically referenced herein to distinguish the Sixth Floor Sublease Premises from the First Floor Sublease Premises, reference in this Sublease to the “Sublease Premises” is intended to include both the Sixth Floor Sublease Premises and the First Floor Sublease Premises.

D. Sublessee shall have non-exclusive rights to the Common Areas (as defined in the Master Lease), as necessary or desirable for its use of the Sublease Premises.


2. Permitted Use of Sublease Premises:

A. Sublessee’s use of the Sublease Premises shall not differ from, and shall be consistent, with Sublessor’s “Permitted Use” of the Premises, which Permitted Use is defined in Section 1.7 of the Master Lease. Sublessor shall not engage in any activity or use the Sublease Premises in any way that would be inconsistent with or cause Sublessor to be in violation of the Permitted Use of the Premises (as defined in Section 1.7 of the Master Lease).

B. Sublessee’s use of the Sublease Premises shall also comply with, and shall not cause Sublessor to be in violation of, the requirements of Section 5.1 of the Master Lease; provided, however, that Sublessor shall remain solely responsible to Master Lessor with regard to the provisions of Section 5.1 for making any change required under the Law to (i) any Tenant System (as defined in Section 7.1 of the Master Lease) and (ii) any Landlord System or common area (as those terms are defined Section 5.1 and 7.1.2 of the Master Lease) or the structure of the Roof of the Building caused by any Tenant-Insured Improvement (as defined in Section 10.2.2 of the Master Lease) and Sublessee shall not have any responsibility therefor unless the change required under the Law is related to any Sublessee improvements installed by or for the benefit of Sublessee, in which case Sublessee shall be responsible for making any change required under the Law to the same extent Sublessor is or may be liable to the Master Lessor pursuant to Section 5.1 of the Master Lease.

3. Master Lessor Consent. Section 14 of the Master Lease requires the Master Lessor’s approval of any sublease and requires Sublessor and any proposed sublessee to provide certain documentation prior to Master Lessor’s approval of any sublease. Sublessor and Sublessee acknowledge and understand, that this Sublease shall only become effective upon Master Lessor’s approval of this Sublease and should Master Lessor not approve of the Sublease, the parties release each other from any liability, costs or obligations associated with the Sublease. Neither Sublessor nor any of Sublessor’s agents have made any representation regarding Master Lessor’s approval of or willingness to approve this Sublease. Sublessee has not relied on and will not rely on any alleged representation by Sublessor or any of Sublessor’s agents regarding Master Lessor’s approval of or willingness to approve this Sublease. Sublessor and Sublessee agree to provide any documentation required by Section 14 of the Master Lease, and any other documentation reasonably requested by Master Lessor, for approval of this Sublease. The Parties will provide to the Master Lessor an executed copy of this Sublease for Master Lessor’s approval. If Master Lessor does not consent in writing to this Sublease within forty-five (45) days after Sublessor and Sublessee’s execution of this Sublease Sublessee may, at any time thereafter until such approval is obtained, terminate this Sublease upon written notice to Sublessor, whereupon any monies previously paid by Sublessee to Sublessor shall be reimbursed to Sublessee.

4. Term:

A. Sublease Premises Term: The term of the Sublease for the Sublease Premises shall commence (“Sublease Premises Commencement”) on the later of: (1) September 1, 2018; or (2) the date on which this Sublease is fully executed by the Parties and after Master Lessor consents to the Sublease as required by Section 14 of the Master Lease. Unless terminated on an earlier date for reasons permitted under this Sublease, the term of the Sublease shall expire on February 28, 2022.

 

2


B. Early Access: Provided that (1) this Sublease is fully executed by the Parties; (2) Master Lessor consents to the Sublease as required by Section 14 of the Master Lease, (3) the Security Deposit and Prepaid Rent have been paid by Sublessee to Sublessor, and (4) Certificates of Insurance as required in this Sublease are provided by Sublessee to Sublessor, Sublessor grants Sublessee early access to the Sublease Premises prior to the Sublease Premises Commencement date (“Early Access Period”). Except for occupancy by Sublessee of the Sublease Premises for the purpose of conducting business, during the Early Access Period: (i) Sublessee shall be allowed project manager access to install Lessee’s Initial Alterations (as defined in section 15) and perform the installation of Sublessee’s furniture, fixtures and equipment (provided the necessary consents for each of these Alterations have been received from Sublessor and Master Lessor in accordance with section 15); and (ii) Sublessee shall not be obligated for the Rent or operating expenses.

C. Termination of Master Lease: Notwithstanding anything to the contrary under this Sublease,, the termination or expiration of the Master Lease for any reason shall result in the termination of this Sublease and all obligations contained herein immediately upon such termination or expiration of the Master Lease. Subject to the provisions of sections 19 and 36, Sublessor shall not be liable to Sublessee for any loss, cost or expense occasioned by, or resulting from, the expiration or termination of the Master Lease.

5. Condition of Premises: Sublessor shall, at Sublessor’s sole cost and expense, deliver the Sublease Premises broom clean and in good condition and repair, with the Sixth Floor Sublease Premises and the First Floor Sublease Premises Media Studio carpet professionally cleaned and the First Floor Lab and Lobby Room tile floors cleaned, and with the Sublease Premises building systems in good operating condition and repair. Sublessor shall also be obligated to remove all personal property from the First Floor Sublease Premises, as well as all ninety (90) cubicle workstations located within the Sublease Premises. Sublessee shall have ninety (90) days following respective Sublease Commencement dates to report to Sublessor any malfunctions or problems relating to the Sublease Premises building systems (e.g., electrical, plumbing and mechanical system) and Sublessor will commence and complete the necessary repairs in a timely manner and at Sublessor’s sole cost. To the extent any such malfunctions or problems are within the responsibilities of Master Lessor as set forth in sections 5.2, 6.1 or 7.1 of the Master Lease, at Sublessee’s request, Sublessor shall have the obligation to proceed as set forth in section 30.A or B. Except as set forth herein, Sublessee shall not have any claim or right against Sublessor to repair problems or malfunctions that are the responsibility of Master Lessor pursuant to sections 5.2, 6.1 or 7.1 of the Master Lease.

6. Rent: Commencing as of the Sublease Commencement date, Sublessee shall pay as rent on the first day of each month when rent is due, without notice, and free from all claims, deductions and set offs of any nature or for any reason against Sublessor. In the event of any partial calendar month, abated rent or base rent shall be apportioned at a rate equal to 1/30 of the monthly base rent.

 

3


A. Sixth Floor Sublease Premises Rent:

 

Months

   Rent per SF      Monthly Rent*  

01-03

   $ 0.00      $ 0.00  

04-12

   $ 2.50      $ 64,675.00  

13-24

   $ 2.58      $ 66,744.60  

25-36

   $ 2.66      $ 68,814.20  

37-42

   $ 2.74      $ 70,883.80  

B. First Floor Sublease Premises Rent:

 

Months

   Rent per SF      Monthly Rent*  

01-05

   $ 0.00      $ 0.00  

06-12

   $ 2.35      $ 10,725.40  

13-24

   $ 2.58      $ 11,775.12  

25-36

   $ 2.66      $ 12,140.24  

37-42

   $ 2.74      $ 12,505.36  

C. Additional Sublease Premises Rent:

1. Sublessor shall be responsible for payment of any Expenses, Taxes, Parcel Assessments and Project Assessments as provided for in Section 4 of the Master Lease. Sublessee shall not be responsible for payment of any Expenses, Taxes, Parcel Assessments and Project Assessments as provided for in Section 4 of the Master Lease, except for any taxes on Sublessee’s equipment, furniture, fixtures or other personal property located in or about the Sublease Premises that are levied against Master Lessor or Sublessor, in which case the provisions of Section 4.5 of the Master Lease shall apply to Sublessee in the same manner that Sublessor may be responsible to Master Lessor for such personal property taxes.

2. Sublessee shall be responsible for any janitorial service specifically charged for service to the First Floor Lab and the Lobby Room. Sublessor shall be responsible for all other janitorial services to the Sublease Premises.

3. Sublessee shall not be responsible for any utilities provided to the Sublease Premises, all of which shall be the responsibility of Sublessor, except as follows: Sublessee shall be responsible for the cost of dedicated air and power, as well as the CDA and vacuum equipment, supplied to the First Floor Lab and IDF room located on the Sixth Floor Sublease Premises. Sublessor may, at Sublessor’s sole discretion and expense, install a sub-meter to gauge the power draw (including the CDA and vacuum equipment) for said areas. If Sublessor elects to install such sub-meter, Sublessee shall pay costs billed by Sublessor that are associated with Sublessee’s power use indicated by the sub-meter. Specific to the CDA and vacuum equipment, Sublessee shall be responsible for one hundred percent (100%) or, if other subtenants are utilizing said systems, its pro-rata share of quarterly and annual maintenance costs associated with CDA and vacuum equipment.

 

4


D. Prepaid Rent: At execution of the Sublease, Sublessee will provide Sublessor with a check in the amount of the fourth month’s Rent for the Sixth Floor Sublease Premises and the sixth month’s Rent for the First Floor Sublease Premises. Having prepaid the Rent for these periods, Sublessee shall not be required to pay Rent for these periods during those months.

E. Security Deposit:

1. At execution of the Sublease, Sublessee shall provide Sublessor with a security deposit that is equal to $333,556.64. At Sublessee’s election, Sublessee may provide the Security Deposit in cash. The Security Deposit shall not be segregated by Sublessor, and Sublessee understands and acknowledges that the Security Deposit is not being held in trust by Sublessor for Sublessee’s benefit but may be used by Sublessor in Sublessor’s sole discretion subject to the provisions of subsection (3) below, regarding refund of the Security Deposit.

2. The Security Deposit may not be used by Sublessee to pay the last month’s Rent.

3. Within thirty (30) days from the later date of (i) end of the Sublease Premises term and Extended Sublease Premises Term or (ii) the date Sublessee has surrendered the Sublease Premises, Sublessor shall return to Sublessee the Security Deposit, minus (i) any unpaid Rent due and owing; (ii) the cost to repair any damages caused by Sublessee or Sublessee’s invitees or agents to the Sublease Premises, normal wear and tear excepted; (iii) any costs to clean or restore the Sublease Premises to a broom-clean condition, normal wear and tear excepted; (iv) the cost to remove, store or dispose of any of Sublessee’s furniture, fixtures or equipment not removed by Sublessee prior to surrendering; and (v) Sublessor’s damages for any breach by Sublessee of any term of this Sublease, including unpaid rent, beyond any applicable notice and cure periods.

F. Holdover Rent: In the event, Sublessee remains in occupancy of the Sublease Premises upon expiration of the term of the Sublease, or earlier expiration of the Sublease or Sublessee’s rights to possession of the Sublease Premises for default or otherwise, without Sublessor’s written authorization, the holdover penalty shall be five hundred (500%) percent of the Rent paid for the last month of the Sublease Premises term. Additionally, Sublessee shall indemnify and hold Sublessor harmless against any holdover penalties, damages, costs, and expenses of any kind incurred by Sublessor under the Master Lease that Sublessor may incur, or be liable to Master Lessor for, as a result of Sublessee’s holdover beyond the Sublease Premises Term or Extended Sublease Premises Term. If Sublessee demonstrates to Sublessor’s satisfaction that (1) it has signed a lease covering the Subleased Premises with Master Lessor for a term beyond March 31, 2022 and (2) that Sublessee will not cause Sublessor to suffer any liability or expense by remaining in the Subleased Premises beyond February 28, 2022, then, for the period from February 28, 2022 to March 31, 2022 only (the “Extended Sublease Premises Term”), the Sublease term shall be extended at the same Sublease Premises Rent and under the same terms and conditions as the previous month.

 

5


7. Compliance and Master Lease Exclusions: Except to the extent a particular Master Lease section, subsection, right, or obligation is directly incorporated into this Sublease or otherwise explicitly made applicable to a party by this Sublease, the Master Lease terms and conditions are excluded from applicability to this Sublease. Sublessee hereby assumes Sublessor’s obligations under the Master Lease applicable to the Sublease Premises, and shall comply with the terms and provisions of the Master Lease, to the extent expressly incorporated herein, and shall neither do nor permit anything to be done which would constitute a breach under the Master Lease or otherwise cause the Master Lease to be terminated or forfeited by reason of any default of Sublessee under this Sublease. Sublessee shall have all of the rights, privileges and benefits granted to or conferred upon Sublessor under the Master Lease with respect to the Sublease Premises, provided that Sublessee’s exercise of such rights, privileges and benefits shall not cause Sublessor to be in default under the Master Lease.

8. Rules and Regulations: Sublessee agrees to comply with the “Rules and Regulations” as set forth in “Exhibit D” to the Master Lease. Sublessor is not responsible to Sublessee for the nonperformance of any of the Rules and Regulations by any other tenants or occupants of the Project. Sublessor reserves the right to modify and issue reasonable and non-discriminatory additional or supplemental rules and regulations applicable to Sublessee and Sublessor’s other tenants.

9. Furniture: Sublessor shall not be responsible for furnishing the Sublease Premises, however, Sublessor shall grant Sublessee the right to utilize the conference room and private office furniture currently located in the Sixth Floor Sublease Premises (“Sublessor’s Furniture”). No warranty or guarantee of condition of said Sublessor’s Furniture is being provided by Sublessor to Sublessee. There shall be no charge to Sublessee for the use of Sublessor’s Furniture. All Sublessor’s Furniture shall be identified and listed with their conditions and quantities in Schedule D to be initialed and completed together by an employee of each party within twenty (20) business days after Sublease Premises Commencement or the Early Access Period, whichever comes first. Sublessee shall have access to the Sublease Premises upon full execution of the Sublease Agreement for the purpose of installing cubicle workstations and Sublessee’s furniture.

10. Parking: Upon Sublease Premises Commencement, Sublessor grants Sublessee the nonexclusive right to use a total of one hundred twenty (120) parking stalls in the Building’s adjacent parking garage for use by Sublessee, its employees, contractors or business invitees. Sublessor shall not be liable to Sublessee, nor shall it be a breach of the Sublease, if any parking is impaired by Law or by the occurrence of any events not within Sublessor’s control. There shall be no additional cost, charges, or rental payable in connection with said parking. Sublessor shall not be responsible for any damage or theft to any vehicles or other property arising from Sublessee’s use of the parking spaces. Provided that Sublessor provides the number of parking spaces granted herein, Sublessor may reserve to itself or its invitees certain parking spaces for Sublessor’s exclusive use.

11. Signage: After receiving Master Lessor’s approval, within a reasonable period of time after the Sublease Premises Commencement, Sublessor shall, at Sublessor’s sole cost and expense, (i) create a directory in the Building’s First-Floor lobby to identify all of the subtenants, including Sublessee and (ii) install an exterior monument (of a size and using building standard materials of its choosing) that identifies all subtenants, including sublease. Otherwise, subject to Sublessor’s consent, Sublessee, at Sublessee’s sole cost, shall be permitted to install identification signage on Sublessee’s floors. In no event shall Sublessor be liable or responsible for any denial (whatever the reason) by the Master Lessor to consent to any installation of a Lobby directory or an exterior monument.

 

6


12. Access and Security: Sublessor shall, at Sublessor’s sole cost and expense, provide a security service for the Building. A security guard/front desk attendant will staff the First-Floor lobby front desk M-F from 8:00 AM – 5:00 PM (excluding legal holidays). Up to one hundred twenty (120) access cards shall be issued to Sublessee at Sublessor’s sole cost and expense, in order to allow Sublessee’s employees to access the Building. Sublessee shall be permitted to purchase from Sublessor an additional sixty (60) access cards at a cost to Sublessee of Twenty and No/100 ($20.00) Dollars per access card. Unless deemed as replacement access cards for access cards lost, no additional access cards beyond one hundred eighty (180) shall be issued Sublessee by Sublessor. Sublessee, at Sublessee’s sole cost and expense, shall be responsible for installing any security service/system specific to the Sublease Premises. To the full extent permitted by law, Sublessor shall not be liable to Sublessee or any of Sublessee’s employees or business invitees for death, personal injury or property loss caused by any failure to provide adequate security.

13. Hours of HVAC Service: During the term of the Sublease, the building’s standard hours of HVAC service shall be 7:00 AM – 7:00 PM Monday through Friday, excluding legal holidays.

14. Common First Floor: As shown on Schedule C to the Sublease, on a non-exclusive basis Sublessor shall make available to Sublessee the following areas of the First Floor:

 

  a)

That 3,200 RSF All Hands Room;

 

  b)

That Shipping/Receiving Area;

 

  c)

The five (5) conference rooms adjacent to the Media Studio;

 

  d)

Lobby reception area; and

 

  e)

The restroom and showers.

Items a and c shall be used on a first come first serve basis, as they will be offered to all subtenants. The item b area shall be used for the transfer of Sublessee’s deliveries (coming and going) and not for the storage of said deliveries. The only fees that might be charged by Sublessor to Sublessee for the item a, b, and c areas would be a reasonable cleanup cost for Sublessee’s use of the areas.

15. Alterations: Prior to making any Alterations as defined in Section 7.2 of the Master Lease, Sublessee shall (1) confirm in writing it can comply with Sublessor’s obligations to Master Lessor pursuant to Sections 7.2 and 7.3 of the Master Lease, (2) comply with Sublessor’s reasonable requests associated with Sublessee Alterations, and (3) obtain Sublessor’s written consent; provided however that Sublessee may install cubicles or furniture if such installation will not affect any structural component or major system of the Building and on the

 

7


condition that Sublessee remove such additional installations at its sole expense without damage to the Sublease Premises prior to surrender of the Sublease Premises. In no event shall Sublessor be liable or responsible for any denial (whatever the reason) by the Master Lessor to consent to any Sublessee Alteration. If Sublessee makes any Alterations, the ownership of the Alterations will be governed by Section 8 of the Master Lease in the same manner as Sublessor’s Alterations. Specific to the remodel of the kitchen/break area, only if as a result of the consent process required by the Master Lease, the Master Lessor agrees that said Alteration can remain with no restoration obligation or expense to Sublessor, then Sublessor shall not require Sublessee to restore said Alteration back to its original condition at the expiration of the Sublease Term.

16. Liens: Sublessee shall be responsible for keeping the Project free from any lien arising from any work performed, material furnished, or obligation incurred by Sublessee to the same extent as Sublessor is responsible therefor pursuant to Section 9 of the Master Lease.

17. Pets: Sublessee shall not be allowed to bring pets to the Building, Building parking garage or Sublease Premises.

18. Sublessee’s Compressor: In the event, Sublessee elects to install a compressor for its use in the Sublease Premises, said compressor shall be installed in a manner to minimize both vibration and noise to the satisfaction of Sublessor. Such installation of Sublessee’s Compressor shall be subject to all obligations and consents as required by section 15.

19. Waiver, Indemnification and Insurance:

A. Waiver and Indemnification: With respect to this Sublease, Sublessee shall waive all claims against the “Tenant Parties” and the “Landlord Parties” as defined in Section 10.1 of the Master Lease to the same extent and in the same manner as Sublessor waives claims against the Landlord Parties pursuant to Section 10.1 of the Master Lease. With respect to this Sublease, Sublessee shall indemnify, defend, protect and hold the Tenant Parties and the Landlord Parties harmless from any obligation, loss, claim, action, liability, penalty, damage, cost or expense (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and consultants’ fees and expenses) to the same extent and in the same manner as Sublessor does hold the Landlord Parties harmless pursuant to Section 10.1 of the Master Lease. With respect to this Sublease, Sublessor shall indemnify, defend, protect and hold Sublessee and its (direct or indirect) owners, or any of their respective beneficiaries, trustees, officers, directors, employees and agents (the “Sublessee Parties”) harmless from any obligation, loss, claim, action, liability, penalty, damage, cost or expense (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and consultants’ fees and expenses) to the same extent and in the same manner as the Master Lessor does hold the Tenant Parties harmless pursuant to Section 10.1 of the Master Lease.

B. Sublessee’s Insurance: Sublessee shall maintain the following coverages in the following amounts:

1. Commercial General Liability Insurance in the amount of $3,000,000 and in the same form as Sublessor is required to provide pursuant to Section 10.2.1 of the Master Lease.

 

8


2. Property Insurance in the amount of $1,000,000 and in the same form as Sublessor is required to provide pursuant to Section 10.2.2 of the Master Lease.

3. Workers’ Compensation Insurance in such amounts as required by applicable law and in the same form as Sublessor is required to provide pursuant to Section 10.2.3 of the Master Lease.

C. Form of Insurance: Sublessee shall provide forms of insurance in the same form as Sublessor is required to provide pursuant to Section 10.3 of the Master Lease and shall name the Master Lessor and Sublessor as Additional Insured Parties in the same manner and form as Sublessor is required to provide pursuant to Section 10.3 of the Master Lease.

D. Subrogation: Sublessee shall cause any of Sublessee’s insurers to waive rights of subrogation in the same manner and form as Sublessor and Master Lessor are required to cause waivers of Subrogation as set forth in Section 10.4 of the Master Lease.

20. Casualty Damage: Sublessor’s obligations to Sublessee for any damage to the Premises shall be equal to and subject to the same notice requirements, restrictions and limitations on liability and requirements for assignment of insurance proceeds as set forth in Section 11 of the Master Lease, and in no event shall Sublessor be liable to Sublessee in any manner other than Master Lessor may be responsible to Sublessor pursuant to Section 11 of the Master Lease.

21. Nonwaiver: The nonwaiver provisions of Section 12 of the Master Lease shall be equally applicable to Sublessor and Sublessee as they are applicable to Master Lessor and Sublessor.

22. Condemnation: Sublessor’s obligations to Sublessee for any Taking as defined in Section 13 of the Master Lease shall be equal to Master Lessor’s obligations and limitations on liability as set forth in Section 13 of the Master Lease.

23. Assignment and Subletting: Assignment and subletting of the Sublease shall be subject to the provisions of Sections 14.1, 14.2 and 14.6 of the Master Lease to the same extent, and with the same requirements of Sections 14.1, 14.2 and 14.6 of the Master Lease. For any assignment of the Sublease or subletting of the Sublease, Sublessee shall follow the same procedures as Sublessor must follow in the Master Lease, as if Sublessor were the Master Lessor, to obtain Sublessor’s consent to any assignment or subletting of the Sublease, and Sublessor may consent or refuse to consent to assignment or subletting for any reason Master Lessor may consent or refuse to consent to assignment or subletting under the Master Lease. In addition, Master Lessor must consent to any request by Sublessee for assignment or subletting of the Sublease in the same manner as Master Lessor may consent to assignment or subletting if it were Sublessor were seeking Master Lessor’s consent for assignment or subletting pursuant to Section 14 of the Master Lease. The effect of consent will as to Sublessor’s consent, be the same as the effect of the Master Lessor’s consent as set forth in Section 14.3 of the Master Lease with respect to any assignment or sublease by Sublessor provided the Credit Requirements as defined in Section 14.5 of the Master Lease are met by the proposed assignee of the Sublease.

 

9


A. Transfer Premium: Sublessor shall have the same right of Master Lessor to the Transfer Premium as set forth in Section 14.3 of the Master Lease with respect to any assignment or sublease by Sublessor.

B. Right to Recapture: Sublessor shall have the same right of Master Lessor to recapture as set forth in Section 14.4 of the Master Lease with respect to any assignment or sublease by Sublessor.

C. Effect of Default: If Sublessee is in default, then Sublessee grants Sublessor the same irrevocable appointment as attorney-in-fact to direct any transferee of Sublessee’s sublease to make payments to Sublessor until such default is cured as Master Lessor would have against Sublessor pursuant to Section 14.7 of the Master Lease.

D. Permitted Transfers: Sublessee shall have the same rights and obligations for an assignment of the Sublease to constitute a Permitted Transfer as Sublessor has with respect to the Master Lease, as set forth in Section 14.8 of the Master Lease.

24. Sublessor Assignment and Transfer: Sublessor may assign its interest under the Sublease to a third party upon receiving Master Lessor’s consent pursuant to the terms of the Master Lease. Sublessee shall have no right to object to Sublessor’s request to Master Lessor to consent to an assignment of the Master Lease. Additionally, Sublessor may, with notice to Sublessee, assign or transfer this Sublease to any subsidiary, affiliate, parent company or other entity that controls, is controlled by or is under common control with Sublessor, or to assign this Sublease as a result of a consolidation, merger, stock transfer or purchase of substantially all of Sublessor’s assets.

25. Surrender: Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Sublease, Sublessee shall surrender the Sublease Premises in a clean and neat condition, normal wear and tear excepted. Prior to the expiration or earlier termination of this Sublease, Sublessee shall remove from the Sublease Premises (i) all trade fixtures, furnishings and other personal property of Sublessee, and (ii) all Sublessee Alterations (unless Sublessor confirmed in writing removal was not required) including computer and phone cabling and wiring installed by or on behalf of Sublessee, and Sublessee shall repair all damage caused by such removal.

26. Subordination and Estoppel Certificates: In any circumstance where Sublessor is obligated by the Master Lease to subordinate its lease to a Security Instrument for the benefit of a Security Holder as defined in Section 17 of the Master Lease, and the Master Lessor requires Sublessee to subordinate its Sublease in addition to requiring Sublessor to subordinate its Master Lease, Sublessee shall be obligated to provide Master Lessor a subordination to the same extent Sublessor is required to do so and to attorn to the Security Holder in the same manner Sublessor is required to attorn. Sublessee waives any right to terminate this Sublease in the event of a foreclosure to the same extent Sublessor waives its rights in the Master Lease. In any circumstance where Sublessor is obligated by the Master Lease to provide an estoppel certificate to Master Lessor, Sublessee shall provide an estoppel certificate to Master Lessor, if requested. Sublessor shall have the same right to an estoppel certificate from Sublessor as Sublessor grants to Master Lessor. Within seven (7) days after Sublessor’s request, Sublessor shall execute and deliver to Sublessor (i) a subordination and non-disturbance agreement in a form required of Sublessor by Master Lessor or otherwise in a commercially reasonable form; and/or (ii) an estoppel certificate in a form required of Sublessor by Master Lessor or otherwise in a commercially reasonable form and such certificate shall be in favor of such parties as Master Lessor or Sublessor may reasonably designate.

 

10


27. Entry by Sublessor: As to Sublessee, Sublessor shall have the same right of entry, under the same conditions, and subject to the same obligations of notice from Master Lessor to Sublessor, as Master Lessor has pursuant to Section 18 of the Master Lease.

28. Defaults; Remedies; Sublessee Default

A. Events of Default: As to Sublessor, Sublessee shall be deemed in “Default” to Sublessor for the same events and under the same conditions that Sublessor would be considered to be in “Default” to Master Lessor pursuant to Section 19.1 of the Master Lease.

B. Remedies Upon Default: As to Sublessee, Sublessor shall have the same remedies upon Default as Master Lessor would have against Sublessor in the event of Sublessor’s Default, as specified in Sections 19.2 and 19.3 of the Master Lease. In addition, if Sublessee shall default in the observance of any provision or covenant on Sublessee’s part to be performed, Sublessor, in addition to all other remedies available to it, may elect, but shall not be required, to perform such obligation of Sublessee, and Sublessee shall reimburse Sublessor for the reasonable direct costs incurred in connection therewith, together with interest thereon at a rate of ten percent (10%) per annum, upon demand from Sublessor.

C. Efforts to Relet: Unless Sublessor provides written notice signed by an actually authorized agent of Sublessor to the contrary, no re-entry, repossession, repair, maintenance, change, alteration, addition, reletting, appointment of a receiver or other action or omission by Sublessor shall (a) be construed as an election by Sublessor to terminate the Sublease or Sublessee’s right to possession, or to accept a surrender of the Sublease Premises, or (b) operate to release Sublessee from any of its obligations under the Sublease. Sublessee waives, for Sublessee and for all those claiming by, through or under Sublessee, California Civil Code § 3275 and California Code of Civil Procedure §§ 1174(c) and 1179 and any other existing or future rights to redeem or reinstate, by order or judgment of any court or by any legal process or writ, the Sublease or Sublessee’s right of occupancy of the Premises after any termination hereof.

29. Defaults; Remedies; Sublessor Default

A. Sublessor shall not be in default hereunder unless it fails to begin within thirty (30) days after notice from Sublessee, or fails to pursue with reasonable diligence thereafter, the cure of any breach by Sublessor of its obligations hereunder, if the default by Sublessor does not adversely affect the conduct of Sublessee’s business in the Sublease Premises.

B. If Sublessor’s alleged default adversely affects the conduct of Sublessee’s business in the Sublease Premises, then Sublessee may thereafter provide Sublessor with a written notice stating that if Sublessor does not perform such obligation then Sublessee will exercise its right to do so, and if Sublessor does not begin performing such obligation within ten

 

11


(10) business, days after such notice and thereafter diligently pursue such performance until completion, Sublessee may perform such obligation. If Sublessee performs such obligation then Sublessor shall reimburse Sublessse’s actual expenses, without overhead or markup, upon ten (10) days written notice from Sublessor, which notice shall provide Sublessor with documentation establishing Sublessee’s actual expenses. In no event shall Sublessee be entitled to terminate this Sublease for Sublessor’s breach of any of Sublessor’s obligations under the Sublease.

30. Exculpation:

A. Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, no Tenant Parties as defined in Section 10.1 of the Master Lease shall have any personal liability for any judgment or deficiency, and Sublessee waives and releases such personal liability on behalf of itself and all parties claiming by, through or under Sublessee.

B. Notwithstanding any law to the contrary, or any provision in the Sublease, neither Party shall be liable to the other for any form of special or consequential damages, including but not limited to loss of use, lost business, lost business opportunity, lost profits or lost goodwill. Both Parties waive any provision of any statutory or common law that limits the rights of the Parties to waive claims for such special or consequential damages.

31. Communication Lines and Computer Lines: Sublessee shall install all Lines as defined in section 23 of the Master Lease in the same form and manner as required of Sublessor under section 23 of the Master Lease.

32. Representations and Covenants: Sublessee makes the same representations and covenants to Sublessor as Sublessor made to Master Lessor pursuant to Section 25.3 of the Master Lease. Sublessor represents and warrants to Sublessee that (a) the copy of the Master Lease attached hereto is a full, complete and correct copy of the Master Lease, (b) the Master Lease is in full force and effect, and Sublessor is not in default under the Master Lease, (c) this Sublease has been duly authorized and delivered by Sublessor, and (d) no consent, other than the consent of Master Lessor, is required for Sublessor’s execution, delivery and performance of this Sublease.

33. Hazardous Materials and Mold: Sublessee agrees to and is obligated to Sublessor to comply with all provisions of Section 28 of the Master Lease with regard to Hazardous Materials and Mold to the same extent and in the same manner that Sublessor is obligated to Master Lessor. Sublessee shall comply with the law, and shall indemnify, defend and hold Landlord Parties and Tenant Parties harmless to the same extent and in the same manner as Sublessor does hold Landlord Parties harmless pursuant to Section 28.2.3 of the Master Lease. At Sublessor’s request, Sublessee shall complete a Hazardous Materials Disclosure Certificate in the same form as “Exhibit H” to the Master Lease.

34. Each Party waives California Civil Code § § 1932(2) and 1933(4). Sublessee waives (a) any rights under (i) California Civil Code §§ 1932(1), 1941, 1942; 1950.7 or any similar Law, or (b) California Code of Civil Procedure § 1265.130: and (c) any right to terminate this Lease under California Civil Code § 1995.310.

 

12


35. Force Majeure: Sublessor and Sublessee shall have the same rights, duties and obligations pursuant Section 25.2 of the Master Lease as Sublessor and Master Lessor have, and the same exceptions to Section 25.2 that are applicable to Sublessor under the Master Lease shall also be applicable to Sublessee.

36. Certain Obligations of Sublessor.

A. If Master Lessor shall fail or refuse to comply with the terms of the Master Lease, including without limitation Sections 5.2, 6.1, 7.1, 10.5 and 11 thereof, Sublessee shall have the right, upon notice to Sublessor, to exercise, in its own name, and that of Sublessor, all the rights available to Sublessor under the Master Lease to enforce performance on the part of Master Lessor, including without limitation Sublessor’s rights under Section 19.5.2 of the Master Lease.

B. If, notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph A. above, Sublessee shall reasonably require the participation of Sublessor in enforcing the obligations of Master Lessor under the Master Lease, then Sublessor, upon Sublessee’s written request, shall endeavor diligently to enforce such obligations (including the commencement of appropriate legal proceedings) to attempt to cause Master Lessor to provide Sublessee with the service or other benefit in question. Sublessee shall reimburse all reasonable costs and expenses Sublessor shall incur in enforcing or attempting to enforce the Master Lease against Master Lessor.

C. So long as Sublessee complies with its obligations under this Sublease: (a) Sublessor shall preserve the Master Lease and keep the Master Lease in full force and effect throughout the Sublease term; (b) Sublessor shall not agree to any amendment of the Master Lease which would adversely affect Sublessee’s rights or obligations under this Sublease; (c) Sublessor shall not, without Sublessee’s prior written consent, enter into any agreement to voluntarily terminate the Master Lease or exercise any right to terminate the Master Lease, other than on account of casualty or condemnation; and (d) Sublessor shall perform all its obligations under the Master Lease not assumed by Sublessee hereunder during the Sublease term (unless such obligations have been delegated to other subtenants and Master Lessor has agreed to such delegation), including without limitation the prompt payment to Master Lessor of all sums paid by Sublessee to Sublessor hereunder.

D. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Master Lease, Sublessor shall not have the right to encumber its leasehold estate during the Sublease Term.

E. So long as Sublessee pays the rent and performs its obligations under this Sublease, Sublessor shall take no action, or fail to take any action, which would interfere with the right of Sublesse to peaceably have, hold and enjoy the Sublease Premises during the Sublease term.

37. Disputes:

A. Choice of Law: This Sublease shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of California.

 

13


B. Mediation and Arbitration.

Any dispute arising under, concerning, relating to or affecting this Sublease shall be resolved by binding arbitration according to the American Arbitration Association’s (“AAA”) Commercial Arbitration and Mediation Procedures or, in the event the AAA is no longer in operation, any reasonably equivalent organization or process.

Prior to arbitration, the parties shall mediate the dispute using an AAA mediator or equivalent. Prior to initiating formal mediation any Party making a claim or counterclaim must provide written notice of any complaint, claim or cause of action to the other Party, in order to provide the Parties an opportunity to resolve the complaint, claim or cause of action through informal mediation. The Parties shall dedicate appropriate efforts to achieve a timely negotiated resolution. If informal mediation is not successful, demand for formal mediation shall be filed in writing with the other party and with the AAA. A demand for mediation must be made within a reasonable time after the controversy has arisen. In no event may the demand for mediation be made after the date when institution of legal or equitable proceedings based on such controversy would be barred by the applicable statute of limitations. The Parties shall share the mediator’s fee and any filing fees equally.

In the event that informal mediation and formal mediation before the AAA is not successful, the Parties agree to submit the matter to binding arbitration. Either or any party may file a demand for arbitration with the AAA. Arbitration will be before a single arbitrator, not a panel. Venue for arbitration shall be in the County in which the Project is located. The decision of the arbitrator shall be final and binding upon the Parties. The arbitrator may award legal or equitable relief, but in no event will the arbitrator have the authority to award punitive damages or any damages not provided for, or specifically excluded by, the Sublease. Judgment to enforce the decision of the arbitrator, whether for legal or equitable relief, may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof, and the parties hereto expressly and irrevocably consent to the jurisdiction of the courts of Santa Clara, California for such purpose. In the event a dispute is submitted to arbitration, the prevailing party shall be entitled to the payment of their reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs, arbitration fees, arbitrator’s fees, and expert witness fees, as determined by the arbitrator. The parties shall keep all disputes and arbitration proceedings strictly confidential, except for disclosures of information required by applicable law or regulation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Party may forego the Mediation and Arbitration procedure outlined herein and may seek relief in the state and federal courts in and for the County of Santa Clara, California to prevent or enjoin any activity that threatens imminent risk of damage to real or personal property, or of personal injury or death, or to legally compel any action necessary to prevent imminent risk of damage to real or personal property, or of personal injury or death.

The agreement to mediate and arbitrate in the Sublease notwithstanding, if Sublessor and Master Lessor become engaged in any legal dispute, Sublessee agrees and consents to being named as a Party in any legal proceeding between Sublessor and Master Lessor if Sublessor reasonably determines that Sublessee is or may be responsible for any damages or claims, or subject to any remedies, that Master Lessor may assert against Sublessor and Sublessee consents to venue and jurisdiction in any such proceeding, including but not limited to the “Judicial Reference” procedure identified in “Exhibit E” to the Master Lease. Sublessee will be legally bound by any rulings or judgments in any such proceeding among Sublessor, Master Lessor and Sublessee. Sublessor shall defend, indemnify and hold Sublessee harmless from any and all costs and expenses incurred by Sublessee in any such proceeding if Sublessee is found not be responsible for any damages or claims that Master Lessor may assert against Sublessor.

 

14


38. Effect of Agreement. This Sublease and the exhibits and schedules hereto embody the entire agreement and understanding of the parties and supersede any and all prior agreements, arrangements and understandings relating to matters provided for herein. No amendment, waiver of compliance with any provision or condition hereof, or consent pursuant to this Sublease shall be effective unless evidenced by an instrument in writing signed by an agent of the Parties with actual authority. The captions are for convenience only and shall not control or affect the meaning or construction of the provisions of this Sublease.

39. Notices. Any notice, demand or request required or permitted to be given under the provisions of this Sublease shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly delivered on the date of personal delivery or on the date of mailing if mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid and return receipt requested to the following addresses, or to such other address as any party may request by notifying in writing all of the other parties to this Sublease Agreement.

To Sublessee:

Prior to Sublease Premises Commencement:

General Counsel

Eargo, Inc.

295 N. Bernardo Avenue, Suite 100

Mountain View, CA 94043-5205

After Sublease Premises Commencement:

General Counsel

Eargo, Inc.

1600 Technology Drive, Sixth Floor

San Jose, CA 95110

To Sublessor

Andrew Morris

Site Services Department

Microchip Technology Incorporated

2355 West Chandler Blvd.

Chandler, AZ 85224-6199

40. REPRESENTATION BY COUNSEL. EACH OF THE PARTIES HAS BEEN REPRESENTED BY OR HAS HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO BE REPRESENTED BY LEGAL COUNSEL OF HIS OWN CHOICE. THIS SUBLEASE AGREEMENT HAS BEEN NEGOTIATED AMONG THE PARTIES AND IF THERE IS ANY AMBIGUITY, NO PRESUMPTION CONSTRUING THE AGREEMENT AGAINST A PARTY SHALL BE IMPOSED BECAUSE THIS SUBLEASE AGREEMENT WAS PREPARED BY COUNSEL FOR ONE PARTY OR COUNSEL FOR ANOTHER PARTY.

 

15


41. Pronouns. Whenever the pronoun “he” or “his” is used herein, it is understood that the usage is the common gender and refers to masculine, feminine, and neuter genders and also singular and plural.

42. Severability. If any one or more of the provisions of this Sublease Agreement shall be held or found to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

43. Binding upon Successors. This Sublease Agreement shall be binding upon the parties, their heirs, legal representatives, successors, and assigns.

44. Counterparts. This Sublease may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed to be an original but all of which shall constitute one document.

45. Brokers: The parties acknowledge and consent to the fact that that Steve Gibson Cynthia Rotwein and Howard Berry with Colliers International are the real estate brokers representing the Sublessor (“Sublessor’s Broker”) and Romy Zeid and Paul McManus with Colliers International is the real estate broker representing the Sublessee (“Sublessee’s Broker”) in this proposed transaction. Both Sublessee and Sublessor acknowledge and agree to Colliers International acting in a Dual Agency capacity and Sublessor shall be responsible for the payment of all brokerage commissions. Upon execution of the Sublease and after receipt of Master Lessor’s consent, Sublessor shall pay the above referenced brokers a fee as stipulated in the listing agreement between Sublessor and Colliers International. Both Parties represent that they have no obligation to any other brokers, and each party shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless the other Party from any claims by any other broker to any fee, commission or other compensation.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed and delivered this Sublease effective as of the date first stated above.

 

“SUBLESSEE”
Eargo, Inc.
By:   /s/ William H. Brownie
Name:   William H. Brownie
Title:  

CCOO & CFO

 

“SUBLESSOR”
Microchip Technology Incorporated
By:   /s/ Andrew Morris
Name:   Andrew Morris
Title:   Sr. Mgr. Risk Loss

 

16


SCHEDULE ”E”

OFFICE LEASE

This Office Lease (this “Lease”), dated as of the date set forth in Section 11, is made by and between CA-SKYPORT III LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, a Delaware limited partnership (“Landlord”), and ATMEL CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”). The following exhibits are incorporated herein and made a part hereof: Exhibit A (Outline of Premises); Exhibit B (Work Letter); Exhibit B-l (Close-Out Requirements); Exhibit C (Form of Confirmation Letter); Exhibit D (Rules and Regulations); Exhibit E (Judicial Reference); Exhibit F (Additional Provisions); Exhibit F-l (Exterior Equipment); Exhibit F-2 (Building Top Signage); Exhibit F-3 (Monument Signage); Exhibit F-4 (Tenant’s Logo); Exhibit G (Certain Tenant Systems); Exhibit H (Hazardous Materials Disclosure Certificate); and Exhibit I (Copy of Second Amendment to Parcel II Declaration).

 

1

BASIC LEASE INFORMATION

 

  1.1   Date:    8/30, 2011
  1.2   Premises.   
    1.2.1    Building” :    1600 Technology Drive, San Jose, California 95110, commonly known as Skyport III.
    1.2.2    Premises” :    Subject to Section 2.1.1, 198,033 rentable square feet of space consisting of the entirety of the Building, as set forth in Exhibit A.
    1.2.3    Property” :    The Building and the parcel of land upon which it is located, as set forth on Exhibit A, and as more particularly described as the “Brocade Parcel” in the Parcel II Declaration (defined in Section 2.2.1.3)
    1.2.4    Project”:    The project commonly known as “Skyport Plaza,” which includes the Property.
  1.3   Term   
    1.3.1    Term:    The term of this Lease (the “Term”) shall commence on the Commencement Date and end on the Expiration Date (or any earlier date on which this Lease is terminated as provided herein or any later date to which the Term is extended pursuant to Section 2 of Exhibit F).
 
EX-10.11

Exhibit 10.11

OFFICE & PARKING LEASE

700-706, 710 & 714

Division Street

Nashville, TN 37203

By and between

SEV 8th and Division, LLC

“Landlord”

And

Eargo, Inc.

“Tenant”

This Lease consists of three parts:

 

  Part I    Major Lease Terms
  Part II    Standard Lease Provisions
  Part III    Exhibits
     EXHIBIT A – Site Plan of the Property
     EXHIBIT B – Plan of the Premises
     EXHIBIT C – Tenant Permitted & Prohibited Parking on the Property
    

EXHIBIT D – Site Plan of the Additional Property for Parking


MAJOR LEASE TERMS

The terms listed below shall have the following meanings throughout this Lease.

 

DATE OF LEASE    The Effective Date of the Lease shall be the date of execution by the last party to sign this Lease.
LANDLORD    SEV 8th and Division, a Tennessee Limited Liability Company
C/O Southeast Venture
4011 Armory Oaks Drive
Nashville, TN 37204
TENANT    Eargo, Inc., a Delaware Corporation
800 6th Avenue South
Suite 110
Nashville, TN 37203
MANAGER    Southeast Venture LLC
4011 Armory Oaks Drive
Nashville, TN 37204
ADDRESS FOR RENTAL
PAYMENTS
   Southeast Venture LLC
4011 Armory Oaks Drive
Nashville, TN 37204
PROPERTY    The Property is the land outlined on Exhibit A Site Plan and all improvements thereon.
BUILDING    The Building is the structure consisting of 19,897 square feet on the Property as shown on Exhibit A Site Plan.
PREMISES    The Premises is the portion of the Building consisting of 14,965 rentable square feet as shown on Exhibit C, with an address of 716 Division Street, Nashville, TN 37204 (the “Premises”), as shown on Exhibit B.
ADDITIONAL PROPERTY FOR PARKING    The Additional Property for Parking is the land and improvements outlined on Exhibit D.
TENANT’S
PERCENTAGE SHARE
OF PROPERTY AND
BUILDING EXPENSES
   75.21%
PERMITTED USES    Office use and no other purpose


LEASE
COMMENCEMENT
DATE
   March 15, 2019
RENT
COMMENCEMENT
DATE
   April 1, 2019
EXPIRATION DATE    March 31, 2021
TERM    The period of time beginning on the Lease Commencement Date and ending on the Expiration Date as extended by the options granted to Tenant in this Lease.
EXTENSION OF THE
TERM
  

Tenant shall have two options to extend this Lease. The Options cannot be used in conjunction with each other. The Option terms and conditions are as follows:

 

Option 1. Tenant shall have a onetime right to extend this Lease from the current Expiration Date to March 31, 2022 (the “One Year Extension”). Tenant’s right to exercise the One Year Extension is conditioned on the following, (i) Tenant shall not be in default of the Lease at the time Tenant exercises the One Year Extension, (ii) Tenant shall give written notice to Landlord exercising the One Year Extension on or before 5:00 PM, September 30, 2020.

 

Tenant’s Base Rent for the One Year Extension shall be Thirty-One Thousand Four Hundred and Forty-Five and 21/100 Dollars per month ($31,445.21). All other terms and conditions of the Lease shall remain in full force and effect. Notwithstanding the above, Landlord shall have the right to terminate Tenant’s right to exercise the One Year Extension by giving Tenant written notice no later than 5:00 PM June 30, 2020.

 

Option 2. Tenant shall have a onetime right to extend this Lease from the current Expiration Date to May 31, 2021 (the “Two Month Extension”). Tenant’s right to the Two Month Extension is conditioned on the following, (i) Tenant shall not be in default of the Lease at the time Tenant exercises the Two Month Extension, (ii) Tenant shall give written notice to Landlord exercising the Two Month Extension on or before 5:00 PM, December 31, 2020.

 

Tenant’s Monthly Base Rent for the Two Month Extension shall be Thirty Thousand Six Hundred Seventy-Eight and 25/100 Dollars ($30,678.25) per month. All other terms and conditions of the Lease shall remain in full force and effect.

 

2


BASE RENT    Beginning on the Rent Commencement Date Tenant shall pay Base Rent without notice, demand or set off in the amount of Twenty-Nine Thousand Nine Hundred Thirty and No/100 Dollars ($29,930.00) per month. The Base Rent shall increase to Thirty Thousand Six Hundred Seventy-Eight and 25/100 Dollars ($30,678.25) on April 1, 2020.
ADDITIONAL RENT    Beginning on the Rent Commencement Date, Tenant shall pay its Percentage Share of Expenses of the Real Estate Taxes, Insurance and Operating Expenses for the Property and the Building and Tenant shall also pay Landlord for One Hundred percent of the Real Estate Taxes, Insurance and Operating Expenses for the Additional Property for Parking. All of the above expenses shall be defined as “Additional Rent” in this Lease. Landlord’s good faith estimate of the Additional Rent is Thirteen Thousand Six Hundred Twelve and 23/100 Dollars ($13,412.363) per month.
UTILITIES    Tenant shall place all utilities, including electricity, gas and water in Tenant’s name and pay these costs directly to the appropriate utility company.

 

3


STANDARD LEASE PROVISIONS

ARTICLE I: PREMISES

 

1.1

PREMISES

 

  (a)

Demise of Premises. This Lease (the “Lease”) is made and entered into by and between Landlord and Tenant and shall become effective as of the Effective Date. In consideration of the mutual covenants made herein, Landlord hereby leases to Tenant, and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord, the Premises, and The Additional Property for Parking on all of the terms and conditions set forth in this Lease.

 

  (b)

Access to Premises and Additional Property for Parking. Landlord shall have reasonable access to the Premises and the Additional Property for Parking, at any time during the Term, to inspect Tenant’s performance hereunder and to perform any acts required of or permitted to Landlord herein, including, without limitation, (i) the right to make any repairs or replacements Landlord deems necessary, (ii) the right to show the Premises and the Additional Property for Parking to prospective tenants, purchasers and mortgagees. Landlord shall at all times have a key to the Premises, and Tenant shall not change any existing lock(s), nor install any additional lock(s) without Landlord’s prior consent. Except in the case of any emergency and as otherwise provided in this Lease, any entry into the Premises by Landlord shall be on reasonable advance notice of not less than twenty-four (24) hours, except in an emergency, in which event no notice shall be required. Notices may be given orally to Tenant’s representative at the Premises. Landlord will use commercially reasonable efforts to not interfere with Tenant’s business at the Premises.

 

1.2

COMMON AREAS

Tenant shall have the right to use, in common with other tenants, Landlord and others to whom rights are now or hereinafter granted by Landlord, the Property and the Building’s common walkways, driveways and parking areas (“Common Areas”). Tenant’s use of the Common Areas including the parking shall be on an unreserved, non-exclusive basis and solely for Tenant’s employees and visitors. Tenant’s right to use the parking in the Common Areas shall be limited as follows: Tenant shall have the right at all times to use the parking areas labeled Area A, B, and D on the attached Exhibit B. Tenant shall have the right to use the parking area labeled Area C at all times, with the exception that in no event shall Tenant, its employees and visitors use the parking area labeled Area C from 7:00 PM to 10:00 PM. Further, as a part of this Lease, Tenant shall have the right to use the parking on the Additional Property for Parking at all times. Any improvements desired by Tenant or required by any governmental or municipal entity on the Additional Property for Parking shall be at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant, and this Lease shall not be affected, if any parking rights of Tenant hereunder are impaired by any law, ordinance or other governmental regulation imposed after the Effective Date, provided, however, that if any such parking impairment materially affects Tenant’s ability to reasonably operate its business, Base Rent and Additional Rent shall be

 

4


equitably abated to account for such impairment. If Landlord grants to any other tenant the exclusive right to use any particular parking spaces, neither Tenant nor its visitors shall use such spaces; provided, however, that if any such exclusive grant to a third party results in a material reduction in the number of parking spaces available to Tenant, Base Rent and Additional Rent shall be equitably abated to account for such reduction.

Use of the Common Areas shall be only upon the terms set forth at any time by Landlord. Landlord may at any time and in any manner make any changes, additions, improvements, repairs or replacements to the Common Areas that it considers desirable, provided that Landlord shall give Tenant prior written notice of such repairs and shall use reasonable efforts to minimize interference with Tenant’s normal activities. Such actions of Landlord shall not constitute constructive eviction or give rise to any rent abatement or liability of Landlord to Tenant.

 

1.3

RESTROOM USAGE AND FEE

Tenant shall the right to use the restroom (the “Restroom”) and access thereto as shown on Exhibit B, subject to reasonable closures for routine maintenance, repair and upkeep and that the bill for the the Restroom water usage shall not be in the name of the Tenant. Tenant shall pay to Landlord on the first of each calendar month as additional rent $100.00 as the Restroom Usage Fee.

ARTICLE II: TERM

 

2.1

COMMENCEMENT

The Term shall begin on the Lease Commencement Date and shall end on the Expiration Date, or as extended by options provided in this Lease. If for any reason Landlord is unable to deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant on the anticipated Lease Commencement Date (March 15, 2019), this Lease shall not be terminated, but the Rent Commencement Date shall be proportionately delayed until the date two (2) weeks after the actual Lease Commencement Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if for any reason Landlord is not able to deliver the Premises to Tenant on or before May 1, 2019, Tenant may terminate this Lease by written notice to Landlord whereupon all sums previously paid by Tenant to Landlord shall be reimbursed by Landlord to Tenant.

ARTICLE III: RENT

 

3.1

BASE RENT

 

  (a)

Payment of Base Rent. Commencing on the Rent Commencement Date and throughout the Term, Tenant shall pay the Base and Additional Rent each month in advance no later than the fifth day of each calendar month during the Term. All payments shall be made to Manager at Manager’s Address or to such other party or to such other place as Landlord may designate in writing, without prior demand, abatement, deduction or offset. All charges to be paid by Tenant hereunder shall be considered rent for the purposes of this Lease, and the words “rent” or “Rent” as used in this Lease shall mean both Base Rent and Additional Rent unless the context specifically or clearly indicates that only one or the other is referenced.

 

5


  (b)

Late Payments. Tenant acknowledges that the late payment by Tenant to Landlord of any rent or other sums due under this Lease will cause Landlord to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the exact amount of such costs being extremely difficult and impracticable to ascertain. Therefore, if any rent or other sum due from Tenant is not received within five (5) days of its due date, Tenant shall pay to Landlord no later than ten (10) calendar days after the due date an additional sum equal to 5% of such overdue payment. In addition to such late charge, all such delinquent rent or other sums due to Landlord, including the late charge, shall bear interest beginning on the date such payment was due at the greater of (a) 10% per annum and (b) 4% over the then applicable prime rate of Bank of America N.A. (the “Default Rate”). The notice and cure period provided in Paragraph 8.1(a) does not apply to the foregoing late charges and interest. If payments of any kind are returned for insufficient funds Tenant shall pay to Landlord an additional handling charge of $50.00. The foregoing charges and interest shall be in additional to all of Landlord’s other rights and remedies.

 

3.2

ADDITIONAL RENT FOR OPERATING EXPENSES, TAXES, AND INSURANCE

 

  (a)

Additional Rent. In addition to the monthly payment of Base Rent, commencing on the Rent Commencement Date, Tenant shall pay to Landlord Additional Rent on a monthly basis as follows.

 

  (b)

Estimate of Tenant’s Share of Expenses. Landlord shall give Tenant an annual estimate for Additional Rent. Tenant shall pay one-twelfth (1/12) of the estimated amount of Additional Rent with each monthly payment of Base Rent during the Term of the Lease. At the end of each calendar year, Landlord shall give Tenant a statement (the “Tenant’s Additional Rent Statement”) showing the Additional Rent for the prior Year. Any underpayment by Tenant shall be paid to Landlord within thirty (30) days after delivery of the Tenant’s Additional Rent Statement, notwithstanding that such statement may be delivered subsequent to the expiration or termination of this Lease; any overpayment shall be credited against the next installment of Rent due, provided that any overpayment shall be paid to Tenant within thirty (30) days after the Expiration Date.

 

  (c)

The following terms when used herein shall have the following meanings:

 

  i.

Taxes. The ad valorem taxes imposed on the Property (or any tax hereafter imposed in lieu thereof with the exception of franchise and excise tax any tax measured by Landlord’s income.

 

  ii.

Operating Expenses. Any cost for the repair, maintenance, management and operation of the Property, Building or Premises or Additional Property for Parking including, without limitation, (1) premiums and deductibles for insurance; (2) all costs of supplies, materials, equipment, and utilities used

 

6


in or related to the operation, maintenance, and repair the Property, Building or Premises or Additional Property for Parking or any part thereof and utilities, unless the cost of any utilities is to be paid for separately by Tenant; (3) all management, inspection, legal, accounting, and service agreement costs related to the operation, maintenance, and repair of the Property, Building or Premises or Additional Property for Parking Property or any part thereof. Any of the above services may be performed by Landlord or its affiliates, provided that fees for the performance of such services shall be reasonable and competitive with fees charged by unaffiliated entities for the performance of such services in comparable buildings in the area. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this clause (ii), Operating Expenses shall not include: (a) depreciation, interest and principal payments on mortgages and other debt costs; (b) costs for which the Landlord is reimbursed by any third party; (c) capital costs occasioned by casualty or condemnation; (d) costs incurred to comply with laws relating to the presence, removal or remediation of Hazardous Materials (not specifically the obligation of Tenant hereunder); or (e) costs incurred to remedy any construction defect or to comply with any law which first became effective prior to the Lease Commencement Date. Any capital cost (including capital costs included in Operating Expenses pursuant to Section 6.2) shall be amortized over the reasonable useful life of such capital item and the amount included in Operating Expenses shall be limited to the monthly amortized cost thereof.

 

  iii.

Audit. Tenant and its representatives may at any reasonable time within six (6) months after the date of receipt of any Additional Rent Statement, inspect and audit the books and records of Landlord respecting the Additional Rent Statement. Should an audit show that any Additional Rent Statement was inaccurate, the parties will make an adjustment to reflect the actual Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses, Insurance and Taxes for the year in question. If an audit shows that Landlord has overstated Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses and Taxes by more than five percent (5%) in the aggregate, then Landlord shall pay to Tenant the reasonable and actual out-of-pocket cost of the audit incurred by Landlord.

ARTICLE IV: DELIVERY OF PREMISES

 

4.1

CONDITION OF PREMISES TENANT’S AND ACCEPTANCE OF POSSESSION

Landlord shall deliver the Premises with the Building structure and Building Systems (as defined in Section 5.1 below) in good condition and repair. Upon Landlord’s tender thereof, Tenant shall accept possession and enter in good faith occupancy of the Premises, including those rights granted for use of the Common Areas and Additional Property for Parking.

 

7


4.2

Tenant’s taking possession of any part of the Property, Building or Premises or Additional Property for Parking shall be deemed to be an acceptance and an acknowledgment by Tenant that (i) Tenant has had an opportunity to conduct, and has conducted, such inspections of the Property, Building or Premises or Additional Property for Parking as it deems necessary to evaluate their condition, (ii) except as otherwise specifically provided herein, Tenant accepts possession of the Property, Building or Premises or Additional Property for Parking in their then existing “as-is” condition, (iii) neither Landlord, nor any of Landlord’s agents, has made any oral or written representations or warranties with respect to such matters other than as set forth in the Lease, except as provided herein.

ARTICLE V: ALTERATIONS AND TENANT’S PERSONAL PROPERTY

 

5.1

ALTERATIONS

 

  (a)

Landlord’s Consent. Tenant shall not make any alterations, additions, installations, substitutes or improvements (“Alterations”) in and to the Property, Building, Premises and/or the Additional Property for Parking without first obtaining Landlord’s written consent, not to be unreasonably withheld. Without limiting the foregoing, Alterations shall include wiring, cabling and related installations for telephone, computer, voice data and other office systems. Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay its consent; provided, however, that Landlord shall have no obligation to consent to Alterations that could affect any structure on the Property, Building, Premises and/or Additional Property for Parking Building or that would violate the certificate of occupancy for the Property, Building, Premises and Additional Property for Parking or any applicable law, code or ordinance or the terms of any superior lease or mortgage affecting the Property, Building, Premises and Additional Property for Parking or that would increase the rate of insurance for the Property, Building, Premises and Additional Property for Parking or would adversely affect any Building system, including, but not limited to, any mechanical, electrical, heating, ventilation or air conditioning system, fire protection system, or other system serving the Building (collectively, “Building Systems”). No consent given by Landlord shall be deemed as a representation or warranty that such Alterations comply with laws, regulations and rules applicable to the Property, Building, Premises and Additional Property for Parking (“Laws”), and Tenant shall be solely responsible for compliance therewith. Tenant shall pay Landlord’s reasonable costs of reviewing or inspecting any proposed Alterations and any other costs that may be incurred by Landlord as a result of such Alterations.

 

  (b)

Workmanship. All Alterations shall be done at reasonable times in a first-class workmanlike manner, by contractors mutually approved by Landlord and Tenant, and according to plans and specifications previously approved by Landlord. All work shall be done in compliance with all Laws, and with all regulations of the Board of Fire Underwriters or any similar insurance body or bodies. Tenant shall be solely responsible for the effect of any Alterations on the Property, Building, Premises and/or Additional Property for Parking’s structure and systems, notwithstanding that Landlord has consented to the Alterations, and shall reimburse Landlord on demand for any costs incurred by Landlord by reason of any faulty work done by Tenant or its contractors.

 

8


  (c)

Mechanics and Other Liens. Tenant shall keep the Property, Building, Premises and Additional Property for Parking and Tenant’s leasehold interest therein free of any liens or claims of liens, and shall discharge any such liens within ten (10) Business Days of their filing. Before commencement of any work, Tenant’s contractor shall provide evidence of such insurance as Landlord may require, naming Landlord, Landlord’s Manager and lender as an additional insured. Tenant shall indemnify Landlord and hold it harmless from and against any cost, claim, or liability arising from any work done by or at the direction of Tenant.

 

  (d)

Removal of Alterations. All Alterations affixed to the Property, Building or Premises or Additional Property for Parking shall become part thereof and remain therein at the end of the Term. However, if Landlord gives Tenant notice, at the time of Landlord’s approval of Tenant’s Alterations, that Landlord will require Tenant to remove any Alterations at the end of the Term, Tenant shall so remove the Alterations, make any repair required by such removal, and restore the Property, Building or Premises or Additional Property for Parking to their original condition prior to the date Tenant is required to surrender the Premises to Landlord.

 

5.2

TENANT’S PERSONAL PROPERTY

Tenant may provide and install, and shall maintain in good condition, all trade fixtures, personal property, equipment, furniture and moveable partitions required in the conduct of its business in the Premises. All of Tenant’s personal property, trade fixtures, equipment, furniture, movable partitions, and any Alterations not affixed to the Premises shall remain Tenant’s property (“Tenant’s Property”).

ARTICLE VI: LANDLORD’S COVENANTS AND RESERVED RIGHTS

 

6.1

SERVICES PROVIDED BY LANDLORD

 

  (a)

Separately Metered Utilities. The utilities for the Premises are separately metered. Beginning on the Lease Commencement Date, Tenant shall place all separately metered utilities in Tenant’s name and pay all charges for all separately billed gas, electricity, telephone and other utility services used, rendered or supplied upon or in connection with the Premises and shall indemnify Landlord against liability or damage on such account. The costs of any utilities which are not separately metered shall be included as an Operating Expense. Tenant shall not waste or permit the waste of water or any other utilities.

 

  (b)

Graphics and Signs. Tenant shall provide, at Tenant’s expense, identification of Tenant’s name and suite numerals at the main entrance door to the Premises. Tenant shall have the right to install one building mounted sign on the facade of the Building facing 8th Avenue or the facade of the Building facing 8th Division Street. All signs, notices, graphics and decorations of every kind or character shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written approval, which Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay.

 

9


  (c)

Right to Cease Providing Services. In case of Force Majeure or in connection with any repairs, alterations or additions to the Property, Building, Premises and Additional Property for Parking Property, or any other acts required of or permitted to Landlord herein, Landlord may reduce or suspend service of the utilities, facilities or supplies, provided that Landlord shall use reasonable diligence to restore such services, facilities or supplies as soon as possible. No such reduction or suspension shall constitute an actual or constructive eviction or disturbance of Tenant’s use or possession of the Premises or relieve the Tenant from paying Rent or performing any of its obligations under this Lease; provided, that if the reduction or suspension prevents or materially interferes with Tenant’s ability to operate its business in the Premises or to park in the Additional Property for Parking Property, for more than five (5) consecutive business days, then Rent shall be abated or reduced, as the case may be, for so long as such prevention or material interference continues on an equitable basis as reasonably determined by Landlord and Tenant.

 

6.2

REPAIRS AND MAINTENANCE

Landlord shall repair and maintain (i) the Common Areas, (ii) the structural portions of the Building, (iii) the exterior walls of the Building (including exterior windows and glazing), (iv) the roof, and (v) the basic plumbing, electrical, mechanical and heating, ventilating and air-conditioning systems serving the Premises, in the manner and to the extent customarily provided by landlords in similar buildings in the area. Tenant shall pay for such repairs as a part of Operating Expenses. If any maintenance, repair or replacement is required because of any act, omission or neglect of duty by Tenant or its agents, employees, invitees or contractors, the cost thereof shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord as additional rent within thirty (30) days after billing.

Notwithstanding the above and normal and customary costs for preventive maintenance, Tenant’s cost for any repairs to the mechanical, heating, ventilating and air conditioning system, shall be limited to $1,500 per occurrence, not to exceed $5,000 in any consecutive twelve (12) month period, so long as such failure is not due to any act omission or neglect of duty by Tenant or its agents, employees, invitees or contractors.

 

6.3

QUIET ENJOYMENT

Upon Tenants paying the rent and performing its other obligations, Landlord shall permit Tenant to peacefully and quietly hold and enjoy the Premises, subject to the provisions of this Lease.

 

6.4

INSURANCE

Landlord shall insure the Property, Building, Premises and Additional Property for Parking Property against damage by fire and standard extended coverage perils in the amount of the full replacement cost thereof, and shall carry public liability insurance; all in such reasonable amounts as would be carried by a prudent owner of a similar building in the area. The cost of such insurance shall be an Operating Expense. Landlord may carry any other forms of insurance as it or its mortgagee may deem advisable which also shall be considered an Operating Expense. Insurance obtained by Landlord shall not be in lieu of any insurance required to be maintained by Tenant. Landlord shall not carry any insurance on Tenant’s Property, and shall not be obligated to repair or replace any of Tenant’s Property.

 

10


6.5

RESERVED RIGHTS

Landlord reserves the following rights, exercisable without notice (except as specified below) and without liability to Tenant for damage or injury to property, person or business and without effecting an eviction or disturbance of Tenant’s use or possession or giving rise to any claim for setoff or abatement of rent or affecting any of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease:

 

  (a)

To change the name or street address of the Building.

 

  (b)

To install and maintain signs on the exterior and interior of the Building, and to prescribe the location and style of the suite number and identification sign or lettering for the Premises occupied by the Tenant.

 

  (c)

To retain at all times, and to use in appropriate instances, pass keys to the Premises, subject to the notice provisions in this Lease.

 

  (d)

To exhibit the Property, Building, Premises and Additional Property for Parking at reasonable hours.

 

  (e)

To enter the Property, Building, Premises and Additional Property for Parking at reasonable hours for reasonable purposes, including the posting of notices of non-responsibility, inspection and supplying janitor service or other services to be provided to Tenant hereunder.

 

  (f)

To control access and prevent unauthorized access to Common Areas and other areas.

 

  (g)

Provided that reasonable access to the Premises shall be maintained and the business of Tenant shall not be interfered with unreasonably, to relocate, enlarge, reduce or change corridors, exits, entrances in or to the Property, Building, Premises and Additional Property for Parking and to decorate and to make repairs, alterations, additions and improvements, structural or otherwise, in or to the Property, Building, Premises and Additional Property for Parking or any part thereof, and any adjacent building, land, street or alley, including for the purpose of connection with or entrance into or use of the Property, Building, Premises and Additional Property for Parking in conjunction with any adjoining or adjacent building or buildings, now existing or hereafter constructed, and may for such purposes erect scaffolding and other structures reasonably required by the character of the work to be performed, and during such operations may enter upon the Premises and take into and upon or through any part of the Building, including the Premises, all materials that may be required to make such repairs, alterations, improvements, or additions, and in that connection Landlord may temporarily close

 

11


  public entry ways, other public spaces, stairways or corridors and interrupt or temporarily suspend any services or facilities agreed to be furnished by Landlord, all without the same constituting an eviction of Tenant in whole or in part and without abatement of rent by reason of loss or interruption of the business of Tenant or otherwise and without in any manner rendering Landlord liable for damages or relieving Tenant from performance of Tenant’s obligation under this Lease; Landlord may at its option make any repairs, alterations, improvements and additions in and about the Building and the Premises during ordinary business hours and, if Tenant desires to have such work done during other than business hours, Tenant shall pay all overtime and additional expenses resulting therefrom. In the exercise of its rights under this Subsection (b), Landlord shall make commercially reasonable efforts not to unreasonably interfere with the business operations of Tenant. If Landlord’s relocation or alteration of any exits, entrances in or to the Property Building, Premises or Additional Property for Parking trigger any ADA compliance obligations, Landlord shall comply with same at is sole cost and expense (and without reimbursement as an Operating Cost).

ARTICLE VII: LANDLORD’S COVENANTS AND RESERVED RIGHTS

 

7.1

REPAIRS, MAINTENANCE AND SURRENDER

 

  (a)

Repairs and Maintenance. Except for Landlord’s repair and maintenance obligations set forth in Section 6.2, Tenant shall keep the Premises in good order and condition, and shall promptly repair any damage to the Premises. All repairs shall be made in a workmanlike manner and any replacements or substitutions shall be of a quality, utility, value and condition similar to or better than the replaced or substituted item.

 

  (b)

Surrender. At the end of the Term, Tenant shall peaceably surrender the Property, Building, Premises and Additional Property for Parking in good order, repair and condition, except for reasonable wear and tear, and Tenant shall remove Tenant’s Property and (if required by Landlord pursuant to Section 5.1(d)) any Alterations, repairing any damage caused by such removal and restoring the Premises and leaving them clean and neat. Any property not so removed shall be deemed abandoned and may be retained by Landlord or may be removed and disposed of by Landlord in such manner as Landlord shall determine. Tenant shall be responsible for costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in removing any Alterations and disposing of any such abandoned property, making any incidental repairs and replacements to the Premises, and restoring the Premises to their original condition.

 

7.2

USE

 

  (a)

General Use. Tenant shall use the Property, Building, Premises and Additional Property for Parking only for the Permitted Use, and shall not use or permit the Property, Building, Premises and Additional Property for Parking to be used in violation of any law or ordinance or of any certificate of occupancy issued for the

 

12


  Building or the Premises. Tenant shall not cause, maintain or permit any nuisance in, or commit or allow any waste on or about the Property, Building, Premises and Additional Property for Parking. Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost, shall obtain all business licenses, operating permits and other approvals for the operation of Tenant’s business at the Premises.

 

  (b)

Obstructions and Exterior Displays. Tenant shall not obstruct any of the Property, Building, Premises and Additional Property for Parking outside the Premises, and shall not, except as otherwise previously approved by Landlord, place or permit any signs, decorations, curtains, blinds, shades, awnings, aerials or flagpoles, or the like.

 

  (c)

Compliance with Insurance Policies. Tenant shall not keep or use any article in the Premises, or permit any activity therein, which is prohibited by any insurance policy covering the Building, or would result in an increase in the premiums thereunder.

 

7.3

SUBLET OR ASSIGNMENT

Tenant shall have the right to assign or sublease all of any part of the Premises to any related entity, subsidiary, successor or affiliate of Tenant without Landlord’s consent or any profit-sharing. Otherwise, Tenant shall have the right to assign or sublease its rights under this Lease or sublet the whole or any part of the Property, Building, Premises and Additional Property for Parking with Landlord’s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Any sublease profits under a transfer that requires Landlord’s consent shall be split 50/50 between Landlord and Tenant after Tenant deducts reasonable fees for marketing, tenant improvements, demising costs, legal expenses and brokerage fees.

 

7.4

INDEMNITIES

 

  (a)

Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, shall defend (with counsel satisfactory to Landlord), indemnify and hold harmless Landlord and Landlord’s agents, employees, invitees, licensees and contractors from and against any cost, claim, action, liability or damage of any kind arising from (i) Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Property, Building, Premises and Additional Property for Parking, or any activity done or permitted by Tenant, in, on or about the Property, Building, Premises and Additional Property for Parking, (ii) any breach or default by Tenant of its obligations under this Lease, or (iii) any negligent, tortious or illegal act or omission of Tenant, its agents, employees, invitees, licensees or contractors. The obligations of Tenant under this paragraph shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease. Nothing in this paragraph shall relieve Landlord from, or require Tenant to indemnify Landlord against, liability for damages to property or injury to person caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or its agents, employees or contractors. All property kept, stored or maintained in the Property, Building, Premises and/or the Additional Property for Parking shall be at the sole risk of Tenant.

 

13


  (b)

Landlord, at Landlord’s expense, shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless Tenant and Tenant’s agents, employees, invitees, licensees and contractors from and against any cost, claim, action, liability or damage of any kind arising from any negligent, tortious or illegal act or omission of Landlord, its agents, employees, invitees, licensees and contractors. Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant or any other person or entity for any damages arising from any act or omission of any other tenant of the Property. The obligations of Landlord under this paragraph shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease. Nothing in this paragraph shall relieve Tenant from, or require Landlord to indemnify Tenant against, liability for damages to property or injury to person caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant or its agents, employees or contractors.

 

7.5

TENANT’S INSURANCE

Tenant shall maintain, at its sole expense, in responsible companies qualified to do business, and in good standing and otherwise acceptable to Landlord, the following insurance: (i) comprehensive general liability insurance covering the Property, Premises and Additional Property for Parking insuring Landlord as well as Tenant with limits which shall, at the commencement of the Term, be at least $2,000,000 and from time to time during the Term shall be for such higher limits, if any, as are customarily carried in the area in which the Premises are located with respect to similar properties, (ii) workers’ compensation insurance with statutory limits covering all of Tenant’s employees, (iii) “all-risk” property insurance insuring Tenant’s Property for the full replacement value of such items and (iv) business interruption insurance. There shall be no deductible for liability policies and a deductible not greater than $5,000 for property insurance policies. Tenant shall deposit promptly with Landlord certificates for such insurance, and all renewals thereof, bearing the endorsement that the policies will not be canceled until after thirty (30) days’ written notice to Landlord (if commercially available). All policies shall be carried with insurers with a rating of A-IX by Best’s and otherwise acceptable to Landlord.

 

7.6

PAYMENT OF TAXES

If at any time during the Term, any political subdivision of the state in which the Property is located, or any other governmental authority, levies or assesses against Landlord a tax or excise on rents or other tax (excluding income tax, franchise and excise taxes owed by Landlord), however described, including but not limited to assessments, charges or fees required to be paid, by way of substitution for or as a supplement to real estate taxes, or any other tax on rent or profits in substitution for or as a supplement to a tax levied against the Property, Building, Premises or Additional Property for Parking or Landlord’s personal property, then Tenant will pay to Landlord as Additional Rent its proportionate share based on Tenant’s Percentage of said tax or excise.

 

14


7.7

ENVIRONMENTAL ASSURANCES

 

  (a)

Covenants.

 

  i.

Tenant shall not cause any Hazardous Materials to be used, generated, stored or disposed of on, under or about, or transported to or from, the Property, Building, Premises and Additional Property for Parking unless the same is specifically approved in advance by Landlord in writing; provided, however that small quantities of retail, household, and office chemicals customarily sold over-the-counter to the public without special licensing or permitting requirements or the filing of a material data safety sheet and which are reasonably necessary to Tenant’s Permitted Uses shall be permitted so long such substances are used and maintained only in such quantities as are reasonably necessary for such Permitted Use of the Premises and the ordinary course of Tenant’s business therein, strictly in accordance with applicable law and the manufacturers’ instructions therefor.

 

  ii.

Tenant shall comply with all obligations imposed by Environmental Laws, and all other restrictions and regulations upon the use, generation, storage or disposal of Hazardous Materials.

 

  iii.

Tenant shall deliver promptly to Landlord true and complete copies of all notices received by Tenant from any governmental authority with respect to the use, generation, storage or disposal by Tenant of Hazardous Materials at, to or from the Property, Building, Premises and Additional Property for Parking and shall immediately notify Landlord both by telephone and in writing of any unauthorized discharge of Hazardous Materials or of any condition that poses an imminent hazard to the Property, Building, Premises and Additional Property for Parking, the public or the environment.

 

  iv.

Tenant shall complete fully, truthfully and promptly any questionnaires sent by Landlord with respect to Tenant’s use of the Property, Building, Premises and Additional Property for Parking and its use, generation, storage and disposal of Hazardous Materials at, to or from the Premises.

 

  v.

Tenant shall permit entry onto the Premises and Additional Property for Parking by Landlord or Landlord’s representatives at any reasonable time to verify and monitor Tenant’s compliance with its covenants set forth in this Paragraph 7.7 and to perform other environmental inspections of the Premises.

 

  vi.

If Landlord conducts any environmental inspections because it has reason to believe that Tenant’s activities have or are likely to result in a violation of Environmental Laws or a release of Hazardous Materials on the Property, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as additional rent, the costs incurred by Landlord for such inspections.

 

15


  vii.

Tenant shall cease immediately upon notice from Landlord any activity which violates or creates a risk of violation of any Environmental Laws.

 

  viii.

After notice to and approval by Landlord, Tenant shall, at Tenants cost, promptly remove, clean-up, dispose of or otherwise remediate, in accordance with Environmental Laws and good commercial practice, any Hazardous Materials on, under or about the Property, Building, Premises and Additional Property for Parking Property resulting from Tenant’s activities.

 

  (b)

Indemnification. Tenant shall indemnify, defend with counsel acceptable to Landlord and hold Landlord harmless from and against any claims, damages, costs, liabilities or losses (including, without limitation, any decrease in the value of the Property, Building, Premises and Additional Property for Parking, loss or restriction of any area of the Property, Building, Premises and Additional Property for Parking, and adverse impact of the marketability of the Property, Building, Premises and Additional Property for Parking) arising out of Tenant’s use, generation, storage or disposal of Hazardous Materials at, to or from the Property, Building, Premises and Additional Property for Parking. This indemnification of Landlord by Tenant includes, without limitation, costs incurred in connection with any investigation of site conditions or any cleanup, remedial, removal or restoration work required by any federal, state, or local governmental agency or political Subdivision because of Hazardous Material present in, on, or about the Property, Building, Premises and Additional Property for Parking or in the soil or ground water on or under the Property, Building, Premises and Additional Property for Parking.

 

  (c)

Definitions. “Hazardous Materials” as used in this Lease shall have its broadest meaning under applicable federal, state or local law, rule, regulation or publication relating to public health and/or the environment, including but not limited to the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended; the federal Hazardous Materials Transportation Act, as amended; and the federal Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, as amended and shall include but not be limited to, materials defined or regulated as “hazardous substances”, “toxic substances”, “hazardous wastes”, “solid waste”, “special waste”, “universal waste”, “medical waste” “infectious waste”, materials containing asbestos or urea formaldehyde; gasoline and other petroleum products, flammables, explosives, radon, natural gases, radioactive materials and nuclear wastes and as such substances are defined or regulated in any regulations adopted and publications promulgated pursuant to said laws (“Environmental Laws”).

 

  (d)

Survival. The obligations of Tenant in this Paragraph 7.7 shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease.

 

  (e)

Limitation. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, in no event that Tenant be liable for any pre-existing Hazardous Materials in, on or under the Property, Building, Premises or Additional Property for Parking, nor for any Hazardous Materials released by any third party. Tenant shall have responsibility only for Hazardous Materials released by Tenant, its agents and invitees.

 

16


7.8

AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT

To the extent required by applicable law, Tenant shall comply with the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (“ADA”) and the regulations promulgated thereunder. Tenant hereby expressly assumes all responsibility for compliance with the ADA relating to the Premises and the activities conducted by Tenant within the Premises. Any Alterations to the Premises made by Tenant for the purpose of complying with the ADA or which otherwise require compliance with the ADA shall be done in accordance with this Lease; provided, that Landlord’s consent to such Alterations shall not constitute either Landlord’s assumption, in whole or in part, of Tenant’s responsibility for compliance with the ADA, or representation or confirmation by Landlord that such Alterations comply with the provisions of the ADA.

ARTICLE VIII: DEFAULT

 

8.1

DEFAULT

The occurrence of any one or more of the following events shall constitute a default hereunder by Tenant:

 

  (a)

The failure by Tenant to make any payment of Base Rent or Additional Rent or any other payment required hereunder within five (5) days after written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant;

 

  (b)

The failure by Tenant to observe or perform any of the express or implied covenants or provisions of this Lease to be observed or performed by Tenant, if such failure shall continue for a period of more than thirty (30) days after written notice thereof from Tenant to Landlord specifying Tenant’s default; provided, however, that if the nature of Tenant’s default is such that more than thirty (30) days are reasonably required for its cure, then Tenant shall not be deemed to be in default if Tenant commences such cure within said thirty (30) day period and diligently prosecutes such cure to completion;

 

  (c)

The failure by Tenant or any present or future guarantor of all or any portion of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease to pay its debts as they become due, or Tenant or any such guarantor becoming insolvent, filing or having filed against it a petition under any chapter of the United States Bankruptcy Code, 11 U.S.C. Paragraph 101 et seq. (or any similar petition under any insolvency law of any jurisdiction) if such petition is not dismissed within sixty (60) days thereafter, proposing any dissolution, liquidation, composition, financial reorganization or recapitalization with creditors, making an assignment or trust mortgage for the benefit of creditors, or if a receiver, trustee, custodian or similar agent is appointed or takes possession with respect to any property or business of Tenant or such guarantor; or

 

17


  (d)

if the leasehold estate under this Lease or any substantial part of the property or assets of Tenant of this leasehold is taken by execution, or by other process of law, or is attached or subjected to any involuntary encumbrance if such attachment or other seizure remains undismissed or undischarged for a period of ten business (10) days after the levy thereof.

 

8.2

REMEDIES OF LANDLORD AND CALCULATION OF DAMAGES

 

  (a)

Remedies. In the event of any default by Tenant, whether or not the Term shall have begun, in addition to any other remedies available to Landlord at law or in equity, Landlord may, at its option and without further notice exercise any or all of the following remedies:

 

  i.

Terminate the Lease and upon notice to Tenant of termination of the Lease all rights of Tenant hereunder shall thereupon come to an end as fully and completely as if the date such notice is given were the date originally fixed for the expiration of the Term, and Tenant shall then quit and surrender the Premises and its rights to use the Common Areas and Additional Property for Parking to Landlord and Landlord shall have the right, without judicial process, to re-enter the Premises and Additional Property for Parking to Landlord. No such expiration or termination of the Lease shall relieve Tenant of its liability and obligations under the Lease.

 

  ii.

Accelerate the payment of Base Rent and all Additional Rent under this Lease for the remainder of the Term and terminate the Lease in the same manner, and with the same force and effect, as provided in clause (i) above.

 

  iii.

Enter the Premises and the Additional Property for Parking and cure any default by Tenant and in so doing, Landlord may make any payment of money or perform any other act. All sums so paid by Landlord, and all incidental costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, shall be considered additional rent under this Lease and shall be payable to Landlord immediately upon demand, together with interest from the date of demand to the date of payment at the Default Rate.

 

  (b)

Calculation of Damages. If this Lease is terminated as provided in Paragraph 8.2(a)(i) above, Tenant, until the end of the Term, or what would have been such Term in the absence of any such event, shall be liable to Landlord, as damages for Tenant’s default, for the amount of the Base Rent and all Additional Rent and other charges which would be payable under this lease by Tenant if this Lease were still in effect, less the net proceeds of any reletting of the Premises actually collected by Landlord after deducting all Landlord’s expenses in connection with such reletting, including, without limitation, all repossession costs, brokerage and management commissions, operating expenses, legal expenses, reasonable attorneys’ fees, alteration costs and expenses of preparation of the Premises for such reletting. Tenant shall pay such damages to Landlord monthly on the days on which the Base Rent and on the days on which Additional Rent would have been payable as if this Lease were still in effect, and Landlord shall be entitled to recover from Tenant such damages monthly as the same shall arise.

 

18


If Base Rent and Additional Rent are accelerated and this Lease is terminated as provided in Paragraph 8.2(a)(ii) above, Tenant shall be liable to pay to Landlord, in one payment, as damages for Tenant’s default, an amount equal to the total amount of Base Rent and additional rent reserved in this Lease from the date of default to the date of expiration of the Term, minus such net proceeds of reletting of the Premises that Tenant proves could be collected by Landlord in mitigation, after deducting all Landlord’s expenses in connection with such reletting, including, without limitation, all repossession costs, brokerage and management commissions, operating expenses, legal expenses, reasonable attorneys’ fees, alteration costs and expenses of preparation of the Premises for such reletting, all discounted at a fixed annual interest rate equal to the Federal Funds Rate as published in The Wall Street Journal on the date of Landlord’s election to accelerate the rents hereunder.

 

  (c)

No Limitations. Nothing contained in this Lease shall limit or prejudice the right of Landlord to prove for and obtain in proceedings for bankruptcy or insolvency by reason of the termination of this Lease, an amount equal to the maximum allowed by any statute or rule of law in effect at the time when, and governing the proceedings in which, the damages are to be provided, whether or not the amount be greater, equal to, or less than the amount of the loss or damages referred to above.

 

  (d)

Cumulative Remedies. Landlord’s remedies under this Lease are cumulative and not exclusive of any other remedies to which Landlord may be entitled in case of Tenant’s default or threatened default under this Lease, including, without limitation, the remedies of injunction and specific performance.

ARTICLE IX: CASUALTY AND EMINENT DOMAIN

 

9.1

CASUALTY

 

  (a)

Casualty in General. If, during the Term, the Property, Building, Premises or Additional Property for Parking, are wholly or partially damaged or destroyed by fire or other casualty, and the casualty renders the Property, Building, Premises and Additional Property for Parking totally or partially inaccessible or unusable by Tenant in the ordinary conduct of Tenant’s business, Landlord and Tenant shall each have the right to terminate this Lease by giving written notice to the other party.

 

  (b)

Reduction in Base and Additional Rent. In the event of a fire or other casualty which does not result in a termination of the Lease, Base Rent and Additional Rent shall be proportionately reduced based on the portion of the Property, Building, Premises and/or Additional Property for Parking, rendered unusable during the period of repair or restoration, and Landlord shall repair or restore the Property, Building, Premises and Additional Property for Parking, to the extent of available proceeds or awards from such casualty. Landlord shall not be required to repair or restore any damage to Tenant’s Property or any Alterations.

 

19


  (c)

Waiver of Subrogation. Landlord and Tenant shall cause each property insurance policy obtained by each of them to provide that the insurer waives all right of recovery by way of subrogation against either Landlord or Tenant in connection with any loss or damage covered by such policy.

 

9.2

EMINENT DOMAIN

 

  (a)

Eminent Domain in General. If the whole of the Property, Building, Premises and Additional Property for Parking, shall be taken or appropriated under the power of eminent domain or condemnation (a “Taking”) so as to render the balance unusable by Tenant, either Landlord or Tenant may terminate this Lease and the termination date shall be the date of the Taking, or the date possession is taken by the Taking authority, whichever is earlier. If the whole or any part of the Property, Building, Premises or Additional Property for Parking, is the subject of a Taking and such Taking materially affects the normal operation of Tenants use of the Property, Building, Premises and Additional Property for Parking, either Landlord or Tenant may elect to terminate this Lease. A sale by Landlord under threat of a Taking shall constitute a Taking for the purpose of this Paragraph 9.2. No award for any partial or entire Taking shall be apportioned. Landlord shall receive (subject to the rights of Landlord’s mortgagees) and Tenant hereby assigns to Landlord any award which may be made and any other proceeds in connection with such Taking, together with all rights of Tenant to such award or proceeds, including, without limitation, any award or compensation for the value of all or any part of the leasehold estate; provided that nothing contained in this Paragraph 9.2(a) shall be deemed to give Landlord any interest in or to require Tenant to assign to Landlord any separate award made to Tenant for (i) the taking of Tenant’s Property, or (ii) interruption of or damage to Tenant’s business, or (iii) Tenant’s moving and relocation costs.

 

  (b)

Reduction in Base and Additional Rent. In the event of a Taking which does not result in a termination of the Lease, Base Rent and Additional Rent shall be proportionately reduced based on the portion of the Property, Building, Premises and/or Additional Property for Parking, rendered unusable, and Landlord shall restore the Property, Building, Premises and Additional Property for Parking, to the extent of available proceeds or awards from such Taking. Landlord shall not be required to repair or restore any damage to Tenant’s Property or any Alterations.

 

  (c)

Sole Remedies. This Paragraph 9.2 sets forth Tenant’s and Landlord’s sole remedies for Taking. Upon termination of this Lease pursuant to this Paragraph 9.2, Tenant and Landlord hereby agree to release each other from any and all obligations and liabilities with respect to this Lease except such obligations and liabilities which arise or accrue prior to such termination.

 

20


ARTICLE X: RIGHTS OF PARTIES HOLDING SENIOR INTERESTS

 

10.1

SUBORDINATION

This Lease shall be subject and subordinate to any and all mortgages, deeds of trust and other instruments in the nature of a mortgage, ground lease or other matters of record (“Senior Interests”) which now or at any time hereafter encumber the Property and Tenant shall, within twenty (20) days of Landlord’s request, execute and deliver to Landlord such recordable written instruments as shall be necessary to show the subordination of this Lease to such Senior Interests. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any holder of a Senior Interest succeeds to the interest of Landlord under this Lease, then, at the option of such holder, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect and Tenant shall attorn to such holder and recognize such holder as its landlord as long as such holder agrees to assume its obligations under this Lease. In the event of attornment, no such holder of a Senior Interest or successor thereto shall be: (i) liable for any act or omission of Landlord, or subject to any offsets or defenses which Tenant might have against Landlord (prior to such party becoming Landlord under such attornment), (ii) liable for any security deposit or bound by any prepaid Rent not actually received by such party, or (iii) bound by any future modification of this Lease not consented to by such party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall make good faith commercially reasonable efforts to obtain a subordination, non-disturbance and attornment agreement from its sole current lender First Bank on such lender’s current commercially reasonable form.

ARTICLE XI: GENERAL

 

11.1

AUTHORITY

Each of Landlord and Tenant represents and warrants that those persons executing this Lease on such party’s behalf are duly authorized to execute and deliver this Lease on its behalf, and that this Lease is binding upon such party in accordance with its terms, and simultaneously with the execution of this Lease, Tenant shall deliver evidence of such authority to Landlord in form satisfactory to Landlord, if so requested.

 

11.2

NOTICES

Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing. Notices shall be addressed to Landlord c/o Manager at Manager’s Address and to Tenant at Tenant’s Address. Any communication so addressed shall be deemed duly given when delivered by hand, one day after being sent by Federal Express (or other guaranteed one day delivery service) or three days after being sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested. Either party may change its address by giving notice to the other.

 

11.3

NO WAIVER OR ORAL MODIFICATION

No provision of this Lease shall be deemed waived by Landlord or Tenant except by a signed written waiver. No consent to any act or waiver of any breach or default, express or implied, by Landlord or Tenant, shall be construed as a consent to any other act or waiver of any other breach or default.

 

21


11.4

SEVERABILITY

If any provision of this Lease, or the application thereof in any circumstances, shall to any extent be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Lease shall not be affected thereby, and each provision hereof shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

 

11.5

REQUESTS BY TENANT

Tenant shall pay, on demand, all reasonable costs incurred by Landlord, including without limitation reasonable attorneys’ fees, in connection with any matter requiring Landlord’s review or consent or any other requests made by Tenant under this Lease, regardless of whether such request is granted by Landlord.

 

11.6

ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE

Within fifteen (15) days after written request by Landlord, Tenant shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord a written statement certifying (i) that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect, or is in full force and effect as modified and stating the modifications; (ii) the amount of Base Rent currently payable by Tenant to Landlord; (iii) Tenant’s Additional Rent currently payable by Tenant to Landlord; (iv) the date to which Base Rent and Additional Rent have been paid in advance; (v) the amount of any security deposited with Landlord; (vi) that Landlord is not in default hereunder or, if Landlord is claimed to be in default, stating the nature of any claimed default, and (vii) such other matters as may be reasonably requested by Landlord. Any such statement may be relied upon by a purchaser, assignee or lender. Tenant’s failure to execute and deliver such statement within the time required shall be conclusive upon Tenant that this Lease is in full force and effect and has not been modified except as represented by Landlord; and there are no uncured defaults in Landlord’s performance and Tenant has no right of offset, counterclaim or deduction against rent.

 

11.7

WAIVER OF LIABILITY

Landlord and Tenant each hereby waive all rights of recovery against the other and against the officers, employees, agents, and representatives of the other, on account of loss by or damage to the waiving party or its property or the property of others under its control, to the extent that such loss or damage is insured against under any insurance policy that either may have in force at the time of the loss or damage. Each party shall notify its insurers that the foregoing waiver is contained in this Lease.

 

11.8

EXECTION, PRIOR AGREEMENTS AND NO REPRESENTATIONS

This Lease shall not be binding and enforceable until executed by authorized representatives of Landlord and Tenant. This Lease contains all of the agreements of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior dealings, whether written or oral, between them with respect to such subject matter.

 

22


11.9

BROKERS

Landlord recognizes Jones Land LaSalle as Broker for the Tenant and Broker shall be paid a market commission by Landlord under terms and conditions to be established by separate agreement between Broker and Landlord.

 

11.10

SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS

Without limiting the provisions of Section 7.3, this Lease shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns; provided, however, that only the original Landlord named herein shall be liable for Landlord’s obligations under this Lease, if any, accruing before the beginning of the Term, and thereafter the original Landlord named herein and each successive owner of the Premises shall be liable only for obligations accruing during the period of their respective ownership.

 

11.11

APPLICABLE LAW AND LEASE INTERPRETATION

This Lease shall be construed, governed and enforced according to the laws of Tennessee. In construing this Lease, paragraph headings are for convenience only and shall be disregarded. Any recitals herein or exhibits attached hereto are hereby incorporated into this Lease by this reference. Time is of the essence of this Lease and every provision contained herein. The parties acknowledge that this Lease was freely negotiated by both parties, each of whom was represented by counsel; accordingly, this Lease shall be construed according to the fair meaning of its terms, and not against either party. If one or more persons or parties constitute Tenant, the obligations of such persons or parties hereunder shall be joint and several.

 

11.12

COSTS OF COLLECTION, ENFORCEMENT AND DISPUTES

Tenant shall pay all costs of collection, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred by Landlord in connection with any default by Tenant. If either Landlord or Tenant institutes any action to enforce the provisions of this Lease or to seek a declaration of rights hereunder, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover its reasonable attorneys’ fees and court costs as part of any award. Landlord and Tenant hereby waive trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim brought by either of the parties hereto against the other, on or in respect to any matter whatsoever arising out of or in any way connected with this Lease, the relationship of Landlord and Tenant hereunder, Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Property, Building, Premises and Additional Property for Parking, and/or claim of injury or damage.

 

11.13

HOLDOVER

In the event of holding over by Tenant after expiration or termination of this Lease without the written consent of Landlord, Tenant shall pay Base Rent in an amount equal to one hundred and fifty percent (150%) of the Base Rent in effect on the last month of the initial Term or One Year Extension or Two Month Extension as applicable together with one hundred percent (100%) of all Additional Rent. No holding over by Tenant after the term of this Lease shall be construed to extend this Lease, and, in such event, Tenant shall be

 

23


deemed a tenant at will, terminable on thirty (30) days’ notice from Landlord. Tenant shall not be liable for consequential damages sustained by Landlord on account of such holding over provided such Holdover does not continue for a period of more than sixty (60) days after the expiration of the Term, One Year Extension or Two Month Extension as applicable.

 

11.14

FORCE MAJEURE

If Landlord or Tenant is prevented from or delayed in performing any act required of it hereunder, and such prevention or delay is caused by strikes, labor disputes, inability to obtain labor, materials, or equipment, inclement weather, acts of God, governmental restrictions, regulations, or controls, judicial orders, enemy or hostile government actions, civil commotion, fire or other casualty, or other causes beyond such party’s reasonable control (“Force Majeure”), the performance of such act shall be excused for a period equal to the period of prevention or delay. A party’s financial inability to perform its obligations shall in no event constitute Force Majeure. Nothing in this Paragraph 11.14 shall excuse or delay Tenant’s obligation to pay any rent or other charges due under this Lease.

 

11.15

LIMITATION ON LIABILITY

Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any damage to or loss of personal property in, or to any personal injury occurring in, the Premises, unless such damage, loss or injury is the result of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or Landlord’s employees or agents. The obligations and liability of Landlord arising from or in connection with this Lease, or any amendment to this Lease or any instrument or document executed in connection herewith do not constitute personal obligations or liabilities of the individual partners, members, managers, directors, officers, shareholders, trustees or beneficiaries of Landlord, and Tenant shall not seek or have any recourse against the partners, members, managers, directors, officers, shareholders, trustees or beneficiaries of Landlord, or any of their personal assets for satisfaction of any liability with respect to this Lease, or any amendment to this Lease or any instrument or document executed in connection herewith. In the event of any default by Landlord under this Lease, Tenant’s sole and exclusive remedy and recourse shall be against Landlord’s interest in the Property, Building, Premises and Additional Property for Parking and not against any other assets of Landlord. In no event shall Landlord be responsible for consequential damages. Assets of a Landlord which is a partnership or limited liability company do not include the assets of the partners or members of such Landlord, and the negative capital account of a partner or member and an obligation of a partner or member to contribute capital to the partnership or limited liability company which constitutes Landlord shall not be deemed to be assets of the partnership or limited liability company which is Landlord.

 

11.16

NOTICE OF LANDLORD’S DEFAULT

The failure by Landlord to observe or perform any of the express or implied covenants or provisions of this Lease to be observed or performed by Landlord shall not constitute a default by Landlord unless such failure shall continue for a period of more than thirty (30) days after written notice thereof from Tenant to Landlord specifying Landlord’s default;

 

24


provided, however, that if the nature of Landlord’s default is such that more than thirty (30) days are reasonably required for its cure, then Landlord shall not be deemed to be in default if Landlord commences such cure within said thirty (30) day period and diligently prosecutes such cure to completion. Tenant shall, simultaneously with delivery to Landlord, provide written notice specifying the Landlord default to the holder of any first mortgage or deed of trust covering the Premises whose name and address have been furnished to Tenant in writing.

 

11.17

LEASE NOT TO BE RECORDED

Tenant agrees that it will not record this Lease. If required by applicable statute, each party shall, upon the request of the other, execute and deliver a notice or short form of this Lease in such form, if any, as may be permitted by applicable statute. If this Lease is terminated before the Term expires the parties shall execute, deliver and record an instrument acknowledging such fact and the actual date of termination of this Lease, and Tenant hereby appoints Landlord its attorney-in-fact, coupled with an interest, with full power of substitution to execute such instrument.

 

11.18

SECURITY DEPOSIT

Intentionally Omitted

SIGNATURE PAGE IMMEDIATELY FOLLOWS

 

25


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Lease, which includes the Major Lease Terms, Standard Lease Provisions and Exhibits attached to this Lease, with the intent that each of the parties shall be legally bound thereby.

 

TENANT: Eargo, Inc., a Delaware Corporation
By:    /s/ William H. Brownie
Name:   William H. Brownie
Title:   CCOO & CFO

Date:

  9/10/18

LANDLORD: SEV 8th and Division, a Tennessee Limited Liability Company

By: 

  /s/ Cameron W. Sorenson

Name:

  Cameron W. Sorenson

Title:

  Manager
Date:   9/11/18

 

26

EX-10.12

Exhibit 10.12

STANDARD OFFICE BUILDING LEASE

THIS LEASE is made and entered into this 27 day of April, 2018, by and between LAGOS PROPERTIES, LLC, a Missouri limited liability company (“Landlord”) and EARGO, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”).

WITNESSETH:

1. BASIC LEASE PROVISIONS. For purposes of this Lease, the following terms and definitions shall be applicable:

 

(a)  

Landlord:

   Lagos Properties, LLC, a Missouri limited liability company
(b)  

Tenant:

   Eargo, Inc., a Delaware corporation
(c)  

Property:

   Minnetonka Plaza, 10201 Wayzata Blvd., Minnetonka, Minnesota 55305
(d)  

Premises:

[Section 2]

   Suite 135, containing approximately 2,087 rentable square feet of space, as more fully depicted on Exhibit “A”, attached hereto and made a part hereof.
(e)  

Term:

[Section 3]

   39 months (three years and six months)
(f)  

Commencement Date:

[Section 3]

   Earlier of May 15, 2018 or opening.
(g)  

Expiration Date:

[Section 3]

   July 31, 2021
(h)      

Base Rent:

[Section 4(a)]

  

BASE RENT SCHEDULE

 

PERIOD

   MONTHLY
BASE RENT
     ANNUAL
BASE RENT
 

5/1/2018 – 7/31/2018

   $ 0.00        N/A  

8/1/2018 – 7/31/2019

   $ 1,562.50      $ 18,750.00  

8/1/2019 – 7/31/2020

   $ 2,239.18      $ 26,870.13  

8/1/2020 – 7/31/2021

   $ 2,260.92      $ 27,131.00  

 

(i)      

Tenants Proportionate Share:

[Section 4(b)]

   Based on Total Rentable Square Footage. It is Tenant’s understanding that they will be Billed at the rate of $9.67 per square foot for calendar year 2018 commencing 8/1/2018. (2,087 Sq. Ft.) 5.82% for the period of 8/1/2019 – 7/31/2021


(j)      

Reserved.

  
(k)  

Landlord’s Address for Rent Payments:

[Section 22]

  

Lagos Properties, LLC

Attn: Manager

275 North Lindbergh, Suite LL

St. Louis, Missouri 63141

(l)  

Landlord’s Address for Notices:

[Section 22]

  

Lagos Properties, LLC

Attn: Manager

275 North Lindbergh

St. Louis, Missouri 63141

(m)  

Tenant’s Notice Address:

[Section 22]

  

Eargo, Inc.

295 Bernardo Avenue

Suite 100

Mountain View, CA 94043

(o)  

Security Deposit:

[Section 24]

  

$2,500.00

(p)  

Landlord’s Broker:

[Section 29]

  

Avison Young (representing Landlord only)

(q)  

Tenant’s Broker:

[Section 29]

  

Equity Property (representing Tenant only, and not as a subagent of Landlord)

(r)  

Exhibits:

  

Additional Provisions

Exhibit “A”: Floor Plan

Exhibit “B”: Rules and Regulations

2. PREMISES. Landlord hereby leases to Tenant, and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord, the Premises described in Section 1 (d). In addition, Landlord grants to Tenant the non-exclusive use of all common areas designated by Landlord from time to time in and about the Property. All common areas shall be subject to the exclusive control and management of Landlord, and Landlord shall have the right, at any time, and from time to time, to change the size, location, elevation, and/or nature of the common areas. Landlord also reserves the right, from time to time, to close portions of the common areas or utilize the same for Landlord’s purposes. Tenant acknowledges that the square footages of the Premises and the Property are only approximate, and Landlord and Tenant agree that, notwithstanding the actual square footage of the Premises and the Property, Tenant’s Proportionate Share, as described in Section 1(i), shall be deemed correct for all matters of this Lease including but not limited to the calculation of Base Rent, Additional Rent, Security Deposit and any construction allowances. Tenant shall use and occupy the Premises for general office purposes and for no other use.

Tenant has inspected the Premises and accepts the same in its present “AS IS” condition, acknowledging that the Premises are in good order and satisfactory condition and suitable for the purposes for which they are leased. Tenant further acknowledges that, except as otherwise set forth in this Lease, Landlord has made no representations to Tenant with respect to any alterations, repairs or improvements to be constructed within the Premises,

 

2


3. TERM. The Term of this Lease shall be for the period designated in Section 1 (e), commencing on the date set forth in Section 1(f), and expiring on the date set forth in Section 1(g), both inclusive. Notwithstanding the aforesaid, in the event Landlord is delayed in delivering the Premises to Tenant for any reason including but not limited to, labor strikes, casualty, legal actions, suits or injunctions, conditions of the elements, the completion of any construction agreed to be performed within the Premises by Landlord, or the inability to secure the Premises or any materials, Landlord shall deliver the Premises to Tenant as soon thereafter as possible. In the event of any such delay, Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant, nor shall the validity of this Lease be impaired, but the Commencement Date shall be postponed a number of days equal to such delay, and the Expiration Date shall be extended a like number of days to reflect the term of this Lease, plus an additional number of days through the end of the then current month. However, in the event any such delay is due to Tenant’s negligence or any reason within Tenant’s control including, without limitation, Tenant’s selection of materials, or any requested changes, modifications or additions to any construction agreed to be performed within the Premises by Landlord, the obligations set forth in this Lease shall nevertheless commence on the date Landlord would otherwise have delivered the Premises to Tenant were it not for Tenant’s delay.

If this Lease commences on any date other than the Commencement Date set forth in Section 1(f), Tenant shall execute Landlord’s separate written memorandum, setting forth the actual Commencement Date, the Expiration Date, the date when all Rent shall commence, and any other information reasonably requested by Landlord. Landlord reserves the right to withhold delivery of the Premises to Tenant until such memorandum has been executed and returned to Landlord; however, the withholding of delivery of the Premises shall in no way relieve Tenant of its obligations under this Lease.

Provided this Lease is in full force and effect and Tenant is not in Default hereunder, Tenant shall have a one-time right and option to terminate this Lease effective on the last day of the 12th full calendar month of the Term or the last day of the 24th full calendar month of the Term (such date being the “Termination Date”), upon the following terms and conditions. In order to exercise such option, Tenant must give Landlord written notice at least six (6) months prior to the Termination Date, which notice shall specify the Termination Date. Should Tenant terminate said Lease pursuant to this Section, then prior to vacating the Premises, Tenant shall perform such repairs and make such restorations as Landlord reasonably determines to return the Premises to Landlord in substantially the same condition as when received, reasonable wear and tear excepted. Should Tenant exercise its option to terminate this Lease, Landlord shall have the right to enter upon the Premises, from and after receipt of Tenant’s notice, for the purpose of showing the Premises to prospective third party tenants. In the event Tenant elects to terminate said Lease as aforesaid, Tenant shall pay to Landlord (in addition to all other sums due under this Lease through the Termination Date) a sum equal to the Monthly Base Rent due for the month in which the Termination Date occurs on or prior to the Termination Date.

4. RENT. Tenant shall pay to Landlord or to Landlord’s designated agent the Base Rent and Additional Rent (collectively, “Rent”) which accrues or becomes due during the Term, in advance, on the first day of each calendar month, or as otherwise set forth in this Lease, without demand, setoff or deduction, at the office of Landlord. In the event any Rent or other charge is payable for a partial calendar month or year, such amount shall be prorated to reflect only that portion of the Term within such month or year. All accrued unpaid amounts shall survive the Term.

 

3


(a) Base Rent. Tenant shall pay to Landlord annual Base Rent pursuant to the Base Rent Schedule set forth in Section 1(h). The first monthly installment of Base Rent shall be payable to Landlord simultaneously with Tenant’s execution and delivery of this Lease to Landlord. All subsequent monthly installments of Base Rent shall be payable on the first day of each month as and when the same become due.

(b) Additional Rent. Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, an amount equal to Tenant’s Proportionate Share of (i) Taxes (as such term is hereinafter defined) payable by Landlord during the Term, plus (it) Operating Expenses (as such term is hereinafter defined) payable by Landlord during the Term.

Taxes. (as such term is hereby defined) shall include, without limitation, any tax, assessment, license, fee, or governmental charge, general or special, ordinary or extraordinary, now or hereafter assessed, levied, or imposed against any legal or equitable interest in the Property or any part thereof, or against Landlord’s receipt of rent, or against any of Landlord’s personal property used in the operation and/or maintenance of the Property Taxes shall not include any franchise taxes or any taxes imposed upon or measured by Landlord’s income or profits. However, Taxes as defined herein are predicated on the present system of taxation in the State of Minnesota; and, therefore, if due to a future change in the method of taxation any rent, franchise, use, profit or other tax shall be levied or imposed against Landlord or the Property in lieu of any charge which would otherwise constitute a Tax, such rent, franchise, use, profit or other tax shall be deemed to be a Tax for the purposes herein. In the event Landlord is assessed with a Tax which Landlord in its sole discretion deems excessive, Landlord may challenge said Tax or may defer compliance therewith to the extent legally permitted; and, in the event thereof, Tenant shall be liable for Tenant’s Proportionate Share of all costs in connection with such challenge or deferment, including any costs incurred by Landlord prior to the term of this Lease, to the extent that such costs relate to any Tax savings which may be realized during the Term. No costs incurred by Landlord in connection with any Tax challenge shall be included or applicable with respect to the initial determination of the amount of Taxes for the Base Year; and Tenant shall be liable for Tenant’s Proportionate Share of the full amount of the costs of any Tax challenge in both the Base Year and in all subsequent calendar years during the term of this Lease.

Operating Expenses. (as such term is hereby defined) shall include all costs and expenses and reasonable reserves, determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied, and incurred by Landlord in connection with the ownership, operation and maintenance of the Property including without limitation: all materials, equipment and supplies, together with all service, maintenance, and labor agreements, relative to the maintenance, repair and replacement, as necessary, of the Premises and the common areas of the Property and all electrical, plumbing and mechanical systems therein; all utilities and related expenses and deposits, including costs incurred in connection with any energy management program for the Property; all landscaping stock, equipment and maintenance agreements; all janitorial services, equipment and supplies; snow removal; fire protection and security (if provided); any private trustee or indenture charges; maintenance, repair and replacement, as necessary, of the sprinkler systems, downspouts, gutters and nonstructural portions of the roof; the paving, resealing and/or re-striping of all parking facilities, access roads, driveways, sidewalks and passageways; heating, ventilation and air conditioning (“HVAC”) of the Property, as well as all maintenance, repairs and any replacements to the HVAC units servicing the Property; all Property signage; all wages/salaries, fees and commissions and related benefits of all employees and independent

 

4


contractors engaged in the operation and management of the Property, together with any applicable social security taxes, employment taxes or other taxes levied against such wages/salaries; premiums and deductibles for liability, property damage, fire, workers compensation, rent and mortgage insurance, and any other insurance which Landlord deems necessary to carry on, for or in connection with the operation of the Property, or for the protection of the Property, and the interests of Landlord and Landlord’s agents and mortgagees; management fees; cleaning and vermin extermination; capital improvements which are required by any governmental authority to keep the Property in compliance with all applicable statutes, codes and regulations; capital improvements which reduce other Operating Expenses, but in an amount not to exceed the reduction of Operating Expenses for the relevant year; the rental and/or amortized costs of any machinery or equipment used in connection with the operation or maintenance of the Property; and all other expenses incurred by Landlord for or on behalf of the Property. For purposes of establishing the amount of Operating Expenses for the Base Year, Operating Expense shall not include any unique or extraordinary expenses as reasonably determined by Landlord, such as those caused by any strikes, shortage of materials, utility blackouts, terrorism, or one-time assessments. Operating Expenses shall not include: any expense chargeable to a capital account or capital improvement (other than aforesaid); ground leases; principal or interest payments on any mortgage or deed of trust on the Property; any amount for which Landlord is reimbursed through insurance, by third persons, or directly by other tenants of the Property; brokers commissions and other expenses incurred in the leasing of space to tenants in the Property.

In the event the Property is not fully occupied in the initial calendar year or during any subsequent calendar year during the Term, then those Operating Expenses of the Property which are variable for that year (that is, those Operating Expenses which change depending upon the occupancy level of the Property (such as janitorial costs and usage of electricity), as distinguished from those Operating Expenses which do not change depending upon the occupancy level of the Property (such as landscaping costs and casualty insurance)), shall be deemed to be increased by an amount reasonably determined by Landlord to reflect the Operating Expenses which would have been expended had the Property been fully occupied. Similarly, in the event Landlord is not furnishing any particular work or service to a tenant who has undertaken to perform such work or service in lieu of Landlord, the Operating Expenses shall be deemed to be increased by an amount reasonably determined by Landlord to reflect the Operating Expenses which would have been expended had Landlord performed such work or service. Nothing contained in this Section 4(b) shall be construed as requiring Landlord to perform any services or make any expenditure with respect to the Premises or the Property unless such obligation is expressly set forth in this Lease.

Landlord shall have the right to invoice Tenant monthly, quarterly, or otherwise from time to time, for Tenant’s Proportionate Share of the Taxes and Operating Expenses, as reasonably estimated by Landlord; and Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, those amounts for which Tenant is invoiced within thirty (30) days after receipt of said invoice. Any monies paid in advance to Landlord by Tenant shall not accrue interest thereon. After each calendar year, Landlord shall deliver a statement to Tenant setting forth Tenant’s actual obligation for Taxes and Operating Expenses, and the total amount of payments paid by Tenant to Landlord for such purposes. In the event Tenant’s actual obligation for Taxes and/or Operating Expenses exceeds Tenant’s payments for such respective purposes, Tenant shall pay the applicable difference to Landlord within thirty (30) days after receipt of Landlord’s statement. Conversely, in the event Tenant’s respective payments toward Taxes and/or Operating Expenses exceed Tenant’s actual obligation for each of the same, Landlord shall

 

5


either refund the applicable overpayment to Tenant or credit said overpayment against Tenant’s obligation for such specific expense in the forthcoming year. In the event Taxes or Operating Expenses in any calendar year are less than the respective Taxes and Operating Expenses for the Base Year, Tenant shall not receive a refund or credit against any Tax or Operating Expense obligation in that same or any subsequent calendar year. If upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease there is accrued but unbilled Additional Rent, Tenant’s obligation with respect to any amounts owed to Landlord shall survive; and, at Landlord’s option, Tenant shall either (i) pay such amounts after the expiration of the Term when such Additional Rent has been accurately determined within fifteen (15) days after receipt of Landlord’s statement, or (ii) pay an amount reasonably estimated by Landlord prior to the expiration of the Term.

Within thirty (30) days after receipt of each year-end statement, Tenant shall have the right, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, to inspect and audit Landlord’s records with respect to Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Additional Rent, which audit shall be at the accounting office of Landlord, upon not less than ten (10) days prior written notice, during Landlord’s normal business hours, subject to execution of a confidentiality agreement acceptable to Landlord, and provided that if Tenant utilizes an independent accountant to perform such review it shall be one of national standing which is reasonably acceptable to Landlord, is not compensated on a contingency basis and is also subject to such confidentiality agreement. Except as aforesaid, Landlord shall not be obligated to provide Tenant with detailed summaries or receipts for any expenses incurred by or on behalf of the Property, but Landlord shall provide Tenant with one or more statements setting forth such expenses, categorized by class and amount. Unless Tenant timely elects to audit such records and asserts specific errors within ninety (90) days after receipt of such year-end statement, said statement shall be deemed to be correct.

5. INTEREST AND LATE FEES. In the event Tenant should fail to pay to Landlord any Rent or other charge when due, Tenant shall pay to Landlord (a) interest on the unpaid amount from the due date through the date of payment, in an amount equal to ten percent (10%) per annum; plus (b) a late fee for Landlord’s increased administrative expenses, in an amount equal to one percent (1%), per month, of the amount owed Landlord. In addition to the aforesaid, in the event any check or payment made by Tenant is not honored or is otherwise returned by Landlord’s bank, Tenant shall pay to Landlord an additional charge equal to Fifty and 00/100 Dollars ($50.00) for each such returned payment. All interest, late fees and additional charges payable pursuant to this Section shall be paid to Landlord as Additional Rent hereunder; and, at Landlord’s option, such charges shall be payable by Tenant with certified funds. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord’s actual damages for late payments and returned checks may be difficult or impractical to fix; and therefore, Tenant further acknowledges that such estimated fees and charges are fair and reasonable liquidated damages.

6. SERVICES. Landlord shall provide the following services during the Term. The cost of all services shall be an Operating Expense of the Property; and are based upon Landlord’s determination of the reasonable common use of such services. In the event Landlord provides additional services at the request or requirement of Tenant, or at times other than during “normal business hours”, defined as Monday through Friday from 7:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m., Saturdays from 8:00 a.m. to 12:00 p.m., Sundays and holidays excepted, Tenant shall pay for such additional services at costs reasonably determined by Landlord, plus a five percent (5%) administrative fee, within fifteen (15) days after receipt of Landlord’s statement.

 

6


(a) Landlord shall provide electricity to the Promises for building standard lighting. In addition to such lighting, Landlord shall provide service of electricity through floor and wall outlets, for a reasonable amount of normal office equipment, during normal business hours. In the event Tenant installs lighting in excess of building standards or in the event the total consumption of electricity through floor and wall outlets for the Premises exceeds the aforesaid allowance, Landlord, at Tenant’s expense, shall make reasonable efforts to supply Tenant’s requested service through the then-existing feeders and risers servicing the Promises, and Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, the cost of such additional electric service, plus a ten percent (10%) administrative fee, within fifteen (15) days after receipt of Landlord’s statement. Landlord shall determine the amount of Tenant’s additional consumption of electricity by any verifiable method, including installation of a separate meter within the Premises, installed, maintained, and read by Landlord, at Tenant’s expense, or as determined by an independent consulting engineer, engaged by Landlord from time to time at Tenant’s expense. Tenant shall not install any electrical equipment requiring special wiring or requiring voltage in excess of one hundred twenty (120) volts, or otherwise exceeding building capacity, without Landlord’s prior written consent. In the event Tenant requires excess or additional wiring, Landlord reserves the right to perform such work, at Tenant’s cost, if in Landlord’s reasonable determination such wiring shall cause damage to the Property, or cause or create a dangerous or hazardous condition, or entail excessive or unreasonable alterations, repairs or expenses to the Property, or will interfere with or disturb other tenants of the Property.

(b) Landlord shall provide HVAC to the Premises and to the common areas of the Property at temperatures reasonably determined by Landlord for normal occupancy and general office use during normal business hours. In the event Tenant utilizes any machines or equipment which affect the temperatures otherwise maintained by Landlord’s HVAC system, or in the event Tenant installs any lighting in excess of building standards, Landlord reserves the right to install supplemental air conditioning units or other supplemental equipment in the Premises, and the cost of installation, operation and maintenance thereof shall be payable by Tenant as Additional Rent. In the event the Premises contain or are serviced by any heating or air conditioning equipment which is above building standard, Tenant shall accept such equipment in its present “AS IS” condition, acknowledging that all costs in connection with the operation, maintenance, repair and replacement of such equipment shall be borne and payable by Tenant as Additional Rent.

(c) Landlord shall provide drinking water, restroom supplies, elevator service, and utility service to the common areas of the Property. Landlord shall also provide building standard janitorial service to the Premises on weekdays (other than building holidays), and window washing to the Premises from time to time as reasonably determined by Landlord.

(d) Landlord shall maintain the common areas of the Property in a good and orderly condition including, without limitation, lawn and shrub care, maintenance of the roof and the structural portions of the Property, and maintenance of all building mechanical, electrical and plumbing equipment servicing the Property, but excluding those items under Tenant’s exclusive use and control; and those items specifically excepted elsewhere in this Lease.

(e) Parking shall be provided on the parking lots of the Property on an unallocated basis.

(f) Tenant shall have the right to designate its telecommunication providers; however, Landlord reserves the right to designate and/or restrict all third party telecommunication access to and in Landlord’s building as Landlord may reasonably determine from time to time. Tenant shall only utilize existing pathways, shafts, raceways, conduits, columns, risers, closets and other areas within the Property which Landlord has or may from

 

7


time to time designate for the location of telecommunication equipment; and Tenant shall label all cabling, wiring and other telecommunications equipment placed by Tenant within the Property in a manner reasonably determined by Landlord. In the event any of Tenant’s telecommunication equipment causes or requires Landlord to perform any alterations or modifications to the Property to accommodate Tenant, Tenant shall be liable for the costs thereof. No telecommunications equipment, transmissions or receptions of Tenant shall interfere with the telecommunications equipment, transmissions or receptions of Landlord or any other tenant.

(g) Landlord shall use good faith efforts to provide the aforesaid services, but in no event shall Landlord be liable for damages, nor shall the Rent be reduced or abated, due to any failure to furnish, or any delay in furnishing, any services which are caused by Landlord’s inability to secure electricity, fuel, supplies, machinery, equipment or labor, or which are caused by necessary repairs or improvements, or any other reason; nor shall the temporary failure to furnish any such services, or any inconvenience suffered by Tenant as a result of Landlord’s maintenance or repairs, be construed as a constructive eviction of Tenant, or relieve Tenant from the duty of observing and performing the obligations of Tenant under this Lease.

7. LANDLORD’S RIGHTS. (a) Landlord may close the Property, or portions thereof, in emergency situations exclusively determined by Landlord, during periods of general construction, and at all times other than during normal business hours, during which times admittance may be gained only under such regulations as may be prescribed by Landlord. Landlord may also temporarily reduce or suspend certain building services from time to time for, among other purposes, the proper maintenance and repair of the Property.

(b) Landlord may designate all sources of all services used in the common areas of the Property; and Landlord may designate the source and grade of all materials and all personnel for all construction, repairs and maintenance which Landlord is obligated to perform under this Lease, whether the same is within the Premises or about the Property. Landlord reserves the right to designate, from time to time, for both the Premises and the Property, all utilities used by Landlord and/or Tenant including, without limitation, all gas, electric, water and sewer service. Tenant shall allow Landlord and all of Landlord’s assignees, invitees, licensees, contractors and utility providers reasonable access in and through the Premises for the benefit of Landlord, Tenant and/or any other tenants of the Property to perform such installations, maintenance, repairs or replacements as Landlord may determine. To this end, Landlord retains such license or easement in and through the Premises as shall be reasonably required by Landlord.

(c) Landlord may comply with voluntary controls or guidelines promulgated by any governmental entity relating to the use or conservation of energy, water, gas, light or electricity.

(d) Landlord may make alterations, repairs, additions, and improvements to the Property or any part thereof, including the installation and maintenance of pipes, ducts, conduits, wires and structural elements within the Premises to service the Property or other tenants of the Property.

(e) Landlord may have pass keys to the Premises and all portions thereof; however, except as specifically set forth in this Lease, Landlord assumes no obligation to enter the Premises or to make any inspections thereof.

 

8


(f) Landlord may change the name or street address of the Property; install, affix and maintain one or more signs within or about the Property; and grant to any third party tenant the exclusive right to conduct any particular business or undertaking within the Property,

(g) Landlord may take such reasonable measures as Landlord deems advisable for the security of the Property and its occupants. Notwithstanding the aforesaid, Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant, or to anyone claiming under Tenant, for any breach of any security within the Property.

(h) Landlord may re-enter the Premises or may repair or otherwise prepare the Premises for re-occupancy (without affecting Tenant’s obligation to pay Rent) during the last one hundred eighty (180) days of the Term, if prior to that time Tenant has vacated the Premises.

(i) In the event Tenant requests Landlord to take any action or give any consent required or permitted under this Lease, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for Landlord’s reasonable costs incurred in reviewing the proposed action or consent including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’, engineers’ or architects’ fees. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for such costs within fifteen (15) days after receipt of Landlord’s statement; and Tenant acknowledges that Tenant shall be obligated to make such reimbursement regardless of whether or not Landlord ultimately takes such action or grants such consent.

(j) Landlord has established certain Rules and Regulations with respect to the Property, as more fully set forth on Exhibit “B,attached hereto and made a part hereof. Landlord reserves the right to establish additional Rules and Regulations, or make amendments thereto, from time to time, if in Landlord’s reasonable determination the same is necessary for the orderly operation or protection of the Property and/or for the general safety of the tenants. The non-compliance of any of such Rules and Regulations by Tenant shall constitute a Default under this Lease.

8. REPAIRS AND MAINTENANCE. Landlord does not warrant either expressly or impliedly the condition or fitness of the Premises except as specifically set forth herein. Landlord shall maintain, repair and replace, if necessary, the structural portions of the roof and the exterior walls of the Premises, as well as all common areas of the Property and all building standard electrical, mechanical and plumbing systems servicing the Premises, as more fully set forth herein; however, the costs and expenses thereof shall be subject to recapture as an Operating Expense pursuant to Section 4(b). Notwithstanding the aforesaid, in the event any such maintenance or repairs are caused by the negligence of Tenant or Tenant’s employees, agents, invitees or contractors, Tenant shall reimburse to Landlord, as Additional Rent, the cost of all such maintenance and repairs within fifteen (15) days after receipt of Landlord’s statement. Tenant shall have the affirmative duty to periodically inspect the Premises, and to notify Landlord of the need for any repairs which are the obligation of Landlord hereunder. Upon receipt of Tenant’s notice, Landlord shall have a reasonable period of time to make such repairs or maintenance; however, it is expressly understood and agreed that Landlord shall not be liable for any property damage sustained by Tenant, or anyone claiming under Tenant, due to Landlord’s inability, delay or negligence in making such repairs, and Landlord’s liability with respect to such repairs or maintenance shall be limited to the cost of such repairs or maintenance.

 

9


Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, shall clean, maintain, preserve, repair and replace, as necessary, all portions of the Premises which are not expressly the responsibility of Landlord including, but not limited to, all wall coverings, floor coverings, window treatments and any other interior finish installed by or for the benefit of Tenant; all electrical, mechanical and plumbing systems and fixtures servicing the Premises which are custom or above building standard; all signs, locks, alarms, security devices, telecommunications equipment, doors, hardware, all plate and other glass, and all of Tenant’s personal property and fixtures (including any interior finish constructed by Landlord or Tenant within the Premises). In the event Tenant should fail to perform any maintenance or repairs required of Tenant under this Lease in a prompt and good workmanlike manner after Landlord’s written demand, Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to perform such maintenance and repairs, whereupon Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, all such maintenance and repair costs, plus ten percent (10%), within fifteen (15) days after receipt of Landlord’s statement.

All maintenance, repair, and replacement obligations of Tenant under this Section shall be deemed improvements to the Premises and shall be performed by Tenant pursuant to and in accordance with the terms and conditions under Section 9 of this Lease. All materials utilized by Tenant in any maintenance, repairs, construction or replacements under this Lease shall be pre-approved by Landlord, meet minimum municipal code requirements, and be of a quality at least as good as the quality of the materials in place within the Premises, as reasonably determined by Landlord (“Approved Materials”). AH contractors performing any construction, services or other work within the Premises for or on behalf of Tenant shall be pre-approved by Landlord (“Approved Contractors”). Landlord’s approval may include, without limitation, the use of union tradesmen and laborers; and in all events, as a prerequisite of any approval, Tenant shall provide Landlord with certificates of insurance of all contractors in a form and content, and with such companies as Landlord may reasonably approve, naming both Landlord and Landlord’s managing agent (if any) as additional insureds.

9. ALTERATIONS AND IMPROVEMENTS. Tenant shall not make any alterations, additions or improvements to the Premises or Property without the prior written consent of Landlord; nor shall Tenant, or any telecommunications companies on behalf of Tenant, install any telecommunications systems within the Property without the prior written consent of Landlord. All construction and other work pre-approved by Landlord and performed by or on behalf of Tenant shall be with Approved Materials and Approved Contractors; and all construction shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner and in compliance with all Laws, as well as all requirements of Landlord’s insurance carrier. Prior to installing any trade fixtures, or making any alterations, additions or improvements to the Premises, Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing of the same and provide to Landlord such plans and specifications for such work as Landlord may reasonably request, together with a detailed work schedule and list of contractors, subcontractors and materialmen. It is expressly understood and agreed that Landlord’s approval of any plans and specifications of any work undertaken by Tenant shall not be a representation by Landlord that the contemplated alterations, additions or improvements comply with any Laws; and Tenant shall remain wholly liable for compliance with all Laws and indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from any violations thereof. Landlord shall not be liable for or be required to insure any alterations or improvements made to the Premises by or on behalf of Tenant; and Tenant shall secure all-risk property insurance coverage for all such alterations and improvements pursuant to Section 19. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, Tenant shall be liable for any damage to the Premises and the Property arising from any alteration or construction undertaken by Tenant.

 

10


Prior to performing any alterations, additions or improvements to the Premises or Property, Tenant shall first provide Landlord with certain assurances reasonably satisfactory to Landlord that Tenant is capable of paying for all such materials and work. Such assurances may include, by way of example (a) proof of prepayment of all or substantially all of such materials and work, based upon actual contractor’s bids; (b) evidence of a construction or other loan from a bank or other lender in the full amount of the cost of Tenant’s proposed improvements which provides for the disbursement of the loan proceeds pursuant to a disbursing arrangement in accordance with customary industry standards reasonably acceptable to Landlord; or (c) a guaranty by one (1) or more separate persons or entities, reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, for the full amount of the cost of such work. Landlord reserves the right, but not the obligation, to perform all alterations, improvements or additions required by Tenant; and, in the event Landlord exercises such right, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for all of Landlord’s costs within fifteen (15) days after receipt of Landlord’s statement.

Tenant shall remove all trade fixtures from the Premises prior to the expiration of this Lease, unless Landlord has theretofore consented in writing to allow such trade fixtures to remain within the Premises. Tenant shall remove all other improvements from the Premises, whether or not installed and/or pre-approved by Landlord, unless Landlord elects in writing to require such improvements to remain within the Premises. For purposes of this Lease, improvements shall include without limitation, all personal property, construction, and fixtures, and all voice, video, data and other telecommunications wiring, cabling and equipment (collectively, “Telecommunication Equipment”) installed by or on behalf of Tenant. Notwithstanding the aforesaid, Tenant shall have no duty to remove any construction or fixtures which were installed by Landlord or Tenant in connection with Tenant’s initial occupancy of the Premises, except with respect to Tenant’s Telecommunication Equipment which Tenant shall remove unless Landlord otherwise specifically elects in writing. Tenant shall repair any damage caused by any such removal and restore the Premises to a condition substantially similar to the condition of the Premises immediately prior to the installation of such improvements; in the event Tenant fails to so repair and restore the Premises, Tenant shall be liable for the costs thereof, which liability shall survive the termination of this Lease.

10. CASUALTY. If the Premises or a substantial portion of the Property is damaged in whole or in part by casualty, and if the Premises are made untenantable as a result thereof, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant, within sixty (60) days after such casualty, a good faith estimate of the time necessary to repair such damages (“Casualty Notice”). If in Landlord’s reasonable estimation such damages cannot be substantially repaired within the shorter of two hundred seventy (270) days from the date of such casualty, or within two-thirds (2/3) of the then remaining Term as of the date of such casualty (“Estimated Restoration Period”), this Lease may be terminated by either Landlord or Tenant by delivering written notice to the other party within thirty (30) days after Tenant’s receipt of the Casualty Notice, in the event neither party timely terminates this Lease, or if in Landlord’s reasonable estimation such damages can be substantially repaired within the Estimated Restoration Period then, subject to Landlord’s rights below, this Lease shall remain in full force and effect, and Landlord shall proceed in good faith to repair and restore the Premises to a condition substantially similar to that condition which existed prior to such casualty. Landlord’s obligation with respect to repair and restoration shall be limited to the extent of the insurance proceeds actually received by Landlord in connection with such casualty and shall only extend to the repair of Landlord’s building and improvements, and shall not extend to Tenant’s fixtures, equipment, alterations, Telecommunications Equipment, or any interior finish constructed within the Premises by

 

11


either Landlord or Tenant, regardless of the cause of such casualty. In the event the repair and restoration of the Premises extends beyond the Estimated Restoration Period, this Lease shall remain in full force and effect and Landlord shall not be liable therefor, but Landlord shall continue to complete such repairs and restoration with all due diligence. Notwithstanding the aforesaid, if Landlord reasonably determines that repair of the Premises/Property is or will become uneconomical or that the insurance proceeds (after any required payments to any mortgagees of the Property) will be insufficient to complete all repairs and restoration, then Landlord may terminate this Lease by giving written notice to Tenant. In the event this Lease is terminated, the parties shall have no further obligations to the other, except for those obligations accrued through the effective date of such termination, which obligations shall survive the Term.

Upon termination of this Lease, Tenant shall immediately surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord. Tenant shall not be required to pay any Base Rent for any period in which the Premises are wholly untenantable; and, in the event only a portion of the Premises are untenantable, Tenant’s Base Rent shall be equitably abated in proportion to that portion of the Premises which are so unfit for such period of time as the Premises (or such portion) remains untenantable. There shall be no Rent abatement if the damages are due to the fault or negligence of Tenant or Tenant’s agents, employees, licensees, invitees or contractors.

11. INSPECTION. Landlord and its agents shall have the right to enter and inspect the Premises from time to time, for the purpose of ascertaining the condition thereof, or to show the Premises to existing or prospective fee owners or third party tenants, ground lessors, mortgagees, Landlord’s insurance carriers and by request of any governmental agency, or in order to make such repairs as may be required or permitted to be made by Landlord under the terms of this Lease; and, to this end, Landlord retains such license or easement in and through the Premises as may be reasonably required by Landlord. In addition thereto, during the last twelve (12) months of the Term, Landlord shall have the right to enter upon the Premises to erect one or more signs indicating that the Premises are available for lease.

12. SUBLETTING AND ASSIGNING. Tenant shall not, voluntarily or by operation of law, assign, sublet or encumber this Lease, the Premises, or any portion thereof, nor allow the same to be used or occupied by any person, without the prior written consent of Landlord. For purposes of this Section, the transfer of any majority interest in the entity constituting the Tenant, or the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of Tenant, or the merger or consolidation of Tenant with any other entity, or the divestiture of Tenant from any parent or affiliated company, shall be deemed to be an assignment of Tenant’s interest. In no event shall Tenant have the right to assign this Lease or sublet any portion of the Premises to any third party tenant (or to any affiliated company of any third party tenant) who leases space in the Property or whose lease or possession of any space in the Property is expiring, or to any third party who is negotiating with Landlord to lease space within the Property. In the event Landlord should consent to any assignment or sublease, no subtenant, assignee or other occupant shall use the Premises for any purpose other than general office use. Further, in no event shall Landlord’s consent to any sublease or assignment constitute a release of Tenant front the full performance of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease. Tenant shall pay to Landlord in advance, Landlord’s reasonable attorney’s fees to review and/or draft any documents Landlord deems necessary in connection with the transferor Tenant’s interests.

 

12


13. DEFAULT. This Lease and Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises is made subject to and conditioned upon Tenant performing all of the covenants and obligations to be performed by Tenant hereunder, at the times and pursuant to terms and conditions set forth herein. The following events shall each be an event of default by Tenant under this Lease (“Default”): (a) Tenant fails to pay any Rent or other charge when the same is due; (b) Tenant fails to perform any other obligation to be performed by Tenant within the time or times set forth herein; (c) Tenant makes any material misrepresentation, or commits any fraud or criminal act; (d) Tenant shall become insolvent, make a transfer in fraud of its creditors, make an assignment for the benefit of its creditors, files or has filed against it a petition in bankruptcy, has a receiver, trustee or liquidator appointed over a substantial portion of its property or this Lease, or is adjudicated insolvent; or (e) Tenant vacates or abandons the Premises for more than thirty (30) days. In the event any monetary Default shall continue for five (5) days after receipt of written notice from Landlord, or in the event any non-monetary Default shall continue for ten (10) days after receipt of written notice from Landlord, or in the event Tenant becomes in Default for the same general reason three (3) or more times during the Term (regardless of whether or not Tenant subsequently cures such Defaults); then, in addition to all other remedies afforded Landlord under this Lease, at law or in equity, Landlord may terminate this Lease, or terminate Tenant’s right of possession to the Premises without terminating this Lease, by delivery of written notice to Tenant. In either event, Landlord shall have the right to dispossess Tenant, or any other person in occupancy, together with their property, and re-enter the Premises. No such dispossession of Tenant or re-entry by Landlord, or Landlord’s voluntary acceptance of the keys to the Premises, shall constitute or be construed as an election by Landlord to terminate this Lease, unless Landlord delivers written notice to Tenant specifically terminating this Lease. Upon such re-entry, Tenant shall be liable for all expenses incurred by Landlord in recovering the Premises including, without limitation, clean-up costs, legal fees, removal, storage or disposal of Tenant’s property, and restoration costs.

In the event Landlord elects to terminate this Lease, Tenant shall immediately vacate the Premises and pay to Landlord all Rent accrued through the effective date of termination, together with any late fees and interest thereon, plus an amount equal to all tenant concessions initially granted to Tenant including, but not limited to, any free or reduced Rent, any interior finish constructed within the Premises, or any contribution paid to Tenant in lieu thereof. In addition thereto, the remainder of the Rent payable by Tenant through the Expiration Date of this Lease, less the fair market rental value of the Premises over the same period (net of all expenses and vacancy periods reasonably projected by Landlord to be incurred in connection with the reletting of the Premises) shall be accelerated and become immediately due and payable.

In the event Landlord elects not to terminate this Lease, but only to terminate Tenant’s right of possession to the Premises, Tenant shall immediately vacate the Premises and pay to Landlord all Rent accrued through the effective date of repossession, together with any late fees and interest thereon. Upon repossession, Landlord may use reasonable efforts to mitigate its damages and relet the Premises upon terms and conditions satisfactory to Landlord; however, Landlord shall have no duty to prioritize the reletting of the Premises over the leasing of other vacant space within the Property. Tenant shall remain liable for all Rent accruing after the date of repossession (together with all late fees and interest), payable monthly as such Rent accrues, in an amount equal to the Rent payable under this Lease, less the rent (if any) collected by Landlord from any reletting. Landlord shall have the right to make repairs, alterations, and additions in or to the Premises and redecorate and remodel the same to the extent deemed necessary by Landlord in connection with any reletting of the Premises; and Tenant shall pay to Landlord the cost thereof within fifteen (15) days after receipt of Landlord’s statement.

 

13


In addition to any other remedy afforded Landlord under this Lease, Tenant hereby grants to Landlord a continuing security interest in all of Tenant’s goods, wares, equipment, fixtures, furniture, and all proceeds thereof (collectively, “Security”) situated within the Premises. In the event Tenant shall be in Default under this Lease, Tenant shall not remove any such Security from the Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord; and Landlord shall have all rights and remedies under the Uniform Commercial Code including, without limitation, the right to sell such Security at public or private sale upon five (5) days’ prior written notice to Tenant. Tenant hereby agrees to execute financing statements and other reasonable instruments necessary or desirable, in Landlord’s discretion, to perfect any security interest hereby created; and, in the event Tenant should fail or refuse to execute any such financing statements or instruments, Landlord shall be granted a limited power of attorney to execute such statements/instruments in the name and on behalf of Tenant and perfect Landlord’s security interest in the Security. The lien hereby created shall be in addition to any statutory lien granted under the laws of the State of Minnesota.

No action by Tenant after final judgment for possession of the Premises shall reinstate this Lease, and Tenant waives any and all rights of redemption in the event Tenant is judicially dispossessed. Should Landlord elect not to exercise any of its rights in the event of a Default, it shall not be deemed a waiver of such rights as to subsequent Defaults. No payment by Tenant or receipt by Landlord of a lesser amount than that stipulated to be paid shall be deemed to be anything other than a payment on account; nor shall any endorsement or statement on any check or letter accompanying any payment be deemed an accord and satisfaction; and Landlord may accept any payment without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover the balance or pursue any other remedy under this Lease. Landlord reserves the right to apply any monies received from Tenant, regardless of how designated, to any outstanding Rent, interest, late fees or other amounts then owed to Landlord under this Lease. All of the aforesaid rights of Landlord shall be in addition to any remedies which Landlord may have at law or in equity; Landlord shall have the right to pursue any one or all of such remedies; and no election of remedy by Landlord shall preclude Landlord from subsequently pursuing any of Landlord’s other remedies. Tenant shall pay all costs and attorney’s fees incurred by Landlord from enforcing the covenants of this Lease.

14. RIGHT TO CURE TENANT’S DEFAULT. If Tenant is in Default under any provision of this Lease other than for the payment of Rent, and Tenant has not cured such Default within ten (10) days after receipt of Landlord’s written notice, Landlord shall have the right but not the obligation to cure such Default on behalf of Tenant, at Tenant’s expense. Landlord may also perform any obligation of Tenant, without notice to Tenant, should Landlord deem such performance to be an emergency, or Landlord reasonably determines that such Default will result in a violation of law or the cancellation of any insurance policy maintained by Landlord, or will unreasonably interfere with any other tenants in the Property. If Landlord incurs any expense, including reasonable attorney’s fees, in instituting, prosecuting and/or defending any action or proceeding by reason of any emergency or Default, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the same, as Additional Rent, with interest calculated thereon at the rate of thirteen percent (13%) per annum from the date such payment is first due Landlord.

15. RETURN OF PREMISES. Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall surrender and return the Premises to Landlord in substantially the same condition as when received, reasonable wear and tear excepted. Tenant shall give Landlord thirty (30) days written notice prior to Tenant vacating the Premises, for the purpose of arranging a joint inspection of the Premises with respect to any obligation to be performed

 

14


therein by Tenant including, without limitation, the necessity of any repair or restoration of the Premises. In the event Tenant fails to notify Landlord of such inspection, Landlord’s inspection after Tenant vacates shall be conclusively deemed correct for purposes of determining Tenant’s responsibility under this Lease. Tenant shall remove all alterations, additions and improvements made by Tenant within the Premises including, without limitation, all fixtures and trade fixtures, regardless of how attached and all Telecommunication Equipment installed by or on behalf of Tenant in or about the Property. Notwithstanding the aforesaid, upon Landlord’s written election, any such alterations, additions, improvements or Telecommunication Equipment (other than trade fixtures) shall become the property of Landlord and shall remain within the Premises. All such work shall be performed in a good and workmanlike manner, using Approved Contractors and Approved Materials; and all such repairs and restoration shall be in compliance with all Laws, as well as all requirements of Landlord’s insurance carrier. In the event Tenant fails to return the Premises to Landlord as aforesaid prior to the termination of this Lease, Tenant shall be liable for the costs thereof, which liability shall survive the Term.

16. HOLDOVER. Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall surrender the Premises to Landlord, without notice or demand. If Tenant shall remain in possession of the Premises after the termination of this Lease and hold over for any reason, then, in addition to all other remedies afforded to Landlord at Law or in equity, Tenant shall become a tenant at sufferance only, upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Lease, including the payment of Additional Rent, but at a monthly Base Rent equal to two hundred percent (200%) of the monthly Base Rent payable under this Lease during the last month prior to any such holdover. In addition, Tenant shall be liable to Landlord for all other damages incurred by Landlord as a result of such holdover. Acceptance by Landlord of any Rent after such expiration or earlier termination shall not constitute a consent to a holdover or cause an extension of the Term. Should any of Tenant’s property remain within the Premises after the termination of this Lease, it shall be deemed abandoned, and Landlord shall have the right, without liability to Landlord, to store or dispose of such property at Tenant’s cost, the liability for which costs shall survive the Term.

17. HOLD HARMLESS. Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any damage to or loss of any property of Tenant’s agents, employees, licensees, invitees, contractors or other persons, which Tenant places or permits to be placed within the Premises; and Tenant agrees to indemnify, hold harmless, and defend Landlord, at Tenant’s sole cost and expenses, from all claims liabilities and expenses (including reasonable attorney’s fees) incurred by Landlord arising from any such damage or loss. To the extent not prohibited by law, and to the extent that Landlord or its agents are neither negligent nor willful, Landlord shall not be liable for any injuries to Tenant, its agents, employees, licensees, invitees, contractors or other persons, caused by: the condition, operation or maintenance of the Property; the acts of any employee, agent, licensee, invitee, or contractor of the Landlord, Tenant or other tenants of the Property; or the general public. Tenant shall indemnify, hold harmless and defend Landlord, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, from any and all claims, damages to property, injuries to persons, losses, liabilities and expenses (including reasonable attorney’s fees) arising from any occurrence within the Premises that is the fault of Tenant; any act or permitted act or omission of Tenant or any of Tenant’s employees, agents, licensees, invitees and contractors within the Property; or Tenant’s breach of any covenant under this Lease. In the event any suit shall be instituted against Landlord by any third person for which Tenant is hereby indemnifying and holding Landlord harmless, Tenant shall defend such suit at Tenant’s sole cost and expense with counsel reasonably satisfactory to Landlord; or, at Landlord’s election, Landlord may

 

15


defend such suit, in which event Tenant shall pay Landlord, as Additional Rent, Landlord’s costs of such defense. The aforesaid indemnifications and obligations shall survive the Term; and, for purposes of Tenant’s obligations under this Section, the term “Landlord” shall mean and include Landlord and all members, managers, partners, directors, officers and shareholders of Landlord, their agents, employees, independent contractors, representatives, successors and assigns.

18. CONDEMNATION. If the whole of the Premises or any substantial portion of the Property shall be taken for any public or quasi-public use under any statute or by right of eminent domain or by purchase under threat of condemnation (collectively, “Condemned”), this Lease shall automatically terminate effective as of the taking date. In the event only a portion of the Premises is Condemned, either party shall have the right to terminate this Lease effective as of the taking date, provided the remaining portion of the Premises are untenantable for Tenant’s use and Landlord cannot find alternate space within the Property to replace that portion of the Premises which is Condemned. In the event this Lease is not terminated in full, then this Lease shall terminate on the taking date only as to that portion of the Premises so Condemned, and the Rent and other charges payable by Tenant shall be reduced in proportion to that portion of the Premises which is Condemned. Landlord shall be entitled to the entire Condemnation award for all realty and improvements. Tenant shall have no right to claim or receive any award for any unexpired term of this Lease, or for any unexercised renewal or expansion options; and Tenant shall only be entitled to an award for Tenant’s personal property and the unamortized portion of any improvements which were installed with the Landlord’s approval within the Premises by Tenant at Tenant’s cost, provided Tenant independently petitions the condemning authority for same, and further provided any such award does not reduce or adversely affect Landlord’s award.

19. INSURANCE. Tenant shall maintain in full force and effect throughout the Term the following specific insurance coverage, plus such other reasonable types of insurance coverage as may be reasonably requested from time to time by Landlord consistent with the types of insurance coverage required by landlords of comparable buildings located in the vicinity of the Property: (a) commercial general liability insurance, and if necessary commercial umbrella insurance, on an occurrence basis, in amounts of not less than a per occurrence limit of $1,000,000, with not less than a $2,000,000 general aggregate, or such other amounts as Landlord may from time to time reasonably require, insuring Tenant, against claims of bodily or personal injury, and property damage, arising from Tenant’s operations, assumed liabilities or the use and/or occupancy of the Premises by Tenant or any of Tenant’s agents, employees, licensees, invitees or contractors, including a commercial general liability endorsement covering the insuring provisions of this Lease and the performance by Tenant of the indemnity agreements set forth in this Lease; and if Tenant’s liability policies do not contain the standard ISO separation of insureds provision, or a substantially similar clause, they shall be endorsed to provide cross-liability coverage; (b) contractual liability insurance coverage sufficient to cover Tenant’s indemnity obligations hereunder; (c) all-risk property insurance covering all property within the Premises including, without limitation, Tenant’s equipment, inventory, trade fixtures and supplies, all interior finish constructed by either Landlord or Tenant within the Premises, all alterations and improvements made by or on behalf of Tenant within the Premises, and all property of any third persons placed or otherwise located within the Premises; said insurance shall be for the guaranteed replacement cost value new without deduction for depreciation of the covered items; (d) worker’s compensation insurance and employers liability in statutory form and amounts containing a waiver of subrogation and endorsement acceptable to Landlord; and (e) business interruption, loss-of-income and extra

 

16


expense insurance, in such amounts as will reimburse Tenant for one hundred percent (100%) of all direct and indirect loss of earnings attributable to prevention of access to or use of the Premises. All insurance deductibles under Tenant’s insurance coverages shall be the sole responsibility of Tenant without right of reimbursement from Landlord for any reason. Tenant’s insurance shall be primary and non-contributing with or in excess of any insurance coverage carried by Landlord. All policies of insurance shall contain a cross liability endorsement or severability of interest clause acceptable to Landlord and be in amounts sufficient at all times to satisfy any coinsurance requirements thereof. Each policy of insurance shall insure Tenant, and shall name Landlord, Landlord’s managing agent, Landlord’s lenders, and such other parties reasonably designated by Landlord, and their respective affiliates as additional insureds, all as their respective interests may appear. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord makes no representations that the aforesaid required insurance coverages and limits will necessarily be adequate to protect Tenant and, except as otherwise specifically set forth in this Lease, such coverage and limits shall not be deemed as a limitation on Tenant’s liability under the indemnities granted to Landlord under this Lease. Prior to taking occupancy, Tenant shall furnish certificates of all insurance required hereunder to be carried by Tenant, executed by a duly authorized representative of each insurer, or such other evidence satisfactory to Landlord of the maintenance of all insurance coverages required hereunder; and Tenant shall obtain a written obligation on the part of each insurance company to notify Landlord and any other party requested by Landlord at least thirty (30) days before cancellation or a material change of any such insurance. All such insurance policies shall be in a form, and issued by companies reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, and licensed to do business in the State of Minnesota, and rated not less than A: XII in Best’s Insurance Guide. Failure of Landlord to demand any insurance certificate or other evidence with these insurance requirements, or failure of Landlord to identify a deficiency from evidence that is provided by Tenant to Landlord, shall not be construed as a waiver of Tenant’s obligation to maintain such coverage. For purposes of this Section, the term, “affiliate,” shall mean any person or entity which directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with the party in question. Tenant shall not do any act which may make void or voidable any insurance on the Premises or Property; and, in the event Tenant’s use of the Premises shall result in an increase in Landlord’s insurance premiums, Tenant shall pay to Landlord upon demand, as Additional Rent, an amount equal to such increase in insurance. In the event Tenant fails to carry any of the above insurance, or provide Landlord with evidence of the same, Tenant shall immediately be in Default under this Lease and, in addition to all other rights and remedies afforded Landlord herein, Landlord shall have the right to procure such insurance on behalf and at the expense of Tenant.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, it is agreed that, except for Landlord’s right to recover against any policies of insurance herein required to be carried by Tenant, Landlord and Tenant hereby mutually waive any and all right of recovery against one another, directly, by way of subrogation or otherwise, due to the negligence of either party, their agents or employees, for real or personal property damage occurring to the Premises, the Property, or any personal property located therein, or from loss of income (whether or not such insurance is actually carried). Each party shall have the affirmative duty to inform their respective insurance carriers of this Section and the mutual waiver of subrogation contained herein.

 

17


20. MORTGAGES/TITLE. This Lease is subject and subordinate to all mortgages, deeds of trust, easements, right-of-ways, encumbrances, indentures, trustees agreements, ground or master leases, or other conditions of survey or title, in place, of record, or hereinafter created, as well as to any extensions, modifications thereof (collectively, “Senior Rights”). Notwithstanding the aforesaid, the holder of any Senior Right may elect, at any time, unilaterally, to subordinate its Senior Right to this Lease. Tenant hereby waives its right under any current or future Law which gives Tenant any right to terminate or otherwise adversely affect this Lease and the obligations of Tenant hereunder in the event of any foreclosure or sale of the Property or any interests therein. Any subordination shall be self-executing but, at the written request of Landlord, Tenant shall execute such further assurances as Landlord deems desirable to confirm such subordination. In addition, upon the written request of Landlord or the holder of any Senior Right, Tenant shall execute such instruments as such party reasonably deems necessary to attorn to the applicable holder of the Senior Right. In the event Tenant should fail or refuse to execute any instrument required under this Section within fifteen (15) days after Landlord’s request, Landlord shall be granted a limited power of attorney to execute such instrument in the name and on behalf of Tenant. In the event any holder of any existing or future Senior Right requires a modification of this Lease which does not increase Tenant’s Rent hereunder, or does not materially change any obligation of Tenant, or does not materially reduce any service herein to be performed by Landlord, Tenant agrees to execute such appropriate instruments to reflect such modification, upon request by Landlord. At the request of Landlord or the holder of any Senior Right, Tenant shall give notice to said holder of any default by Landlord under this Lease and afford to said holder a reasonable opportunity to cure such default on behalf of Landlord,

21. LIENS. Tenant shall not mortgage or otherwise encumber or allow to be encumbered its interest herein without obtaining the prior written consent of Landlord; nor shall Tenant permit any mechanic’s or other lien to be filed against the Property or any interests therein of Landlord. In the event Tenant authorizes, contracts or otherwise undertakes to perform or provide any construction, alterations, installations or other work or materials to the Premises for which a mechanic’s lien or other lien can be filed, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord enforceable, unconditional and final lien releases or waivers for all such work and materials within five (5) days after Landlord’s request, but in all events before the earliest date any such lien can be filed. Should Tenant cause or permit any mortgage, lien or other encumbrance (singularly or collectively, “Encumbrance”) to be filed, against the Premises or the Property, Tenant shall dismiss or bond against the same within twenty (20) days after the filing thereof. If Tenant fails to remove or bond against said Encumbrance within said twenty (20) days, Tenant shall be in Default; and in addition to all other rights and remedies afforded Landlord under this Lease, Landlord shall have the absolute right to remove said Encumbrance by whatever measures Landlord shall deem convenient including, without limitation, payment of such Encumbrance, in which event Tenant shall reimburse Landlord, as Additional Rent, all costs expended by Landlord, including reasonable attorneys fees, to remove said Encumbrance. All of the aforesaid rights of Landlord shall be in addition to any remedies which either Landlord or Tenant may have available to them at law or in equity. Tenant hereby acknowledges and agrees that Landlord shall not be liable for any labor, services or materials furnished or to be furnished to Tenant, or to anyone in possession of the Premises through or under Tenant; and that no mechanics or other liens for any such labor, services or materials shall attach to or affect the interest of Landlord in the Premises.

22. NOTICES. All Rents which are required to be paid by Tenant shall be delivered to Landlord by United States mail, postage prepaid, at Landlord’s address set forth in Section 1(k). All notices that are required to be given under this Lease shall be in writing, and delivered by either (a) United Slates registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, or (b) a reputable overnight commercial courier/delivery service; however, in addition to the

 

18


aforesaid, Landlord may deliver a notice of Default or lease termination by personal delivery or by posting such notice on the Premises in a conspicuous place. All notices to Landlord and Tenant shall be sent postage prepaid, addressed to the parties hereto at their respective addresses set forth in Section 1. Either party may designate a different address by giving notice to the other party at the address set forth herein, or at any other address as the parties may subsequently designate. Notices shall be deemed received upon the earlier of actual receipt or the date of the return receipt. If any such notices are refused, or if the party to whom any such notice is sent has relocated without leaving a forwarding address, then the notice shall be deemed received on the date the notice-receipt is returned stating that the same was refused or is undeliverable at such address.

23. OWNERSHIP. Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, the term “Landlord” as used in this Lease shall be defined as the from time to time current owner(s) of the Property. Landlord may transfer any portion of the Property and/or any of its rights under this Lease; and, upon such transfer, the conveying party shall automatically be released from all liability with respect to any obligations occurring or covenants to be performed by Landlord or its agents after the effective date of such transfer. None of the covenants of Landlord under this Lease are personal in nature and, in the event any “Landlord” should become in Default under this Lease, recovery by Tenant shall be limited to the interests of the then current “Landlord” in the Property at the time of the assertion of liability.

24. SECURITY DEPOSIT. Simultaneously with the execution of this Lease, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord the full amount of the Security Deposit set forth in Section 1(o) of this Lease, as security for the full and timely performance of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, The parties acknowledge and agree that said Security Deposit (or any pre-paid Rent received from Tenant under this Lease or under any separate agreement in connection therewith) shall be deposited in Landlord’s general operating account, and not a separate escrow account. Should said Security Deposit and/or pre-paid Rent be placed in an interest bearing account, all interest accruing thereon shall be payable to Landlord. Tenant’s Security Deposit shall not be construed as pre-paid Rent, or as a measure of Landlord’s damages in the event of a Default by Tenant. If Tenant should be placed in Default with respect to any provision of this Lease, Landlord may apply all or a portion of said Security Deposit for the payment of any sum in Default or for the payment of any amount which Landlord expends by reason of such Default. If any portion of said Security Deposit is so applied, Tenant shall deposit with Landlord, within five (5) days after receipt of Landlord’s written demand, an amount sufficient to restore said Security Deposit to its original amount. Upon the expiration of this Lease, Landlord shall return said Security Deposit to Tenant, provided Tenant has paid to Landlord all sums owing to Landlord under this Lease, and Tenant has returned the Premises to Landlord pursuant to the terms of Section 15. If upon the termination of this Lease, there is accrued Additional Rent which as of such date has not been invoiced to Tenant, or if Landlord reasonably determines that there is damage to the Premises for which Tenant is responsible under this Lease, Landlord reserves the right to either (a) withhold Tenant’s Security Deposit, or so much of it as Landlord deems reasonable until Tenant’s actual obligation with respect to said Additional Rent have been determined, at which time Landlord shall offset Tenant’s actual obligation for Additional Rent and damages against the Security Deposit held by Landlord and return the positive difference, if any, to Tenant; or (b) reasonably estimate Tenant’s obligation for Additional Rent and damages, and offset such amount against said Security Deposit.

 

19


25. GOVERNMENT REGULATIONS. Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, shall comply with all laws and regulations of all municipal, state, or federal authorities now in force, or which may hereafter be in force, pertaining to, or in connection with, the Premises or Tenant’s use thereof (collectively, “Laws”). Tenant shall not use or permit the Premises to be used in violation of any Law or in violation of any recorded covenant, condition or restriction. In addition, Tenant shall comply with all requirements of any board of fire underwriters, or any similar body having jurisdiction over the Premises, together with any reasonable requirements of Landlord’s insurance carrier with respect to Tenant’s use of the Premises. Tenant shall not cause or permit any Hazardous Materials to be received, stored, handled, generated or released upon the Premises or the Property by Tenant or any employee, agent, invitee, licensee or contractor of Tenant. For purposes of this Lease “Hazardous Materials” shall mean and include any hazardous, explosive toxic or highly combustible materials, substances or wastes now or hereinafter defined or designated from time to time by any Law applicable to the Property or any governmental authority having jurisdiction over the Property. Tenant shall indemnify, hold harmless and defend Landlord, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, from and against any and all liabilities, damages, losses, claims and expenses (including reasonable attorney’s fees and consequential damages) due to any damage or injury to persons or property of Landlord or of third persons arising out or as a direct or indirect result of (a) any Hazardous Materials brought onto the Premises and/or the Property by Tenant or by any of Tenant’s employees, agents, invitees, licensees or contractors, or (b) the breach or violation of any Law or the non-compliance of any requirement of the Americans with Disabilities Act, by Tenant or by any of Tenant’s employees, agents, invitees, licensees or contractors. The aforesaid hold harmless indemnification and duty to defend shall survive the Term.

26. ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES. Within ten (10) days after Landlord’s request, Tenant shall execute and return to Landlord or its designee a statement in a form requested by Landlord certifying, to the extent true, that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect, that Tenant has no defenses, offsets or counterclaims against its obligations to pay any Rent or to perform any other covenants under this Lease, that there are no uncured Defaults of Landlord or Tenant, the dates to which the Rent and other charges have been paid, and any other information reasonably requested by Landlord. In the event Tenant fails to return such statement within said ten (10) days, setting forth the above or alternatively setting forth any Lease modifications, defenses and/or uncured Defaults, Tenant shall be in Default hereunder or, at Landlord’s election, it shall be deemed that Landlord’s statement is correct with respect to the information therein contained. Any such statement delivered pursuant to this Section may be relied upon by any prospective purchaser, mortgagee, or assignee of any mortgagee of the Property.

27. PERSONAL PROPERTY TAXES. Tenant shall timely pay all taxes assessed against Tenant’s personal property and those improvements to the Premises which are in excess of Landlord’s standard installations. In the event any of Tenant’s personal property or improvements are assessed with the property of Landlord, Tenant shall pay to Landlord an amount reasonably determined by Landlord equal to Landlord’s estimation of Tenant’s share of such taxes, within ten (10) days after receipt of Landlord’s statement.

28. INTENTIONALLY DELETED

29. BROKERAGE. The parties warrant that they have dealt with no broker or other person claiming a commission in connection with this transaction other than the brokers set forth in Sections 1(p) and 1(q) of this Lease; and each party shall hold the other party harmless for any breach of such warranty. Landlord shall be liable for any commissions payable to such broker(s) pursuant to the terms and conditions of a separate commission agreement between Landlord and Landlord’s broker.

 

20


30. CONFIDENTIALITY. Tenant acknowledges that the terms and conditions set forth in this Lease are confidential in nature, and that the negotiations preceding the drafting of this instrument constitute proprietary information of Landlord. Therefore, Tenant and its agents (including Tenant’s brokers and attorneys) shall not disclose any of the terms or conditions herein contained to any person other than authorized agents of Tenant. In no event shall Tenant disclose any such terms or conditions to any third party tenant within the Property. In the event Tenant breaches such confidence, Tenant shall be in Default of this Lease and/or shall be liable to Landlord for any damages Landlord sustains as a direct or indirect result of such breach.

31. MISCELLANEOUS. (a) Covenants and Conditions. All of the covenants of Tenant hereunder shall be deemed and construed to be “conditions” as well as “covenants” as though both words were used in each separate instance.

(b) Recording. This Lease shall not be recorded by Tenant without the prior written consent of Landlord.

(c) Section Headings, Severability and Interpretation. The Section headings appearing in this Lease are inserted only as a matter of convenience, and in no way define or limit the scope of any Section. In the event any provision of this Lease is found to be invalid or unenforceable, the same shall not affect or impair the validity or enforceability of any other provision. Words in the singular number include the plural, and vice versa; and masculine references shall include the feminine and neuter, and vice versa. All references to “days” shall mean calendar days, unless specifically stated to be “business days”; provided, however for purposes of receipt of notices under Section 22, notices received after 5:00 p.m. in the then current time zone of the recipient shall be deemed to have been delivered on the next calendar day, unless the recipient otherwise acknowledges receipt to the sender on the actual day of delivery.

(d) Managing Agent. Landlord reserves the right to designate from time to time one or more managing agents, and to assign to such agent(s) such rights or obligations as Landlord may determine. Notwithstanding the aforesaid, so long as Landlord is the fee owner of the Property, no assignment by Landlord to any managing agent shall relieve Landlord of its liability with respect to its obligations hereunder,

(e) Nuisance. Tenant shall not do or permit anything to be done in or about the Premises or the Property which will in any way obstruct or interfere with the rights of other tenants; nor shall Tenant cause, maintain or permit any nuisance in or about the Premises or Property which will disturb the peaceful occupancy of any other tenants; nor shall Tenant commit or allow any immoral or illegal acts within the Premises, or commit or suffer to be committed any waste in or about the Property.

(f) Force Majeure. Except with respect to Tenant’s obligation for the payment of Rent and the maintenance of the requisite insurance set forth herein, and except with respect to specific cure periods provided herein for and with respect to Tenant’s Default, in the event any obligation to be performed by either Landlord or Tenant is prevented or delayed due to labor disputes, acts of God, inability to obtain materials, government restrictions, casualty, or other causes beyond the parties’ control, the responsible party shall be excused from performing such

 

21


obligation for a period of time equal to such delay. If as a result of any force majeure or other reason, Tenant is unable to occupy all or a portion of the Premises, and if pursuant to the terms of this Lease Tenant is afforded a full or partial abatement of any Rent in such event, then Tenant shall accept such abatement of Base Rent as liquidated damages for Tenant’s loss of use of the Premises and interruption of business; and Tenant hereby waives the provisions of any applicable existing or future Law permitting the termination of this Lease.

(g) Interests and Late Fees. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, in no event shall any interest, fees or other charges payable to Tenant exceed such amounts as may be allowed by law.

(h) Non-Discrimination. Tenant shall not permit discrimination against, or segregation of, any person, group of persons, or entity on the basis of race, color, creed, religion, age, sex, marital status, national origin, or ancestry in Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises.

(i) Integrated Instrument and Amendments. This Lease represents the final product and integration of all negotiations between Landlord and Tenant; and the terms and conditions set forth herein shall incorporate and supersede all prior discussions and writings. Except as specifically set forth in this Lease, no representations, warranties or agreements have been made by Landlord or Tenant to the other with respect to this Lease or with respect to the obligations of Landlord or Tenant in connection therewith. In the event any term or condition of this Lease is inconsistent with any term or condition of any prior verbal or written understanding or agreement between the parties, the terms and conditions of this Lease shall prevail. In the event any term or condition of any prior verbal or written understanding or agreement between the parties is omitted in this Lease, such omission is the specific intent of the parties. No provision of this Lease may be amended except by agreement in writing signed by both of the parties.

(j) No Offer. The submission of this Lease shall not be deemed to be an offer, an acceptance, or a reservation of the Premises; and Landlord shall not be bound hereby until Landlord has delivered to Tenant a fully executed copy of this Lease, signed by both of the parties on the last page of this Lease in the spaces herein provided. Until such delivery, Landlord reserves the right to exhibit and lease the Premises to other prospective tenants.

(k) Binding Effect. The terms and conditions contained in this Lease shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto, and upon their respective successors in interest and legal representatives, except as otherwise herein expressly provided.

(l) Financial Statements. Within fifteen (15) days after any request by Landlord, Tenant shall furnish Landlord with such financial statements of Tenant, Tenant’s business and/or any guarantor of this Lease, as Landlord may request. Landlord agrees not to disclose any information of such financial statements except to Landlord’s professional consultants, lenders or prospective purchasers.

(m) Withhold Possession. Landlord may withhold possession of the Premises from Tenant until such time as Tenant has paid to Landlord the Security Deposit required by Section 24 of this Lease, and the first month of Base Rent required by Section 4(a) of this Lease.

 

22


(n) Governing Law. This Lease and the parties’ respective rights hereunder shall be governed by the laws of the State of Minnesota. Landlord and Tenant hereby waive any and all right to a trial by jury on any issue to enforce any term or condition of this Lease, or with respect to Landlord’s right to terminate this Lease or terminate Tenant’s right of possession.

(o) Tenant’s Authority. The party executing this lease on behalf of Tenant represents and warrants that: (i) said party has the authority to bind Tenant under this Lease; and (ii) the Tenant is a duly organized entity in good standing and qualified to do business in the State of Minnesota, and that all necessary approvals and resolutions of Tenant have been secured to authorize execution of this Lease by Tenant.

(p) Exhibits. This Lease is modified and affected by the Exhibits listed in Section 1(v) which are attached hereto and made a part hereof.

32. RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL. Tenant shall have a one-time right of first refusal to lease that certain space within the Property known and numbered as Suite 185 (the “Option Space”), pursuant to the following terms and conditions. Provided this Lease is in full force and effect and Tenant is not in Default hereunder, Landlord agrees to notify Tenant in writing the first time Landlord has a prospective third party tenant who in Landlord’s reasonable determination is ready, willing and able to occupy and lease all or any portion of said Option Space. Upon receipt of Landlord’s notice, Tenant shall have ten (10) days in which to notify Landlord in writing of its election to lease not less than all of the Option Space set forth in Landlord’s notice. In the event Tenant does not notify Landlord within said ten (10) days, Tenant’s rights with respect to the space identified in Landlord’s notice will be null and void, and Landlord may lease such space to any prospective tenant, at such rental and upon such terms and conditions as Landlord in its sole judgement may desire. If Tenant notifies Landlord within said ten (10) days of Tenant’s election to lease the space identified in Landlord’s notice, Tenant shall lease the applicable Option Space upon the same terms and conditions as set forth in this Lease, except as follows:

(a) The term for the Option Space shall commence on the first day of the calendar month following Tenant’s notice of election to Landlord, and shall thereafter run concurrent with the term of this Lease with respect to the primary space.

(b) Tenant shall accept any said Option Space in its then “AS IS” condition; and, except to the extent that any interior finish construction or allowance is included as part of the determination of market rate pursuant to Section 32(c), Landlord shall have no obligation to perform any alterations or improvements within such space, other than to remove one (1) secretarial desk and repair or replace the carpet under such desk.

(c) The Base Rent for any said Option Space shall be based upon the Base Rent that Tenant is paying for the primary space at the time that Tenant wishes to take delivery of the applicable Option Space. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section, in no event shall the annual per square foot rate payable for any Option Space be less than the then current annual per square foot rate payable for the primary space then being leased by Tenant.

(d) Tenant’s proportionate share, for purposes of determining Tenant’s obligation for Additional Rent or any other charge payable to Landlord under this Lease shall be equitably increased to reflect the additional square footage of the applicable Option Space.

 

23


(Signatures on following page)

 

24


WHEREFORE, Landlord and Tenant have respectively executed this Lease the day and year first above written.

 

TENANT:     LANDLORD:
EARGO, INC.     LAGOS PROPERTIES, LLC
By:   /s/ Christian Gormsen     By:   /s/ Paul Larson
Print Name: Christian Gormsen     Print Name: Paul Larson
Title: CEO     Title: CEO


EXHIBIT “A”

(Floor Plan)


EXHIBIT “B”

OFFICE BUILDING

RULES AND REGULATIONS

Tenant agrees to comply with the following rules and regulations, and any subsequent rules or regulations which Landlord may adopt or modify from time to time. Tenant shall be bound by such rules and regulations to the same extent as if such rules and regulations were covenants of (his Lease; and any non-compliance thereof shall constitute a Default tinder this Lease. Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for the non-observance of any of said rules and regulations by any other tenant.

(1) No sign or advertisement shall be displayed by Tenant on the outside or the inside (and visible from the outside) of the Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord. Tenant shall not use any picture or likeness of the Property many not ices or advertisements, without Landlord’s prior written consent.

(2) Landlord shall provide and install, at Tenant’s expense, such letters and/or numerals on the main entrance to the Premises, and on the building directory, to identify Tenant’s name. All such letters and numerals shall be of building standard graphics, and no other signage shall be used or permitted. All such signage so placed shall be at Tenant’s risk. Tenant shall cause the removal of all such signage from the Property at the end of Tenant’s term, or Landlord may cause such removal at Tenant’s expense,

(3) No additional locks shall be placed upon any door of the Premises, and Tenant shall not permit any duplicate keys to he made, without the prior consent of Landlord. Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall surrender to Landlord all keys to the Premises and Properly.

(4) Landlord retains the power to prescribe the weight and proper position of safes, mechanical equipment, and any other bulky or excessively weighty objects. All such objects shall be moved into or out of the Premises under the prior written consent and supervision of Landlord and at such times and according to such regulations as may be designated from time to time by Landlord. Notwithstanding such supervision, Tenant shall be responsible for all damage to the Property caused by moving such objects.

(5) Tenant shall not install any additional lighting, or use any data processing equipment which utilizes power other than 110 electrical current to the Premises. Tenant shall not use any other fuel source other than electricity to heat, cool or light the Premises. Tenant shall not install any air-conditioning apparatus in the Premises. Tenant shall not permit any animals or any foul or noxious gas, noise, odors and/or vibrations in the Premises which may obstruct or interfere with the rights of other tenant(s) in the Property.

(6) Tenant shall not permit within the Premises any animals other than service animals; nor shall Tenant create or allow any foul or noxious gas, noise, odors, sounds, and/or vibrations within the Premises, or create any interference with the operation of any equipment or radio or television broadcasting/reception from within or about the Property, which may obstruct or interfere with the rights of any other tenant(s) in the Property.

(7) Tenant shall not contract for any work or service to be performed to or within the Premises which might involve the employment of labor incompatible with Landlord’s employees or the employees of contractors doing work or performing services by or on behalf of Landlord.


(8) No sidewalks, loading areas, stairways, doorways, corridors, and other common areas shall be obstructed by Tenant or used for any purpose other than for ingress and egress.

(9) Tenant shall not install any window treatments other than existing treatments or otherwise obstruct the windows of the Premises without Landlord’s prior written consent.

(10) After normal business hours Tenant shall lock all doors and windows of the Premises; and, in the event the building is locked after normal business hours and Tenant allows its employees, agents, contractors, invitees or licensees to enter the building after such hours, Tenant shall be responsible that such persons lock the building upon exiting. Tenant shall be liable for all damages sustained by Landlord arising from such failure.

(11) Any person(s) other than Landlord’s selected janitorial service, who shall be employed by Tenant for the purpose of cleaning the Premises shall be employed at Tenant’s cost. Tenant shall indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from all losses, claims, liability, damages, and expenses for any injury to person or damage to property of Tenant, or third persons, caused by Tenant’s cleaning contractor,

(12) Tenant shall not canvass or solicit business, or allow any employee of Tenant to canvass or solicit business, from other tenants in the Property.

(13) Landlord reserves the right to place into effect a “no smoking” policy within all or selected portions of the common areas of the Property, wherein Tenant, its agents, employees and invitees shall not be allowed to smoke. Tenant shall not be allowed to smoke in any common stairwells, elevators or bathrooms; nor shall Tenant dispose of any smoking material including, without limitation, matches, ashes and cigarette butts on the floors of the Property, about the grounds of the Property, or in any receptacle other than a specifically designated receptacle for smoking.

 

B-2

EX-23.3

Exhibit 23.3

 

LOGO

November 8, 2019

Shiv Singh, Chief Marketing Officer

Eargo, Inc.

1600 Technology Drive, 6th Floor

San Jose, CA 95110

Subject: Consent of Northstar Research Partners

NORTHSTAR Research Partners (USA) LLC (“Northstar”) prepared a market survey dated September 2019 for Eargo, Inc. Northstar consents to the use of data from such survey in the Registration Statement on Form S-1 and related prospectus of Eargo, Inc. and to the reference in the prospectus to Northstar’s name in connection therewith.

Dated: November 8, 2019

NORTHSTAR Research Partners (USA) LLC

 

By:   LOGO

Name: Vanessa Dziura

Title:    Managing Director, USA

 

1